Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Reassessment — Powers of AO — Power to assess other income not mentioned in notice of reassessment — Power can be exercised only if notice is valid — Notice found to be invalid on basis of reasons given in it — Other income cannot be assessed on basis of invalid notice.

69. CIT(Exemption) vs. B. P. Poddar Foundation for
Education
[2022] 448 ITR 695 (Cal.)
A.Y.: 2009-10
Date of order: 13th September, 2022
Sections: 147 and 148 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Powers of AO — Power to assess other income not mentioned in notice of reassessment — Power can be exercised only if notice is valid — Notice found to be invalid on basis of reasons given in it — Other income cannot be assessed on basis of invalid notice.

For the A.Y. 2009-10, the scrutiny assessment order u/s 143(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was passed on 1st March, 2011. Subsequently, pursuant to a survey u/s 133A, the assessment was reopened by issuing notice u/s 148 dated 13th March, 2016 for the reasons recorded that certain deposits of Rs. 59,42,709 represented income escaping assessment. In the reassessment order, the said amount was added as undisclosed income. Also, an amount of Rs. 3,65,97,000 was added as undisclosed income. Further, after taking into consideration the statements recorded from various persons who are said to have given donations for securing admission to professional colleges, the AO held that the assessee is not carrying out its activities as per the objects of the trust. Accordingly, the amount said to have been received as donation was added back to the income of the assessee u/s 69A.

The Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the addition of Rs. 59,42,709 but upheld the other additions. After taking note of the factual position, more particularly, that the addition of Rs. 59,42,709 which was made in the reassessment proceedings having been deleted by the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals), the Tribunal held that the reassessment on the heads which were not part of the reasons recorded for the reopening of the assessment is not sustainable. The Tribunal placed reliance on the decision of the Bombay High Court in CIT vs. Jet Airways (I.) Ltd. [2011] 331 ITR 236 (Bom) and the decision of the Delhi High Court in Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd. vs. CIT [2011] 336 ITR 136 (Delhi). On the above grounds the appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Following questions were raised before the Calcutta High Court in the appeal filed by the Revenue:

“(i) Whether on the facts and circumstances as well as in law the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal was correct in law in holding that the other additions made in the order under section 147/143(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, which were not part of the reasons recorded for reopening the assessment were not sustainable in the eyes of law even after insertion of Explanation 3 to section 147 of the Act by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2009 when the addition was made by the Assessing Officer on the ground of reopening?

(ii) Whether on the facts and circumstances of the case the learned Income-tax Appellate Tribunal correctly interpreted the decision reported in the case of CIT v. Jet Airways (I.) Ltd. reported in [2011] 331 ITR 236 (Bom) and Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd. v. CIT reported in [2011] 336 ITR 136 (Delhi) on facts in the instant case?”

The Calcutta High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the Revenue and held as under:

“i) S ection 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, postulates that upon the formation of a reason to believe that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment for any assessment year, the Assessing Officer may assess or reassess such income. After the insertion of Explanation 3 to section 147 of the Act even if the issue was not one of the reasons recorded while reopening the assessment, the Assessing Officer has power to assess other income which comes to his notice subsequently, in the course of the proceedings u/s. 147 of the Act. The two parts of the section which have been joined with the words “and also”, and cannot be read as conjunctive but have to be read as disjunctive. Explanation 3 does not and cannot override the necessity of fulfilling the conditions set out in the substantive part of section 147. Section 147 has this effect that the Assessing Officer has to assess or reassess the income (“such income”) which escaped assessment and which was the basis of the formation of belief and if he does so, he can also assess or reassess any other income which has escaped assessment and which comes to his notice during the course of the proceedings. However, if after issuing a notice u/s. 148, he accepts the contention of the assessee and holds that the inome which he has initially formed a reason to believe had escaped assessment, has, as a matter of fact not escaped assessment, it is not open to him independently to assess some other income. If he intends to do so, a fresh notice u/s. 148 would be necessary, the legality of which would be tested in the event of a challenge by the assessee.

ii) An Explanation to a statutory provision is intended to explain its contents and cannot be construed to override it or render the substance and core nugatory.

iii) The basis of issuing notice u/s. 148 was on a wrong assumption of fact that the assessee had invested money with specified persons. The solitary reason recorded by the Assessing Officer for reopening of the assessment was deleted by the Commissioner (Appeals) and in such circumstances, the assessment under the other heads done by the Assessing Officer which were not shown as reasons for reopening was illegal.

iv) In the result, the appeal filed by the Revenue is dismissed and the substantial questions of law are answered against the Revenue.”

How Certified Enterprise Risk Managers Can Make a Crucial Contribution to the Success of New Business Projects?

We take and manage risk to seek reward and achieve objectives. All projects involve risk, some more so than others, but risk should be understood as meaning uncertainty, which covers both threats and opportunities. Inbuilt into every project planning process should be the creation of a project Risk Management Plan (RMP), or a subset of the project management plan, to define how the project team will take and manage risk. An RMP should be put together by a project risk coordinator, who is appointed early in the project’s life by the project manager as the project team structure is being defined. Whether the risk coordinator is a full-time or part-time role on your project depends on the project’s nature and size. Many high-risk large projects employ a full-time risk manager. Whether it is a full or part-time role, the coordinator needs to liaise with all project disciplines and be the glue ensuring that managing risk is done cohesively and collaboratively, not in functional silos. If your organisation has a central risk function, they should support the risk coordinator. They can provide guidance for the RMP and perhaps include them in any risk champions’ network to provide mentoring and skills development.

THE PLAN

Risk managers need to include four critical elements in the RMP. First, set out how all disciplines/ teams on the project will manage risk in a coordinated and common way, focusing on achieving project objectives. Second, specify roles and responsibilities for taking and managing risk. That includes defining a governance structure to oversee this activity, including deliverables for phase and gate reviews. Third, articulate how the management of risk will be embedded into the rhythm of everyone’s activities, as part of the team’s culture. And finally, describe how you will leverage your organisation’s knowledge and resources, such as central personnel, lessons learned from other teams, templates, tools and techniques. The team environment and culture is a defining influence on how a project team takes and manages risk. It is important to ensure that people’s attitudes and behaviours to risk are aligned with the objectives of the project, and that team members are clear on what is expected of them. The team’s understanding of its risks must be consistent with how these risks are being communicated and discussed with the project’s parent organisations and other stakeholders. At the earliest possible time – this should be described in the RMP – the risk coordinator should assist the project leadership team in applying recognised good practices to ensure a healthy environment and culture. The IRM’s practical framework for establishing and maintaining a healthy team environment and culture is helpful here (Risk culture, resources for practitioners is free and can be downloaded from the IRM India Affiliate website at https://www.theirmindia.org/thoughtleadership)

RISK APPETITE

A risk appetite statement is a good way to define your propensity for taking different types of risk. The use of risk appetite is common in some sectors, particularly finance. It is used sparingly in many sectors, if at all. Defining your risk appetite for your project, and agreeing it with key stakeholders, can play a useful role in informing people where your focus needs to be. A project that needs to take risks to achieve ambitious financial objectives will have higher appetite and tolerance ranges for financial risk, for example, than a project which is financially risk averse.

Establishing and communicating a clear risk appetite fits naturally with establishing the right team environment and culture to manage risk. Risk appetite is most effective when it is either created by the team or guided by the project’s parent organisation, and then integrated into how the project team collaboratively evaluates and manages their risks across all disciplines. When risk appetite is being considered during regular reviews and daily activities, it has established itself as a valuable tool for decision-making and to measure performance against objectives – of which, more later. When the right team environment and culture is in place, and your appetite for risk is understood, taking and managing risk should be ingrained into everyday activities. It leads to the proactive anticipation of risk and measuring the cost-benefit of actions, and having the resilience to respond in the best way possible to risk events should they occur. Prioritisation of risk is important. Many of us are familiar with an “impact x likelihood = rating” method to prioritise risks into a “risk matrix heat map” and/or a risk register. Using a risk matrix – the levels in which will be influenced by your risk appetite – to prioritise risks, and displaying these risks in a heat map, is a good starting point. But additional factors should also be considered to improve the quality of prioritisation and focus

CRITICAL CONTROLS AND TOOLS

Prioritising risks helps us focus on the prioritisation of controls. Having the right controls in place to manage risks, rating control effectiveness and testing controls is a fundamental part of risk management. Controls must be proportionate to the risks that are faced so that effort is focused on what matters most. Controls rated as “critical” are those that have the largest effect on managing the risk. They are the most important controls to focus on and to have appropriate assurance in place, for example, through functional, internal and perhaps external audits. The RMP should describe a risk toolkit, perhaps provided by your organisation’s risk team, of techniques and tools that will help the team. The toolkit should complement the processes already used by all disciplines on the project. Typically, tools will include an IT risk tool, which can be anything from a shared risk register, to a comprehensive source of knowledge for all risks and controls. Most tools are likely to help teams to manage their risks, events, incidents and audits in an online, collaborative and efficient way that is better than using document versions. But they should also include risk workshops, for example, that are planned, structured and run by a facilitator. They can be planned into the project schedule for key milestones. Discipline-specific workshops, always with a few people from outside the discipline, should be held when required. One simple way of helping keep the project on track is to create a risk card. It is a modest but useful tool to provide to team members. It is a double-sided and laminated card – A4 or letter size – that summarises the key points of your culture, your risk appetite, your risk prioritisation process, and how the management of risk is measured. Laminating them makes a difference. Many team members will pin them to their desks and use them in future team reviews.

MEASURE IT

Continuously improve your performance by measuring what is working and what is not. You can measure the management of risk and not let it go unseen if you weave your measurements into people’s regular activities. There are two useful ways of measuring the management of risk. The first measures the cost of controls and actions to manage risks, and their effect on project outcomes. You can establish an accurate estimate of the cost of controls when the right people are in the room. Ask the question during your reviews. When you monitor how well controls are contributing towards project performance, you can demonstrate their financial value, whether they are safety controls, design controls or others. The second, is to measure the cost of managing risk against risk appetite performance and project outcomes. By using your risk appetite to guide your decisions, you can track performance against risk appetite metrics over time – such as safety metrics, financial, schedule, supply chain metrics and others. This can in turn be mapped to the success towards achieving good outcomes.

LESSONS

Risk managers can play an important role in educating people in their organisation about project failure and success. Earning the IRM’s certification in Enterprise Risk Management is a great way to consolidate and then use, capture and share knowledge and lessons learned of how you have managed risk, for your own benefit, and so that others in your organisation learn from your project’s experiences.

NASA, for example, turns their capture of risk knowledge into knowledge-based risks, which are freely shared and disseminated. Your knowledge repository, structured in an appropriate way, will provide people with a valuable information source before and during their projects. Your RMP should include how you will run knowledge capture sessions, such as peer assists (seeking knowledge before activities commence), after action reviews (quick-fire learning during activities), and retrospectives (postimplementation lessons learned). Incorporating these activities into the risk management schedule will produce a rich source of information for the entire business. Taking the time to plan, implement and monitor good practices to take and manage risk increases the likelihood of achieving project objectives. Taking the time to measure your management of risk, and ensuring knowledge is shared, allows you to tangibly demonstrate the cost-benefit of your activities.

[This article was originally featured in IRM’s Enterprise Risk Magazine and is reprinted with permission for the benefit of our readers]

Technology : The New Audit Team Member

The rapid growth that we are witnessing is the result of the massive digitization of operations to achieve qualitative outputs with less time and effort.

The same concept applies to the audit profession as well. Auditors can deal with business transactions that are complex and voluminous while going digital. Regulators also use technology to achieve better compliance through quality assurance services.

The auditors have nearly no option but to use digital audit tools and techniques, to deal with complex and voluminous transactions, and provide superior assurance services in less time and with less effort. There are various digital tools presently available in the market that can be used by the auditors throughout the audit life cycle i.e., starting from evaluation and documentation of prospective client and audit engagements, audit planning, execution, and completion.

The Audit Quality Maturity Model (AQMM) and its implementation guide that has been recently released by ICAI in February 2022, have also emphasized that the adoption of digital audit tools and new-age technologies, can significantly help auditors to improve their level of maturity.

The objective of this article is to discuss the relevance of digital tools and techniques, and how the auditor can use them at different stages of audit to ensure effective planning, execution, and completion of audit engagements.

CLIENT EVALUATION

SQC 1 requires that the firms should obtain such information as it considers necessary, before accepting an engagement with a new client when deciding whether to continue an existing engagement and when considering acceptance of a new engagement with an existing client. Also, where issues have been identified, and the firm decides to accept or continue the client relationship or a specific engagement, it should document how the issues were resolved.

In order to meet the above requirement, the firm may choose to do the evaluation of client acceptance and continuation in a digital format, wherein different enquiries, which in the firm’s view are required to be made before accepting or continuing a new or existing client, and can be defined in the tool, may be in in the form of a questionnaire or templates that are required to be filled for the assessment, and wherein the necessary evidences can be attached or uploaded to support the assessment and conclusion. For example, the firm may design a questionnaire that includes relevant questions with respect to the client’s background, its related entities, the geographies in which it has its operations, any litigations against it, if the client has political influence or has a high public profile, etc., all such questions and their responses along with the supporting documents can be captured through google forms or by using any audit management or practice management software, with restricted access.

In this manner, the firm will not only ensure the proper evaluation and documentation of client acceptance and continuation, but it will also be able to demonstrate the compliance of applicable professional and ethical requirements, prescribed by the Institute of Chartered Accounts of India (ICAI), to the regulators, as and when required.

ENGAGEMENT EVALUATION

Similar to client evaluation, SQC 1 also requires audit firms to conduct engagement evaluation in order to assess whether accepting an engagement from a new or an existing client may give rise to an actual or perceived conflict of interest, and where a potential conflict is identified, evaluate whether it is appropriate to accept the engagement and document the conclusion thereof.

The above evaluation can only be done, if a comprehensive database is maintained for all the audit and non-audit clients having details like names of all the related entities i.e., holding, subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, etc., along with the list of services provided by the firm, to these entities. This database becomes more critical when the firm operates within a network of firms or has offices at various geographical locations.

The firms should use tools that can maintain relationship trees for each and every client along with the list of ongoing and completed services provided to these clients and which can also assist to evaluate and document the conflict of interest, and rationale for accepting an engagement.

The firm should also need to obtain and maintain independence declarations from all of its employees with respect to its existing and prospective audit engagements, from time to time so that any potential independence issues can be identified, and mitigating steps can be taken in a timely manner, to avoid any potential non-compliance.

Firms can obtain and store such declarations by using digital forms having relevant questionnaires that are required to be responded to by the employees to confirm their independence, with respect to the audit clients of the firm. A master list of all the audit clients should also be maintained over the intranet or circulated through emails to all the new and existing employees, from time to time.

These digital tools usually assist firms to keep a record of all such evaluations and their conclusions for a longer period in the electronic format with a date and time stamp, which also assist regulators to ensure that all such compliances were done in a timely manner.

AUDIT PLANNING

Planning is the most crucial and time-consuming activity for any audit engagement, as it involves significant deliberations with respect to the resources to be involved, the timing and extent of various audit procedures that are required to be performed by the team, and the review milestones, so that the engagements can be completed within the required timeline.

It is very important to ensure that all the relevant matters with respect to the audit engagement like financial statement level risk, fraud risk, audit approach, materiality, significant accounts, sampling technique, data analytics, involvement of experts, resourcing, timelines, etc., have been discussed and deliberated upon, amongst the senior audit team members and partners, and are documented and stored in such a way that it is easily accessible to all the audit team members.

To achieve the above objective, the audit firm can use standard digital templates or audit management tools that can provide dedicated sections for evaluation and documentation of each aspect of audit planning, whether in the form of a checklist or specifically designed forms that cover all the relevant guidance of the applicable Standard on Auditing (SA). It is important to note that such tools or digital forms should give read-and-write access only to partners and designated audit team members and read-only access to other audit team members.

AUDIT EXECUTION

In order to perform a quality audit, the auditor needs to ensure effective analysis of the client’s data, so that it can be converted into useful information and can be used with professional skepticism while performing the audit.

At times considering the size and complexity of operations and the IT environment in which the client operates, it is not possible to analyze the required data without the use of automated data tools. These data tools assist the audit team in analyzing voluminous and complex data based on the pre-defined parameters that are relevant for the audit. A few examples of the analysis that can be performed for clients that operate in an ERP environment are as under:

– Data analytics for internal controls: Analysis of data flow from purchase requisition to payment, wherein the audit team can analyze the chronology of transactions and also their respective preparers and approvers. With this analysis, the audit team can easily assess the effectiveness of internal controls as compared to the workflow and authorization metrics defined by the organization and report the exceptions to the management.

– Sampling: Selection of samples for vouching from the data population can also be performed with the use of data analytic tools. These data tools allow the audit team to input key parameters that the audit team wants to consider for sample selection. For example, materiality, risk rating of account caption, number of samples to be selected, type of samples to be tested i.e., random, or high-value transactions, expected error, tolerable error, confidence level, etc. The algorithm defined in the data tool takes into account all these inputs given by the audit team and selects the samples accordingly.

– Journal vouchers (JV) analysis: These data tools also assist auditors to analyze JVs which are considered to be the most error-prone accounting vouchers in the ERP environment. The auditor can run an analysis to identify JVs exceeding and below specific amounts, JVs passed during odd working hours and during the weekends, the highest number of JVs passed by a single user, JVs passed using the employee IDs who left the organization, JVs passed by the senior management personnel, etc.

– Account-specific analysis: Data analysis on a specific risk area can also be performed using data analytic tools. For example:

  • Analysis of employee, vendor, and customer master for the identification of duplicate accounts with common inputs like PAN, Aadhar number, GST Number, Bank account number, etc.
  • Analysis of sales and purchase register for the identification of duplicate invoices, high-value debit, credit notes, etc.
  • Re-computation of income or expenses like interest, sales incentives, rents, etc. using the key parameters defined in the underlying policies, agreements, or other documents.
  • Analysis of bank account statements to identify frequent payments that are of very nominal values, payments that are of specified values or less than the approval thresholds, for ex- ending with 999, and high-value transactions.

It is worthwhile to mention that all the above analysis can produce reliable results only when the underlying data is complete and accurate, and as such IPE (Information produced by the entity) testing is of greater relevance, in these cases.

Also, before using any of the data analytic tools the auditor must ensure the authenticity and reliability of the results these data tools produce i.e., the auditors need to obtain an assurance from the vendor that the algorithm used in its tools is producing complete and accurate results.

At times, it becomes very difficult for auditors to convince clients to share the entire database with the audit team so that a detailed analysis can be performed and as such it is very important for the audit firms to explain the Board of Directors and Audit Committee, at the time of audit planning or the audit appointment, the audit methodology adopted by the firm, the various digital tools that the firm uses to carry out the audit, the objective of using these tools, and how their extensive usage can bring audit efficiencies and provide better audit comfort to the audit team and the management.

MONITORING AUDIT PROGRESS

In the audit execution process, audit teams continuously obtain evidences that either supports the audit assertions assigned to the account caption or reports an exception, for example, the exceptions may indicate a control failure, a material misstatement in the account caption, a risk that was not previously perceived by the audit team, a non-compliance of law, etc., whatever the case may be, the more important aspect here is how the audit team keeps a track of all these evidences and testing results, and evaluate if the evidences are conclusive or further audit procedures are required to be performed, to draw conclusions

A review mechanism is the best way to assess the appropriateness and adequacy of these evidences, however, in order to do so, the reviewer must be informed, on a timely basis, about the progress of the audit and the exceptions identified.

In the present environment, the above exercise is done manually by the majority of the audit firms, however, with the growing digitization, few of the audit firms have created a digital environment through which audit progress, documentation of evidences and review thereof is done on a real-time basis, and thus assist audit firms to evaluate and discuss exceptions with audit team and management, and make the required changes in the audit plan and procedures, in a more frequent and timely manner.

AUDIT COMPLETION

Audit completion is the last stage of audit wherein the audit engagement partner along with the senior audit team members ensure that the adequate audit procedures have been performed on all the significant account captions that are identified during the planning or execution stage and sufficient appropriate audit evidences have been obtained to support the audit opinion. Further, the audit team also needs to ensure that audit risks and other audit issues that are identified during the audit have been adequately addressed and reporting implications if any are captured in the audit report.

To ensure the above, the audit team needs to perform a series of checks and balances to ensure that nothing has been left out. The above completion activity can be done in a more robust and time-effective manner if an audit management tool can be used from planning to completion of the audit, and that can provide reports highlighting exceptions at every stage of the audit. Some of the common instances of exception reports may include:

– Control testing not documented for all the accounts or related assertions selected at the planning stage.

– Audit procedures on all the significant accounts or related assertions not documented.

– Engagement-specific risks identified at the planning stage are not documented and concluded.

– The financial implications of the total identified misstatements are more than audit materiality.

– The total of untested or non-significant accounts, if material.

– Required checklist for Standard on Auditing, Accounting Standard, Schedule III, etc., not filled and documented.

– Audit evidences of significant areas are not marked as reviewed by the engagement partners.

– Audit procedures for identified fraud risks that have not been documented; etc.

TRAINING AND IMPLEMENTATION

Though from the above discussion it can be construed that using digital audit tools in the audit life cycle will bring significant audit efficiency and better audit quality for both the audit firms and their clients, yet an inappropriate implementation of any such tools or inadequate training to audit staffs, may refrain audit firms to reap all these benefits to their full extent.

Audit firms while selecting and implementing these tools need to be very cautious and should ensure that the workflow and features of the tool coincide with the audit methodology and infrastructure of the firm. For example, if an audit firm is selecting an audit tool that require a strong computer processor to do the required analysis and a strong internet bandwidth to provide remote access to the multiple team members, the audit firm need to consider whether the computer system (desktop/laptop) provided to the audit staffs are competent enough to handle these tools and the internet bandwidth the firm uses is strong enough to provide the seamless connectivity.

Similarly, audit firm needs to ensure that adequate training sessions are offered by the vendors of these tools so that all the audit staff can be adequately trained and use these tools seamlessly. Also, dedicated technical support must also be ensured for any technical issues, that may be encountered by the audit team while performing the audit.

AUDIT MANAGEMENT AND DATA ANALYTIC TOOLS

There are a number of audit management and data analytic tools that are presently being offered by various companies in India. Some of these tools are also recommended by ICAI as part of its capacity-building initiatives for small and medium size practitioners. Below are the web addresses for a few of such tools:

Purpose of tools Web address
Audit management https://www.teamleaseregtech.com/product-services/audit-management-software/
Audit and practice
management
https://simplifypractice.com/
Audit and practice
management
https://papilio.co.in/icai.html
Audit management and
data analytics
https://anyaudit.in/
Audit management and
data analytics
https://assureai.in/
Audit and practice management https://www.myaudit.co.in/
Data Analytics https://idea.caseware.com

Audit tools that are recommended by ICAI, can be accessed at http://cmpbenefits.icai.org/. Many of these software companies are either offering these tools with 1 to 5 years of free usage period or at a discounted price to the members of ICAI.

CONCLUSION

There is a possibility that initially, some of the small and medium size practitioners may find the selection and implementation of an audit tool to be a complex, cumbersome and expensive process, however, once it is appropriately implemented and adopted by the audit team as part of their auditing tool, the benefits that the audit firms can derive from it, are immense. Further, in the present economic environment it is not feasible for audit teams to conduct audits of organizations that are operating in a far more complex digital environment with voluminous transactions and achieve the desired level of audit comfort and robust documentation, by using the traditional audit methodologies, and as such the adoption of digital tools and techniques, is the need of the hour for all the audit practitioners.

MSME Act, 2006 – 12 Compliance Action Points for Entities Dealing with MSMEs

BACKGROUND OF THE MSME ACT, 2006

The Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSME Act) provides for the registration of micro, small and medium enterprises (MSME) based on the specified criteria. It thereafter provides for a host of measures for the promotion, development and enhancement of the competitiveness of micro, small and medium enterprises. It also casts various obligations on entities dealing with such MSME enterprises. This article explains the extent of obligations cast on entities dealing with such MSME enterprises and the consequences of non-compliance with such obligations.

MEANING OF ENTERPRISE AND APPLICABILITY OF MSME ACT

Section 7 of the MSME Act provides the criteria based on which an enterprise is classified as either a micro-enterprise, small enterprise, or medium enterprise. However, before venturing into the specific criteria for classifying an enterprise into micro, small or medium, it may be important to look at the definition of ‘enterprise’ as provided u/s 2(e) of the Act. The said definition is significant and reproduced below for ready reference:

“enterprise” means an industrial undertaking or a business concern or any other establishment, by whatever name called, engaged in the manufacture or production of goods, in any manner, pertaining to any industry specified in the First Schedule to the Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 (55 of 1951) or engaged in providing or rendering of any service or services.

On a perusal of the above definition, it is very clear that only establishments engaged in the manufacture of specified goods or rendering any service can be considered an ’enterprise’. Therefore, traders and works contractors are not covered under this definition, and the provisions of the MSME Act do not apply to such traders and works contractors. In fact, in its FAQ dated 24th October, 2016, the Ministry of MSME has clarified vide answer to Q. No. 18 that the policy is meant only for procurement of goods produced or services rendered by MSEs, and traders are excluded from the Policy.

Further, various Court rulings have held that works contractors are not covered under the MSME Act, 2006. Useful reference may be made to the decisions in the cases of Rahul Singh vs. Union of India C 42491 of 2016 (Allahabad High Court), Shreegee Enterprises vs. Union of India 2015 SCC Online Del 13169 (Delhi High Court), Samvit Buildcare Pvt Ltd vs. Ministry of Civil Aviation C/SCA/1094/2018 (Gujarat High Court) and Sterling and Wilson Pvt Ltd. vs. Union of India WP – L1261/2017 (Bombay High Court).

Action points for entities dealing with various vendors

1. Check whether the nature of the contract awarded to the vendor involves  supply of goods, services or works contracts. If the nature of the contract awarded is that of a works contract, then MSME Compliances are not applicable.

2. If the nature of the contract awarded to the vendor is that of the supply of goods, further check whether the goods supplied by the vendor are manufactured or produced by him. If the goods are neither manufactured nor produced by him, but he is merely a trader, then the MSME Compliances are not applicable. For example, a trader of stationery items or supplier of printer consumables would not be eligible for the benefit of the MSME provisions since the said suppliers neither manufacture nor produce the products supplied by them.

3. If the nature of the contract awarded to the vendor is that of supply of services, further check whether the services supplied by the vendor are rendered by him or by some other person. If the services are rendered by some other person and the vendor is merely acting as an intermediary/aggregator, then MSME Compliances are not applicable. For example, an advertising agent might help an enterprise by placing an advertisement in a newspaper. Since the services of advertisement are rendered by the newspaper and not the agent, MSME compliances would not apply to the advertisement amount. However, if the advertising agent charges some amount to the enterprise for either the preparation or placement of the advertisement, then the MSME compliances would become applicable only to the extent of such preparation/placement charges. A similar situation would apply to air travel agents as well.

CLASSIFICATION OF ENTERPRISES

Section 7 of the MSME Act provides for the criteria based on which enterprises can be classified either as micro-enterprise, small enterprise, or medium enterprise. The following table summarises the latest criteria concerning the classification of enterprises as micro, small or medium enterprises:

Classification

Investment Criteria in Plant, Machinery and Equipment do
not exceed

Turnover Criteria do not exceed

Micro

Rs. 1 Crore

Rs. 5 Crore

Small

Rs. 10 Crore

Rs. 50 Crore

Medium

Rs. 50 Crore

Rs. 250 Crore

Further, Section 8 provides for the registration of such enterprises with the MSME and the issuance of a registration certificate. At the time of registration, it is important to mention the specific NIC Codes under which the enterprise intends to supply the goods or the services. The privileges under the law are available only to enterprises which are so registered and bear a Udyog Registration Certificate with the specific NIC Codes listed therein.

Action points for entities dealing with various vendors

4. Check whether the vendor has obtained registration under the MSME Act and if so, obtain a copy of his registration certificate. The correctness of the said certificate can be checked online. If no communication is received from the vendor, it can be presumed that he is not registered under the MSME Act. In case the vendor is not registered under the MSME Act, then MSME Compliances are not applicable even if, factually, he satisfies the conditions for classification as an MSME.

5. Similarly, mere registration under MSME does not automatically entitle the enterprise for blanket benefit of all the privileges under the Act. The privilege to MSME and the obligation cast on the entity dealing with such an enterprise will have to be examined qua each transaction.

MISUSE OF MSME CLASSIFICATION

MSMEs are entitled to various benefits. Some enterprises furnish false information for obtaining Udyam Adhar Memorandum even though they may not be eligible. One of the benefits to MSMEs is procurement preference by public sector enterprises. In this context, to curb fraudulent practices and protect the interests of genuine MSEs, the Ministry of MSME vide Office Memorandum – F.No.5/1(1)/2019-P&G/Policy dated 10th January, 2020 (OM) has provided powers to specified buyers to enquire upon the status of MSEs before awarding any contract. The relevant extract of the said OM is reproduced below“While awarding contract to MSEs under the Public Procurement Policy (PPP), the Government Departments/ CPSEs / Other Organizations shall satisfy themselves about the MSE status of the concerned enterprise. In case of any doubt/ lack of evidence in respect of the MSE status of any enterprise, they may go through due verification process with the help of supporting documents such as CA certificate, details available from the website of Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) etc.”

Action points for entities dealing with various vendors

6. While the above notification may not apply strictly to entities other than the public sector, it may be important to insist on such CA Certificate before taking upon the onus of ensuring the onerous compliance obligations cast in relation to MSMEs.

OBLIGATIONS CAST ON ENTITIES DEALING WITH VARIOUS VENDORS

Section 15 of the MSME Act casts specific obligations on the buyer to make payments to specified suppliers within the prescribed timelines. The provisions are reproduced below for ready reference

Where any supplier supplies any goods or renders any services to any buyer, the buyer shall make payment therefor on or before the date agreed upon between him and the supplier in writing or, where there is no agreement in this behalf, before the appointed day:

Provided that in no case the period agreed upon between the supplier and the buyer in writing shall exceed forty-five days from the day of acceptance or the day of deemed acceptance.

It may be noted that Section 15 uses the word ‘supplier’ and not ‘enterprise’. Therefore, it may be important to understand the definition of the supplier as provided under section 2(n) of the Act and the same is reproduced below:

“supplier” means a micro or small enterprise, which has filed a memorandum with the authority referred to in sub-section (1) of section 8, and includes … (not reproduced as very specific)

On a perusal of the above definition, it is evident that the term ‘supplier’ only covers micro or small enterprises. The MSME Act actually has three classifications – micro , small and medium. While medium-scale enterprises are eligible for various concessions and incentives provided under Chapter IV of the MSME Act, they are not included in the scope of suppliers for Section 15 compliances. Therefore, medium-scale enterprises are not eligible to enjoy the privilege of priority payment under section 15 of the Act.

Action points for entities dealing with various vendors

7. If the vendor is registered under the MSME Act, check the classification of the enterprise. If the enterprise is registered as ‘MEDIUM’, compliance with the provisions of Section 15 is not required. The classification is evident from the registration certificate.

UNDERSTANDING THE PAYMENT OBLIGATION

In cases where the vendors/transactions are eliminated from the purview of MSME Compliance in view of the earlier action points, there is no further cause for worry from the MSME perspective. However, in cases where the vendors/transactions are not eliminated from the purview, it may be important for the entity to examine and ensure compliance with the provisions of Section 15 referred to above. Basically, the said provision requires the entity to make the payment to the MSME vendor within prescribed timelines. Effectively, the provision requires that the payment be made within 15 days from the ‘day of acceptance’ (See detailed analysis later) of the goods or services by the buyer. This time limit can be extended up to a maximum of 45 days from the ‘day of acceptance’ if the date of payment is agreed upon between the supplier and the buyer in writing.Action points for entities dealing with various vendors

8. In order to avail the maximum time limit of 45 days, it is important that the entity enters into written agreements with the vendors and those agreements provide for the credit period to be mentioned as 45 days. In the alternative, if there is no formal agreement entered into with the vendor, the purchase order issued by the entity can specify this term and if no objection is raised to the purchase order, the said purchase order can be considered as the written agreement between the parties.

At this juncture, it may also be important to understand what is meant by ‘day of acceptance’. Explanation (i) to Section 2(b) defines the term ‘day of acceptance’ as under:

‘the day of acceptance’ means,—

(a) the day of the actual delivery of goods or the rendering of services; or

(b) where any objection is made in writing by the buyer regarding acceptance of goods or services within fifteen days from the day of the delivery of goods or the rendering of services, the day on which such objection is removed by the supplier.

Further, Explanation (ii) to the said clause deems the day of the actual delivery of goods or the rendering of services as the day of deemed acceptance where no objection is made in  writing by the buyer regarding the acceptance of goods or services within fifteen days from the day of the delivery of goods or the rendering of services.

The above provisions cast a very important burden on the entities dealing with various vendors to raise commercial or technical objections, if any, in writing within 15 days of the day of the actual delivery of goods or the rendering of services. If such commercial or technical objections are raised in writing, the burden then shifts to the supplier to ensure that such objections are duly resolved and removed. Clause (b) above acts as a protection to the buyer in such cases and the time count does not start till the time of removal of the commercial or technical dispute by the supplier.

Action points for entities dealing with various vendors

9. Immediately after the receipt of goods or services, verify the qualitative and quantitative, and commercial parameters of the goods or services and if there is any variation from the parameters expected under the agreement or the purchase order, raise the objection in writing to the supplier within 15 days of the receipt of the goods or services.

Since the timelines prescribed under the law are anchored around “the day of the actual delivery of goods or the rendering of services“, it may be important to understand what exactly is meant by delivery of goods and rendering of services.

At this juncture, it may be relevant to stress once again the limited applicability of the MSME Act only to the supply of goods manufactured by the vendor or services rendered by the vendor. As stated earlier, the MSME Act does not apply to either traders or to works contractors (where there is a composite supply of goods as well as services).

The Sale of Goods Act, 1930, is an elaborate code dealing with transactions of sale of goods. Section 2(2) of the said Act defines the term “delivery“ to mean a voluntary transfer of possession from one person to another. Section 33 of the Act further specifies that the delivery of goods sold may be made by doing anything which the parties agree shall be treated as delivery or which has the effect of putting the goods in the possession of the buyer or of any person authorised to hold them on his behalf.

The mere change in the place of location of goods from the suppliers’ warehouse to the buyers’ warehouse does not ipso facto mean that the goods have been delivered. Most of the agreements or purchase orders contain clauses which stipulate the timeline when the goods will be deemed to be delivered and the transfer of possession of the goods takes place. Further, it may be important to note the provisions of Section 41 of the Sale of Goods Act, 1930 which specifically mentions that where goods are delivered to the buyer which he has not previously examined, he is not deemed to have accepted them unless and until he has had a reasonable opportunity of examining them for the purpose of ascertaining whether they are in conformity with the contract. Having said so, it is also important to bear in mind the provisions of Section 42 of the Sale of Goods Act, 1930 which specifies that the buyer is deemed to have accepted the goods when he intimates to the seller that he has accepted them, or when the goods have been delivered to him and he does any act in relation to them which is inconsistent  with the ownership of the seller, or when, after the lapse of a  reasonable time, he retains the goods without intimating to the seller that he has rejected them.

Though the Sale of Goods Act, 1930 does not apply to the rendering of services, in my view, in the absence of any authoritative guidance on what could constitute acceptance of the rendering of services, I believe that the above principles would apply in the case of services as well.

Action points for entities dealing with various vendors

10. It is important that the entity enters into a written agreement with the vendors that provides for the time when the delivery will be deemed to be accepted by the buyer. In the alternative, if there is no formal agreement entered into with the vendor, the purchase order issued by the entity can specify this term and if no objection is raised to the purchase order, the said purchase order can be considered as the written agreement between the parties.

IMPACT OF GST NON-COMPLIANCES BY THE VENDOR

The payment due to the vendor would not only include the value of the goods or services supplied but also the GST charged by the vendor for onward payment to the Government. Such GST charged is available as an input tax credit to the buyer enterprise under the GST Law subject to various vendor-specific conditions like payment of tax to the Government and uploading the transaction details on the GST Portal. Many enterprises would wish to withhold the GST component in case of non-compliance in this regard by the vendor. Whether such a withholding of the GST Component would amount to non-payment to the vendor resulting in the consequences under the MSME Act?

A strict reading of Explanation (i) to Section 2(b) defining the term ‘day of acceptance’ may suggest that a buyer can raise an objection regarding the acceptance of goods or services only. However, this would be a very restrictive interpretation of the said provision. One may argue that the acceptance of goods or services is not limited to merely the physical characteristics of the said goods or services but their other financial facets. Eligibility for an input tax credit is a substantial financial facet associated with the supply of the said goods or services and accordingly, if the agreement or the purchase order is suitably worded, the buyer may be entitled to withhold the GST component in case of non-compliance by the vendor.

CONSEQUENCES OF DELAY IN PAYMENT

Section 16 of the Act provides for payment of interest by the buyer to the enterprise in case of delay in payment. The said provision has an overriding effect to anything specifically mentioned in the agreement. The relevant provision is reproduced below for ready reference:

Where any buyer fails to make payment of the amount to the supplier, as required under section 15, the buyer shall, notwithstanding anything contained in any agreement between the buyer and the supplier or in any law for the time being in force, be liable to pay compound interest with monthly rests to the supplier on that amount from the appointed day or, as the case may be, from the date immediately following the date agreed upon, at three times of the bank rate notified by the Reserve Bank.

It may be noted that the provision not only provides for the mandatory payment of interest but also mentions the way the interest is calculated. The same is explained below:

Issue

Provision

Illustration

When is interest payable?

If the buyer fails to make the payment of the
amount to the supplier within the credit period or before the appointed date.

If the goods are received on 15th
April and the agreement provides for a maximum credit period of 45 days, the
outer due date of payment will be 31st  May. If the payment is not made by that
date, the interest liability is triggered.

What is the type of interest?

Compounded interest with monthly rests.

The interest will be payable from 1st  June. The interest will be compounded each month.
So, the interest for the month of July will be calculated by taking the
outstanding principal as well as the interest of June.

What is the rate of interest?

Three times the bank rate notified by the
Reserve Bank

If the Bank Rate notified is 4.25 per cent,
the applicable interest rate will be 12.75 per cent.

 

An associated issue that usually arises is that the RBI keeps
amending the bank rate at various points. Therefore, what is the  bank rate to be taken into account for the
purposes of calculation? In my view, at the end of every month, the interest
needs to be calculated for compounding purposes. The bank rate on the said
date will be applied for the calculation of interest for that particular
month.

Action points for entities dealing with various vendors11. Make sure that the payments to MSMEs are made within the time limits stipulated earlier. If, for any reason, the payments are delayed, also calculate, and provide for interest as per the provisions mentioned above. Make sure that the payments to the MSMEs are made with the applicable interest at the earliest possible opportunity.

HOW DOES ONE DEFINE DELAY IN PAYMENT IN CASE OF MULTIPLE SUPPLIES FROM THE SAME SUPPLIER?

The above provisions require the payment of interest in case of delayed payment. However, a very common issue which may arise includes situations in which the supplier makes multiple supplies and payments are also made on account or in some cases, advances are also given. In such a scenario, the provisions of Sections 59 to 61 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 become very important. Section 59 of the said Act provides that where a debtor, owing several distinct debts to one person, makes a payment to him, either with express intimation or under circumstances implying, that the payment is to be applied to the discharge of some particular debt, the payment if accepted, must be applied accordingly. Section 60 then provides a similar discretion to the creditor in cases where the debtor has omitted to intimate, and there are no other circumstances indicating to which debt the payment is to be applied. Further, Section 61 specifies that if neither parties make any appropriation, the debts will be discharged in order of time.

Action points for entities dealing with various vendors

12. Make sure that the payments to MSMEs are made with a specific instruction to appropriate the said payments against the outstanding amounts due from them.

FURTHER CONSEQUENCES OF DELAY IN PAYMENT

Section 18 of the Act provides the buyer a mechanism to enforce the payments due under sections 16 and 17 through a reference to MSEFC. The MSEFC would then undertake a conciliation process to settle the dispute between the MSME and the buyer and expedite the payment to the MSME.

Section 22 of the Act also requires the disclosure of the following information in the audited accounts of the enterprise:

(i) the principal amount and the interest due thereon (to be shown separately) remaining unpaid to any supplier as at the end of each accounting year;(ii) the amount of interest paid by the buyer in terms of section 16, along with the amount of the payment made to the supplier beyond the appointed day during each accounting year;(iii)  the  amount  of  interest  due  and  payable  for  the  period  of  delay  in  making  payment  (which have  been  paid  but  beyond  the  appointed  day  during  the  year)  but  without  adding  the  interest specified under this Act;(iv) the amount of interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the end of each accounting year; and (v) the amount of further interest remaining due and payable  even in the succeeding years,  until such date when the interest dues as above are actually paid to the small enterprise, for the purpose of disallowance as a deductible expenditure under section 23.

Section 23 further provides that the interest under the MSME Act will not be allowable as a deduction while computing taxable income.

CONCLUSION

The MSME Act, 2016 casts various obligations on entities dealing with such MSME enterprises. Further, Section 22 requires certain disclosures in the statutory accounts in this regard. Therefore, it is important for a statutory auditor to ensure that the disclosures are correctly made. In determining the correctness of the disclosure, it would be useful for the statutory auditor to understand the scope of the applicability of the law. Further, professionals could also obtain MSME registration for the services rendered by them if they qualify within the turnover and capital criteria listed earlier and avail the benefits of timely payment obligation cast by the Act on the clients serviced by them.

Corpus Donations – Recent Developments

INTRODUCTION

The taxation of charitable trusts has been the subject matter of discussions among professionals, in various fora. Tax issues of charitable and religious trusts, which evoked limited interest earlier, have attained significant importance. In the past two or three decades, charitable trusts which were treated with indulgence by the administrators, and lenience by the judicial fora, are looked upon with a certain degree of suspicion. A major reason for this is the use of charitable trusts as vehicles of tax planning. This has resulted in a number of legislative amendments, both procedural and substantive, culminating with the two recent decisions of the Supreme Court in October 2022.

Income of charitable trusts enjoys exemption on the basis of application thereof, subject to various conditions enshrined in the law. Some of these conditions, particularly the one as regards application, do not apply to contributions received by such institutions as “Corpus.” It is for this reason that this term has been the subject matter of legislative and judicial examination.

This article intends to examine the provisions of the Income Tax Act (hereinafter referred to as the Act), in regard to various issues governing the receipt of contributions to the corpus, their investment, utilisation and the tax impact of various actions concerning these aspects.

MEANING OF THE TERM CORPUS/RELEVANT PROVISIONS IN THE ACT

The term is not defined in the act or any other tax statute. The word corpus is based on the Latin word “body”, indicating a degree of permanence or long-lasting form. In common parlance, the word corpus means a principal or capital sum as opposed to income or revenue.

The following provisions of the Act that are relevant in the context of “corpus” are discussed below:

(a) Section 2(24) (iia)

(iia) voluntary contributions received by a trust created wholly or partly for charitable or religious purposes or by an institution established wholly or partly for such purposes or by an association or institution referred to in clause (21) or clause (23), or by a fund or trust or institution referred to in sub-clause (iv) or sub-clause (v) or by any university or other educational institution referred to in sub-clause (iiiad) or sub-clause (vi) or by any hospital or other institution referred to in sub-clause (iiiae) or sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of section 10 or by an electoral trust.

The above is the definition as it stands today. The definition underwent an amendment by the Direct Tax Laws (Amendment) Act 1987 with effect from 1st April 1989 which added the following words “not being contributions made with a specific direction that they shall form part of the corpus of the trust or institution”. These words were deleted by the Direct Tax Laws Amendment Act 1989 with effect from the same date.

CORPUS DONATIONS WHETHER A CAPITAL RECEIPT?

Whether a corpus donation can partake the character of income or whether it is of a capital nature has been the subject matter of judicial scrutiny.

The definition inserted by the Finance Act, 1972 with effect from 1st April 1973 gave legislative support to the proposition that a donation towards the corpus would be capital in nature and therefore need not be tested for exemption u/s 11. As mentioned earlier, the definition underwent an amendment from 1st April, 1989 and the definition as it stands today treats all voluntary contributions, whether with a specific direction or otherwise, as income. Many tribunal decisions have even after the amendment taken a view that the receipt of a corpus donation is of a capital nature, and therefore not exigible to tax irrespective of application /investment thereof. {ITO (Exemptions) Ward 2 Pune vs Serum Institute of India Research foundation 169 ITD 271 (Pune)} and {Bank of India Retired Employees Medical assistance Trust 96 taxmann.com 274 (Mum)}. A similar view has been taken by the Delhi High Court in the case of Director Income Tax vs. Basanti Devi & Shri Chakhan Lal Garg Education Trust 77 CCH 1213 (Del). Shri Nani Palkhivala, in his commentary “The law & Practice of Income Tax” has also taken the view that the mere fact of amendment of section 2(24) by Direct Tax Laws (Amendment) Act 1987 does not change the situation that such donations are capital receipts. The decisions referred to above hold that since the receipt is a capital receipt, even if a charitable institution is not registered u/s 12A, the same is not liable to tax. There are certain contrary decisions as well. {Veeravel Trust vs ITO 129 taxmann.com 358 (Chennai)}. If one takes a view that corpus donations are capital in nature, they will fall outside the ambit of income. Therefore, once the identity of the donor is established and the fact that it is with a specific direction that it is towards corpus is established, the receipt need not be tested for exemption for it will fall outside the scope of sections 4 and 5. Section 11(1)(d) will then have to be treated as having been enacted only for abundant caution.

CORPUS DONATION EXEMPT INCOME – THE OTHER VIEW

While section 11(1)(d), treats corpus donations as income, section 12 (1) provides as follows

12.(1) Any voluntary contributions received by a trust created wholly for charitable or religious purposes or by an institution established wholly for such purposes (not being contributions made with a specific direction that they shall form part of the corpus of the trust or institution) shall for the purposes of section 11 be deemed to be income derived from property held under trust wholly for charitable or religious purposes and the provisions of that section and section 13 shall apply accordingly.”

In R.B.Shreeram Religious and Charitable Trust 172 ITR 373, the Bombay High Court held that voluntary contributions other than those with a specific direction that they shall form corpus of the trust would be in the nature of income even without the amendment to section 2 (24), which came into force from 1st April, 1972. This decision was approved by the Supreme Court in 233 ITR 53. How does one reconcile section 2(24)(iia), (post amendment in 1989) section 11(1)(d) and section 12(1)? A conservative interpretation would be that all voluntary contributions are in the nature of income. Sections 11 to 13 are virtually a code in themselves. Once a trust is entitled to the benefit of sections 11 and 12 having obtained registration u/s 12A, corpus donations would be exempt subject to the compliance of the conditions provided. If the trust is not registered u/s 12A, such corpus donations would not enjoy exemption. Once one accepts the power of the legislature to define income, even corpus donations which are voluntary contributions received by a charitable or religious institution will have to be treated as income. Considering the current status of jurisprudence, the author is of the view that it may be appropriate to take the more conservative view.

While trusts which are registered u/s 12A will enjoy exemption in respect of corpus donations, subject to conditions which we will analyse later in the article, those not so registered will have to meet the challenge of section 56(2)(x) as well. Voluntary contributions of property without consideration will be chargeable under the head ?income from other sources’. However, section 56 will come into play only if the receipt is in the nature of “income”. If one is able to establish that the receipt is capital in nature, section 56 itself will not trigger.

(b) Section 11(1)(d)

11. (1) Subject to the provisions of sections 60 to 63, the following income shall not be included in the total income of the previous year of the person in receipt of the income—

(d) income in the form of voluntary contributions made with a specific direction that they shall form part of the corpus of the trust or institution [subject to the condition that such voluntary contributions are invested or deposited in one or more of the forms or modes specified in sub-section (5) maintained specifically for such corpus].

The words “subject to the condition that such voluntary contributions are invested or deposited in one or more of the forms or modes specified in sub-section (5) maintained specifically for such corpus” as appearing in the above definition have been inserted by Finance Act, 2021 w.e.f. 1st April, 1922.

WHEN WILL A DONATION BE TREATED AS A CORPUS DONATION

Section 11(1)(d), reproduced above lays down that the following conditions that need to be satisfied:

(1)    the contribution is voluntary

(2)    it is made with a specific direction that it shall form part of the corpus

(3)    the said contribution is invested or deposited in one or more of the forms or modes specified in subsection (5), maintained specifically for such corpus

The words “specific direction” have been the subject matter of controversy. The real question is whether such a direction can be inferred from conduct of the donor and other attendant circumstances, or it has to be in writing.

It needs to be appreciated that a corpus donation, to enjoy exemption, does not require an application at all, at any point in time. It has therefore a hallowed status, in ascertaining the quantum of exemption to which the assessee trust is entitled. From the A.Y. 2022-23, apart from the specific direction of the donor, what has to be established is that the voluntary contribution is invested in modes u/s 11(5), maintained specifically for the said purpose.

The specific direction referred to in the provision must emanate from the donor. Merely the issue of receipt by the donee, stating that the voluntary contribution has been received towards the corpus would not be sufficient, though there are certain rulings in the assessee’s favour in that context. Further, since the said specific direction should be capable of verification by the assessing authority while granting the exemption u/s 11(1)(d), it must be in writing and must be from an identified donor.

In a particular case it was urged that where two boxes, one without any writing/description and the other labelled as “corpus donations”, were placed before a deity, the action of the donor placing his offerings in the corpus box as in preference to the other one which had no description should be treated as a specific direction. The tribunal did not accept the proposition. {Shri Digamber Naya Mandir vs ADIT 70 ITD 121 (Cal)}. The author is of the view, that such a direction based on circumstantial evidence would not be sufficient to treat the said donation as a corpus donation as the donor was not capable of identification and consequently his direction was also not verifiable. The Karnataka High Court in DIT vs Ramakrishna Seva Ashram 357 ITR 731, did take a view that the law does not provide that specific direction should be in writing and that the conduct of the trust and attendant circumstances should suffice to establish that the donation is a corpus donation. With utmost respect, it is difficult to accept that in the current scene of jurisprudence in regard to charitable trusts, this decision will hold the field. It would be advisable to tread with circumspection, and in the absence of a direction in writing, there would be a heavy burden on the trust to establish that attendant circumstances are so compelling that the donation cannot be anything other than a corpus donation.

The question of whether such a contribution should be tested for it being an anonymous donation in terms of section 115BBC will depend on whether the receiving trust is charitable, charitable and religious, or purely religious, as well as the quantum thereof. However, since anonymous donations are not the subject matter of this article, that is not being discussed here.

The law requires only a specific direction that the voluntary contribution should form part of the corpus. There is no requirement or condition that the donor should specify the purpose for which the donation is to be spent or utilised. {JCIT Vs Bhaktavatsalam Memorial Trust 54 taxmann.com 248 (Chennai)} Obviously the purpose must fall within the objects of the institution for if it does not fulfill that parameter, both the receipt and the utilisation would violate the charter of the trust itself. It is however not necessary that the purpose has to be utilisation for a capital expenditure though normally that is what is contemplated. The nomenclature of the corpus also does not matter. For example, contributions to building funds would satisfy the contribution being towards the corpus.

Another issue that often arises is whether if the corpus is invested and interest is earned, does such interest partake the character of the corpus itself? In other words, would the direction extend to the accretion by way of interest or other return on investment during the period that the corpus remains unutilised? Corpus donations have a hallowed status in the taxation of charitable trusts. Therefore, unless the intent of the donor is to cover such interest or return on investment, the specific direction would not apply to such interest or return. It would be the income of the institution and entitled to exemption on the basis of application. If, however, there is a specific direction by the donor to the effect that the interest would partake the character of his contribution during the period that it remains unutilised then it must be added to the corpus. {CIT (Exemptions)vs Mata Amrithanandmayi Math 85 taxmann.com 261(Ker), SLP rejected by the Supreme Court in 94 taxmann.com 82}

An interesting question that arises whether, if the trustees do not adhere to the conditions stipulated by the donor, what would be the effect? In the absence of any specific provision in that regard, it is difficult to treat the amount in respect of which the infringement arises as “income”. {CIT vs Sri Durga Nimishamba Trust 18 taxmann.com 173 (Kar)} The consequences of such infringement, which may arise under other statutes is a separate matter altogether. For example, the trustees may be liable for an action under the Maharashtra Public Trusts Act for having violated the directions of the donor. In fact, the Income Tax Act contemplates utilisation of the corpus for the other objects of the trust. This will be apparent from an analysis of explanation 4 to section 11(1), which appears later in this article.

The Finance Act, 2021 added another condition from A.Y. 2022-23. The amendment requires the corpus donation to be invested in modes specified u/s 11(5), maintained specifically for that purpose. A number of issues arise on account of this amendment. These are:

(a)    since the donation has to be “invested” does the law contemplate spending only the interest or income accrued thereon or can the corpus itself be spent?

(b)    What is the position in regard to the corpus donations received prior to the amendment coming into force and which have already been partially / fully utilised

(c)    what is the time gap between the receipt of the contribution within which the investment has to be made?

Since the amendment imposes a condition for claim of exemption, it would apply only prospectively, and ought not to affect corpus donations received in a period prior to the coming into force of the amendment.

In view of the author, the law does not bar on the spending of the corpus as long as the same is as per the directions of the donor. In fact, a corpus can also be spent for revenue purposes. {ITO vs Abhilash Kumari Public Charitable Trust 28 TTJ 523(Del)}. Therefore, the mandate to invest the amount would apply only to that amount that remains unspent after a reasonable lapse of time from the receipt of the corpus donation. To apply the law reasonably and harmoniously, it would be advisable to maintain a separate bank account in which corpus donations could be deposited. One view of the matter is that as long as the investments in the modes specified in section 11(5) are equal to or more than the unspent corpus donations, the condition is complied with. However, that may not satisfy the words “maintained specifically for such corpus”. The intent seems to be that the corpus donation is invested in identified earmarked investments. Obviously, there would be a time gap between the receipt and the actual investment. The words “maintained specifically for such corpus” seem to indicate the requirement of a specific action by the trust to comply with the mandate. Ideally, the satisfaction of the mandate should be tested at the commencement and at the end of the previous year. If the earmarked investments are equal to or more than the unspent corpus donations the law should be treated as having been complied with.

While it is true that the law does not require utilisation of a corpus, if it remains unutilised and invested for long periods without any foreseeable plan of trustees to utilise the same, it is possible that a trust is visited with some penal/adversarial action, say revocation of 10(23C) recognition or cancellation of 12A registration. It must be remembered that, while interpreting an exemption provision, a purposive interpretation has to be made. While unspent corpus contributions for valid reasons should not result in any adverse consequences, trustees would do well to remember that the absence of a requirement to utilise does not give them a carte blanche to keep the money invested without utilisation for charitable objects.

(c) Explanation 2 to section 11(1)

Explanation 2.—Any amount credited or paid, out of income referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) read with Explanation 1,  to any fund or trust or institution or any university or other educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution referred to in sub-clause (iv) or sub-clause (v) or sub-clause (vi) or sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of section 10 or other trust or institution registered under section 12AA  or section 12AB, as the case may be, being contribution with a specific direction that it shall form part of the corpus], *shall not be treated as application of income for charitable or religious purposes.

• Emphasis Supplied

The law contemplates an exemption of income to the extent of application. It is probably for this purpose that the lawmakers have provided that, donations to another trust with the direction that the same shall form corpus of the donee trust, shall not be treated as application of income by the donor.

This amendment is in consonance with the spirit of the section. In the absence of this explanation, it would have been possible for the donor trust to receive voluntary contributions for which the donor may enjoy tax relief u/s 80G. Such contributions could then be contributed/donated to another trust towards its corpus. In the hands of the donor trust, the requirement of application would be satisfied while in the hands of the donee trust, there is no condition that the receipt would have to be utilised for charitable objects. This would then frustrate the grant of the exemption itself.

(d) Explanation 3A to Section 11(1)

Explanation 3A.—For the purposes of this sub-section, where the property held under a trust or institution includes any temple, mosque, gurdwara, church or other place notified under clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 80G, any sum received by such trust or institution as voluntary contribution for the purpose of renovation or repair of such temple, mosque, gurdwara, church or other place, may, at its option, be treated by such trust or institution as forming part of the corpus of the trust or the institution, subject to the condition that the trust or the institution,—

(a)    applies such corpus only for the purpose for which the voluntary contribution was made;

(b)    does not apply such corpus for making contribution or donation to any person;

(c)    maintains such corpus as separately identifiable; and

(d)    invests or deposits such corpus in the forms and modes specified under sub-section (5) of section 11.

(e) Explanation 4 to section 11(1)

[Explanation 4.— For the purposes of determining the amount of application under clause (a) or clause (b),—

(i)  application for charitable or religious purposes from the corpus as referred to in clause (d) of this sub-section, shall not be treated as application of income for charitable or religious purposes:

Provided that the amount not so treated as application, or part thereof, shall be treated as application for charitable or religious purposes in the previous year in which the amount, or part thereof, is invested or deposited back, into one or more of the forms or modes specified in sub-section (5) maintained specifically for such corpus, from the income of that year and to the extent of such investment or deposit;

This explanation has probably been inserted to take care of situations where notified religious places are undergoing reconstruction or major renovation. Trusts which carry out these projects of reconstruction/renovation may not find it feasible to spend or apply the donations within a period of five years, which is the maximum time for which income other than corpus donations can be accumulated. {Section 11(2)}. In the absence of this provision, the unutilised or unapplied donations would have been the subject matter of tax on the conclusion of five years from the year in which the contributions were received. This explanation takes care of this difficulty, and such religious institutions would be able to undertake long-term projects of renovation / reconstruction.

(e) Explanation 4

The scheme of the exemption u/s 10(23C) and section 11 is that income of a charitable/religious institution to the extent that it is applied for the objects enjoys exemption. An accumulation without fetter to the extent of 15 per cent, and an accumulation beyond that subject to certain conditions {for a period of five years in terms of section 11(2)}, is what is permissible. The exception to this requirement of application is in regard to corpus donations which are entirely exempt under section 11(1)(d), as corpus donations. Since such donations enjoy a blanket exemption, their utilisation cannot be claimed as application against other income. There were certain judicial rulings which had held that such a claim was possible. {JCIT vs Divya Jyoti Trust Tejas Eye Hospital 137 taxmann.com 472 (Ahd)} These rulings were clearly against the intent of the law. At the same time, there is no specific consequence provided for the utilisation of a corpus donation for the other objects of the trust. (Objects other than those specified by the corpus donor). In fact, a charitable institution may face a situation where, in the absence of non-corpus voluntary contributions, it would have to dip into its corpus fund to take care of a rainy day. This situation was faced by many institutions during the Covid -19 period.

The explanation inserted from A.Y. 2022-23, takes care of such eventualities. It provides that any expenditure from corpus donations, would not be treated as application. This would result in a depletion of the corpus fund itself. Consequently, in a subsequent year, in which regular voluntary contributions received are utilised for restoring the corpus, such restoration is to be treated as application of income. This is a welcome provision and takes care of unintended difficulties which a trust would otherwise have to face.

CONCLUSION

The subject of corpus donations is an interesting subject. They have a special place in the law in as much as while being included as income, they have no restriction as to the period of utilisation. They therefore operate as a mode through which, charitable trusts can undertake long-term projects without any risk of their exemption being affected. While accounting for, investing and utilising corpus donations, all the stakeholders of charitable institutions must ensure that they adhere to the spirit of the law and not only its letter. If this happens, probably the manner in which charitable trusts are perceived by the lawmakers and the administrators of the law will undergo a change.

Reassessment — Notice — Change of law — New procedure — Show-cause notice — Mandatory condition — Foundational allegation in respect of share transactions missing in show-cause notice — Cannot be incorporated by issuing supplementary notice

68. Catchy Prop-Build Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT
[2022] 448 ITR 671 (Del.)
A.Y.: 2018-19
Date of order: 17th October, 2022
Sections: 147, 148, 148A(b) and 148A(d) of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice — Change of law — New procedure — Show-cause notice — Mandatory condition — Foundational allegation in respect of share transactions missing in show-cause notice — Cannot be incorporated by issuing supplementary notice.

A writ petition was filed by the assessee challenging the show-cause notice dated 16th March, 2022 issued u/s 148A(b) of the Income- tax Act, 1961, the order passed u/s 148A(d) and the notice issued u/s 148 (both dated 31st March, 2022) for A.Y. 2018-19 on the grounds that the show-cause notice had been issued in violation of the provisions of section 148A(b), since it merely mentioned the transaction entered into by the assessee of purchase and sale of shares undertaken by it but did not contain any allegation of escapement of income for A.Y. 2018-19. The Delhi High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) In the notice issued u/s. 148A(b), the assessee was never asked to explain the source of funds that were used by the entity that had amalgamated with the assessee to purchase the shares of another entity. The show-cause notice issued under section 148A(b), the order passed u/s. 148A(d) and the notice issued u/s. 148 for the A.Y. 2018-19 were quashed.

ii) If the foundational allegation was missing in the show-cause notice issued u/s. 148A(b), it could not be incorporated by issuing a supplementary notice.

iii) However, if the law permitted, the Department was at liberty or take further steps in the matter. If and when such steps were taken and if the assessee had a grievance it was at liberty to seek remedies in accordance with law.”

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Validity — Condition precedent for notice — Notice should be issued by the AO who has jurisdiction over assessee.

67. Charu K. Bagadia vs. ACIT
[2022] 448 ITR 563 (Mad.)
A.Y.: 2011-12
Date of order: 27th June, 2022
Sections: 147 and 148 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Validity — Condition precedent for notice — Notice should be issued by the AO who has jurisdiction over assessee.

The appellant-assessee’s return of income for the A.Y. 2011-12 was processed u/s 143(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Thereafter, after five years, she received a notice dated 28th March, 2018 issued by the first respondent u/s 148 for reassessment. In response, she submitted a reply dated 26th April, 2018 stating that the first respondent has no jurisdiction to issue such a notice u/s 148 of the Act and therefore, she requested that the reassessment proceedings be dropped. Subsequently, the first respondent transferred the files pertaining to the appellant to the second respondent. Thereafter, the second respondent continued the reassessment proceedings by issuing a notice dated 14th December, 2018 u/s 143(2) r.w.s. 129, directing the appellant to appear and file return of income to the notice u/s 148 of the Act along with supportive documents.

The Appellant filed a writ petition and challenged the validity of notices. The Single Judge of the Madras High Court dismissed the writ petition (Charu K. Bagadia vs. Asst. CIT (No. 1) [2022] 448 ITR 560 (Mad)). The Division Bench allowed the appeal and held as under:

“i) At the outset, be it noted, it is settled law that “a jurisdiction can neither be waived nor created even by consent and even by submitting to jurisdiction, an assessee cannot confer upon any jurisdictional authority, something which he lacked inherently”. The said ratio squarely applies to the case on hand.

ii) Notice u/s. 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, is mandatory to reopen an assessment and reassess the income of the assessee and such a notice should have been issued by the competent Assessing Officer, who has jurisdiction. The jurisdictional Assessing Officer, who records the reasons for reopening the assessment as contemplated under sub-section (2) of section 148, has to issue notice u/s. 148(1). Only then, would such a notice issued u/s. 148(1) be a valid notice. The officer recording the reasons u/s. 148(2) of the Act and the officer issuing the notice u/s. 148(1) has to be the same person. Section 129 is applicable when in the same jurisdiction, there is a change of incumbent and one Assessing Officer is succeeded by another; and when once the initiation of reassessment proceedings is held to be invalid, whatever follows thereafter must also, necessarily be invalid.

iii) The first respondent who recorded the reasons for reopening the assessment u/s. 148(2), had no jurisdiction over the assessee, to issue notice dated March 28, 2018 u/s. 148(1). Though the files pertaining to the reassessment proceedings of the assessee were transferred, the second respondent had no authority to continue the reassessment proceedings u/s. 129 and hence, the notice dated December 14, 2018 issued by him was also invalid. The invalid notices so issued vitiated the entire reassessment proceedings initiated against the assessee. The notices and the consequent proceedings were invalid.”

Income — Computation of income — Disallowance of expenditure incurred on exempt income — Amendment providing for disallowance even if assessee has not earned exempt income — Amendment not retrospective — Not applicable for A.Y.: 2013-14 — Tribunal deleting disallowance on ground assessee had not earned exempt income — Proper.

66. Principal CIT vs. Era Infrastructure (India) Ltd.
[2022] 448 ITR 674 (Del.)
A.Y.: 2013-14
Date of order: 20th July, 2022
Section: 14A of ITA,1961

Income — Computation of income — Disallowance of expenditure incurred on exempt income — Amendment providing for disallowance even if assessee has not earned exempt income — Amendment not retrospective — Not applicable for A.Y.: 2013-14 — Tribunal deleting disallowance on ground assessee had not earned exempt income — Proper.

The Tribunal deleted the disallowance made by the AO under rule 8D of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 r.w.s. 14A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 holding that no disallowance u/s 14A could be made if the assessee had not earned any exempt income.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Delhi High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The Memorandum Explaining the Provisions of the Finance Bill, 2022 ([2022] 440 ITR (St.) 226) explicitly stipulates that the amendment made to section 14A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 will take effect from April 1, 2022 and will apply in relation to the A Y. 2022-23 and subsequent assessment years. The amendment of section 14A which is “for removal of doubts” cannot be presumed to be retrospective even where such language is used, if it alters or changes the law as it earlier stood.

ii) The Tribunal had not erred in deleting the disallowance made by the Assessing Officer under rule 8D read with section 14A. Though the judgment followed by the Tribunal had been challenged and was pending adjudication before the Supreme Court, there had been no stay of the judgment till date. The order passed in the appeal should abide by the final decision of the Supreme Court in the special leave petition.”

Export — Loss — Set off — Scope of section 10B — Section 10B provides for deduction and not exemption — Loss sustained in unit covered by section 10B can be set off against other business income.

65. Principal CIT vs. Sandvik Asia Pvt. Ltd.
[2022] 449 ITR 312 (Bom.)
A.Y.: 2005-06
Date of order: 8th September, 2022
Section: 10B of ITA, 1961

Export — Loss — Set off — Scope of section 10B — Section 10B provides for deduction and not exemption — Loss sustained in unit covered by section 10B can be set off against other business income.

The assessee-company was a part of the S group being a subsidiary of S Sweden, which was the holding company of the assessee. For A.Y. 2005-06, the assessee had made a provision for finished goods obsolescence of Rs. 19,52,000. However, this amount was disallowed by the AO, who held that the closing inventory had to be valued either at cost price or at market price. In its return of income, the assessee adjusted the loss of its newly set up export-oriented unit against the profits earned by its other units. In the return of income the assessee claimed that it had made a payment of Rs. 4,41,44,973 on account of management services to S Sweden. The AO referred the matter to the Transfer Pricing Officer (TPO). The TPO, however, was of the view that there was no evidence with regard to the receipt of services by the assessee and, therefore, made an adjustment of Rs. 4.41 crores. The Commissioner, held, based upon the additional evidence that the management services were rendered to the assessee. The AO accordingly deleted the addition of Rs. 4,41,44,973 based on the transfer pricing adjustment made by the TPO.

The Tribunal, in the appeal filed by the Revenue, upheld the order of the Commissioner. The Tribunal allowed the set off of losses claimed by the assessee.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Bombay High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) After the substitution of section 10B by the Finance Act of 2000, the provision as it now stands provides for a deduction of profits and gains derived by a 100 per cent. export oriented undertaking from the export of articles or things or computer software for ten consecutive assessment years beginning with the assessment year relevant to the previous year in which the undertaking begins to manufacture or produce. There is no provision in section 10B by which a prohibition has been introduced by the Legislature on setting off a loss sustained from one source falling under the head of profits and gains of business against income from any other source under the same head. On the other hand, there is intrinsic material in section 10B to indicate that such a prohibition was not within the contemplation of the Legislature.

ii) A reading of the clauses of the agreement made it quite clear that the management services could be rendered by all or any of the S companies and such operations would be on behalf of S Sweden. The Tribunal committed no error in deciding the issue in favour of the assessee especially when the management service fees received by S Sweden had been taxed by the Assessing Officer in charge of assessment of S Sweden, as provider of such services.

iii) The Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the addition of Rs. 19,52,000 made by the Assessing Officer on account of closing stock of obsolete inventory, and this was upheld by the Tribunal following its order passed in the case of the assessee for the A.Y. 2004-05. The appeal preferred by the Department against the order of the Tribunal for the A.Y.2004-05 was dismissed on the ground that the assessee had been consistently following the method of evaluating the stock which had been accepted by the Department. No different view could be taken on an issue arising between the same parties, which had already been raised and rejected by the court, although for a different assessment year, when there was no change in the factual or legal matrix of the case.

iv) The Tribunal was right in allowing set off of the losses suffered by the newly set up export oriented unit against its other business income.”

Business expenditure — Disallowance u/s 40(a) (ia) — Payments liable to deduction of tax at source — Scope of section 40 — Amount paid to non-resident for technical services — Amount not debited to profit and loss account and not claimed as deduction in computing business income — Amount could not be disallowed.

64. Principal CIT vs. Linde India Ltd.
[2022] 448 ITR 682 (Cal.)
A.Y.: 2007-08
Date of order: 5th September, 2022
Section 40(a)(ia) of ITA, 1961

Business expenditure — Disallowance u/s 40(a) (ia) — Payments liable to deduction of tax at source — Scope of section 40 — Amount paid to non-resident for technical services — Amount not debited to profit and loss account and not claimed as deduction in computing business income — Amount could not be disallowed.

The assessee-company is engaged in the business of manufacture and sale of various industrial and mechanical gases, cryogenic and non-cryo- genic plants and vessels. A show-cause notice was issued to the assessee alleging that tax was not deducted at source in terms of the provisions of section 40(a)(ia) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 in respect of the advances as on 31st March, 2007 for import of capital goods. In reply to the show-cause notice, the assessee contended that the said advances was made towards import of capital goods on free on board (FOB) basis at foreign sea ports, leading to transfer of title to the goods outside India, and hence there is no income chargeable to tax in India and therefore the provisions of section 195 of the Act are not attracted. It was also contended that such advances to suppliers had also not been charged to the profit and loss account for the relevant assessment year. The AO completed the assessment u/s 143(3) by an order dated 30th December, 2010. The AO made disallowances aggregating to Rs. 72,89,71,972 u/s 40(a)(ia).

The Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the addition. The Tribunal upheld the decision of the Commissioner (Appeals) and held that no disallowance could be made u/s 40(a)(i)/40(a)(ia).

On appeal by the Revenue, the Calcutta High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) An amount can be deducted in computing the business or professional income by taking away the amount from the total profits and gains of such business and profession. While preparing the profit and loss account of a business or profession an amount can be deducted from the professional or business income by debiting the profit and loss account prepared in connection with such profession or business with such amount. Such amount may also be deducted while computing the profits and gains of business or profession for the purpose of arriving at the business or professional income chargeable to tax. Therefore, if the disputed amount is neither debited from the profit and loss account of the business or profession nor has been deducted while computing the profits and gains of business or profession, section 40 of the Act does not come into operation as such amount cannot be said to have been deducted in computing the income chargeable under such head. Therefore, if an assessee has paid any amount on account of fees for technical services outside India or in India to a non-resident but has not debited such amount to the profit and loss account and has also not claimed it as deduction in computing the income chargeable under the head “Profits and gains of business or profession”, no disallowance in respect thereof can be made by invoking the provisions of section 40(a)(ia) of the Act.

ii) D uring the course of assessment proceedings the assessee-company had filed complete details of work-in-progress and the party-wise details. The first appellate authority specifically held that the payment of Rs. 84,40,14,000 which was a part of capital advance and appearing in the capital work-in-progress included a sum of Rs. 72,33,40,648 made to L and there was a payment of Rs. 56,31,324 to the German company appearing under the head “Loans and advance”. The sum of Rs. 72,33,40,648 was part of the capital work-in-progress and not charged to the profit and loss account and the sum of Rs. 56,38,324 was shown in the balance-sheet under the head “Loans and advance” and such amount was also not charged to the profit and loss account. The first appellate authority was justified in deleting the disallowance made by the Assessing Officer invoking the provisions of section 40(a)(i) and the Tribunal was justified in affirming it.”

The Middle Class Deserves More!

The year 2022 is behind us. It was an eventful year post-pandemic. Barring the Omicron wave in the first quarter of 2022, the effect of the pandemic has been less severe in India compared to most other countries of the world. Government spending on infrastructure and targeted aid to the poor and needy sections of society, during the two years of the pandemic, showed their impact in bouncing back of the Indian economy. Due to timely and effective measures like free rations and food subsidies to the poor, India prevented an increase in extreme poverty level.

However, according to experts, the pandemic has taken a great toll on the middle-class population of India. Experts from Mumbai University have defined the middle class as spending from US$ 2 to US$ 10 per person per day (i.e., Rs. 160 to Rs. 800 approx.). According to this criterion, almost half of India’s population of 1.3 billion is in the middle class.

Many middle-class families have plunged into poverty due to the loss of jobs, non-availability of food subsidies, and other help from the Government. This one class has been neglected by successive Governments, may be because it is not viewed as a united vote bank. The poor can survive on social welfare schemes with the Government providing free and subsidised foods, medical treatments, electricity, homes, education, gas cylinders, and other freebies. The rich do not need any such help and can thrive despite inflation or recession, whereas it is the middle class that is crushed by high inflation and lack of support from the Government.

India has a strong middle-class population which has the potential of driving the economy to newer heights, if only, it is empowered, encouraged, and provided fair treatment. Middle-class people, especially SME entrepreneurs and salaried people in unorganised sectors, pay taxes all their life, but have no social security to take care of them in their old age. A passbook system should be devised wherein taxes paid by a taxpayer are recorded and after a certain age, pension is paid to him in the proportion of taxes paid by him.

One of the criteria for the reservation for the Economically Weaker Sections of the Society is that “the annual income of the concerned household should not be more than Rs. 8 lakhs.” Ironically, a household earning Rs. 8 lakhs annually, is considered economically weak whereas the Income-tax Act, 1961 provides the threshold of only Rs. 2,50,000 (with the tax rebate of Rs.12,500 the effective limit is Rupees 5 lakhs). Most Indian households have only one earning member and therefore practically this limit, which is quite low, is for the entire household, so to say.

If one were to calculate GST paid on household expenses, then one would find that the actual burden of taxes is much more for the middle class, as it is the largest consumer class in society. Yet, unfortunately, it is at the receiving end with no relief in sight. With the increased collection in GST, there is a case for a reduction in the rate of GST, an increase in the threshold exemption limit, and a reduction of personal income tax rates. In any case, people are paying GST and contributing to the growth of the Nation.

There are some serious non-tax implications as well, of neglecting the middle class. Many families have adopted the One-Child policy as they cannot afford expensive education for their children. Most of the children from middle-class society are aspiring to leave India due to the caste-based reservation policy, lack of incentives, and opportunities at home. Foreign jobs appear to them as the only option to support their families and pull them out of the curse of belonging to the “middle class” in India. Can we not stop this? Can we not provide a dignified living for a middle-class person in India? After all, he is the backbone of the Indian economy. Can we expect some relief in the Union Budget 2023 for the middle-class population of India which is reeling under the burden of inflation and pandemic shocks?

A high-level committee may be constituted to look into the woes of the middle class, which can suggest multidimensional measures to provide much-needed relief.

Let me leave you with a famous quote from an American Political Economist, a former dean of the MIT Sloan School of Management and author of several books on Economics, the late Mr. Lester Thurow:

“A healthy middle class is necessary to have a healthy political democracy. A society made up of rich and poor has no mediating group either politically or economically”.

Let’s usher in the new year 2023 with the hope that the middle-class population in India will get the much-needed attention, recognition, and well-deserved encouragement both, politically and economically. The government is focussing on “Ease of Doing Business” in India, and I think the time has come to focus on “Ease of Living in India” as well.

Best wishes for a happy and prosperous New Year!

Birsa Munda

In Jharkhand, Bihar and other states, there are many prominent structures and organisations named after Birsa Munda, such as Birsa Munda Airport, Ranchi; Birsa Munda Institute of Technology, Sindri; Birsa Munda Vanvasi Chattravas, Kanpur; Sidho Kanho Birsa University, Purulia; and Birsa Agricultural University. The war cry of the Bihar regiment is ‘Birsa Munda Ki Jai’.

Who was Birsa Munda? Many may not have even heard his name. Born on 15th November, 1875 in the Ulihatu village of Khunti district in Jharkhand, he lived for only 25 years. It is amazing that a tribal peasant in undeveloped forests of Jharkhand, under British tyranny, could achieve so much in a short life span! People idolised him by calling him ‘Bhagwan Birsa Munda’. In recognition of his yeomen work, in 2021, the Union Cabinet voted to observe 15th November (Birsa’s birth anniversary) as Janjatiya Gaurav Divas – honour of the tribals. Naturally, he deserves our Namaskaars too.

Birsa Munda’s father was Sugana Munda, and his mother, Karmi Hatu. The family, with Birsa’s brothers and sisters kept migrating in the forest region for employment, being essentially agricultural labourers. Birsa grew up as a strong and handsome man and grazed sheep in the forests. He could play the flute with expertise and went around with the ‘tulla’ (one-stringed instrument made from pumpkin). He enjoyed being on the ‘akhara’ (village wrestling ground).

His poverty-stricken family kept Birsa at Ayubhatu, his maternal uncle’s village. He joined a school at Salga, run by one Jaipal Nag. Later, he shifted to Khatanga with his mother’s younger sister. On the recommendation of Jaipal Nag, this intelligent boy joined the German Mission School and converted to Christianity. He was renamed Birsa David, later ‘Birsa Daud’. He left the school in a few years. In 1890, Birsa and his family reverted to their original traditional tribal religious system.

As a strong, shrewd, intelligent young man, he took up repairing the Dombari tank at Gerbera, damaged by rains. It was obvious that the tribals were suppressed and deprived of all their rights and privileges. They were mere ‘ryots’ (peasants), no better than ‘crop-sharers’. Birsa developed an insight into agrarian problems, and actively participated in the movement to protect their rights. He was a thinker and criticised the Church for levying taxes and religious conversions. He became a preacher in the traditional tribal religion and soon got a reputation as a healer, a miracle worker and a preacher. He cured many patients. He became a saintly figure, with tribals seeking his blessings.

He gave a slogan, ‘Let the kingdom of the queen end and our kingdom be established’. He fought against the British colonial system. Britishers invited non-tribal labourers and deprived the tribals of their rights in the land.

Birsa declared himself a ‘prophet’. He declared that the reign of Queen Victoria was over and Munda Raj had begun. He gave orders to the raiyats (tenant farmers). Mundas called him ‘Dharati Baba’ with reverence.

There was a rumour that those who didn’t follow his orders would be killed. He was imprisoned on 28th January, 1898 for two years. He declared that the real enemies were the British and not Christian Mundas. He called for a war against the British. Birsa’s followers killed two police constables. The colonial administration set a reward of Rs. 500 on Birsa.

Many Mundas were arrested. Birsa died in Jail on 9th June, 1900. After his death, the colonial government introduced the Chota Nagpur Tenancy Act, which prohibits the transfer of tribal land to non-tribals. This protected the tribals.

Such was the remarkable life story of just 25 years of Birsa Munda, a man of vision, courage and conviction!

Our humble Namaskaars to him.

Enabling Assets

INTRODUCTION

In many cases, companies must incur expenditures on items they will not own. A company may incur costs on electricity transmission lines, railway sidings and roads, referred to as ‘enabling assets’, to build a new factory. Though the company incurs costs on construction/development of these items, it will not have ownership rights on the same, i.e., the enabling assets will also be available for use to the general public.  However, the company will significantly benefit from the same.  Without incurring these costs, the company would not have been able to construct the new factory. The question addressed in this article is whether the company should capitalise enabling assets or charge the costs incurred as expenses in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

QUERY

Company X is constructing a new refinery outside the city limits. To facilitate the refinery’s construction and subsequent operations, it needs to incur costs on construction/development of items, such as, electricity transmission lines, railway sidings and roads.  X will not have ownership rights over the enabling assets that will also be available for use to the general public.

Whether X should capitalise such costs or charge them to the profit and loss account?  

If X determines that the cost needs to be capitalised, what would be the classification of such costs, e.g., factory building, plant and machinery, intangible assets, electrical fittings, etc.?

TECHNICAL REFERENCES

Ind AS 16 Property, Plant & Equipment

Paragraph 7

The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment shall be recognised as an asset if, and only if:  

(a) it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the entity; and

(b) the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

Paragraph 9

This Standard does not prescribe the unit of measure for recognition, i.e., what constitutes an item of property, plant and equipment. Thus, judgement is required in applying the recognition criteria to an entity’s specific circumstances. It may be appropriate to aggregate individually insignificant items, such as moulds, tools and dies, and to apply the criteria to the aggregate value.

Paragraph 11

Items of property, plant and equipment may be acquired for safety or environmental reasons. The acquisition of such property, plant and equipment, although not directly increasing the future economic benefits of any particular existing item of property, plant and equipment, may be necessary for an entity to obtain the future economic benefits from its other assets. Such items of property, plant and equipment qualify for recognition as assets because they enable an entity to derive future economic benefits from related assets in excess of what could be derived had those items not been acquired. For example, a chemical manufacturer may install new chemical handling processes to comply with environmental requirements for the production and storage of dangerous chemicals; related plant enhancements are recognised as an asset because without them the entity is unable to manufacture and sell chemicals. However, the resulting carrying amount of such an asset and related assets is reviewed for impairment in accordance with Ind AS 36, Impairment of Assets.

Paragraph 16

The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment comprises:

a) its purchase price, including import duties and non-refundable purchase taxes, after deducting trade discounts and rebates.

b) any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management.

c) the initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the item ………….

Paragraph 44

An entity allocates the amount initially recognised in respect of an item of property, plant and equipment to its significant parts and depreciates separately each such part. For example, it may be appropriate to depreciate separately the airframe and engines of an aircraft……………..

Paragraph 45

A significant part of an item of property, plant and equipment may have a useful life and a depreciation method that are the same as the useful life and the depreciation method of another significant part of that same item. Such parts may be grouped in determining the depreciation charge.

RESPONSE

The Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) of the ICAI has dealt with similar issues under Indian GAAP in some of its opinions. One such opinion on the subject, ‘Treatment of capital expenditure on assets not owned by the company’, was published in the January 2011 edition of the ICAI Journal. The EAC opined that costs incurred by a company could be recognized as an asset only if it is a ‘resource controlled’ by the company. A company controlling an asset can generally deal with the asset as it pleases. For example, a company having control of an asset can exchange it for other assets, employ it to produce goods or services, charge a price for others to use it, use it to settle liabilities, hold it, or distribute it to owners. Further, an indicator of control of fixed assets is that the company can restrict the access of others to the benefits derived from that asset. In the case of enabling assets, the ownership does not vest with the company. Further, these assets are available for public use. Hence, as per the EAC, costs incurred by the company on such assets cannot be capitalised as a separate tangible asset.

The EAC also stated that costs incurred on ‘enabling assets’ cannot be considered as directly attributable costs and accordingly, the same cannot also be capitalised as a component of another fixed asset. Consequently, the EAC opined that the costs incurred on enabling assets not owned by a company should be charged to P&L in the accounting period in which such costs are incurred.

The author disagrees with the view of the EAC from the perspective of both Indian GAAP and Ind AS, and considers that the costs incurred on the enabling assets should be capitalised for the following reasons:

  • The costs are required to facilitate the construction of the refinery and its operations. Costs on these items are required to be incurred in order to get future economic benefits from the project as a whole which can be considered as the unit of measure for the purpose of capitalisation of the said costs even though the company cannot restrict the access of others for using the assets individually. It is clear that the aforesaid costs are directly attributable to bringing the refinery to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management.  Even subsequent to the construction of the refinery, the entity will have significant benefits, as the roads and the railways sidings will provide the entity access to its refinery.  Therefore, the author believes that the requirements of paragraph 16(b) are met.
  • The requirements of paragraph 7 are met because future economic benefits will flow to the entity, and the costs can also be measured reliably.
  • Paragraph 11 of Ind AS 16 acknowledges that there may be costs forced upon a company by legislation that require it to buy ‘assets’. Examples are safety or environmental protection equipment. Ind AS 16 explains that these costs qualify for recognition as assets because they allow future benefits in excess of those that would flow if the costs had not been incurred; for example, a chemical plant might have to be closed down if the costs on environmental assets were not incurred. The author believes that the same guidance will apply to enabling assets as an entity needs to incur these costs for constructing the project as well as for subsequent use. Hence, under Ind AS 16, the EAC opinion may not apply and enabling assets shall be capitalised, if Ind AS 16 capitalisation criteria are otherwise met.
  • X may not be able to recognise costs incurred on these assets as an individual item of PPE in many cases (where it cannot restrict others from using the asset). Costs incurred may be capitalised as a part of the overall cost of the project. The costs incurred on these assets, i.e., railway siding, road and bridge, should be considered as the cost of constructing the refinery and accordingly, should be allocated and capitalised as part of the items of PPE of the refinery. If the useful life (of such costs) is more or less the same as the principal asset to which the cost is allocated, for e.g., factory building, plant and machinery, etc., then the same is depreciated as per the useful life of the principal asset. However, if the useful life is different, then such costs may be treated as a separate component and depreciated basis its own useful life as required by paragraphs 44 and 45.

Adjustment u/s 143(1) in Respect of Employees’ Contribution to Welfare Funds

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Under section 2(24)(x) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, any sum received by an employer from his employees as contributions to any provident fund, superannuation fund, ESIC fund or any other employees’ welfare fund is in the first place taxable as income of the employer. The employer can thereafter claim a deduction of such amount from his income under section 36(1)(va) or section 57(ia), if the amount is credited by him to the employee’s account on or before the due date. For this purpose, “due date” has been defined as the date by which the employer is required to credit an employee’s contribution to the employee’s account in the relevant fund under any Act, rule, order, notification, or any standing order, award, contract of service, or otherwise.

Various High Courts, including the Bombay High Court in the case of CIT vs. Ghatge Patil Transports 368 ITR 749, had interpreted this provision to be on par with section 43B, which applies with respect to employer’s contribution to these welfare funds, and held that so long as such employees’ contributions were paid before the due date of filing the income tax return under section 139(1), as required by section 43B, such employees’ contributions were also allowable as a deduction even where the deposits were made outside the time limits provided by the respective welfare statutes.

On 12th October, 2022, this controversy as applicable to assessments up to AY 2020-21, is resolved by the Supreme Court in the case of Checkmate Services (P) Ltd vs. CIT 448 ITR 518, where the Supreme Court held that there was a marked difference between employer’s contribution and employee’s contribution held in trust by the employer and that for the purposes of section 36(1)(va), the payment had to be made before the due date applicable under the relevant Act applies to the contribution for an effective claim under the Income-tax Act.

An Explanation 2 to section 36(1)(va) has also been inserted by the Finance Act, 2021 with effect from A.Y. 2021-22, clarifying for removal of doubts, that the provisions of section 43B shall not apply and shall be deemed to never have applied for the purposes of determining the “due date” under section 36(1)(va). In spite of the amendment, interpreting the language of the amendment, the benches of the Tribunal have taken a view, prior to 12th October, 2022, that such amendment applied prospectively from A.Y. 2021-22, and not to earlier years and with that the disallowance where made was deleted.

In the meanwhile, prior to the Supreme Court judgment in Checkmate Services’ case (supra), even for assessment years prior to A.Y. 2021-22, adjustments were being made, by the AO(CPC), under section 143(1)(a) in respect of the payments made after the due date under the respective Act but before the due date of filing of the return of income, based on disclosures of payments made in the tax audit report furnished under section 44AB. In fact, in some of the cases, it has been held that no disallowance was possible while issuing an intimation u/s 143(1) simply on the basis of the tax audit report.

While processing the return of income, section 143(1)(a) permits adjustments of, amongst others:

(i) …………………………….;

(ii) an incorrect claim, if such incorrect claim is apparent from any information in the return;

(iii) ………;

(iv) Disallowance of expenditure indicated in the audit report but not taken into account in computing the total income in the return;

(v) ……………..

Till Checkmate Services decision (supra), the benches of the Tribunal had generally been taking a view that such an adjustment leading to the disallowance of the claim was not permissible u/s 143(1)(a), since the question of allowance or otherwise was a debatable one, in view of the various High Courts and Tribunal decisions.

The issues have arisen recently before the Tribunal, as to whether, (a) taking into account the subsequent Supreme Court decision in Checkmate Services (supra), such adjustments made u/s 143(1)(a) prior to the Supreme Court decision in Checkmate Services case, for disallowing the employees’ contribution u/s 36(1)(va) where payments were made by the employer after the due date under the respective Acts but before the due date of filing of the return of income, could have been validly made (b) will the ratio of the decision would apply only where the order is passed u/s143(3) and will not apply to the cases of the adjustment being made in issuing intimation u/s143(1) which will continue to be not permissible and (c) the adjustment will be possible based on the reporting by the tax auditor. While the Pune, Panaji, Chennai and Bangalore benches of the Tribunal have held that such adjustment u/s 143(1) by AO(CPC) for disallowing the claim was valid, the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal has held that such an adjustment could have been made u/s 143(3) only prior to the Supreme Court decision in Checkmate Services case. Further, the Pune bench of the Tribunal held that the adjustment in issuing the intimation by disallowing the claim based on the tax audit report was permissible for the AO, many other benches including the Mumbai and Hyderabad held that such an adjustment simply based on such a report was not permissible. Once again the Mumbai bench has observed that the ratio of the decision in Checkmate’s case was applicable only for disallowance of the claim where an assessment was completed u/s143(3), the Pune bench has not made any such distinction in upholding the disallowance made while issuing the intimation u/s143(1).

CEMETILE INDUSTRIES’ CASE

The issue came up before the Pune bench of the Tribunal in the case of Cemetile Industries vs. ITO 220 TTJ (Pune) 801, and many assessees. The assessment years involved in these cases were from A.Y. 2017-18 to AY 2020-21.

In this lead case, relating to A.Y. 2018-19, the tax audit report filed by the assessee highlighted the due dates of payment to the relevant funds under the respective Acts relating to employees’ share, and the dates by which the amounts were deposited by the assessee after such due dates but before the filing of the return u/s 139(1). The assessee was of the view that such payments before the due date as per section 139(1) amounted to sufficient compliance in terms of section 43B and were not disallowable in issuing the intimation u/s143(1).

The return of the assessee was processed u/s 143(1), making disallowance u/s 36(1)(va) of Rs 3,40,347, on the ground that the amount received by the assessee from its employees as a contribution to Employees Provident Fund, ESIC, etc was not credited to the employees’ accounts on or before the due date prescribed under the respective Acts. The assessee applied for rectification under section 154, which was rejected. The Commissioner (Appeals) also rejected the assessee’s appeal.

Before the Tribunal, the Department contended that the disallowance was called for because of the per se late deposit of the employees’ share beyond the due date under the respective Act, and that section 43B was of no assistance in view of the decision of the Supreme Court.

The Tribunal analysed the provisions of sections 2(24)(x) and 36(1)(va). It observed that it was axiomatic that the deposit of the employees’ share of the relevant funds before the due dates under the respective Acts was sine qua non for claiming the deduction and if the contribution of the employees to the relevant funds was not deposited by the employer before the due date under the respective Acts, then the deduction u/s 36(1)(va) was lost notwithstanding the fact that the share of the employees had been deposited by the due date of filing the return of income as per section 43B.

The Tribunal referring to the assessee’s reliance on section 43B for claiming deduction noted that the main provision of section 43B, providing for the deduction of employer’s contribution to such funds only on an actual payment basis, had been relaxed by the proviso so as to enable the deduction even if the payment was made before the due date of furnishing the return of income u/s 139(1) for that year. The assessee’s claim was that the deduction became available in the light of section 36(1)(va) r.w.s. 43B on depositing the employees’ share in the relevant funds before the due date under section 139(1). The tribunal observed that the said position was earlier accepted by some of the High Courts, holding that the deduction was to be allowed once the assessee deposited the employees’ share in the relevant funds before the date of filing of return under section 139(1) even though the payments were made outside of the time provided under the respective Acts. The courts had allowed the deduction on the analogy of treating the employee’s share as having the same character as that of the employer’s share, becoming deductible under section 36(1)(va) read in the light of section 43B(b).

The tribunal thereafter took note of the Supreme Court’s decision, in Checkmate Services P Ltd & Ors vs. CIT & Ors, 448 ITR 518, and observed that the apex court had threadbare considered the issue and had drawn a distinction between the parameters for allowing deduction of employer’s share and employee’s share for contribution in the relevant funds. It had been held by the court that the contribution by the employees to the relevant funds was the employer’s income u/s 2(24)(x), but the deduction for the same could be allowed only if such amount was deposited in the employee’s account in the relevant funds before the date stipulated under the respective Acts. Thereby, the tribunal noted that the earlier view taken by some of the High Courts in allowing deduction even where the amount was deposited in the employee’s account before the time allowed under section 139(1), got overturned by the apex court. The tribunal observed that the net effect of this Supreme Court judgment was that the deduction under section 36(1)(va) could be allowed only if the employee’s share in the relevant funds was deposited by the employer before the due date stipulated in the respective Acts and further that the due date under section 139(1) was alien for the purpose of deduction of such contribution.

The tribunal noted that the enunciation of law by the Supreme Court was always declaratory having effect and application ab initio, being from the date of insertion of the provision unless a judgment was categorically made prospectively applicable; the judgment would apply equally to the disallowance under section 36(1)(va) in all earlier years as well as for the assessments completed under section 143(3). It was however pointed out by the assessee that the appeals before the tribunal involved disallowance made under section 143(1) and as such no prima facie adjustment could be made in the intimation issued under section 143(1), unless the case was covered within the specific four corners of the provision, and it was stressed that the action of the AO in making the disallowance did not fall in any of the clauses of section 143(1).

The Tribunal then noted that the assessees as well as the Department were in agreement that the case of payment and its disallowance could be considered only as falling under either clause (ii) or under clause (iv) of section 143(1).

The Tribunal then noted that none of the first three clauses of explanation (a), was attracted to the facts of the case before it.

The Tribunal then proceeded to examine the provisions of clause (iv) of section 143(1)(a), which provided for disallowance of expenditure or increase in income indicated in the audit report but not taken into account in computing the total income in the return. The words “or increase in income” in the above provision were inserted with effect from the assessment year 2021-22 by the Finance Act 2021 and therefore did not apply to the assessment years in the cases before the tribunal.

The Tribunal, therefore, went on to ascertain if the disallowance made under section 36(1)(va) in the intimation under section 143(1)(a) could be construed as a disallowance of expenditure indicated in the audit report not taken into account in computing the total income in the return. The tribunal thereafter went on to examine the reporting of such payments in clause 20(b) of the tax audit report. It noted that the due date for payment had been reported (in one case as 15th July, 2017), and the actual date for payment had been reported as a later date (in that case as 20th July, 2017). Therefore, according to the tribunal, it was manifest that the audit report clearly pointed out that as against the due date of payment of the employee’s share in the relevant funds of 15th July, 2017 for deduction under section 36(1)(va), the actual payment was delayed and deposited on 20th July, 2017.

The tribunal noted that for disallowance under sub-clause (iv) of section 143(1)(a), the legislature had used the expression ‘indicated in the audit report’. According to the tribunal, the word ‘indicated’ was wider in amplitude than the word ‘reported’, which enveloped both direct and indirect reporting. Even if there was some indication of disallowance in the audit report, which was short of direct reporting of the disallowance, according to the tribunal, the case got covered within the purview of the provision warranting the disallowance. However, the tribunal expressed the view that the indication must be clear and not vague. As per the tribunal, if the indication gave a clear picture of the violation of a provision, there could be no escape from disallowance.

Examining the facts of the case, the tribunal observed that it was clear from the mandate of section 36(1)(va) that the employee’s share in the relevant funds must be deposited before the due date under the respective Acts. If the audit report mentioned the due date of payment and also the actual date of payment with specific reference in clause 20(b) – Details of contributions received from employees for various funds as referred to in section 36(1)(va), it was an apparent indication of the disallowance of expenditure under section 36(1)(va) in the audit report in a case where the actual date of payment was beyond the due date. The tribunal observed that though the audit report clearly indicated that there was a delay in the deposit of the employees’ share in the relevant funds, which was in contravention of the prescription of section 36(1)(va), the assessee chose not to offer the disallowance in computing the total income in the return, which rightly called for the disallowance in terms of section 143(1)(a).

The tribunal rejected the assessee’s argument that this was a case of increase in income, which was applicable only from the A.Y. 2021-22 and not for the relevant assessment year, on the ground that the two limbs, “disallowance of expenditure” and “increase in income” were independent of each other, and that the indication in the audit report for “increase in income” should be qua some item of income, and not increase of income because of the disallowance of expenditure. If this argument were to be accepted that even a disallowance of expenditure amounted to an increase in income, then the amendment with effect from the A.Y. 2021-22 would be redundant. According to the tribunal, interpretation had to be given to the statutory provisions in such a manner that no part of the Act was rendered nugatory.

Looking at the provisions of the tax audit report, the tribunal observed that the column giving details of the amounts received from employees indicates an increase in income if the assessee does not take the sum in computing total income, while the columns giving details of due date for payment and the actual date of payment indicate disallowance of expenditure suo moto disallowance in computing total income. In the case, before it the AO did not make adjustments for non-offering of the sums received from employees but made the adjustment for disallowance of expenditure with the remarks that “amount debited to the profit and loss account to the extent of disallowance under section 36 due to non-fulfillment of conditions specified in relevant clauses”. Therefore, according to the tribunal, it was evident that it was a case of disallowance of expenditure and not an increase in income. Further, the entire challenge by the assessee throughout had been to the disallowance of expenditure made by the AO. The assessee’s argument all along before the appellate authorities had been that the shelter of section 43B was available and disallowance could not be made because such payment was made before the due date under section 139(1).

The tribunal also rejected the assessee’s argument that the assessee did not claim any deduction in the profit and loss account of the amount under consideration and hence no deduction could have been made, holding that the deduction made from the salary had been claimed as a deduction by way of gross salary, which had been debited to the profit and loss account.

The Tribunal, therefore, upheld the adjustment made under section 143(1)(a) by disallowance of late deposit of employees’ share to the relevant funds prescribed under the respective Acts.

A similar view has also been taken by the Chennai, Bangalore and Panaji benches of the tribunal, in the cases of Electrical India vs. Addl DIT 220 TTJ (Chennai) 813, Legacy Global Projects (P) Ltd vs. ADIT 144 taxmann.com 4 (Bang), and Gurunath Yashwant Amathe vs. ADIT TS-7318-ITAT-2022(PANAJI)-O [ITA No 64/PAN/2022 dated 5th December, 2022].

P R PACKAGING SERVICE’S CASE

The issue came up again recently before the Mumbai bench of the tribunal in the case of P R Packaging Service vs. ACIT, TS-961-ITAT-2022(Mum) [ITA No 2376/Mum/2022 dated 7th December, 2022].

The assessee for the assessment year 2019-20 had remitted the employees’ contribution to the provident fund beyond the due date prescribed under the Provident Fund Act but had remitted the same before the due date of filing the return of income under section 139(1). The fact of remittance made by the assessee with delay had been reported by the tax auditor in the tax audit report. Such amount was disallowed under section 143(1), while processing the return of income.

The Tribunal, on perusal of the tax audit report, noted the tax auditor had merely mentioned the due date for remittance of provident fund as per the provident fund Act and the actual date of payment made by the assessee. According to the tribunal, the tax auditor had not even contemplated disallowance of the employees’ contribution to the provident fund wherever it was paid beyond the due date prescribed under the provident fund Act. It was merely a recording of facts and a mere statement made by the tax auditor in his audit report.

The CPC Bangalore had taken up this data from the tax audit report and sought to disallow the amount of delayed payment while processing the return under section 143(1), apparently by applying the provisions of section 143(1)(a)(iv).

Analysing the provisions of section 143(1)(a)(iv), the tribunal observed that it was very clear that this clause would come into operation when the tax auditor had suggested a disallowance of expense, but such disallowance had not been carried out by the assessee while filing the return of income. As per the tribunal, the tax auditor had not stated that the employees’ contribution to the provident fund was disallowable wherever it was remitted beyond the due date under that Act. Hence, according to the tribunal, CPC Bangalore was not correct in disallowing the employees’ contribution to the provident fund while processing the return under section 143(1), as it did not fall within the ambit of prima facie adjustments.

The tribunal further relied to a great extent upon the observations of the Mumbai bench of the tribunal in the case of Kalpesh Synthetics Pvt Ltd vs. DCIT 195 ITD 142, where the tribunal had examined in detail the scope of the adjustments permissible under section 143(1)(a), and in particular, the disallowance under section 36(1)(va) in such situations where the payments were made before the due date under section 139(1), and whether the reporting in the tax audit report could be the basis of such disallowance.

The tribunal observed that it was conscious of the recent Supreme Court decision in Checkmate Services (supra), where the issue had been decided on merits. It however observed that such a decision was rendered in the context where the assessment was framed under section 143(3), and not under section 143(1)(a).

Therefore, the tribunal deleted the addition made with respect to employees’ contribution to the provident fund made under section 143(1)(a).

OBSERVATIONS

Adjustment should be possible u/s143(1)(a) while issuing any intimation under s.143(1) after 12th October 2022 in respect of the amounts remaining to be paid by the due dates prescribed under the respective Acts for payment of the welfare dues contributed by the employees even though paid by the due dates of the filing of the return of income .under s. 139(1) of the Income-tax Act. After the Supreme Court decision in the case of Checkmate Services (supra), there should be no debate that the delayed payment of employee contributions to such funds after due dates under the respective Acts is disallowable under section 36(1)(va), even if such payment is made before the due date under section 139(1). In that view of the matter, the observation of the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal that the ratio of the decision of the apex court was applicable only to the assessments made under s. 143(3), in our respectful opinion, requires reconsideration.

The issue however continues to be relevant where such adjustment is made under section 143(1)(a), before the decision of the Supreme Court, at which point of time the matter was debatable, given the decisions of various High Courts.

Can an adjustment by way of a disallowance which was debatable at the relevant point of time that it was made, be held to be permissible under s.143(1), because of a subsequent Supreme Court decision which settles the debate on the disallowance? In other words, has the disallowability of the expenditure to be seen as per the legal position taken by the Courts as prevailing at the time of making the adjustment, or at the point of time when the appeal against the adjustment is being decided? Can it be held that the issue was never debatable in as much as the law declared subsequently by the decision of the apex court was always the law and, therefore, any adjustment if made before the decision should be considered in consonance with the law.

The Supreme Court, in the case of DCIT vs. Raghuvir Synthetics Ltd 394 ITR 1, has held that the decision of the jurisdictional High Court is binding, the issue is therefore not debatable in relation to assessees within that jurisdiction and therefore held that the adjustment could be made u/s 143(1)(a) (as it stood for AY 1994-95, when the law permitted adjustment of prima facie disallowances) in respect of such assessees. This would therefore indicate that at the time of making the adjustment, the law prevalent in the relevant High Court jurisdiction on the date of making the adjustment has to be considered.

However, the fact remains that on a ruling given by the Supreme Court on the issue, overruling the relevant High Court decision, the legal position is as if the relevant High Court ruling had never been in existence. In Southern Industrial Corporation vs. CIT 258 ITR 481, the Madras High Court held that when a statutory provision is interpreted by the Apex Court in a manner different from the interpretation made in the earlier decisions by a smaller Bench, ( or by the lower court) the order which does not conform to the law laid down by the larger Bench in the later decision, the later decision would constitute the law of the land and is to be regarded as the law as it always was, unless declared by the Court itself to be prospective in operation. Besides, it is also well settled law that a decision of the Supreme Court on an issue can form the basis for rectification of a mistake apparent from the record under section 154. This being the position, can an adjustment be held to be invalid based on a then prevalent decision of the jurisdictional High Court, which has ceased to exist after the Supreme Court ruling?

The enunciation of law by the Supreme Court is always declaratory having effect and application ab initio, being from the date of insertion of the provision, unless a judgement is categorically made prospectively applicable; the judgement as observed by the Pune bench would apply equally to the disallowance under section 36(1)(va) in all earlier years as well as for the assessments completed under section 143(3).

The better view of the matter, though unfair to the assessee who did not have the benefit of the Supreme Court ruling when he filed his return, seems to be that of the Pune, Chennai, Panaji and Bangalore benches of the Tribunal, that such subsequent Supreme Court decision validates the prior adjustment made, as the Supreme Court enunciates the law as it always stood. The appellate authorities should not be precluded from extending its powers to give effect to the subsequent decision of the apex court in adjudicating the appeal before them.

It is possible to hold that the appeals before the tribunal involved disallowance made under section 143(1) and as such no prima facie adjustment could be made in the intimation issued under section 143(1), unless the case was covered within the specific four corners of the provision and that the action of the AO in making the disallowance did not fall in any of the clauses of section 143(1). To meet such a contention, an alternative way of confirming the abovementioned better view and putting the said view beyond doubt is by rectifying or revising or reassessing the income wherever otherwise permissible in law and is within the prescribed time or by the appellate authorities exercising its enhancement powers while adjudicating the appeal.

The other issue is whether any disallowance of expenditure under sub-clause (iv) of clause (a) of sub-section (1) of s.143 on the basis of the words “indicated in the audit report” would include a conclusion drawn from facts given in the audit report, or would cover only express disallowance identified by the auditor in the tax audit report and whether the tax audit report observations can at all be the basis for adjustment u/s 143(1). The observations of the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal, in Kalpesh Synthetics case (supra) in this regard are summarized as under:

  • The precise and proximate reason for disallowance is the inputs based on the tax audit report.
  • Can the observations in a tax audit report, by themselves, be justification enough for any disallowance of expenditure under the Act?
  • Section 143(1)(a)(iv) specifically calls for an adjustment in respect of “disallowance of expenditure indicated in the audit report but not taken into account in computing the total income in the return”.
  • It does suggest that when a tax auditor indicates a disallowance in the tax audit report, for this indication alone, the expense must be disallowed while processing under section 143(1) by the CPC.
  • The tax auditor is an independent person though appointed by the assessee.
  • The fact remains that the tax auditor is a third party, and his opinions cannot bind the auditee in any manner.
  • The audit observations are seldom taken as an accepted position by the auditee.
  • They are mere opinions and at best these opinions flag the issues which are required to be considered by the stakeholders.
  • On such a fine point of law, considering the conflicting views of the courts, these audit reports are inherently even less relevant.
  • Audit report requires reporting of a factual position rather than expressing an opinion about the legal implication of that position.
  • Assuming the finality of the observations by an auditee with, the audit observations, is too unrealistic and incompatible with the very conceptual foundation of independence of an auditor.
  • Elevating the status of the observations of a tax auditor to a level above that of the Hon’ble Courts seems incongruous and is clearly unsustainable in law.
  • It is for the Hon’ble Constitutional Courts to take a call on the vires of this provision, and the tribunal is nevertheless required to interpret the provision in a manner to give it a sensible and workable interpretation.
  • When the opinion expressed by the tax auditor is contrary to the correct legal position, the tax audit report has to make way for the correct legal position.
  • Under Article 141 of the Constitution of India, the law laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme Court unquestionably binds all. East India Commercial Co. Ltd. vs. Collector of Customs 1962 taxmann.com 5
  • On a combined reading of articles 215, 226, and 227 It would be anomalous to suggest that a Tribunal over which the High Court has superintendence can ignore the law declared by that Court and start proceedings in direct violation of it.
  • It is implicit that all the Tribunals subject to courts’ supervision should conform to the law laid down by it.
  • The views expressed by the tax auditor, cannot be reason enough to disregard the binding views of the jurisdictional High Court. To that extent, the provisions of section 143(1)(a)(iv) must be read down.
  • What essentially follows is that the adjustments under section 143(1)(a) in respect of “disallowance of expenditure indicated in the audit report but not taken into account in computing the total income in the return” is to be read as, for example, subject to the rider “except in a situation in which the audit report has taken a stand contrary to the law laid down by Hon’ble Courts above”.
  • It is also important to bear in mind the fact that what constitutes jurisdictional High Court will essentially depend upon the location of the jurisdictional Assessing Officer.
  • What a tax auditor states in his report are his opinion and his opinion cannot bind the auditee at all. It is not even an expression of opinion about the allowability of deduction or otherwise; it is just a factual report about the fact of payments and the fact of the due date as per the Explanation to section 36(1)(va).
  • It cannot, therefore, be said that the reporting of payment beyond this due date in the tax audit report constituted “disallowance of expenditure indicated in the audit report but not taking into account in the computation of total income in the return” as is sine qua non for disallowance of section 143(1)(a)(iv).
  • When the due date under Explanation to section 36(1)(va) is judicially held to be not decisive for determining the disallowance in the computation of total income, there is no good reason to proceed on the basis that the payments having been made after this due date is “indicative” of the disallowance of expenditure in question.
  • While preparing the tax audit report, the auditor is expected to report the information as per the provisions of the Act, and the tax auditor has done that, but that information ceases to be relevant because, in terms of the law laid down by Hon’ble Courts, the said disallowance does not come into play when the payment is made well before the due date of filing the income tax return under section 139(1).

In contrast, it is important to reiterate in a summarized manner the observations of the Pune bench of the Tribunal in the context of the reporting of such payments in clause 20(b) of the tax audit report.

  • Where an auditor reported that the due date for payment was 15th July, 2017 and the actual date for payment had been reported as a later date (in that case as 20th July, 2017, it was manifest that the audit report clearly pointed out that as against the due date of payment of the employee’s share in the relevant funds of 15th July, 2017 for deduction under section 36(1)(va), the actual payment was delayed and deposited on 20th July, 2017.
  • That for disallowance under sub-clause (iv) of section 143(1)(a), the legislature had used the expression ‘indicated in the audit report’ and the word ‘indicated’ was wider in amplitude than the word ‘reported’, which enveloped both direct and indirect reporting.
  • Even if there was some indication of disallowance in the audit report, which was short of direct reporting of the disallowance, the case got covered within the purview of the provision warranting the disallowance.
  • However, the indication must be clear and not vague. If the indication gave a clear picture of the violation of a provision, there could be no escape from disallowance.
  • If the audit report mentioned the due date of payment and also the actual date of payment with specific reference in clause 20(b) – Details of contributions received from employees for various funds as referred to in section 36(1)(va), it was an apparent indication of the disallowance of expenditure under section 36(1)(va) in the audit report in a case where the actual date of payment was beyond the due date.
  • Though the audit report clearly indicated that there was a delay in the deposit of the employees’ share in the relevant funds, which was in contravention of the prescription of section 36(1)(va), the assessee chose not to offer the disallowance in computing the total income in the return, which rightly called for the disallowance in terms of section 143(1)(a).

Sub-clause(iv) in express words requires an AO(CPC) to disallow the amount of expenditure that is indicated in the tax audit report and is not taken into account in computing the total income in the return. Without questioning the wisdom of the law passed by the legislature, we wish to limit our views to understanding what is truly stated by the legislature by understanding the legal import of the words ‘indicated in the tax audit report’. Does the term require that for the disallowance to happen an auditor should expressly state that the amount referred to in his report is disallowable by expressing his opinion or the requirement of the tax audit report is to report by identifying the amount and thereafter it is for the AO to disallow the same? A comprehensive reading of the sub-clause(iv), in our opinion, indicates an action on the part of the AO to act by first ascertaining whether the assessee has taken into account the tax audit report in computing the total income in the return and if not only thereafter to apply the sub-clause and proceed to adjust the returned income. In our opinion, the auditor is not required to give his opinion on whether the amount reported is disallowable or not and which is rightful for the reason that the power of the AO to assess the final income is not taken away by entrusting the same to the auditor. There is no automatic disallowance possible. The role of the auditor is therefore limited to indicating the subject matter of the audit under the respective clause of the tax audit report. The dictionary meaning of the term ‘indicate’ is to point out; show, be a sign of, give a reading or state briefly. In the context of the placement, it is very difficult to hold that the term is recommendatory, more so, where the authority to disallow is strictly resting with the AO. The sum and substance of the views are that the term ‘indicated’ is limited to reporting of the quantum and is not even recommendatory of the disallowance. In other words, the reporting by the tax auditor is not a compulsion for the assessee or the AO to disallow the amount and it is only when the assessee had not suo moto disallowed the amount, the AO will use his power to act on such information.

TAX PLANNING? BE CAREFUL

Shrikrishna: Arjun, you are looking very worried today. I’m sure the compliance pressure of tax deadlines keeps you under stress.

Arjun: Yes, Bhagwan. That stress is always there. We are now quite used to it. But there is something else.

Shrikrishna: Really? And what’s that?

Arjun: That my friend, Ritesh…

Shrikrishna: Yes. I know him. His office is adjoining yours. Right?

Arjun: Yes. He is in deep trouble.

Shrikrishna: What happened?

Arjun: A girl closely known to him got married into a business family.

Shrikrishna: Very good. When?

Arjun: About 15 years ago.

Shrikrishna: Oh! Then what is the problem now?

Arjun: Her in-laws are Ritesh’s clients. The entire group.

Shrikrishna: Good.

Arjun: At their request, Ritesh suggested ideas of tax planning. He built up a good amount of capital in her name. Actually, she was only a home-maker. Not even a graduate! She was shown to be earning some salary over the years.

Shrikrishna: So, where’s the problem?

Arjun: Now, she is separating from her husband.

Shrikrishna: Oh! After 15 years? This is kaliyug. No relations are permanent.

Arjun: And she is claiming a big amount in alimony. A good amount of capital stands in her name. She says she is a housewife and has no source of income.

Shrikrishna: So what? There must be some documentation. Some evidence of employment.

Arjun: No, Bhagwan. Ritesh had shown her as his employee. And her salary was ‘paid’ in cash. Later, she was shown to be in employment with some group company.

Shrikrishna: Oh! Interesting.

Arjun: There is no documentation whatsoever. All returns of the family members including her return were filed through Ritesh’s office; and she is demanding the tax records from him.

Shrikrishna: He has to give them to her – Isn’t it?

Arjun: True. But that will bring the family into trouble. She has great nuisance value.

Shrikrishna: It’s better to settle it amicably.

Arjun: She has threatened that she will approach the Institute if the CA refuses to give the file. Now, he is in a dilemma.

Shrikrishna: Arjun, I have always been telling you to give up the short-sighted approach. There are many instances of separation of spouses even after 30 to 40 years of married life. Social life is now vitiated.

Arjun: I agree. You have been warning me – not to do anything in good faith.

Shrikrishna: Due to the inevitable dispute between any two persons, the things done with good intentions are viewed maliciously afterwards. The context in which a thing is done is conveniently forgotten.

Arjun: Anything can misfire. So, careful and timely documentation is essential.

Shrikrishna: Yes. There are instances where two of the Directors sign the financials; meetings are not held. Secretarial record is lacking. And when there is a dispute among Directors, they disown everything. They say, they were never shown any balance sheet, no meetings were ever called. And the two Directors are in collusion with the auditor. They have manipulated the accounts with the help of the auditor.

Arjun: True. I have heard of such cases. Then, what is the remedy?

Shrikrishna: Documentation! Working papers! Secretarial records, minutes. The faintest of inks is stronger than the strongest of memories! And, preferably, keep a balance sheet copy signed by all Directors or partners or trustees, managing committee members… and so on.

Arjun: Very good advice. An eye-opener.

Shrikrishna: This is not a complete solution. It only protects you from allegations that they were kept in the dark. After all, every small thing should be properly documented with signatures of the persons concerned.

Arjun: Thank you, Bhagwan. I will always keep this in mind. Please bless me.

Shrikrishna: Tathaastu!

!! OM SHANTI !!

(This dialogue is based on the common experience of loose documentation, weak tax planning, breaking relationships in the society and the consequences on the profession.)

TELEGRAM

In the world of instant messaging, Whatsapp is the number one. However, with increasing discovery of security issues in Whatsapp, Telegram is fast catching up. Telegram is a Whatsapp alternative which is fast, simple, secure and available across devices. You can send media and files without any size limitation (Whatsapp has limitations) – your entire chat history will require no disk space on your device and will be securely stored in the Telegram cloud for as long as you need it.

In Whatsapp if you create groups there is a limitation of 256 members. On Telegram, you can create groups with 2,00,000 members!

Telegram can be used on multiple devices simultaneously. This makes it so much more flexible to handle. Also, if you change your mobile number, you can easily migrate to the new number without any problem – in your settings you just go and change your number.

You can also create polls on the fly – no need to have any programming knowledge. In a group conversation just tap on attachments and the option for poll will be visible. Once you tap on that, you can create your own poll, define your questions, propose multiple choice answers and launch your poll instantly. The group members can respond – the results are visible online. Very neat!

There is a facility to neatly organise your chats in folders. So you can have a folder for your office chats, family chats or any other topic of your choice. Once you create folders and assign groups and any individual conversations there, it becomes very easy to search / locate any conversation.

There are a host of options when you send messages – you can send silent messages, schedule messages for a later date and time, send self-destructing messages, edit or delete messages after sending them and even save messages for future reference. There is an option for setting reminders for yourself, too! And just like Whatsapp, you could share your live location to your contacts / groups.

If you wish to send YouTube videos or GIFs you may search directly from your text-send window. Telegram has its own browser also, so if you click on a link, it will open in Telegram itself. It also has powerful photo and video editing tools and an open sticker / GIF platform to cater to your creative genes. It is 100% free, without ads, and there is no third-party access to your data.

In terms of privacy, Telegram offers many features – you can turn notifications on / off for multiple actions, individually or for groups. You can choose not to be added to groups by random people and also by your friends.

For those interested in maximum privacy, Telegram offers Secret Chat. Messages can be programmed to self-destruct after a pre-determined time frame after reading. This feature is now available in normal chats also.

All in all, Telegram is a growing, safe and secure platform for instant messaging. Try it out today!

Android: http://bit.ly/2Povr7E /iOS: https://apple.co/2VjExqd  

AMENDMENTS TO PROVISIONS RELATING TO RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Securities and Exchange Board of India has amended, vide Notification dated 9th November, 2021, certain provisions concerning related party transactions as contained in the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (the LODR Regulations). These amendments will come into force from 1st April, 2022, except for certain specific provisions which shall come into effect from 1st April 2023. These amendments are a follow-up to the decisions taken at SEBI’s Board Meeting held on 28th September, 2021. Those decisions, in turn, are partial / modified implementation of the recommendations made by the Working Group constituted by SEBI on related party transactions vide its report dated 22nd January, 2020 (released by SEBI on 27th January, 2020). Let us take a look at these amendments.

BACKGROUND
Related party transactions, generally stated, are specified transactions between a company and certain parties related to it in a manner defined under the relevant law. Related party transactions are a sensitive issue where there is scope of benefit to the company but which also carry serious potential of abuse. Hence, not just company law and securities laws, but even tax and other laws provide for safeguards against abuse in such transactions.

In the case of companies, the concerns are special. The scheme of management of a company is that shareholders appoint a Board of Directors to run the company. While the Board oversees the running of the company and meets regularly to review the progress, lays down strategy, etc., the actual day-to-day running is carried out by full-time employees. Hence, there are layers between the actual owners – the shareholders – and those who run the company. If transactions are carried out between the company and directors / senior management (or entities connected to them), there is obviously a conflict of interest. Steps and controls would have to be laid down in law to ensure that this conflict of interest does not prejudice the company / its shareholders. The matter is further complicated by the fact that, usually, in Indian companies, there is a dominant group of shareholders, referred to as the promoters, who have ownership and management control over the company. Transactions with such promoters (or entities connected to them) would also have a similar conflict of interest which needs to be resolved.

At the same time, considering the manner in which businesses are generally run, related party transactions are unavoidable. Arguably, related party transactions could actually result in more efficiency and other benefits. Hence, related party transactions do not deserve a total ban. Both the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) and the LODR Regulations have elaborate provisions to regulate related party transactions. As often pointed out earlier in this column, it is unfortunate that both the Act and the LODR Regulations regulate related party transactions in differently worded provisions. Thus, questions such as who are related parties, what is a related party transaction, how should they be regulated, etc., are answered differently by the Act and by the LODR Regulations.

What makes it worse is that SEBI keeps amending and reforming the LODR Regulations at a rapid pace – and thus the gap widens further. While there have been attempts earlier to narrow these differences, these are far from adequate. SEBI has now made some further amendments which we will discuss here. Note that the LODR Regulations apply to companies whose shares (and, in certain cases, debt securities) are listed on stock exchanges.

AMENDMENT TO THE DEFINITION OF RELATED PARTIES
The present definition, inter alia, deems only those members of the promoter group who hold 20% or more of the shares of the company as related parties. This part has been amended and now all members of the group shall be deemed to be related parties. The definition of promoter group itself is quite widely framed. Each of the members of the group, whether holding shares or not, will now be deemed to be a related party (as discussed earlier, with effect from 1st April, 2022).

The definition is amended even further whereby any person holding 20% or more of the equity share capital at any time during the immediately preceding financial year shall be deemed to be a related party. And with effect from 1st April, 2023 this limit will be lowered to 10% for a person to be deemed to be a related party. It appears that SEBI considers a higher, even if non-majority, shareholding a source of influence sufficient enough to consider a person as a related party and thus transactions with such persons requiring to be regulated!

The shareholding of 20% / 10% should be by a person and the concept of ‘group’ or ‘persons acting in concert’ is not made applicable. That said, it is also provided that the 20% equity shareholding (or 10% with effect from 1st April, 2023) may be held by such person directly or on a beneficial interest basis as provided in section 89 of the Act. Section 89, as amended a few years back, now has a more elaborate definition of what constitutes beneficial interest. A concern may arise here. It is stated that the holding may be direct or on a beneficial interest basis. While this results in clarity that transactions with such an entity shall be related party transactions, the question is whether the transactions should be with such beneficial owner or the company. Let’s take an example. In listed company L, a company A holds 25% shares. The beneficial owner in company A, as per section 89, is one Mr. P. Thus, Mr. P would be deemed to be a related party. The question is whether transactions with only Mr. P would be deemed to be a related party transaction and not transactions with the company A?

AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITION OF RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The present definition considers any transaction involving transfer of resources, services or obligations between a company and a related party as a related party transaction. It is now provided, to simplify things a little, that transactions between the holding company and related parties of its subsidiaries will be related party transactions for the holding company. Similarly, transactions between a subsidiary and the related party of the holding company would also be deemed to be related party transactions.

However, with effect from 1st April, 2023 a further twist is given to this to widen the scope even further. If the effect of any transaction is such that it is for the benefit of any related party as now defined (i.e., related parties of the holding company / subsidiaries), even then it will be deemed to be a related party transaction. While the intention seems to be clear, that is, to cover structuring whereby related parties get the benefits indirectly, the amendment does not give any further guidance as to how does one ascertain that a particular transaction is for the benefit of such newly-deemed related parties? This may create challenges for the Audit Committee and the Board.

The definition is further amended whereby certain transactions are now explicitly excluded. An issue of specified securities on a preferential basis that is in compliance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations will not be a related party transaction. Payment of dividends, bonus or rights issues, buybacks, etc., will not be related
party transactions if they are uniform across all shareholders in proportion to their shareholding. Acceptance of fixed deposits by banks or non-banking financial companies will not be related party transactions if the terms offered are the same as offered to all shareholders / public, provided that disclosure of such transactions is made to the exchanges every six months in the prescribed format.

AMENDMENTS TO PROVISIONS RELATING TO MATERIAL RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The scheme of the LODR Regulations is that related party transactions above the specified threshold are deemed to be material transactions requiring approval of shareholders. While such thresholds are laid down, the Board of Directors is also required to lay down a policy on materiality of related party transactions and how they should be dealt with, including clear thresholds. At present, a transaction with a related party would be considered as material if it, taken together with previous transactions in the financial year, exceeds 10% of the annual consolidated turnover as per the audited financial statements of the preceding financial year. It is now provided that if the transaction (taken along with earlier transactions in that financial year) exceeds Rs. 1,000 crores, then, too, the transaction will be deemed to be a material transaction. Thus, if the amount crosses 10% of such annual consolidated turnover or Rs. 1,000 crores, whichever is lower, it would be treated as material. This amendment will affect relatively large companies.

The present Regulations provide that related party transactions shall require prior approval of the Audit Committee. An amendment now requires that even ‘subsequent material modifications’ to related party transactions shall require such approval. The Regulations, however, do not define what constitute ‘material modifications’. Instead, the Regulations require the Audit Committee to define this term and make it a part of the policy on materiality of related party transactions.

It is now also provided that a related party transaction to which the subsidiary, and not the holding listed company, is a party and which transaction exceeds 10% of the consolidated turnover as per the preceding financial year’s audited financial statements, then the prior approval of the Audit Committee of the listed company would be required. With effect from 1st April, 2023, this clause will have effect if the value of such transaction exceeds 10% of the standalone turnover of the subsidiary.

The purpose of making a separate category of material related party transactions is to make them subject to approval by shareholders. It is now provided that even material modifications to related party transactions shall require approval of shareholders. Moreover, all approvals of shareholders of related party transactions will now have to be prior approvals.

CONCLUSION
This latest series of amendments to related party transactions seems aimed more towards expanding the scope to ensure that transactions are not structured in a manner that in substance they benefit related parties but in form they do not get caught in the net. The broad structure and scheme, however, remains the same. That is to say, non-material transactions may be approved at the level of the company and material transactions would require approval of the shareholders. Thus, there continues to be no outright ban on related party transactions. Also, no approval of any authority such as the Government or SEBI is required. The approvals remain internal and there are also elaborate disclosure requirements. Thus, stakeholders have a say in and have knowledge of such transactions.  (Also refer detailed analysis on Page 26)

SALE DEED SANS CONSIDERATION IS VOID

INTRODUCTION
One of the first lessons learnt in Contract Law is that agreements without consideration are void ab initio. The Latin Maxim for the same is ‘ex nudo pacto non oritio action’. Of course, there are some statutory exceptions to the above under the Indian Contract Act, 1872; for example, one of the exceptions is a gift made for natural love and affection. However, by and large one cannot have an agreement for which there is no consideration. Recently, this issue was examined once again by the Supreme Court of India in the context of a sale deed without consideration. Let us examine this important proposition in the light of this recent decision.

WHAT IS CONSIDERATION?

Under the Indian Contract Act, consideration has been defined to mean any act or abstinence on the part of one party to the contract at the desire of the other. Such act or abstinence may be past, present or future. Thus, it is a valuable consideration, in the sense of the law and it may be in the form of some right, interest, profit, benefit, etc., which accrues to one of the parties to the contract or it may also be some forbearance, detriment, loss or responsibility, given, suffered or undertaken by the other party.

It is important to note that unlike in many other countries, e.g., the USA, adequacy of consideration is immaterial in India. If there exists a consideration for a contract and the parties to the contract have consented to the same, then the Courts would not examine whether the consideration is adequate for the contract or not. The Act does not require that the value of the consideration by one party must be equivalent to the value of the goods / services provided or promises made by the other party. Thus, if two parties contract to sell a horse for Rs. 1,000 and the seller has freely consented to the same, then there exists a valid consideration for the horse. Under the Contract Act, consideration must be something which the law can consider of value but it need not necessarily be money or money’s worth. Sir Pollock in his famous book on Contracts has opined that ‘It does not matter whether the party accepting the consideration has any apparent benefit thereby or not; it is enough that he accepts it and the party giving it does thereby undertake some burden, or lose something which in contemplation of law must be of some value’. Section 25 of the Act provides that an agreement to which the consent of the promisor is freely given is not void merely because the consideration is inadequate; but the inadequacy of the consideration may be taken into account by the Court in determining whether the consent was freely given. Of course, this position of adequacy of consideration has been altered to some extent by the Income-tax Act, 1961 by the introduction of deeming provisions such as sections 50C, 50CA, 56(2)(x), etc.

Under the Act, consideration may move from the party to the contract or even any other person who is a stranger to the contract. Based on this, the Madras High Court has held in the case of Chinnaya vs. Ramayya (1881) 4 Mad 137 that consideration in India can move from a person who need not be a party to the contract. In this case, a mother agreed to gift certain properties to her daughter in consideration for her daughter agreeing to maintain her uncle (mother’s brother). After the death of the mother, the daughter refused to maintain her uncle and in response to a suit filed by the uncle, she stated that the uncle was not privy to the contract as no consideration had flown from him to her. The Court upheld the maintenance suit of the uncle and held that under the Act consideration could flow from a third party, i.e., in this case the mother, and hence there was a valid consideration to the contract between the daughter and her uncle.

Similarly, under the Act the consideration need not flow directly to a party to the contract, it can also flow to a third party and that would be treated as a valid consideration. An important case in this respect is that of Keshub Mahindra & Other, 70 ITR 1 (Bom). In this case, three brothers were substantial shareholders and in the employment of a company. The brothers agreed to transfer some of their shares in the company to certain foreign entities in return for a good business relationship of the company with these foreign entities on favourable payment terms. The Gift Tax Officer held that since the brothers had not directly received any consideration for the sale of their shares, there was a gift by them to the foreign entities. Negating this argument, the Bombay High Court held that under the Indian Contract Act, consideration can not only flow from a third party but it can also flow to a third party. The Court held that the term consideration was defined in the Contract Act. Although the shareholders of the company were distinct from the company, as per the definition of the term consideration there was nothing to show that the benefit of the act or abstinence of the promisee must go directly to the other party only, i.e., the promisor. A contract can arise even though the promisee does an act or abstains from doing something for the benefit of a third party, i.e., the company in this case, and that was a good consideration for the three brothers to transfer their shares.

In this backdrop of consideration let us examine the ratio of the Supreme Court decision.

APEX COURT’S VERDICT
The Supreme Court’s verdict in Kewal Krishan vs. Rajesh Kumar & Ors., CA No. 6989-6992/2021, Order dated 22nd November, 2021 is relevant on the subject of consideration. In this case, the appellant had executed a power of attorney in favour of his brother. The Power of Attorney holder executed two sale deeds for selling immovable properties of the appellant. One was for selling to his wife and the other to his son. The appellant objected to these sales on various grounds. One of them was that the entire sale consideration for acquiring suit properties was not paid by the purchasers. Accordingly, it was prayed that the sale deeds should be set aside.

The Supreme Court held that there was no evidence adduced to show that the purchasers had indeed paid the consideration as shown in the sale deeds. It examined section 54 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 in this respect. This section deals with the definition of sale of immovable property. It defines a sale (in respect of immovable property) to mean a transfer of ownership in exchange for a price paid or promised or part-paid and part-promised. In Samaratmal vs. Govind, (1901) ILB 25 Bom 696, the word ‘price’ as used in the sections relating to sales in the Transfer of Property Act was held to be in the sense of money.

The Apex Court in Kewal’s case (Supra) went on to hold that a sale of an immovable property had to be for a price. The price may be payable in future. It may be partly paid and the remaining part can be made payable in future. The payment of price was an essential part of a sale covered by section 54 of the Transfer of Property Act. If a sale deed in respect of an immovable property was executed without payment of price and if it did not provide for the payment of price at a future date, it was not a sale at all in the eyes of law. It was of no legal effect. Therefore, such a sale would be void. It would not impact the transfer of an immovable property.

The Court deduced that since no evidence was provided to show payment of sale consideration, the sale deeds would have to be held as void being executed without consideration. Hence, the sale deeds did not affect in any manner the share of the appellant in the suit properties. In fact, such a transaction made by the Power of Attorney holder of selling the suit properties on the basis of the power of attorney of the appellant to his own wife and minor sons was nothing but a sham transaction! Thus, the sale deeds did not confer any right, title and interest on his wife and children as the sale deeds were to be ignored being void. It further held that a document which was void need not be challenged by claiming a declaration as the said plea could be set up and proved even in collateral proceedings. As no title was transferred under the said sale deeds, the appellant continued to have undivided share in the suit properties.

Thus, it is clear that for a sale transaction presence of consideration in the form of money would be a must. If the consideration is anything other than money, i.e., in kind, then it would be an exchange and not a sale. However, a sale can also take place where instead of the buyer paying the seller, some debt owed by the seller to the buyer is set off. For instance, in Panchanan Mondal vs. Tarapada Mondal, 1961 (1) I.L.R. (Cal) 619, the seller agreed to sell a property to the buyer for a certain price by one document and by a second document he also agreed to buy another property of the buyer for the same amount. Instead of the buyer paying the seller and vice versa, they agreed to set-off the two amounts. It was held that the transactions were for execution of two sale agreements.

INCOME-TAX CONSEQUENCES
One related issue would be could section 56(2)(x) of the IT Act be invoked by the Department against the purchaser? Since the agreements were without consideration could it be held that the buyer received the immovable property without payment of adequate consideration, and conversely could section 50C be invoked on the seller as being a transfer less than the stamp duty ready reckoner value? One would have to go back to the decision of the Supreme Court for the answer.

The Court has clearly held that the sale deeds did not affect in any manner the share of the appellant in the properties. It was nothing but a sham transaction. The sale deeds did not confer any right, title and interest on the buyers and the seller’s share remained intact. Hence, in such a scenario there is no receipt of immovable property by the buyer and there is no transfer by the seller. Accordingly, it stands to reason that neither section 50C could be invoked on the seller nor could section 56(2)(x) be invoked on the buyer.

STAMP DUTY CONSEQUENCES
A sale deed is liable to be stamped with duty as on a conveyance. However, what happens when the sale deed is held to be a sham as in the above case? The Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958 provides for the refund of stamp duty paid in case it has been used on an instrument which is afterwards found to be absolutely void in law from the beginning. An application for refund must be made to the Collector, normally within a period of six months from the date of the sale deed. Some amount is deducted while making refund of Stamp Duty, which is as follows – for stamps falling in the category of e-payment (simple receipt / e-challan and e-SBTR), 1% of the duty amount is deducted with a minimum of Rs. 200- and a maximum of Rs. 1,000. For stamp categories other than mentioned above a deduction of 10% of the duty is made.

CONCLUSION
This Supreme Court decision has once again highlighted the importance of consideration in the context of any agreement. Due care and caution should be exercised as to the manner and mode of consideration. Failure to do so could invalidate the entire transaction as seen above.  

INDEPENDENT REPORT FOR SUSTAINABILITY DISCLOSURES

Compiler’s Note: Sustainability reporting is fast gaining importance across all major economies. SEBI has also mandated the top listed companies to make disclosures related to Sustainability (or ESG as they are popularly called). Investors are increasingly asking for independent verification of the data included in these reports. Given below are two instances of large multinational entities who have obtained independent reports on the performance data included in the Sustainability Reports for 2020. In a recent development, the IFRS Foundation announced on 3rd November, 2021 the formation of the new International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB). The ISSB will develop a comprehensive global baseline of high-quality sustainability disclosure standards which are focused on enterprise value.

(Readers may also refer to BCAJ August, 2021 (Page 79) for an illustrative Independent Assurance statement obtained by a large company in India.)

A.P. MOLLER – MAERSK A/S

Independent Assurance ReportTo the stakeholders of A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S,

A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S engaged us to provide limited assurance on the Performance data stated on page 44 in their Sustainability Report for the period 1st January – 31st December, 2020 (the Performance data).

Our conclusion

Based on the procedures we performed and the evidence we obtained, nothing came to our attention that causes us not to believe that the Performance data in the A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S Sustainability Report are free of material misstatements and prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Sustainability Accounting Principles as stated on pages 46-47 (the ‘Sustainability Accounting Principles’).

This conclusion is to be read in the context of what we state in the remainder of our report.

What we are assuring

The scope of our work was limited to assurance over Performance data as stated on page 44 in the A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S Sustainability Report, 2020. Scope 3 carbon emissions have not been in the scope for our review of the 2020 Performance data.

Professional standards applied and level of assurance

We performed a limited assurance engagement in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (Revised) ‘Assurance Engagements other than Audits and Reviews of Historical Financial Information’ and in respect of the greenhouse gas emissions, in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3410 ‘Assurance engagements on greenhouse gas statements’. Greenhouse gas quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific knowledge used to determine emission factors and the values needed to combine emissions of different gases. A limited assurance engagement is substantially less in scope than a reasonable assurance engagement in relation to both the risk assessment procedures, including an understanding of internal control, and the procedures performed in response to the assessed risks; consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement been performed.

Our independence and quality control

We have complied with the Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants, which includes independence and other ethical requirements founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour. The firm applies International Standard on Quality Control 1 and accordingly maintains a comprehensive system of quality control, including documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. Our work was carried out by an independent multidisciplinary team with experience in sustainability reporting and assurance.

Understanding reporting and measurement methodologies

The Performance data need to be read and understood together with the Sustainability Accounting Principles on pages 46-47 which Management are solely responsible for selecting and applying. The absence of a significant body of established practice on which to draw to evaluate and measure non-financial information allows for different, but acceptable, measurement techniques and can affect comparability between entities and over time.

Work performed

We are required to plan and perform our work in order to consider the risk of material misstatement of the Performance data. In doing so and based on our professional judgement, we:

*    Conducted interviews with management at corporate and Brand level responsible for the sustainability strategy, management and reporting;

*    Performed an assessment of materiality and the selection of topics for the Sustainability Report and comparison with the results of a media search;

*    Read and evaluated reporting guidelines and internal control procedures at corporate level and reporting entity level regarding the Performance data to be consolidated in the 2020 Sustainability Report;

*    Conducted analytical review of the data and trend explanations submitted by all reporting entities to A.P. Moller – Maersk Accounting & Controlling for consolidation; and

*    Evaluated evidence.

Statement on other sustainability information mentioned in the report
The management of A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S is responsible for other sustainability information communicated in the 2020 Sustainability report. The other sustainability information on pages 4-43 of the Sustainability report comprises the sections Introduction, Strategic sustainability priorities, Responding to a pandemic, Responsible business practices and Progress overview regarding A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S’s 2020 sustainability approach, activities and results.

Our conclusion on the Performance data on page 44 does not cover other sustainability information and we do not express an assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with our review of the Performance data, we read the other sustainability information in the 2020 A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S Sustainability Report and, in doing so, considered whether the other sustainability information is materially inconsistent with the Performance data or our knowledge obtained in the review, or otherwise appear to be materially misstated. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Management’s responsibilities

The management of A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S is responsible for:

*    Designing, implementing and maintaining internal control over information relevant to the preparation of the Performance data and information in the Sustainability Report that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error;

*  Establishing objective Sustainability Accounting Principles for preparing Performance data; and

*  Measuring and reporting the Performance data in the Sustainability Report based on the Sustainability Accounting Principles.

Our responsibility

We are responsible for:

* Planning and performing the engagement to obtain limited assurance about whether the Performance data for the period 1st January-31st December, 2020 are free from material misstatements and are prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Sustainability Accounting Principles;

* Forming an independent conclusion based on the procedures performed and the evidence obtained; and

* Reporting our conclusion to the stakeholders of A.P. Møller – Mærsk A/S.

VOLKSWAGEN AG

Independent Auditors’ Limited Assurance Report

The assurance engagement performed by Ernst & Young (EY) relates exclusively to the German version of the combined non-financial report 2020 of Volkswagen AG. The following text is a translation of the original German Independent Assurance Report.

To Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg

We have performed a limited assurance engagement on the separate non-financial report of Volkswagen AG according to § 289b HGB (‘Handelsgesetzbuch’: German Commercial Code), which is combined with the separate non-financial report of the group according to § 315b HGB, consisting of the disclosures in the Sustainability Report 2020 highlighted in colour for the reporting period from 1st January, 2020 to 31st December, 2020 (hereafter combined non-financial report). Our engagement exclusively relates to the information highlighted in colour as detailed above in the German PDF version of the Sustainability Report. Our engagement did not include any disclosures for prior years.

Management’s responsibility

The legal representatives of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the combined non-financial report in accordance with §§ 315c in conjunction with 289c to 289e HGB.

This responsibility includes the selection and application of appropriate methods to preparing the combined non-financial report as well as making assumptions and estimates related to individual disclosures which are reasonable in the circumstances. Furthermore, the legal representatives are responsible for such internal controls that they have considered necessary to enable the preparation of a combined non-financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s declaration relating to independence and quality control

We are independent from the Company in accordance with the provisions under German commercial law and professional requirements and we have fulfilled our other professional responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit firm applies the national statutory regulations and professional pronouncements for quality control, in particular the bylaws regulating the rights and duties of Wirtschaftsprüfer and vereidigte Buchprüfer in the exercise of their profession [Berufssatzung für Wirtschaftsprüfer und vereidigte Buchprüfer] as well as the IDW Standard on Quality Control 1: Requirements for Quality Control in audit firms [IDW Qualitätssicherungsstandard 1: Anforderungen an die Qualitätssicherung in der Wirtschaftsprüferpraxis (IDW QS 1)].

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express a limited assurance conclusion on the combined non-financial report based on the assurance engagement we have performed.

We conducted our assurance engagement in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised): Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information, issued by the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB). This Standard requires that we plan and perform the assurance engagement to obtain limited assurance about whether the combined non-financial report of the Company has been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with §§ 315c in conjunction with 289c to 289e HGB. In a limited assurance engagement the assurance procedures are less in extent than for a reasonable assurance engagement and therefore a substantially lower level of assurance is obtained. The assurance procedures selected depend on the auditor’s professional judgment.

Within the scope of our assurance engagement, which has been conducted between September, 2020 and February, 2021, we performed amongst others the following assurance and other procedures:

  • Inquiries of relevant managerial employees of the group regarding the conducting of the materiality analysis as well as the selection of topics for the combined non-financial report, the risk assessment and the concepts of Volkswagen for the topics that have been identified as material,
  • Inquiries of relevant managerial employees responsible for data capture and consolidation as well as the preparation of the combined non-financial report, to evaluate the reporting processes, the data capture and compilation methods as well as internal controls to the extent relevant for the assurance of the combined non-financial report,
  • Identification of likely risks of material misstatement in the combined non-financial report,
  • Inspection of relevant documentation of the systems and processes for compiling, aggregating and validating data in the relevant areas in the reporting period,
  • Analytical evaluation of disclosures in the combined non-financial report at parent company and group level,
  • Inquiries and inspection of documents on a sample basis relating to the collection and reporting of selected data,
  • Evaluation of the implementation of group management requirements, processes and specifications regarding data collection through onsite visits at selected sites of the Volkswagen Group:

*    Audi AG (Ingolstadt, Germany)

*    Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG (Stuttgart-Zuffenhausen, Germany)

*    FAW-Volkswagen Automotive Co. Ltd. (Changchun, China)

*    SAIC Volkswagen Automotive Co. Ltd. Shanghai (Anting, China)

*    Scania Latin America Ltda. (São Paulo, Brazil)

*    SEAT S.A. (Martorell, Spain)

*    ŠKODA AUTO a.s. (Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic)

*    Volkswagen AG (Wolfsburg, Germany)

*    Volkswagen AG (Kassel, Germany)

*    Volkswagen de México, S.A. de C.V. (Puebla, Mexico)

  • Comparison of disclosures with corresponding data in the group management report, which is combined with the management report of Volkswagen AG,
  • Evaluation of the presentation of disclosures in the combined non-financial report.

Assurance conclusion

Based on our assurance procedures performed and assurance evidence obtained, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the combined non-financial report of Volkswagen AG for the period from 1st January, 2020 to 31st December, 2020 has not been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with §§ 315c in conjunction with 289c to 289e HGB.

Intended use of the assurance report

We issue this report on the basis of the engagement agreed with Volkswagen AG. The assurance engagement has been performed for the purposes of the Company and the report is solely intended to inform the Company as to the results of the assurance engagement and must not be used for purposes other than those intended. The report is not intended to provide third parties with support in making (financial) decisions.

Engagement terms and liability

The ‘General Engagement Terms for Wirtschaftsprüfer and Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaften [German Public Auditors and Public Audit Firms]’ dated 1st January, 2017 are applicable to this engagement and also govern our relations with third parties in the context of this engagement (www.de.ey.com/general-engagement-terms). In addition, please refer to the liability provisions contained therein at No. 9 and to the exclusion of liability towards third parties. We assume no responsibility, liability or other obligations towards third parties unless we have concluded a written agreement to the contrary with the respective third party or liability cannot effectively be precluded.

We make express reference to the fact that we do not update the assurance report to reflect events or circumstances arising after it was issued unless required to do so by law. It is the sole responsibility of anyone taking note of the result of our assurance engagement summarised in this assurance report to decide whether and in what way this result is useful or suitable for their purposes and to supplement, verify or update it by means of their own review procedures.

SHARE ISSUE COSTS Vs. SHARE LISTING EXPENSES

Initial Public Offer (IPO) costs involve a combination of share issue costs and listing expenses. Share issue costs are debited to equity whereas listing expenses are charged to the P&L. Therefore, it becomes important to allocate the total costs incurred in an IPO to share issue costs and other than share issue costs, i.e., listing expenses.

‘An entity typically incurs various costs in issuing or acquiring its own equity instruments. Those costs might include registration and other regulatory fees, amounts paid to legal, accounting, and other professional advisers, printing costs and stamp duties. The transaction costs of an equity transaction are accounted for as a deduction from equity to the extent they are incremental costs directly attributable to the equity transaction that otherwise would have been avoided. The costs of an equity transaction that is abandoned are recognised as an expense’. [Ind AS 32.37].

An entity issues new equity shares and may simultaneously list them. In such a case, a portion (e.g., accountants’ fees relating to prospectus), or the entire amount of certain costs (e.g., cost of handling share applications) should be recognised in equity.

The Table below provides a basis of allocation:

Type
of cost

Allocation
(share-issue,
listing or both?)

Stamp duties for shares, fees for legal and tax advice related
to share issue

Share issue

Underwriting fees

Share issue

Listing fees paid to stock exchange / regulator

Listing

Accountants’ fees relating to
prospectus

Both – in practice IPO documents
typically relate both to the share offer and the listing

Valuation fees in respect of valuation of shares

Share issue

Valuation fees in respect of
valuation of assets other than shares (e.g., property) if the valuation is
required to be disclosed in the prospectus

Both, because IPO documents typically
relate to both the share offer and the listing. However, if the valuation is
not required to be disclosed in the prospectus, such costs are not directly
attributable to the IPO and should be expensed

Tax and legal entity restructuring costs in anticipation of the
IPO

P&L Expense. Corporate restructurings are undertaken as a
housekeeping matter to facilitate the listing process and are not directly
attributable to the issue of new shares

Legal fees other than those relating
to restructuring in IPO above

Both – legal advice is typically
required both for the offer of shares to the public and for the listing
procedures to comply with the requirements established by the relevant
securities regulator / exchange. However, some legal fees may relate
specifically to share issue or to listing

Prospectus design and printing costs

Both – although in cases where most prospectus copies are sent
to potential  new shareholders, the
majority of such costs might relate to the share issue

Sponsor’s fees

Both – to the extent the sponsor’s
activities relate to identifying potential new shareholders and persuading
them to invest, the cost relates to the share issue. The activities of the
sponsor related to compliance with the relevant stock exchange requirements
should be expensed in P&L

‘Roadshow’ and advertising costs

Although the ‘roadshow’ might help to sell
the offer to potential investors and hence contributes to raising equity, it
is usually also a general promotional activity. Therefore, the same needs to
be allocated between share issue costs and listing expenses

Merchant Bankers / Manager’s costs

Both – they need to be allocated on a
rational basis between share issue costs and listing expenses

Costs of general advertising aimed at enhancing the entity’s
brand; and fees paid to the public relations firm for enhancing the image and
branding of the entity as a whole

These are not related to issuance of equity shares and should be
charged to P&L

‘Transaction costs that relate to the issue of a compound financial instrument are allocated to the liability and equity components of the instrument in proportion to the allocation of proceeds. Transaction costs that relate jointly to more than one transaction (for example, costs of a concurrent offering of some shares and a stock exchange listing of other shares) are allocated to those transactions using a basis of allocation that is rational and consistent with similar transactions.’ [Ind AS 32.38]. Another basis may also be appropriate if those can be justified in the given situation. Cost of listing existing shares will be charged to P&L. Cost of issuing new shares will have to be allocated to listing expenses (charged to P&L) and share issue costs (charged to equity).

An allocation between listing and issue of shares should not result in the costs attributed to either of the two components being greater than the costs that would be incurred if either were a stand-alone transaction. Significant judgement may be involved in determining the allocation. The IFRS Interpretations Committee (IAS 32 Transaction Costs to be Deducted from Equity, September, 2008) discussed this issue and noted that judgement may be required to determine which costs relate solely to activities other than equity transactions – e.g., listing existing shares – and which costs relate jointly to equity transactions and other activities. The IFRIC decided not to add this issue to its agenda.

An IPO may involve selling the shares of existing investors, such as in an Offer for Sales (OFS). All or a portion of allocated costs may be reimbursed by the existing investors, irrespective of whether the IPO is successful or not. For example, if INR 100 is incurred with respect to OFS shares and INR 60 is reimbursed, the entity will charge INR 40 to the P&L, this being in
the nature of listing shares that are already issued. When shares are listed without any additional issue of share capital (i.e., a placing of existing shares), no equity transaction has occurred and, consequently, all expenses should be recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

Example – Accounting for IPO costs

List Co is seeking a listing on the stock exchange; 1/3rd of the shares is fresh issuance, the other 1/3rd is the sale of shares of existing investor under OFS, and the remaining 1/3rd relates to already existing shares of the promoter that will survive the listing of the entity.

List Co incurs a total expenditure of INR 99 and receives reimbursement of INR 20 from OFS investors. Of the INR 99, the total listing cost (on the basis of allocation) is INR 60. The Table below presents the allocation of the cost and the amounts to be charged to share issue costs in equity and the amount to be charged to P&L, being in the nature of listing expenses:

 

 

New
shares

INR

Existing
shares

INR

New
shares

INR

Total cost allocated @ 1/3rd each

33

33

33

Reimbursement from OFS investors

(20)

Listing expenses charged to P&L

20

(1/3rd share of
INR 60)

33

33

Share issue costs charged to equity

13

Based on the above, the total cost incurred by List Co is INR 99, of which INR 20 is reimbursed by the OFS investor. Therefore, List Co incurs a net cost of INR 79. Of the INR 79, only INR 13 relates to share issuance and is debited to equity, and the remaining INR 66 relates to listing and should be charged to P&L. INR 66 can also be determined by aggregating the amounts in the 2nd last row.

Costs that are related directly to a probable future equity transaction should be recognised as a prepayment (asset) in the statement of financial position. The costs should be transferred to equity when the equity transaction is recognised or recognised in profit or loss if the issue or buy-back is no longer expected to be completed.

Sometimes, merchant bankers are paid contingent fees linked to a successful IPO. These costs need to be provided for as the services are received if the IPO event is probable and outflow of resources is expected.

It may also be noted that in the cash flow statement the costs should be included as follows:
(i) costs which have been expensed – in operating cash flows,
(ii) costs deducted from equity – in financing cash flows.

At a particular reporting date, the IPO may be in progress. To the extent the costs incurred are identified as listing expenses, the same should be charged to P&L. To the extent the costs are identified as share issue costs, the same may be parked in an advance account if the IPO is probable. Once the IPO occurs and shares are issued, the advance amount should be debited to equity. If the IPO is not probable, or was probable but is no longer probable, then the entire expenses should be charged to P&L.

Reopening of assessment – Within 4 years – Regular assessment completed u/s 143(3) after verifying the issue – Changing of opinion – Reopening bad in law

8 Conopco Inc. vs. UOI & Anr. [W.P. No. 7388 of 2008; Date of order: 17th December, 2021; A.Y.: 2004-05 (Bombay High Court)]

Reopening of assessment – Within 4 years – Regular assessment completed u/s 143(3) after verifying the issue – Changing of opinion – Reopening bad in law

The petitioner / assessee challenged the notice dated 13th March, 2008 issued u/s 148 and the order dated 14th October, 2008 passed by the A.O. rejecting its objections to the proposed reopening of the assessment.

The petitioner was issued 420,000 shares of Rs. 10 each in Ponds (India) Limited at the time of its incorporation in 1977. It was allotted a further 159,250 equity shares of Rs. 10 each by way of a rights issue at Rs. 90 per share in 1987. Further, 51,39,75,000 equity shares of Rs. 1 each were issued by way of bonus shares from time to time. Upon merger of Ponds (India) Ltd. with Hindustan Lever Ltd. and thereafter, the petitioner was holding 6,00,86,250 shares of Rs. 1 each of Hindustan Lever Ltd.

It filed a return of income for the A.Y. 2004-2005 on 14th October, 2004 declaring long-term capital gain of Rs. 10,108,653,163. It paid Rs. 1,010,865,316 as tax on long-term capital gain @ 10% as per the proviso to section 112 and surcharge of Rs. 25,271,633 @ 2.5%.

During the course of assessment proceedings, the petitioner vide letter dated 10th November, 2006 answered the questions raised by respondent No. 2 as to why the rate of tax on capital gains in its case should be computed @ 10% and the applicability of the first proviso to section 48. The petitioner submitted a without-prejudice working of capital gains without considering the benefit of the first proviso to section 48. The A.O. thereafter passed an assessment order dated 15th November, 2006 computing the income of the petitioner after accepting its contentions.

Thereafter, the petitioner received the impugned notice dated 13th March, 2008 proposing to reassess its income for A.Y. 2004-2005 on the alleged belief that its income had escaped assessment within the meaning of section 147.

The Court observed that in the reasons for reopening provided by the A.O. vide a letter dated 11th September, 2008, the main contentions of the A.O. were (i) the petitioner admitted to the working of capital gains without considering the benefit of the first proviso to section 48; and (ii) tax had to be calculated @ 20% against 10% determined while passing the assessment order.

It is settled law that before a proceeding u/s 148 can be validly initiated certain preconditions which are jurisdictional have to be complied with. One such condition is that the A.O. must have reason to believe that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment and such reasons must be recorded in writing prior to the initiation of the proceedings. The second condition is that reassessment must not be based merely on change of opinion by a succeeding A.O. from the view taken by his predecessor.

The Court held that both these conditions have not been complied with. In the reasons recorded, the A.O. has opined that the rate of tax to be applied to the capital gains that arose to the petitioner was 20% in terms of section 112(1)(c) and not 10% as was determined whilst passing the order u/s 143(3).

Further, the Court observed that the A.O. had examined all the relevant provisions of the Act, including sections 48 and 112, and completed the assessment by applying the rate of income tax as per the proviso to section 112(1). It was also clear from the reasons that during the assessment proceedings the A.O. had asked why capital gain should not be taxed @ 20% as provided u/s 112(1)(c)(ii) and in response the petitioner vide letter dated 10th November, 2006 had submitted an explanation and revised (without prejudice) the working of the capital gain without considering the benefit of the first proviso to section 48. It was also clear from the reasoning given by respondent No. 2 that the issue now sought to be raised in the purported reassessment proceedings was very much examined by the A.O. and he had completed the assessment proceedings after giving due consideration to the submissions made by the petitioner.

Therefore, the reassessment proceedings are initiated purely on change of opinion with regard to the rate of tax payable by the petitioner on the long-term capital gain made by it on the sale of shares of Hindustan Lever Ltd. The issue of applicability of the first proviso to section 48 as well as the rate of tax u/s 112 were discussed and considered at the time of the said assessment proceedings u/s 143(3).

The Court further observed that the reasons of reopening the assessment have to be based / examined only on the basis of reasons recorded at the time of issuing a notice u/s 148 seeking to reopen the assessment. These reasons cannot be improved upon and / or supplemented, much less substituted, by an affidavit and / or oral submissions.

Once a query has been raised by the A.O. through the assessment proceeding and the assessee has responded to that query, it would necessarily follow that the A.O. has accepted the petitioner’s submissions so as not to deal with that issue in the assessment year. Even if the assessment order passed u/s 143(3) does not reflect any consideration of the issue, it must follow that no opinion was formed by the A.O. in the regular assessment proceedings. It is also settled law that once all the material was placed before the A.O. and he chose not to refer to the deduction / claim which was being allowed in the assessment order, it could not be contended that the A.O. had not applied his mind while passing the assessment order.

When a query has been raised, as has been done in this case, with regard to a particular issue during regular assessment proceedings, it must follow that the A.O. had applied his mind and taken a view in the matter as is reflected in the assessment order. It is clear that once a query has been raised in the assessment proceedings with regard to the rate at which capital gains should be taxed u/s 112(1)(c)(ii) and the petitioner has responded to the query to the satisfaction of the A.O. as is evident from the facts in the assessment order dated 15th November, 2006, he accepts the petitioner’s submissions as to why taxation should be only 10% u/s 112 read with section 148, it must follow that there is due application of mind by the A.O. to the issue raised. Non-rejection of the explanation in the assessment order would amount to the A.O. accepting the view of the petitioner, thus taking a view / forming an opinion. Where on consideration of the material on record one view is conclusively taken by the A.O., it would not be open to reopen the assessment based on the very same material with a view to take another view.

Accordingly, the petition was allowed.

Waiver of interest – Charged u/s 215 –The phrase ‘regular assessment’ means first order / original assessment

7 Bennett Coleman & Co. Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT & Ors. [ITA No. 100 of 2002; Date of order: 20th December, 2021; A.Y.: 1985-86; (Bombay High Court)] [Arising out of ITAT order dated 30th August, 2001]

Waiver of interest – Charged u/s 215 –The phrase ‘regular assessment’ means first order / original assessment
    
On 4th September, 1985, the applicant filed its return of income for A.Y. 1985-86 disclosing a total income of Rs. 1,53,41,650. The A.O. passed an assessment order dated 28th March, 1988 u/s 143(3) and, after making various additions and disallowances, assessed a total income of Rs. 2,74,47,780. In the assessment order, he inter alia directed interest to be charged u/s 215. He levied interest of Rs. 13,67,999 u/s 215 vide the computation sheet.

Aggrieved by the action of the A.O. in charging interest u/s 215, the appellant filed an application dated 8th July, 1988 for waiver of interest u/s 215(4) read with Rule 40 of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 (the Rules). The DCIT passed an order dated 20th March, 1989 under Rule 40(1) holding that the delay in finalisation of the assessment was not attributable to the appellant and waived the interest u/s 215 beyond one year of the filing of the return of income. The DCIT accordingly recalculated the interest chargeable u/s 215 at Rs. 4,13,630 and waived the balance of Rs. 4,40,020.

The appellant received a show cause notice dated 6th March, 1990 u/s 263 from the Commissioner of Income-tax (CIT). It filed its objections by a letter dated 26th March, 1990 objecting to the proposed action. The CIT then passed an order dated 30th March, 1990 u/s 263 setting aside the assessment in its entirety with directions to the A.O. to reframe the assessment after proper verification and application of mind.

In compliance with this order u/s 263, the A.O. passed a fresh assessment order dated 9th March, 1992 u/s 143(3) r.w.s. 263. The A.O. gave effect to the order dated 30th March, 1990 by making certain additions and disallowances and computed the income of the appellant at Rs. 4,04,37,692. There was no direction in the said order regarding the charging of interest u/s 215. However, in the computation sheet annexed to the said order, interest of Rs. 23,91,413 u/s 215 had been charged. The A.O. had also charged interest u/s 139(8).

Aggrieved by the various additions and disallowances made and the interest under sections 215 and 139(8) levied by the A.O., the appellant filed an appeal before the CIT (Appeals). The said appeal was disposed of vide an order dated 28th September, 1992 holding that interest could not be charged under sections 215 or 139(8) unless it has been charged earlier or it falls within the meaning of sections 215(3) or 139(8)(b).

Being aggrieved by the order of the CIT (Appeals) with regard to the issue of levy of interest u/s 215, the A.O. filed an appeal before the Tribunal. While challenging the said order, the A.O. accepted that part of the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) which deleted the levy of interest u/s 139(8) and confined the appeal to the deletion of interest u/s 215(6). The Tribunal restored the interest levied by the A.O. by way of the computation sheet annexed to the said order.

It was contended on behalf of the appellant that the phrase ‘regular assessment’ in the ITA has been used in no other sense than the first order of assessment passed under sections 143 or 144 and any consequential order passed by the Income-tax Officer giving effect to subsequent orders passed by a higher authority cannot be treated as regular assessment. It was further submitted that in the regular assessment there was no direction to charge interest u/s 215 and therefore interest cannot be charged in the reassessment order.

The Department fairly accepted that the word ‘regular assessment’ needs to be interpreted as the original assessment. However, it was submitted that if the appellant was seeking waiver of interest, it was required to file a new application for waiver after the order of reassessment and in the absence of such application the Tribunal was justified in restoring the order of the A.O. directing the appellant to pay interest as per section 215.

The High Court observed that section 215 makes it clear that the assessee is required to pay interest where he has paid advance tax less than 75% of the assessed tax; the assessee is required to pay simple interest @ 15% p.a. from the first day of April following the financial year up to the date of regular assessment.
    
The Supreme Court has summed up in the case of Modi Industries Ltd. and Others vs. Commissioner of Income-Tax and Another ([1995] 216 ITR 759) by saying that the expression ‘regular assessment’ has been used in the ITA in no other sense than the first order of assessment under sections 143 or 144. Any consequential order passed by the ITO to give effect to an order passed by the higher authority cannot be treated as a regular assessment.

The Court observed that for A.Y. 1985-86, in the regular assessment proceeding completed on 28th March, 1988, the total income was determined at Rs. 2,74,47,780 and interest u/s 215 amounting to Rs. 13,67,999 was charged. In the facts of the case, since the interest u/s 215 was charged in the regular assessment order, the A.O. had the power to charge interest u/s 215 while carrying out the reassessment.

Further, the Court observed that section 215(4) empowers the A.O. to waive or reduce the amount of interest chargeable u/s 215 under circumstances prescribed in Rule 40 of the Income-tax Rules, 1962. One such prescribed circumstance is:
(1) When without any laches or delay on the part of assessee, the assessment is completed more than one year after the submission of the return; or…….

Finally, the Court observed that the order of the Dy. CIT, Bombay dated 20th March, 1989 held that the delay in finalisation of assessment is not attributable to the assessee and therefore it is not liable to pay interest u/s 215 beyond the period of one year from the date of filing of the return. Accordingly, the appellant was held to be liable to pay an amount of Rs. 4,40,020. The order of the Dy. CIT had not been challenged by the Revenue or the appellant, with the result that the said order attained finality. In the absence of a challenge to the order under Rule 40(1), the appellant is not entitled to the benefit of the judgment of the Division Bench of this Court in the case of CIT vs. Bennett Coleman & Co. Ltd. (217 ITR 216). Therefore, the appellant is not entitled to waiver of interest for a period of one year. The appellant is entitled to the benefit of the order dated 20th March, 1989 passed under Rule 40(1) only to the extent stated therein.

Therefore, it was held that the appellant was liable to pay an amount of Rs. 4,13,630as per the order dated 20th March, 1989.

Vivad se Vishwas Scheme – Declaration – Condition precedent – Appeal should be pending on specified date – Application for condonation of delay in filing appeal filed before specified date and pending before Commissioner (Appeals) – Communication from Commissioner (Appeals) of NFAC asking assessee to furnish ground-wise submissions in appeal – Implies delay condoned – Order of rejection set aside

31 Stride Multitrade Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT [2021] 439 ITR 141 (Bom) A.Y.: 2017-18;
Date of order: 21st September, 2021 S. 246A of ITA, 1961; Ss. 2(1)(a)(i), 2(1)(a)(n) of Direct Tax Vivad se Vishwas Act, 2020

Vivad se Vishwas Scheme – Declaration – Condition precedent – Appeal should be pending on specified date – Application for condonation of delay in filing appeal filed before specified date and pending before Commissioner (Appeals) – Communication from Commissioner (Appeals) of NFAC asking assessee to furnish ground-wise submissions in appeal – Implies delay condoned – Order of rejection set aside

For the A.Y. 2017-18, the assessee declared loss in its return of income. An assessment order was passed u/s. 144. The assessee filed an appeal u/s 246A before the Commissioner (Appeals) with an application for condonation of delay of 19 days in filing the appeal. Thereafter, the assessee received a communication from the Commissioner (Appeals) of the National Faceless Appeal Centre inquiring whether the assessee wished to opt for the Vivad se Vishwas Scheme or would contest the appeal. The assessee admittedly made its declaration in form 1 on 21st January, 2021, within the specified date of 31st January, 2020 u/s 2(1)(a)(n) of the 2020 Act. The Principal Commissioner rejected the declaration of the assessee under the 2020 Act on the ground that there was no order condoning the delay in filing the appeal before the Commissioner (Appeals).

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

‘i) Section 2(1)(a)(i) of the Direct Tax Vivad se Vishwas Act, 2020 provides that a person in whose case an appeal or a writ petition or special leave petition has been filed either by himself or by Income-tax authority or by both, before an appellate forum and such appeal or petition is pending as on the specified date is entitled to make a declaration under the Act. The specified date u/s 2(1)(a)(n) of the 2020 Act is 31st January, 2020. Where the time limit for filing of appeal has expired
before 31st January, 2020 but an appeal with an application for condonation of delay is filed before the date of the Circular, i.e., 4th December 2020 [2020] 429 ITR (St.) 1, issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes such appeal will be deemed to be pending as on 31st January, 2020.

ii) The communication dated 20th January, 2021 from the Commissioner (Appeals) asking the assessee to furnish ground-wise written submissions on the grounds of appeal itself would mean that the delay had been condoned by the Commissioner (Appeals). Therefore, it was incorrect for the Principal Commissioner to state that there was no order condoning the delay and hence, reject the declaration of the assessee under the 2020 Act.

iii) The time limit to file appeal had expired on 18th January, 2020 and the condonation of delay application was filed on 6th February, 2020, before 4th December, 2020, the date of the Board’s Circular. The appeal would be pending as required under the 2020 Act. The order of rejection of the assessee’s declaration under the 2020 Act was bad in law and accordingly set aside. The Principal Commissioner was directed to process the forms filed by the assessee under the provisions of the 2020 Act.’

Search and seizure – Assessment of third person – Absence of any incriminating documents or evidence against assessee discovered during course of search – Jurisdiction to assess third person could not be assumed

30 Principal CIT vs. S.R. Trust [2021] 438 ITR 506 (Mad) A.Ys.: 2009-10 to 2015-16; Date of order: 24th November, 2020 Ss. 132 and 153C of ITA, 1961

Search and seizure – Assessment of third person – Absence of any incriminating documents or evidence against assessee discovered during course of search – Jurisdiction to assess third person could not be assumed

The assessee was a charitable trust. A search was conducted u/s 132 of one SG who was a doctor and managing trustee of the assessee which established and administered a hospital. Simultaneously, a search action was conducted in the case of one TJ who
supplied medical and surgical equipment and other accessories to the hospital run by the assessee. Pursuant to the search, the Department was of the prima facie view that funds were siphoned off through TJ allegedly resorting to huge inflation of expenses through salaries paid to staff members by transfer of funds to the bank accounts of the employees as if salaries were paid to them. Based on the seized documents, a notice u/s 153C was issued for the A.Ys. 2009-10 to 2015-16 against the assessee. An order u/s 143(3) read with section 153C was passed.

The Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal found that TJ did not admit that money was paid back to the managing trustee of the assessee-trust, that the materials seized did not indicate any inflation of purchase by the assessee and that the deposits in the bank account of the managing trustee of the assessee stood explained. The Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal held that there was no material brought on record to prove the nexus between withdrawal of the amount from the bank account of TJ and the deposits made in the bank accounts of the managing trustee of the assessee.

The appeal filed by the Department was dismissed by the Madras High Court. The High Court held as under:

‘i) The Tribunal was right in holding that the A.O. ought not to have assumed jurisdiction u/s 153C. In proceedings u/s 153C, in the absence of any incriminating documents or evidence discovered during the course of search u/s 132 in the case of searched person against the assessee, the jurisdiction under the provisions of section 153C could not be assumed. The Commissioner (Appeals) had allowed the appeals filed by the assessee as confirmed by the Tribunal.’

ii) The order of the Tribunal was confirmed. No question of law arose.

Reassessment – Notice u/s 148 – Query raised with regard to a particular issue during regular assessment implies A.O. has applied his mind – Reassessment on change of opinion – Impermissible

29 Principal CIT vs. EPC Industries Ltd. [2021] 439 ITR 210 (Bom) A.Y.: 2007-08; Date of order: 26th October, 2021 Ss. 147, 148 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment – Notice u/s 148 – Query raised with regard to a particular issue during regular assessment implies A.O. has applied his mind – Reassessment on change of opinion – Impermissible

For the A.Y. 2007-08, the A.O. issued a notice u/s 148 to reopen the assessment u/s 147 on the ground that the assessee had claimed deduction for depreciation on the assets acquired with the bank loan, which the bank had written off under a one-time settlement as bad debts and the write-back by the assessee was to be treated as income. The assessee’s objections were rejected. In the reassessment order the A.O. brought to tax the waiver of principal amount of bank loan as income of the assessee u/s 41(1) / 28(iv).

The Tribunal held that the assessment was reopened based on information which was already on record and no new tangible material was brought on record to suggest escapement of income in respect of waiver of loan on one time settlement by the bank which was claimed by the assessee as deduction. The Tribunal allowed the assessee’s appeal.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Bombay High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

‘i) The reason to believe that any income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment u/s 147 has to arise not on account of a mere change of opinion but on the basis of some tangible material. Once there was a query raised with regard to a particular issue during the regular assessment proceedings, it must follow that the A.O. had applied his mind and taken a view in the matter as reflected in the assessment order.

ii) A query was raised by the A.O. in the original assessment in respect of the waiver of loan on account of the one-time settlement with the bank and the assessee had filed a detailed submission as to why the principal amount waived by the bank on account of the one-time settlement was not taxable. Reassessment on a change of opinion was impermissible. No question of law arose.’

SAFE HARBOUR RULES – AN OVERVIEW (Part 2)

In this concluding Part 2 of the Article (the first Part appeared in the December issue of the BCAJ), we focus on dealing with Indian Safe Harbour Rules by providing an overview of the Indian Safe Harbour Rules and their important aspects, including certain judicial pronouncements

1. RELEVANT PROVISIONS AND RULES
1.1 Section 92CB – Power of Board to make safe harbour (SH) rules
(1) The determination of –
(a) income referred to in clause (i) of sub-section (1) of section 9; or
(b) arm’s length price u/s 92C or u/s 92CA,
shall be subject to SH rules.
(2) The Board may, for the purposes of sub-section (1), make rules for safe harbour.

Explanation – For the purposes of this section, ‘safe harbourmeans circumstances in which the income-tax authorities shall accept the transfer price or income, deemed to accrue or arise under clause (i) of sub-section (1) of section 9, as the case may be, declared by the assessee.

Section 92CB(1) provides that the determination of Arm’s Length Price [ALP] u/s 92C or u/s 92CA shall be subject to SH rules. It has been substituted with effect from A.Y. 2020-21 to provide that apart from the determination of ALP, the determination of the income referred to in section 9(1)(i) shall also be subject to SH rules.

Section 9(1)(i) covers various types of income, e.g., income through or from any business connection in India, any property in India, etc. Further, it has various Explanations including
(a) Explanation 2 (Agency business connection),
(b) Explanation 2A (Significant economic presence or SEP),
(c) Explanation 3A (Extended source rule for income from advertisements, etc.).

Explanation to section 92CB defining SH is amended to provide that SH would also include circumstances in which income tax authorities shall accept the income u/s 9(1)(i) declared by the assessee. The amendment is effective from A.Y. 2020-21. Rules 10TA to 10TG contain the relevant SH rules relating to international transactions.

1.2 Application of SH rules prior to their introduction w.e.f. 18th September, 2013
In the following cases, inter alia, it has been held that the SH provisions in respect of TP were not applicable to the A.Ys. prior to the introduction of section 92CB / rules thereunder:
(a) PCIT vs. B.C. Management Services (P) Ltd. [2018] 89 taxmann.com 68 (Del)
(b) PCIT vs. Fiserv India Pvt. Ltd. ITA No. 17/2016, dated 6th January, 2016 (Del)
(c) PCIT vs. Cashedge India Pvt. Ltd. ITA No. 279/2016, dated 4th May, 2016 (Del)
(d) Delval Flow Controls (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2021] 128 taxmann.com 260 (Pun-Trib)
(e) Rolls Royce India (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2018] 97 taxmann.com 651 (Del-Trib)
(f) Rampgreen Solutions (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2015] 64 taxmann.com 451 (Del-Trib).

1 However, in DCIT vs. Minda Acoustic Ltd. it was held that the SH rules can always be adopted as guidance in respect of the A.Ys. prior to their insertion.

 

1   [2019] 107
taxmann.com 475 (Del-Trib)

1.3 Application of definitions provided in Rule 10TA – Whether or not the assessee opts for the safe harbour
An important point to be kept in mind is that the definitions provided in rule 10TA shall not be applicable for the determination of ALP u/s 92C as per rule 10B. 2 The Pune bench of the ITAT in the case of Delval Flow Controls (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT (Supra) has held that unless an assessee opts for SH rules, rule 10TA cannot have across–the-board application. The ITAT in this regard observed as follows:
‘13. The emphatic contention of the Learned DR that section 92CB providing that the arm’s length price u/s 92C or u/s 92CA shall be subject to safe harbour rules and hence the application of rule 10TA(k) across the board is essential whether or not the assessee opts for the safe harbour, in our considered opinion does not merit acceptance. Section 92CB unequivocally states that the arm’s length price u/s 92C or u/s 92CA shall be subject to safe harbour rules. It only means that if there is an eligible assessee who has exercised the option to be governed by the safe harbour rules in respect of an eligible international transaction after complying with the due procedure, then the determination of the ALP shall be done in accordance with the safe harbour rules in terms of section 92CB of the Act and ex consequenti, the application of other rules will be ousted. The sequitur is that where such an option is not availed, neither section 92CB gets triggered nor the relevant rules including 10TA(k). In that scenario, determination of the ALP is done de hors the safe harbour rules.’

1.4 Reference to rule 10TA(k) – Exclusion of gains on account of foreign currency fluctuations relating to revenue transactions
Rule 10A contains certain definitions for the purposes of the said rule and rules 10AB to 10E. The said rule does not contain the definitions of ‘operating expense’, ‘operating revenue’ and ‘operating profit margin’. Rule 10TA for the purposes of the said rule and rules 10TB to 10TG, inter alia, contains the definitions of the aforesaid terms in rule 10TA(j), (k) and (l), respectively, w.e.f. 18th September, 2013.

Rule 10TA(k)(ii) provides that the term operating revenue does not include income arising on account of foreign currency fluctuations.

The assessees have taken a stand for long that foreign exchange gains arising out of revenue transactions form part of operating revenue and should accordingly be considered while computing operating profit margins for the purposes of computation of ALP under rules 10A to 10E. It has been argued that in the absence of any clear definition of operating revenue, the explicit exclusion of foreign exchange gain under rule 10TA(k)(ii) relating to SH cannot be applied for the computation of ALP under rules 10A to 10E.

The Tax Department, on the other hand, has been arguing that section 92CB provides that the ALP determination shall be subject to SH rules and the explicit exclusion of foreign exchange gain under rule 10TA(k)(ii) makes foreign exchange gains as non-operating. Further, for computation of operating margin, the said exclusion should be applied even in respect of transactions entered into prior to 18th September, 2013.

The ITAT and High Courts in a catena of cases have held that the SH rules have no retrospective application and are applicable prospectively only in respect of transactions entered into after 18th September, 2013. Further, in cases where the assessees have not opted for SH rules, the exclusion provided in rule 10TA(k)(ii) is not applicable and the foreign exchange gains should be considered as part of the operating margins.
The issue of exclusion of foreign exchange gain / loss for the purposes of computing ALP in TP proceedings is no more res integra in view of, inter alia, the following judicial precedents:
a) Fiserv India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-437-HC-2016 (Del)-TP]
b) Ameriprise India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-174-HC-2016 (Del)-TP]
c) DCIT vs. GHCL Ltd. ITA No. 976/Ahd/2014 dated 5th March, 2021 (ITAT Ahd)
d) NEC Technologies India Ltd. [TS-221-ITAT-2016 (Del)-TP]
e) Subex Ltd. [TS-181-ITAT-2016 (Bang)-TP]
f) Visa Consolidated Support & Services [TS-162-ITAT-2016 (Bang)-TP]
g) SAP Labs India (P) Ltd. vs. ACIT [2012] 17 taxmann.com 16 (Bang)
h) Four Soft Ltd. (ITA No. 1495/HYD/2010) (Hyd ITAT)
i) Trilogy E Business Software India Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT [23 ITR(T) 464) (Bang ITAT)]
j) Capital IQ Information Systems (India) (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2013] 32 taxmann.com 21 (Hyd-Trib)
k) S. Narendra vs. ACIT [2013] 32 taxmann.com 196 (Mum-Trib)
l) Cordys R&D (India) (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2014] 43 taxmann.com 64 (Hyd-Trib)
m) Techbooks International (P) Ltd. vs. ACIT [2014] 45 taxmann.com 528 (Del-Trib).

In the above cases, the courts have held that if the foreign exchange gain / loss is related to the operations undertaken by the assessee, such gain / loss would be considered as part of operating revenue or operating expenses. It is to be noted that foreign exchange gain / loss in respect of capital transactions cannot be considered as part of operating revenue or operating expenses.

 

2   [2021]128
taxmann.com 260 (Pun-Trib)

1.5 Issue relating to interpretation of KPO / BPO / ITeS
Rule 10TA(e) contains the definition relating to ‘information technology-enabled services’ and rule 10TA(g) defines ‘knowledge process outsourcing services’. Rule 10TA does not contain a separate definition relating to ‘business process outsourcing services’ (BPO). Interpretational issues have arisen in respect of characterisation of transactions into various categories of services like ITeS, KPO and BPO which have a very thin line of distinction.

3 In this connection, the Special Bench of the ITAT Mumbai in the case of Maersk Global Centres (India) (P) Ltd. vs. ACIT, after analysing the relevant definitions in rule 10TA, held as under:
73. On a careful study of the material placed before us to highlight the distinction between BPO services and KPO services, we are of the view that even though there appears to be a difference between the BPO and KPO services, the line of difference is very thin. Although the BPO services are generally referred to as the low-end services while KPO services are referred to as high-end services, the range of services rendered by the ITeS sector is so wide that a classification of all these services either as low end or high end is not always possible. On the one hand, KPO segment is referred to as a growing area moving beyond simple voice services suggesting thereby that only the simple voice and data services are the low-end services of the BPO sector, while anything beyond that are KPO services. The definition of ITeS given in the safe harbour rules, on the other hand, includes inter alia data search integration and analysis services and clinical data-base management services, excluding clinical trials. These services which are beyond the simple voice and data services are not included in the definition of KPO services given separately in the safe harbour rules. Even within the KPO segment, the level of expertise and special knowledge required to undertake different services may be different.’

4 However, the Delhi High Court in the case of Rampgreen Solutions (P) Ltd. vs. CIT after considering the Special Bench decision of Maersk Global Centres (India) (P) Ltd. (Supra), held as follows:
‘34. We have reservations as to the Tribunal’s aforesaid view in Maersk Global Centres (India) (P) Ltd. (Supra). As indicated above, the expression “BPO” and “KPO” are, plainly, understood in the sense that whereas BPO does not necessarily involve advanced skills and knowledge, KPO, on the other hand, would involve employment of advanced skills and knowledge for providing services. Thus, the expression “KPO” in common parlance is used to indicate an ITeS provider providing a completely different nature of service than any other BPO service provider. A KPO service provider would also be functionally different from other BPO service providers, inasmuch as the responsibilities undertaken, the activities performed, the quality of resources employed would be materially different. In the circumstances, we are unable to agree that broadly ITeS sector can be used for selecting comparables without making a conscious selection as to the quality and nature of the content of services. Rule 10B(2)(a) of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 mandates that the comparability of controlled and uncontrolled transactions be judged with reference to service / product characteristics. This factor cannot be undermined by using a broad classification of ITeS which takes within its fold various types of services with completely different content and value. Thus, where the tested party is not a KPO service provider, an entity rendering KPO services cannot be considered as a comparable for the purposes of Transfer Pricing analysis. The perception that a BPO service provider may have the ability to move up the value chain by offering KPO services cannot be a ground for assessing the transactions relating to services rendered by the BPO service provider by benchmarking it with the transactions of KPO services providers. The object is to ascertain the ALP of the service rendered and not of a service (higher in value chain) that may possibly be rendered subsequently.

35. As pointed out by the Special Bench of the Tribunal in Maersk Global Centres (India) (P) Ltd. (Supra), there may be cases where an entity may be rendering a mix of services some of which may be functionally comparable to a KPO while other services may not. In such cases a classification of BPO and KPO may not be feasible. Clearly, no straitjacket formula can be applied. In cases where the categorisation of services rendered cannot be defined with certainty, it would be apposite to employ the broad functionality test and then exclude uncontrolled entities, which are found to be materially dissimilar in aspects and features that have a bearing on the profitability of those entities. However, where the controlled transactions are clearly in the nature of lower-end ITeS such as Call Centres, etc., for rendering data processing not involving domain knowledge, inclusion of any KPO service provider as a comparable would not be warranted and the transfer pricing study must take that into account at the threshold.’

Thus categorisation of services as BPO, KPO or ITeS could pose a problem in application of appropriate SH rates. In addition, there could be an ambiguity as to what is covered within the term ‘market research’ included in the definition of KPO services. In view of the distinct SH rates for each category, an inappropriate classification could result in larger tax implications.

1.6 Eligible assessee for the purpose of SH
Eligible assessee has been defined under rule 10TB to mean a person who has exercised a valid option for application of SH rules in accordance with rule 10TE, and
(i) is engaged in providing software development services or ITeS or KPO services, with insignificant risk, to a foreign principal;
(ii) has advanced any intra-group loan;
(iii) has provided a corporate guarantee;
(iv) is engaged in providing contract R&D services wholly or partly relating to software development, with insignificant risk, to a foreign principal;
(v) is engaged in providing contract R&D services wholly or partly relating to generic pharmaceutical drugs, with insignificant risk, to a foreign principal;
(vi) is engaged in the manufacture and export of core or non-core auto components and where 90% or more of total turnover during the relevant previous year is in the nature of original equipment manufacturer sales; or
(vii) is in receipt of low value-adding intra-group services from one or more members of its group.

Foreign principal referred to above means a non-resident associated enterprise. Various factors have also been provided which the A.O. or the TPO shall have regard to in order to identify an eligible assessee with insignificant risk [referred to in points (i), (iv) and (v) above] which are as follows:

a) The foreign principal performs most of the economically significant functions involved along with those involved in research or the product development cycle, as the case may be, including the critical functions such as conceptualisation and design of the product and providing the strategic direction and framework, either through its own employees or through its other associated enterprises, while the eligible assessee carries out the work assigned to it by the foreign principal;
b) The capital and funds and other economically significant assets including the intangibles required are provided by the foreign principal or its other associated enterprises, while the eligible assessee is provided remuneration for the work carried out;
c) The eligible assessee works under the direct supervision of the foreign principal or its associated enterprise which not only has the capability to control or supervise but also actually controls or supervises the activities carried out or the research or product development, as the case may be, through its strategic decisions to perform core functions, as well as by monitoring activities on a regular basis;
d) The eligible assessee does not assume or has no economically significant realised risks, and if a contract shows that the foreign principal is obligated to control the risk but the conduct shows that the eligible assessee is doing so, the contractual terms shall not be the final determinant;
e) The eligible assessee has no ownership right, legal or economic, on any intangible generated or on the outcome of any intangible generated or arising during the course of rendering of services or on the outcome of the research, as the case may be, which vests with the foreign principal as evident from the contract and the conduct of the parties.

2. PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED TO APPLY SH RULES
In order to apply SH rules, the procedure as provided in rule 10TE needs to be followed, a summary of which is given below:
a) Application in Form 3CEFA to be furnished to the A.O. on or before the due date for furnishing of return of Income.
b) The assessee should make sure that the return of income for the relevant A.Y. or the first of the A.Ys. is furnished before making an application in Form 3CEFA.
c) The assessee needs to clarify whether he is applying for one A.Y. or more than one A.Y. Such option exercised will continue to remain in force for a period of five years or the period specified in the form, whichever is less. It is to be noted that in respect of option for SH exercised under rule 10TD(2A), i.e., w.e.f. 1st April, 2017, the period of five years is reduced to three years.
d) The assessee needs to furnish a statement to the A.O. with respect to the A.Y. after the initial A.Y. providing details of eligible transactions, their quantum and the profit margins or the rate of interest or commission shown. Such statement needs to be furnished before furnishing the return of income of that particular year.
e) The SH option shall not remain in force for the A.Y. after the initial A.Y. if
i. The eligible assessee opts out of SH by furnishing a declaration to the A.O.; or
ii. The same has been held to be invalid by the respective authority, i.e., TPO or the Commissioner, as the case may be.
f) Upon receipt of the Form 3CEFA, the A.O. shall verify whether the assessee is an eligible assessee and the transaction is an eligible international transaction.
g) In case the A.O. doubts the eligibility, he shall make a reference to the TPO for determination of the eligibility.
h) The TPO may require the assessee to furnish necessary information or documents by notice in writing within a specified time.
i) If the TPO finds that the option exercised is invalid, he shall serve an order regarding the same to the assessee and the A.O. However, an opportunity of being heard is to be given to the assessee before passing the order declaring the option invalid.
j) If the assessee objects to the same, he shall file an objection within 15 days of receipt of the order with the Commissioner to whom the TPO is subordinate.
k) On receipt of the objection, the Commissioner shall pass appropriate orders after providing an opportunity of being heard to the assessee.
l) Where the option is valid, the A.O. shall verify that the Transfer Price in respect of the eligible international transactions is in accordance with the circumstances specified in rules 10TD(2) or (2A), and if the same is not in accordance with the said circumstances, the A.O. shall adopt the operating profit margin or rate of interest or commission specified in said sub-rules, as applicable.
m) In the A.Y. after the initial A.Y., if the A.O. has reasons to doubt the eligibility of an assessee or the international transaction for any A.Y. due to change in facts and circumstances, he shall make a reference to the TPO for determining the eligibility.
n) The TPO on receipt of a reference shall determine the eligibility and after providing an opportunity of being heard to the assessee, pass an order and serve the copy of the same on the assessee and the A.O.
o) For the purposes of rule 10TE:
i. No reference to the TPO by the A.O. shall be made after two months from the end of the month in which Form 3CEFA is received by him;
ii. No order shall be passed by TPO after two months from the end of the month in which reference from the A.O. is received by him;
iii. Order shall be passed within a period of two months from the end of the month in which objection filed by the assessee is received by the Commissioner.
p) If no reference is made or order has been passed within the time limit specified above, the option for SH exercised by the assessee shall be treated as valid.

The SH rules provide for a time-bound procedure for determination of the eligibility of the assessee and the international transactions. In case the action is not taken by any of the Income Tax authorities within the prescribed time lines as provided in the rules, the option exercised by the assessee shall be treated as valid.

In a case where the Commissioner passes an order against an assessee by holding that the option of SH is invalid (after providing a reasonable opportunity of being heard), in absence of clarity in rule 10TE, it appears that the only recourse available with the assessee is to either determine the ALP as per the normal TP assessment route or to file a writ petition in the High Court.

3. OBSERVATIONS REGARDING REVISED SH
The erstwhile TP SH thresholds, especially for IT and ITeS (20% / 22%), Contract R&D (30%) were set so high that it was not commercially viable for most companies to show any interest in the SH and therefore there were hardly any taxpayers opting for it, leaving the SH as having largely failed to achieve its purpose.

In contrast, the APA Scheme introduced in 2012 has been a roaring success even though it is a lot more intensive and a time-consuming negotiation process than opting for the SH, which works on a self-declaration basis. The APA route is preferred as it calls for lesser annual compliance requirements and determination of the agreed TP method which is a closer approximation of the ALP and the option of converting to a bilateral APA route which would avoid any economic double taxation for the multinational group.

3.1 No comparability adjustment and allowance
Rule 10TD(4) provides that no comparability adjustment and allowance under the 2nd proviso to section 92C(2) [reference to the 3rd proviso to section 92C(2) seems to have remained inadvertently] shall be made on the transfer price declared by the eligible assessee and accepted under rules 10TD(1) and (2), or (2A), as the case may be.

For international transactions undertaken for the period up to 31st March, 2014, the 2nd proviso to section 92C(2) provided that if the variation between ALP determined as per the MAM and the price at which the international transaction has actually been undertaken does not exceed notified percentage (not exceeding 3%), the price at which the international transaction is actually undertaken shall be deemed to be the ALP.

For international transactions undertaken from 1st April, 2014, the 3rd proviso to section 92C(2) was inserted to employ a ‘range’ concept for determination of ALP where more than one price is determined by the MAM. It provides that if more than one price is determined by the MAM, the ALP in relation to an international transaction shall be computed in the prescribed manner, i.e., rule 10CA(7). The proviso to rule 10CA(7) provides that the variation between ALP determined under the rule and the actual price does not exceed the notified percentage, then the actual price shall be deemed to be the ALP.

For the A.Y. 2020-21, Notification No. 83/2020 dated 19th October, 2020 provides the manner and limits of price variation (not exceeding 1% of the actual price in respect of wholesale trading and 3% of the actual price in all other cases).

Thus, the objective of rule 10TD(4) is that in cases where the option of the SH has been accepted, there would be no further allowance on account of comparability adjustment.

3.2 Maintenance, keeping and furnishing of information and documents
It is important to keep in mind that the provisions of rule 10TD(5) provide that section 92D relating to maintenance, keeping and furnishing of information and documents by certain persons, i.e., (i) One who has entered into an international transaction, as prescribed in rule 10D; and (ii) a constituent entity of an international group in respect of an international group as prescribed in rule 10DA, will be applicable irrespective of the fact that the assessee exercises his option for SH in respect of any such transaction.

3.3 Furnishing of report from an accountant by persons entering into international transactions
Rule 10TD(5) also provides that provisions of section 92E relating to a report from an accountant to be furnished by persons entering into international transactions will be applicable irrespective of the fact that the assessee exercises his option for SH in respect of any such transaction.

3.4 Non-applicability of SH rules in certain cases
Rule 10TF provides that SH rules contained in rules 10TA to 10TE shall not apply in respect of eligible international transactions entered into with an AE located in:
(a) any country or territory notified u/s 94A; or
(b) in a no-tax or low-tax country or territory.

Section 94A(1) containing enabling powers provides that the Central Government may, having regard to the lack of effective exchange of information with any country or territory outside India, specify by Notification in the official Gazette such country or territory as a notified jurisdictional area in relation to transactions entered into by any assessee.

In exercise of its powers, earlier the Central Government had, vide Notification No. 86/2013 dated 1st November, 2013 notified Cyprus as a ‘notified jurisdictional area’. However, subsequently the said Notification was rescinded vide Notification No. 114/2016 dated 14th November, 2016 and Notification No. 119/2016 dated 16th December, 2016 with effect from the date of issue of the Notification. CBDT, vide Circular No. 15 of 2017 dated 21st April, 2017, clarified that Notification No. 86/2013 had been rescinded with effect from the date of issue of the said Notification, thereby removing Cyprus as a notified jurisdictional area with retrospective effect from 1st November, 2013. Thus, no such Notification is in operation now.

Rule 10TA(i) defines ‘no-tax or low-tax country or territory’ to mean a country or territory in which the maximum rate of income-tax is less than 15%.

3.5 Applicability of the Mutual Agreement Procedure
OECD TP Guidelines in para 4.117 have recommended modification of the SH outcome in individual cases under mutual agreement procedures (MAPs) to mitigate the risk of double taxation where the SH are adopted unilaterally.

However, Indian SH rules have taken an opposite view as compared to OECD TP Guidelines and have provided that MAPs shall not apply.

Rule 10TG provides that where transfer price in relation to an eligible international transaction declared by an eligible assessee is accepted by the Income-Tax Authorities u/s 92CB, the assessee shall not be entitled to invoke MAP under a Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement.

3.6 Impact of TP litigations in the preceding years on the choice for SH
In the Indian scenario, the existing SH as an alternate dispute resolution mechanism has not proved itself as an attractive option. SH, as compared to other available options, has showcased bleak growth. This is evident as the Indian taxpayers have maintained a safe distance from SH over the years.

There are a number of dispute resolution mechanisms available for a taxpayer in India which, although time–consuming, generally yield the desired outcome for the taxpayer. Further, the price / margin to be offered under the Indian SH is perceived to be on the higher side compared to the benchmarks and outcome obtained via other mechanisms.

In some cases, where SH rates were relied upon by the TPO without performing any benchmarking, the same have been rejected by the ITAT and the lower margin of the taxpayer is accepted. This is another reason that makes the SH route less lucrative and the reason for the taxpayer’s reluctance to opt for the SH, as the margins lower than those prescribed by the SH in certain segments are well accepted.

However, in many cases where prolonged TP litigation has been going on for many years and the differential tax impact is not significant, the assessees have opted for the SH regime in order to avoid long litigation and have certainty.

4. IMPLICATIONS OF SECONDARY ADJUSTMENTS
As per section 92CE, secondary adjustment means an adjustment in the books of accounts of the assessee and its AE to reflect that the actual allocation of profits between the assessee and its AE are consistent with the transfer price determined as a result of primary adjustment, thereby removing the imbalance between the cash account and the actual profit of the assessee. Such secondary adjustment is now mandated under the following scenarios where primary adjustment to transfer price
(i) has been made suo motu by the assessee in his return of income;
(ii) made by the A.O. has been accepted by the assessee;
(iii) is determined by an APA entered into by the assessee u/s 92CC on or after 1st April, 2017;
(iv) is made as per the SH rules framed u/s 92CB; or
(v) is arising as a result of resolution of an assessment by way of the MAP under an agreement entered into u/s 90 or u/s 90A for avoidance of double taxation.

Primary adjustment has been defined in section 92CE(3)(iv) to mean the determination of transfer price in accordance with the arm’s length principle resulting in an increase in the total income or reduction in the loss of an assessee.

4.1 Significant hardships and issues that can arise due to secondary adjustment
The stated purpose of secondary adjustment is to remove the imbalance between the cash account and the actual profit of the taxpayer and to reflect that the actual allocation of profit is consistent with the ALP determined as a result of the primary adjustment. The issues that can arise due to the same are as follows:
a. Enforcing the recording of such adjustment in the books of accounts of the AE would be difficult for the Indian taxpayer, especially in cases where the primary adjustment is on account of the SH option, or suo motu offering to tax. The Government had clarified that SH margins are not necessarily ALP but only an option to avoid litigation. In such cases, to mandate the AE to record the adjustment would be unfair.
b. The taxpayer may be prompted not to accept the primary adjustment in the first place but instead litigate the same. The provisions provide that secondary adjustment should be made if primary adjustment made by the A.O. is accepted by the taxpayer. This would discourage the taxpayer from making suo motu adjustments or opting for SH provisions. When the Government is looking at reducing litigation, these new proposals are not going to help achieve that objective.

4.2 Impact of secondary adjustment on adoption of SH
As provided in the 1st proviso to section 92CE, secondary adjustment will not be required in cases where the primary adjustment made in any previous year does not exceed Rs. 1 crore. In view of the same, where the scale of operations of an assessee is small and likely primary adjustment as per the SH rules does not exceed Rs. 1 crore, the secondary adjustment will not be applicable. In such cases, there will not be any impact on adoption of SH rules even if there is a primary adjustment.

Example
In the case of two assessees who are engaged in the manufacture and export of core auto components (where the SH rules provide that the operating profit margin declared in relation to operating expenses should not be less than 12%), the impact of secondary adjustment on adoption of SH will be as follows:

Amount in crores

Sr. No.

Particulars

Assessee A

Assessee B

1.

Operating Revenue (in crores)

Rs. 80

Rs. 20

2.

Operating Expense (in crores)

Rs. 75

Rs. 18.5

3.

Operating Profit (in crores)

Rs. 5

Rs. 1.5

4.

Operating Profit margin (3 ÷ 2)

6.67%

8.12%

5.

SH margin required

12%

12%

6.

Operating profit as per SH rules (5 x 2) (in crores)

Rs. 9

Rs. 2.22

7.

Primary adjustment to be made (6 – 3) (in crores)

Rs. 4

Rs. 0.72

8.

Whether secondary adjustment required

Yes

No

As we can observe from the above example, in case of assessee A the primary adjustment to be made is Rs. 4 crores. Accordingly, secondary adjustment will be required and this will have an impact on the decision of assessee A to opt for SH. On the other hand, in case of assessee B the primary adjustment to be made does not exceed Rs. 1 crore. Accordingly, secondary adjustment will not be applicable and it will not have any impact on the adoption of SH.

Further, section 92CE(2A) provides that where the excess money or part thereof has not been repatriated within the prescribed time [on or before 90 days from the due date of filing of return u/s 139(1)], the assessee may at his option pay additional income tax @ 18% on such excess money or part thereof as the case may be.

Where the additional income tax as specified above is paid by the assessee, section 92CE(2D) provides that such assessee shall not be required to make secondary adjustment under sub-section (1) and compute interest under sub-section (2) from the date of payment of such tax.

5. PRACTICAL DIFFICULTIES AMIDST COVID-19
CBDT vide Notification dated 24th September, 2021 has notified the SH margins for F.Y. 2020-21 and they are the same margins which were applicable for F.Ys. 2016-17 to 2019-20.

Enterprises which have undertaken international transactions during F.Y. 2019-20 and F.Y. 2020-21 may have to perform a pilot analysis for verifying whether their margins are in compliance with the margins prescribed by the SH rules. If not, they can always opt out of SH rules for the relevant A.Y. by making a declaration to that effect to the A.O. as envisaged under rule 10TE.

SH rules were introduced by the CBDT to establish a simpler mechanism to administrate companies undertaking international transactions and also to reduce the amount of litigation. Prescribing the same margins for the coming years would work against the purpose for which they were introduced.

The Covid-19 pandemic has given rise to a number of problems, posing great challenges at least from a TP perspective. Due to the changing business risk environment and difficulty in determining the ALP, it was hoped that the SH margins would be reduced to provide more breathing space to businesses. However, the CBDT vide Notification No. 117/2021, dated 24th September, 2021, extended the validity of the provisions of the SH rules to A.Y. 2021-22 without making any changes or adjustments on account of the pandemic.

6. SAFE HARBOUR RULES FOR SPECIFIED DOMESTIC TRANSACTIONS
Rules 10TH and 10THA to 10THD contain the provisions relating to SH rules for Specified Domestic Transactions.

Rule 10THA defines the eligible assessee to mean a person who has exercised a valid option for application of SH rules in accordance with the provisions of rule 10THC and (i) is a Government company engaged in the business of generation, supply, transmission or distribution of electricity; or (ii) is a co-operative society engaged in the business of procuring and marketing milk and milk products.

In view of the limited application of SH rules for specified domestic transactions only to specified businesses relating to electricity and milk and milk products, the same is not elaborated in this article.

7. CONCLUDING REMARKS
Introduction of SH was a crucial step towards reduction of TP litigations, allowing the Department to focus its resources on significant issues and improving the ease of doing business ranking and investment climate in India from a tax perspective. It has also ensured the reduction of the compliance burden on the taxpayers, enabling them to focus more on their core activities.

In order to make SH rules more attractive to the assessees, the requirement to still maintain detailed TP documentation (TP Study), including benchmarking, may be dispensed with. Only a brief note about the business and ownership structure with brief FAR details should be enough. That will reduce cost of compliance and make this SH simpler to comply with. Where later on the eligibility for SH is questioned, there can be a requirement made to the taxpayer to compile and present more detailed information at that point in time.

In view of the Covid-19 pandemic where the business entities have been impacted adversely to a great extent, a reduction in the compliance burden along with reasonable SH margins would enable them to get back on their feet. However, given the recent CBDT Notification to extend the validity of the SH margins without any adjustment on account of the pandemic, it may be advisable for the taxpayers to evaluate the comparable margins of the industry and the impact of Covid-19 on the industry, before opting for the SH application.

_________________________________________________________________
3    [2014] 43 taxmann.com 100 (Mum-Trib) (SB)
4    [2015] 60 taxmann.com 355 (Del)

CLAIM FOR RELIEF OF REBATE OUTSIDE REVISED RETURN OF INCOME

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
It is usual to come across cases where an assessee, in filing the return of income, fails to make a claim for relief on account of a rebate or deduction or exemption and also overlooks the filing of the revised return within the time prescribed u/s 139(5). His attempt to remedy the mistake by staking a claim for relief before the A.O. or the CIT(A) afresh is usually dismissed by the authority. At times, even the appellate Tribunal or the courts have not appreciated the bypassing of the statutory remedy entrusted u/s 139(5), more so after the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Goetze (India) Ltd., 284 ITR 323 was delivered, a decision interpreted by the authorities and at times by the Courts to have laid down the law that requires an assessee to stake a fresh claim, not made while filing the return of income, only by revising the return within the prescribed time.

Several Benches of the Tribunal and the Courts, after due consideration of the said decision of the Apex Court, have permitted the assessee to stake a fresh claim, which claim was not made while filing the return of income or by revising the same in time, either by filing an application during the course of the assessment or, at the least, while adjudicating the appeal. At a time when it appeared that the law was reasonably settled on the subject, the recent decision of the Kerala High Court has warned the assessee that the last word on the subject has not yet been said. It held that the claim for relief, not made vide a return, revised or otherwise, could not be made before the A.O. or even before the appellate authorities.

RAGHAVAN NAIR’S CASE
The issue recently came up for the consideration of the Kerala High Court in the case of Raghavan Nair, 402 ITR 400. The assessee had received a certain sum of money during F.Y. 2014-15 pertaining to A.Y. 2015-16 by way of compensation for land acquired from him for a Government project. The assessee offered the receipt for taxation in filing the return of income under the head capital gains. During the course of the scrutiny assessment, the assessee claimed that the compensation received was not taxable in the light of section 96 of the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013. The assessee requested for the relief vide a letter which was denied by the A.O., against which the assessee filed a writ petition before the Court.

The Court noted that the assessee, when he was made to understand that he had no liability to pay tax on capital gains, could not file a revised return since the time for filing the revised return had expired by the time he came to know that there was no such liability to pay tax.

At the hearing, the Court held that it was the duty of the A.O. to refrain from assessing an income even if the same had been included by mistake by the assessee in his return of income filed. The Court held that the decision of the Supreme Court was not applicable to the facts of the case by explaining the implication of the decision of the Apex Court as: ‘The question that arose in Goetze (India) Ltd.’s case (Supra) was whether an assessee could make a claim for deduction other than by filing a revised return. As noted above, the question in the case on hand is whether the A.O. is precluded from considering an objection as to his authority to make an assessment u/s 143 merely for the reason that the petitioner has included in his return an amount which is exempted from payment of tax and that he could not file a revised return to rectify the said mistake in the return. The decision of the Apex Court in the Goetze case has, therefore, no application to the facts of the present case.’

The High Court held that this was a clear case where the A.O. had penalised the assessee for having paid tax on an income which was not exigible to tax. It noted that in the light of the mandate under article 265 of the Constitution, no tax should be levied or collected except by authority of law. The Court relied on the observations of the Apex Court in the case of Shelly Products 129 Taxman 271:

‘We cannot lose sight of the fact that the failure or inability of the Revenue to frame a fresh assessment should not place the assessee in a more disadvantageous position than in what he would have been if a fresh assessment was made. In a case where an assessee chooses to deposit by way of abundant caution advance tax or self-assessment tax which is in excess of his liability on the basis of the return furnished, or there is any arithmetical error or inaccuracy, it is open to him to claim refund of the excess tax paid in the course of the assessment proceeding. He can certainly make such a claim also before the authority concerned calculating the refund. Similarly, if he has by mistake or inadvertence or on account of ignorance, included in his income any amount which is exempted from payment of Income-Tax, or is not income within the contemplation of law, he may likewise bring this to the notice of the assessing authority, which if satisfied, may grant him relief and refund the tax paid in excess, if any. Such matters can be brought to the notice of the authority concerned in a case when refund is due and payable, and the authority, on being satisfied, shall grant appropriate relief. In cases governed by section 240 of the Act, an obligation is cast upon the Revenue to refund the amount to the assessee without his having to make any claim in that behalf. In appropriate cases, therefore, it is open to the assessee to bring facts to the notice of the authority concerned on the basis of the return furnished, which may have a bearing on the quantum of the refund, such as those the assessee could have urged u/s 237 of the Act. The authority, for the limited purpose of calculating the amount to be refunded u/s 240 of the Act, may take all such facts into consideration and calculate the amount to be refunded. So viewed, an assessee will not be placed in a more disadvantageous position than what he would have been, had an assessment been made in accordance with law.’

Accordingly, the Court held that the A.O. should not have taxed the income that was not liable to tax even where the assessee had offered such an income for taxation and had not filed the revised return of income.

PARAGON BIOMEDICAL INDIA (P) LTD.’S CASE
The issue recently again came before the Kerala High Court in the case of Paragon Biomedical India (P) Ltd. 438 ITR 227 (Ker). In this case, the assessee had claimed a deduction u/s 10B which was disallowed by the A.O. In the appeal to the CIT(A), the assessee modified the claim for deduction from section 10B to section 10A, which was allowed by the CIT(A). On appeal by the Revenue, the Tribunal held that the CIT(A) was justified in allowing the alternative claim of deduction u/s 10A and confirmed the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) that permitted the assessee to claim the deduction under a different provision of law than the one that was applied for while filing the return of income.

On further appeal, the High Court, however, reversed the order of the Tribunal and held the order to be contrary to the principles laid down by the Apex Court in the cases of Goetze (India) Ltd. (Supra) and Ramakrishna Deo 35 ITR 312. In the light of the said decisions, the High Court termed the orders of the CIT(A) and the Tribunal as both illegal and untenable. The Court, in deciding the case, found that the decisions in the cases of National Thermal Power Co. Ltd. 229 ITR 383 (SC) and Goetze did not conflict with each other, as NTPC’s decision did not in any way relate to the power of the A.O. to entertain a claim for deduction otherwise than by filing a revised return.

OBSERVATIONS
Article 265 of the Constitution of India provides that any retention of tax collected, which is not otherwise payable, would be illegal and unconstitutional. Retaining the mandate of the Constitution, the Board vide Circular 14(XL-35) dated 11th July, 1955 reiterated that the taxing authority cannot collect or retain tax that is not authorised by law and further that it was the duty of the assessing authority to ensure that a relief allowable to an assessee in law shall be allowed to him even where such a claim is not made by him in filing the return of income.

An A.O. has been vested with the power to assess the total income and in doing so he has wide powers to bring to tax any income, whether or not disclosed in the return of income. He also has the powers to rectify any mistakes. The Board has invested in him the power to grant the reliefs and rebates that an assessee is entitled to but has failed to claim while filing the return of income. [CBDT Circular No. 14 dated 11th July, 1955]. This Circular is relied upon by the Courts to hold that an A.O. is duty-bound to grant such reliefs and rebates that an assessee is entitled to, based on the records available, even where not claimed by the assessee in filing the return of income or otherwise.

Section 139(5) provides for filing of a revised return of income in cases where the return furnished contains any omission or any wrong statement within the prescribed time independent of the powers and the duties of the A.O. It was a largely settled understanding that an assessee could make a claim for a relief or rebate, during the course of assessment, by filing a petition without filing a revised return of income even after the time of filing such return has expired. The Apex Court, however, in one of the decisions (Goetze), held that a rebate or a relief can be claimed by an assessee only by filing of a revised return of income. This decision has posed various challenges, some of which are:

• Whether an A.O. can entertain a petition outside of the revised return and allow a relief claimed by the assessee.
• Whether an A.O. is duty-bound to allow a relief even where not claimed in the return filed by the assessee where no petition or revised return is filed.
• Whether an A.O. is bound to allow such a relief where the material for such relief is available on his records though no petition or revised return is filed.
• Whether an A.O. is required to allow a petition for a modified claim for relief, which was otherwise claimed differently in the return of income filed, without insisting on the revised return of income.
• Whether an appellate authority, being CIT(A) or the Tribunal, can entertain a petition for a relief not claimed or allowed in any of the above situations.

Section 143, as noted above, has invested the A.O. with wide powers in assessing the total income and bringing to tax the true or real income of the assessee, whether or not disclosed in the return of income, even where no return has been filed by an assessee. Sections 250(5) and 251(1) have invested a CIT(A) with powers that are consistently held by the Courts to be coterminus with the powers of an A.O.; he can do everything that an A.O. could have done and has all those powers which an A.O. has, besides the power of enhancement of an income that has not been brought to tax by the A.O. in the course of adjudicating an appeal, subject to a limitation in respect of the new source of income. The appellate Tribunal is vested with powers u/s 254(1) that are held to be wide enough to include entertaining a claim for the first time, subject to certain limitations.

By now it is the settled position in law that the appellate authorities have the power to entertain a new or a fresh claim for relief made by the assessee for the first time before them subject to providing an opportunity to the A.O. to put up his case. This is clear from the reference to the following important decisions:

The Supreme Court in the case of Jute Corporation of India Ltd., 187 ITR 688 dealt with a case where the assessee, during the pendency of its appeal before the AAC, raised an additional ground claiming deduction of certain amount on account of liability of disputed purchase tax, not claimed while filing the return of income. The AAC permitted the assessee to raise the additional ground and after hearing the ITO, accepted the assessee’s claim and allowed the deduction. However, the Tribunal held that the AAC had no jurisdiction to entertain the additional ground or to grant relief to the assessee on a ground which had not been raised before the ITO. On appeal to the Supreme Court, the Court, following its decision in the case of Kanpur Coal Syndicate, 53 ITR 225, delivered by a Bench of three judges and dissenting from its later decision in the case of Gurjaragraveurs (P) Ltd., 111 ITR 1 delivered by a Bench of two judges, held as under:

‘The Act does not contain any express provision debarring an assessee from raising an additional ground in appeal and there is no provision in the Act placing restriction on the power of the appellate authority in entertaining an additional ground in appeal. In the absence of any statutory provision, the general principle relating to the amplitude of the appellate authority’s power being coterminous with that of the initial authority should normally be applicable. If the tax liability of the assessee is admitted and if the ITO is afforded an opportunity of hearing by the appellate authority in allowing the assessee’s claim for deduction on the settled view of law, there appears to be no good reason to curtail the powers of the appellate authority u/s 251(1)(a). Even otherwise an appellate authority while hearing an appeal against the order of a subordinate authority has all the powers which the original authority may have in deciding the question before it, subject to the restrictions or limitations, if any, prescribed by the statutory provisions. In the absence of any statutory provision, the appellate authority is vested with all the plenary powers which the subordinate authority may have in the matter. There appeared to be no good reason to justify curtailment of the power of the AAC in entertaining an additional ground raised by the assessee in seeking modification of the order of assessment passed by the ITO.’

The Supreme Court in the case of Nirbheram Deluram, 91 Taxman 181 (SC) held that the first appellant authority could modify an assessment on a ground not raised before an A.O. following Jute Corporation of India Ltd.’s case (Supra) which had held that the first appellate authority could permit an additional ground not raised before the A.O.

The Kerala High Court, in the case of V. Subhramoniya Iyer, 113 ITR 685, held that the first appellate authority had the power to substitute the order of an A.O. with his own order and the Gujarat High Court in the case of Ahmedabad Crucible Co., 206 ITR 574 held that the powers of the first appellate authority extended beyond the subject matter of assessment, which powers were held to include the power to make an addition on a ground not considered by the A.O.

The Supreme Court in the National Thermal Power Corporation case (Supra) confirmed the judicial view that in cases where a non-taxable receipt was taxed or a permissible deduction was denied, there was no reason why the assessee should be prevented from raising the claim before the second appellate authority for the first time, so long as the relevant facts were on record pertaining to the claim. This condition of the availability of the evidence on records is also waived where the fresh issue relates to the moot question of law or goes to the root of the appeal. Even otherwise, the courts are liberal in upholding the powers of the second appellate authorities generally to entertain a lawful claim.

This understanding and the contours of law are not sought to be disturbed even by the decision of the Apex Court delivered in the Goetze case, which rather confirmed that the said decision was independent of the powers of the appellate authorities. In fact, the appellate authorities regularly entertained a fresh claim by relying on the said decision. It is this settled position of law, even post-Goetze, that is sought to be disturbed by the recent Kerala High Court decision in the case of Paragon Biomedical (Supra) when holding that the claim made before the A.O., outside the revised return of income, was not entertainable. Even when the CIT(A) entertained and allowed such a claim, the said claim was found to be not permissible in law by the Court.

And even prior to the decision of the Kerala High Court, the Madras High Court in the case of Shriram Investments Ltd. (TCA No. 344 of 2005) and the Chennai Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Litostroj, 54 SOT 37 (URO) following the said Madras High Court decision, had held that relief could have been claimed only by filing a revised return of income.

We are of the considered opinion that the position in law settled by the series of Supreme Court decisions permitting the assessee to raise a new or a fresh claim before the appellate authorities is nowhere unsettled by the decision in Paragon Biomedical and a few other cases. In fact, had these decisions of the Supreme Court been cited before the High Court, the decision of the Court would surely have been otherwise. The case before the Kerala High Court was not represented by the assessee before the Court and the representative of the Revenue seems to have failed to bring these cases to the notice of the Court. [Please see Pruthvi Stock Brokers Ltd., 23 taxmann.com 23 (Bom); Kotak Mahindra Bank Ltd., 130 taxmann.com 352 (Kar); Ajay G. Piramal Foundation, 228 Taxman 332 (Del).]

The real issue of the assessee’s power to claim a relief or a rebate outside of a revised return of income, under a petition to the A.O. during the course of assessment, appears to have been soft-pedalled by the Courts either by holding that the A.O. was duty-bound, under the Circular No. 14 of 1955, to allow the relief on his own based on records available, as was done in the cases of Sesa Goa Ltd., 117 taxmann.com 548 (Bom) or CMS Securitas, 82 taxmann.com 319 (Mum) or Perlos, ITA No. 1037/Madras/2013, to name a few, and alternatively by holding that the claim for relief, made outside the revised return before the A.O. was not a new or a fresh claim but was a modified claim based on a mistaken provision of law or the quantum or the failure to claim a relief for which the reports and other material were available on record, as was held in the cases of Malayala Manorama, 409 ITR 358 (Ker), Ramco Engineering, 332 ITR 306 (P&H), Influence, 55 taxmann.com 192 (Del), Shri Balaji Sago Agro, 53 SOT 15 (Mad), Perlos, ITA No. 1037/Madras/2013 and also in Raghavan Nair (Supra), 402 ITR 400 by the same Kerala High Court. [Please also see Sam Global, 360 ITR 682 (Del), Jai Parabolic, 306 ITR 42 (Del), Natraj Stationery, 312 ITR 22 (Del) and Rose Services, 326 ITR 100 (Del).]

A fresh claim for relief is different from a revised claim for relief. In cases where a claim has been made while filing the return of income and is modified or is enhanced or is made under a different provision of the law, the case can be classified as a case of a revised claim, and not a fresh claim. The outcome can be different in cases where the evidence in support of the fresh claim is available on record, from cases where such evidence is not available on record.

The issue of an assessee’s right to claim a relief or a rebate, outside the revised return of income post Goetze, has been addressed directly in the case of CMS Securitas Ltd., 82 taxmann.com 319 by the Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal in favour of the assessee, while the Chennai Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Litostroj, 54 SOT 37 (URO), following an unreported decision of the Madras High Court in the case of Shriram Investments Ltd. [T.C. (A) No. 344 of 2005, dated 16th June, 2011] restored the matter to the file of the A.O. to verify the facts, instead of upholding the power of the CIT(A) to entertain a fresh claim.

In Goetze the question raised in the appeal by the assessee related to whether the assessee could make a claim for deduction other than by filing a revised return by way of a letter before the A.O. The deduction was disallowed by the A.O. on the ground that there was no provision under the Act to make an amendment in the return of income by an application at the assessment stage without revising the return. In the appeal, the assessee had relied upon the decision in the case of National Thermal Power Co. Ltd. (Supra) to contend that it was open to the assessee to raise the points of law even before the appellate Tribunal. The Court noted that the said decision dealt with the power of the Tribunal to entertain a claim where the facts relating to the law were available on record, and that it did not in any way relate to the power of the A.O. to entertain a claim for deduction otherwise than by filing a revised return; and that the NTPC decision could not be relied upon to allow the claim before the A.O. outside the revised return of income. The appeal of the assessee was dismissed by clarifying that the issue in the case was limited to the power of the assessing authority and did not impinge on the power of the appellate Tribunal u/s 254.

The better view therefore is that the appellate authority certainly has the right to consider a fresh or revised claim made by the assessee in appeal, and certainly so in respect of a claim made for which the relevant facts are already on record.

Besides the issue under consideration w.r.t. section 139(5), the issues regularly arise where a fresh claim is sought to be made while filing the return in response to a notice u/s 153A / 153C, abated or not, or section 148, or where such a claim is sought to be made in a revision application u/s 264 or by filing rectification u/s 154 or on application u/s 119(2)(b).

A fresh claim was held to be permissible in the return filed in response to notice u/s 153A / 153C in case of abated assessment [JSW Steel Ltd., 422 ITR 71 (Bom), B.G. Shirke Construction Technology (P) Ltd., 79 taxmann.com 306 (Bom)] and where assessment was unabated and incriminating documents were found for that year [Sheth Developers (P) Ltd., 210 Taxman 208 (Mag)(Bom), Neeraj Jindal, 393 ITR 1 (Del), Kirit Dahyabhai Patel, 80 taxmann.com 162 (Guj), Shrikant Mohta, 414 ITR 270 (Cal)]. In contrast, the courts in a few other cases have held that the assessee is not permitted to stake such a fresh claim that was not made in the return filed u/s 139.

In the context of the return of income filed in response to a notice u/s 148, it was held that a fresh claim was not permissible in the cases of Caixa Economica De Goa, 210 ITR 719 (Bom), Satyamangalam Agricultural Producer’s Co-operative Marketing Society Ltd.,357 ITR 347 (Mad) and K. Sudhakar S. Shanbhag, 241 ITR 865 (Bom).

In contrast, a fresh claim was held to be permissible in filing a revision application u/s 264. [Vijay Gupta, 386 ITR 643 (Del), Assam Roofing Ltd., 43 taxmann.com 316 (Gau), S.R. Koshti, 276 ITR 165 (Guj), Sharp Tools, 421 ITR 90 (Mad), Shri Hingulambika Co-operative Housing Society Ltd. 81 taxmann.com 157 (Kar), Agarwal Yuva Mandal, 395 ITR 502 (Ker), EBR Enterprises, 415 ITR 139 (Bom), Kewal Krishan Jain, 42 taxmann.com 84 (P&H).]

In the cases of Curewel (India) Ltd., 269 Taxman 397 (Del) it was held permissible to place a fresh claim while an assessment is being made afresh in pursuance of an order setting aside the original order of assessment. But see also Saheli Synthetics (P) Ltd., 302 ITR 126 (Guj).

In filing an application for rectification u/s 154, it was held permissible to file a fresh claim [Nagaraj & Co. (P) Ltd., 425 ITR 412 (Mad), Anchor Pressings (P) Ltd., 161 ITR 159 (SC), Gujarat State Seeds Corpn. Ltd., 370 ITR 666 (Guj) and NHPC Ltd., 399 ITR 275 (P&H).]

An assessee who has missed making a claim in the return of income, may explore the possibility of filing an application to the CBDT u/s 119(2)(b) for permitting the filing of a revised return of income after the expiry of the time u/s 139(5). [Mrs. Leena R. Phadnis,387 ITR 721 (Bom), Mahalakshmi Co-operative Bank Ltd., 358 ITR 23 (Kar) and Labh Singh, 111 taxmann.com 53 (HP).]

BOOK REVIEW

FORENSIC INVESTIGATIONS AND FRAUD REPORTING IN INDIA

Authors: Sandeep Baldava and Deepa Agarwal

Reviewed by Satish Shenoy

A home without books is like a body without a soul. My major investment in life is books. I was delighted when my professional colleagues Sandeep and Deepa gave me this book, fresh from the press. Something inside me instantly told me that I need to read this book cover to cover. Our minds are truly shaped by the books we read.

Here are a few thoughts on the book.

This book, aimed to benefit a cross-section of professionals, including Forensic Practitioners, Independent Directors and Audit Committee Members, CEOs / CFOs / CHROs, Statutory Auditors, Internal Auditors, Corporate, Legal, Accounting and Compliance teams and students alike, introduces all the essential ideas that are to be found in the work of Forensic Investigations and Fraud Reporting in India in a concise and straightforward manner. Each activity is described not only in terms of its relevance but also the science and reasoning that underpins it.

Be insatiably curious. Ask ‘why’ a lot – and that’s exactly what the authors did. While employing examples from Forensic Investigation, the book uses principles and ideas applicable to most of the forensic sciences. The authors examine the role of the investigator, describe the fundamental methods for investigation, discuss the optimal way to organise evidence and explore the most common reasons why some investigations fail. The book provides case studies that exemplify proper communication of findings. Concise and illustrative, this volume demonstrates how scientific methods can be applied to investigation in ways that avoid flawed reasoning while delivering convincing reconstruction scenarios. Investigators can pinpoint where things went wrong, providing valuable information that can prevent another catastrophe.

As I dived deep into the book, I told myself, ‘Don’t read the book and be a follower, read the book and be a student’. Covering a range of fundamental topics essential to modern Forensic Investigation, the book presents contributions and case studies from the personal files of experts in the field. It discusses the intersection of law and forensic science, how pieces of information become evidence and how courts decide whether an item or testimony is admissible. It provides insights on how practitioners must follow evidence all the way from the incident scene to laboratory analysis and even on to the judicial authorities. Going beyond theory to application, the book incorporates the wisdom of the authors who discuss anonymous real life case studies and their rich experience in the subject. Each chapter begins with an introduction and ends with a conclusion. The ‘Expert Speak’ sections at the end of a few chapters showcase contributions from high-profile experts in the field.

Life is like a book – don’t jump to the end to see if it is worth it. Going by the size of the book, I was indeed tempted to jump to the end. But my daughter Sneha read my mind (she has this uncanny knack) and remarked, ‘Daddy, just enjoy every page of it and you will find the script more interesting and exciting’. The words hit me like it was the last word said on the subject. So let me continue…

A practical, accessible and informative guide to the science of Forensic Investigations and Fraud Reporting, the book has 20 chapters very logically divided and covering the fundamentals of White Collar crime; Ethics, Integrity and Fraud; Governing Framework including roles and responsibilities of Stakeholders towards prevention, detection and investigation; Financial Statements Fraud, including roles and responsibilities of Statutory Auditors; Evolution, types, methodology and approach to FRM and Forensic Investigation; Frauds at Financial Institutions, including banks; Forensic Standards; Cyber Fraud Risks with illustrative examples of reporting. I particularly enjoyed the case studies which encompassed various facets of business such as procurement, critical information leakage, phishing, window dressing and fund diversion – the learnings are immense. I also appreciate the ease with which the roles of the Boards, the Internal Auditor, the CFOs and other CXOs are explained. The emphasis on the science of law enforcement, how evidence is gathered, processed, analysed and viewed in the courtroom and more, were a delight. This informative book also includes an extensive index, adding to its usefulness. It contains over 100 case studies, case laws and examples.

Good books are like good company. As I read the book, I got the feeling that I am in good company – well done, Sandeep and Deepa. Forensic document examination is a long-established specialty and its practitioners have regularly been shown to have acquired skills that enable them to assist the judicial process. The book introduces all the essential ideas that are crucial in the work of the Forensic Document Examiner and Fraud Reporting in a concise and straightforward manner. Each examination type is well described in detail in chapter 12.

The reader will be able to relate the different kinds of interpretative skills used by the document examiner to those used in other forensic disciplines. Besides being an invaluable text for readers, the book will also be a useful reference for researchers new to the field or practitioners looking for an accessible overview.

Written in an easy-to-understand format, this outstanding guide by two of the leading professionals with wide experience in Forensic Investigations and Reporting introduces you to the basics of Forensic Investigation and Fraud Reporting. It teaches us excellent ways to make our investigation solid and successful. It is packed with valuable information about the details of collecting, storing, and analysing all types of physical evidence.

Life is a book of mysteries; you never know which page will bring a new twist; so keep on reading and happiness will come suddenly – this is precisely what I felt when reading this book. Most investigations begin at the end of the story, namely, after the collapse. In many instances, information about the last event and the starting event is known reasonably well. Information about what occurred between these endpoints, however, is often unclear, confusing and perhaps contradictory. Chapter 13 explains how scientific investigative methods can best be used to determine why and how a particular event occurred and how it is to be reported.

Rules related to admissibility of evidence in India (13.6.4.3) explore the legal implications of forensic science – an increasingly important and complex part of the justice system. In the ‘Expert Speak’ section of chapter 13, Aditya Vikram Bhat, Senior Partner, AZB & Partners, brings out the different facets of applicability and importance of attorney-client privilege.

Assessing the strengths and limitations of each kind of evidence, the authors also discuss how they can contribute to identifying the ‘who,’ ‘how,’ and ‘whether’ questions that arise in criminal prosecutions; they draw on the depth of their Forensic Investigation and Fraud Reporting experience to provide a well-rounded look at these increasingly critical issues. Case studies have very effectively brought the issues to life and show how forensic science has been used in real-world situations.

The reader will learn how real-world forensics experts work every day in fields as diverse as Biology, Psychology, Information Technology and more. If you are interested in a forensics career, you will find out how to break in and the education you will need to do the type of forensics work that interests you the most. Written for the true forensics fan, the book does not shy away from the details – why are frauds committed (1.7), Evolution of Fraud (1.8), Definition of Fraud (chapter 2), Integrity and Ethics (chapter 3), Reporting Regulations under various statutes (chapter 4), Role of Directors (chapter 6), Role of Internal Auditors (chapter 7), Financial Statement Frauds (chapter 9), Identification of Frauds, including role of whistle-blowers (chapter 10), Types of Forensic Investigation in India (chapter 12), Audit vs. Forensic Investigation (chapter 14), Forensic Accounting and Investigation Standards by the ICAI (chapter 18), Cyber Fraud Risk and the Auditor’s Role (chapter 19) and lastly the Illustrative Reporting (chapter 20). What more can one ask from one book?

The book includes coverage of physical evidence, evidence collection, crime scene processing, pattern evidence, fingerprint evidence, questioned documents and computer and digital forensic evidence. The authors’ 40-plus years of investigation, forensic science laboratory experience, regulatory compliance and auditing experience is brought to bear on the application of forensic science to the investigation and prosecution of cases.

A truly international and multi-disciplinary compendium of current best practices authored by the ones amongst the best in the profession, the book covers current trends and technology advances in various disciplines including forensic science. The book serves as an invaluable resource and handbook for forensic professionals, auditors and directors, audit committees and CEOs / CFOs / CHROs in India

Let me list a few new learnings for me from the book – The Fraud Diamond Theory (1.7.2), Theory of Dark Triad Personality (1.7.3), Robinhood Fraudsters (1.7.4), Working of a Ponzi Scheme (Amit Garg ‘Expert Speak’), the Social Psychology of Corruption (3.4), SOX Section 302 (6.2.7), Whistle-blower complaints – CVC (10.14), some of the rules related to Admissibility of Evidence (13.6.4.3), few Insights in using Predictive Analytics for Fraud Prevention (15.6.6) and few aspects of Common Security Elements that entities may use to prevent or detect a cyber-attack (19.6.1).

I particularly liked the way that important topics were handled and here are a few examples – Case studies of White Collar Crime (1.7.6), Social Psychology of Corruption (3.4), Management’s Responsibility to
prevent Fraud (5.2), Internal Auditor in Spotlight (7.6), Stages of Identification of Fraud (8.5), Financial Statement Frauds (9.6), how to Mitigate Common Fraud Risks (9.9), Best Practices for an effective Whistle-blowing Mechanism (10.15), Impact of Whistle-blowing Systems (10.16), Learnings from Arthasastra (11.3 and 11.4), the entire chapters 12 to 14 (which to my mind are the fulcrum of the book), Case Studies on Banking Frauds (16.9 to 16.12), chapter 17 on Case Studies (real life examples based on the rich experience of the authors) and chapter 18 on ICAI Standards (which I am so proud to be an integral part of).

I read with great interest chapter 19 on Cyber Risk which appears towards the end. I must mention that the focus is limited to the role of auditors but the topic deserved more attention. Perhaps the authors will delight us with this and more in the next edition.

Let me read the mind of the authors before they started this book project, ‘If there is a book that you want to read but has not yet been written, write it.’ That’s precisely what Sandeep and Deepa have done.

A few final take-aways:
* It is better to fail with honesty than succeed with fraud.
* One best book is equal to hundred good friends.
* That’s the thing about books. They let you travel without moving your feet.
* A clear sign we are stupid is if we do not read new books.
* The problem with a good book is, the moment you read that last word, you wish you hadn’t.
Well done, Sandeep and Deepa. I am proud of you.

Reassessment – Notice u/s 148 – Validity – Effect of insertion of s. 148A by F.A. 2021 – Taxation and other laws (relaxation of certain provisions) Act, 2020 enabling certain actions of Department in view of pandemic – Notification of Finance Ministry under enabling Act – Notification could not save reassessment proceedings under unamended s. 148 instituted after 1st April, 2021 – Notices issued in pursuance of such reassessment proceedings – Not valid

28 Ashok Kumar Agarwal vs. UOI [2021] 439 ITR 1 (All) A.Ys.: 2013-14 to 2017-18; Date of order: 8th October, 2021 Ss. 147, 148 and 148A of ITA, 1961

Reassessment – Notice u/s 148 – Validity – Effect of insertion of s. 148A by F.A. 2021 – Taxation and other laws (relaxation of certain provisions) Act, 2020 enabling certain actions of Department in view of pandemic – Notification of Finance Ministry under enabling Act – Notification could not save reassessment proceedings under unamended s. 148 instituted after 1st April, 2021 – Notices issued in pursuance of such reassessment proceedings – Not valid

Writ petitions were filed by individual petitioners to challenge the initiation of reassessment proceedings after 1st April, 2021 by issuing notice u/s 148 for different assessment years.

The Allahabad High Court held as under:

‘i) An Act of legislative substitution is a composite Act. Thereby, the Legislature chooses to put in place another or replace an existing provision of law. It involves simultaneous omission and re-enactment. By its very nature, once a new provision has been put in place of a pre-existing provision, the earlier provision cannot survive, except for things done or already undertaken to be done, or things expressly saved to be done. By virtue of section 1(2)(a) of the Finance Act, 2021, the provisions of sections147, 148, 149, 151 (as those provisions existed up to 31st March, 2021) stood substituted and a new provision was enacted by way of section 148A which mandated that the A.O. before issuing any notice u/s 148 shall conduct an inquiry, if required with the prior approval of the specified authority and provide to an opportunity to the assessee of being heard.

ii) The Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation of certain Provisions) Act, 2020 had been passed to deal with situations arising due to the pandemic. This enabling Act that was pre-existing had been enforced prior to enforcement of the Finance Act, 2021 on 1st April, 2021. In the 2020 Act and the Finance Act, 2021, there is absence both of any express provision in itself or to delegate the function to save applicability of the provisions of sections 147, 148, 149 or 151 of the Act as they existed up to 31st March, 2021. Plainly, the 2020 Act is an enactment to extend timelines only. Consequently, it flows from the above that from 1st April, 2021 onwards, all references to issuance of notice contained in the 2020 Act must be read as a reference to the substituted provisions only. Equally, there is no difficulty in applying the pre-existing provisions to pending proceedings. Looked at in that manner, the laws are harmonised. A reassessment proceeding is not just another proceeding emanating from a simple show cause notice. Both under the pre-existing law as also under the law enforced from 1st April, 2021, that proceeding must arise only upon jurisdiction being validly assumed by the assessing authority. Till such time jurisdiction is validly assumed by the assessing authority evidenced by issuance of the jurisdictional notice u/s 148, no reassessment proceedings may ever be said to be pending.

iii) The submission that the provision of section 3(1) of the 2020 Act gave an overriding effect to that Act and therefore saved the provisions as they existed under the unamended law, cannot be accepted. That saving could arise only if jurisdiction had been validly assumed before the date 1st April, 2021. In the first place section 3(1) of the 2020 Act does not speak of saving any provision of law. It only speaks of saving or protecting certain proceedings from being hit by the rule of limitation. That provision also does not speak of saving any proceeding from any law that may be enacted by Parliament in future. Even otherwise the word “notwithstanding” creating the non obstante clause does not govern the entire scope of section 3(1) of the 2020 Act. It is confined to and may be employed only with reference to the second part of section 3(1) of the 2020 Act, i.e., to protect proceedings already underway. There is nothing in the language of that provision to admit a wider or sweeping application to be given to that clause – to serve a purpose not contemplated under that provision and the enactment wherein it appears. Hence, the 2020 Act only protected certain proceedings that may have become time-barred on 20th March, 2020 up to the date 30th June, 2021. Correspondingly, by delegated legislation incorporated by the Central Government, it may extend that time limit. That time limit alone stood extended up to 30th June, 2021.

By Notification No. 3814 dated 17th September, 2021 ([2021] 437 ITR (St.) 16)], issued u/s 3(1) of the 2020 Act, further extension of time has been granted till 31st March, 2022. In the absence of any specific delegation, to allow the delegate of Parliament to indefinitely extend such limitation would be to allow the validity of an enacted law, i.e., the Finance Act, 2021 to be defeated by a purely colourable exercise of power, by the delegate of Parliament. Section 3(1) of the 2020 Act does not itself speak of reassessment proceeding or of section 147 or section 148 of the Act as it existed prior to 1st April, 2021. It only provides a general relaxation of the limitation granted on account of general hardship existing upon the spread of the Covid-19 pandemic. After enforcement of the Finance Act, 2021 it applies to the substituted provisions and not the pre-existing provisions.

iv) The mischief rule has limited application in the present case. Only in case of any doubt existing as to which of the two interpretations may apply or as to the true interpretation of a provision, the court may look at the mischief rule to find the correct law. However, where plain legislative action exists, as in the present case (whereunder Parliament has substituted the old provisions regarding reassessment with new provisions with effect from 1st April, 2021), the mischief rule has no application. There is no conflict in the application and enforcement of the 2020 Act and the Finance Act, 2021. Juxtaposed, if the Finance Act, 2021 had not made the substitution to the reassessment procedure, the Revenue authorities would have been within their rights to claim extension of time under the 2020 Act. However, upon that sweeping amendment made in Parliament, by necessary implication or implied force, it limited the applicability of the 2020 Act and the power to grant time extensions thereunder, to only such reassessment proceedings as had been initiated till 31st March, 2021. Consequently, the notifications had no applicability to reassessment proceedings initiated from 1st April, 2021 onwards. Upon the Finance Act, 2021 being enforced with effect from 1st April, 2021 without any saving of the provisions substituted, there is no room to reach a conclusion as to conflict of laws. It is for the assessing authority to act according to the law as it existed on and after 1st April, 2021. If the rule of limitation is permitted, it could initiate reassessment proceedings in accordance with the new law, after making adequate compliance therewith.

v) A delegated legislation can never overreach any Act of the principal Legislature. Secondly, it would be over-simplistic to ignore the provisions of either the 2020 Act or the Finance Act, 2021 and to read and interpret the provisions of the Finance Act, 2021 as inoperative in view of the fact and circumstances arising from the spread of the Covid-19 pandemic. Practicality of life de hors statutory provisions may never be a good guiding principle to interpret any taxation law. In the absence of any specific clause in the Finance Act, 2021 either to save the provisions of the 2020 Act or the notifications issued thereunder, by no interpretative process can those notifications be given an extended run of life beyond 31st March, 2020. They may also not infuse any life into a provision that stood obliterated from the statute with effect from 31st March, 2021. Inasmuch as the Finance Act, 2021 does not enable the Central Government to issue any notification to reactivate the pre-existing law (which that principal Legislature had substituted), the exercise by the delegate / Central Government would be de hors any statutory basis. In the absence of any express saving of the pre-existing laws, the presumption drawn in favour of that saving is plainly impermissible. Also, no presumption exists that by the notification issued under the 2020 Act the operation of the pre-existing provision of the Act had been extended and thereby the provisions of section 148A (introduced by the Finance Act, 2021) and other provisions had been deferred. Such notifications did not insulate or save the pre-existing provisions pertaining to reassessment under the Act.

vi) Accordingly, the Revenue authorities had admitted that all the reassessment notices involved in this batch of writ petitions had been issued after the enforcement date of 1st April, 2021. As a matter of fact, no jurisdiction had been assumed by the assessing authority against any of the assessees under the unamended law. Hence, no time extension could be made u/s 3(1) of the 2020 Act, read with the notifications issued thereunder. All the notices were invalid.’

Educational institution – Exemption u/s 10(23C) – Scope of s. 10(23C) – Benefit granted with reference to educational activity – Society deriving income from running educational institution having other income – Separate accounting for such other income – Income of society could not be aggregated for purposes of s. 10(23C)

27 Manas Sewa Samiti vs. Addl. CIT [2021] 439 ITR 79 (All) A.Y.: 2007-08; Date of order: 5th October, 2021 S. 10(23C) of ITA, 1961

Educational institution – Exemption u/s 10(23C) – Scope of s. 10(23C) – Benefit granted with reference to educational activity – Society deriving income from running educational institution having other income – Separate accounting for such other income – Income of society could not be aggregated for purposes of s. 10(23C)

The appellant-assessee is a society registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860. Under its registered objects, it established an educational institution in the name of Institute of Information Management and Technology at Aligarh. For the previous year relevant to the A.Y. 2007-08, the Institution received fees of Rs. 85,95,790 and interest on fixed deposit receipt of Rs. 86,121. Thus, the total receipts of the institution were Rs. 86,81,911. After deducting expenditure of the institution, the excess of income over expenditure, Rs. 38,54,310 was carried to the income and expenditure account of the society. Also, the society received donations or subscriptions amounting to Rs. 47,62,000 and interest on fixed deposit receipt of Rs. 18,155. The A.O. denied exemption claimed u/s 10(23C)(iiiad).

The Tribunal upheld the denial of exemption.

In the appeal before the High Court the following question of law was raised by the assessee:

‘Whether, in view of the law laid down in CIT vs. Children’s Education Society [2013] 358 ITR 373 (Karn) and the order passed by this Court in CIT (Exemption) vs. Chironji Lal Virendra Pal Saraswati Shiksha Parishad [2016] 380 ITR 265 (All), the order of the Tribunal denying the exemption u/s 10(23C)(iiiad) and clubbing the voluntary contributions received by the appellant with the receipts of the educational institution is justified in law?’

The Allahabad High Court held as under:

‘i) Under the provisions of section 10(23C), any income received by any person on behalf of any university or other educational institution existing solely for educational purposes and not for purposes of profit, if the aggregate annual receipts of such university or educational institution do not exceed the amount of annual receipts as may be prescribed… in the A.Y. 2007-08 the upper limit prescribed for such receipts was Rs. 1 crore under Rule 2BC of the Income-tax Rules, 1962.

ii) The benefit of section 10(23C)(iiiad) being activity-centric, the limit of Rs. 1 crore prescribed thereunder has to be seen only with reference to the fee and other receipts of the eligible activity / institution. Admittedly, those were below Rs. 1 crore. The eligibility condition prescribed by law was wholly met by the assessee. The fact that the institution did not exist on its own and was run by the society could never be a valid consideration to disallow that benefit. Merely because the assessee-society was the person running the institution, it did not cause any legal effect of depriving the benefit of section 10(23C)(iiiad) which was activity specific and had nothing to do with the other income of the same assessee; the Tribunal had also erred in looking at the provisions of section 12AA and the fact that the donations received by the society may not have been received with any specific instructions.

iii) It was not relevant in the facts of the present case because here the assessee had only claimed the benefit of section 10(23C)(iiiad) with respect to the receipts of the institution, and it had not claimed any benefit with respect to the donations received by the society. There could be no clubbing of the receipts of the institution with the other income of the society for the purpose of considering the benefit of section 10(23C)(iiiad).

iv) The question of law is answered in the negative, i.e., in favour of the assessee and against the Revenue.’

Business income – Meaning of business – Lease rent whether business income – Tests for determination of question – Assessee-company incurring losses – Scheme sanctioned by BIFR to help assessee – Scheme providing for lease of entire production unit of assessee – Lease rent constituted business income

26 CIT vs. Premier Tyres Ltd. [2021] 439 ITR 346 (Ker) A.Ys.: 1996-97 to 2003-04; Date of order: 19th July, 2021 Ss. 14 and 28 of ITA, 1961

Business income – Meaning of business – Lease rent whether business income – Tests for determination of question – Assessee-company incurring losses – Scheme sanctioned by BIFR to help assessee – Scheme providing for lease of entire production unit of assessee – Lease rent constituted business income

The assessee was a company engaged in the manufacture and sale of tyres. Since the assessee had a business loss in excess of the paid-up capital, it moved an application u/s 15 of the Sick Industries (Special Provisions) Act, 1985 before the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction (BIFR) for framing a scheme under the 1985 Act. The BIFR, through its order dated 17th April, 1995, approved a scheme for the rehabilitation and revival of the assessee. While sanctioning the rehabilitation scheme for the assessee, the BIFR approved the arrangement between the assessee and ATL, viz., that ATL under an irrevocable lease of eight years would operate the plant and pay a total lease rental of Rs. 45.5 crores over the period of rehabilitation to the sick industrial company, i.e., the assessee, and that ATL would take over the production made at the assessee plant. The assessee made over the plant operation to ATL for manufacturing tyres. Thus, the plant and machinery were given on lease by the assessee to ATL for eight years stipulated in the scheme. For the A.Y. 1996-97, the assessment was completed treating the lease rent received from ATL amounting to Rs. 6,61,75,914 as income from business of the assessee. Thereafter, the A.O. issued notice and reopened the assessment u/s 148 and through the reassessment order treated the receipt from ATL as income from other sources.

The Tribunal held that the lease rental received by the assessee from ATL under the rehabilitation scheme came within the meaning of business income especially in the circumstances of the case.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Kerala High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

‘i) The word “business” in section 14 is not a word of art but a word of commercial implication. Therefore, in any given year or situation, the activity claimed by the assessee is neither accepted through interpretative nor expressive narrative of the activity claimed by the assessee, nor is the claim for business income refused through the prism of the Revenue. The bottom line is the availability of assets, activities carried out for exploiting the assets, that the assessee is not a mere onlooker at the activities in the company or a passive recipient of rent for utilisation of facilities other than business assets. The net income of business presupposes computation of income after allowing permissible expenses and deductions in accordance with the Act. Therefore, denying eligible deductions or expenses treating business activity as any other activity, and on the other hand allowing deductions or expenses without just eligibility is equally illegal. The circumstances therefore are weighed in an even scale by the authority or court while deciding whether the activity stated by the assessee merits inclusion as income from business or other sources. These controversies are determined not only on case-to-case basis but also on year-to-year basis as well.

ii) The assessee was obligated to work under a statutorily approved scheme; the lease of eight years was to ATL, which was in the same business, and the lease was for utilising the plant, machinery, etc., for manufacturing tyres; the actuals were reimbursed to the assessee by ATL; the work force of the assessee had been deployed for manufacturing tyres; the total production from the assessee unit was taken over by ATL; the overall affairs of the assessee company were made viable by entering into the settlement; coupled with all other primary circumstances, the assessee employed commercial assets to earn income. The scheme was for providing a solution to the business problem of the assessee. The claim of lease rental receipt as income of business was justifiable for the assessment years.’

Benami transactions – Prohibition – Act not applicable to companies – Action under Act should be taken within reasonable period

25 Kalyan Buildmart Pvt. Ltd. vs. Initiating Officer, Dy. CIT (Benami Prohibition) [2021] 439 ITR 62 (Raj) Date of order: 6th October, 2021 Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988

Benami transactions – Prohibition – Act not applicable to companies – Action under Act should be taken within reasonable period

In this writ petition, the petitioners assail the provisional attachment orders dated 12th January, 2018 passed by the Initiating Officer u/s 24(4) of the Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988 and the confirmation orders dated 30th January, 2019 passed by the adjudicating authority u/s 26(3) of the Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988 (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Benami Act, 1988’).

The Rajasthan High Court held as under:

‘i) The Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988 would not extend to properties purchased by a company.

ii)  The very purpose of coming into force of the Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988 was to implement the recommendations of the 57th Report of the Law Commission on benami transactions and was to curtail benami purchases, i.e., purchase in the name of another person who does not pay the consideration but merely lends his name while the real title vests in another person who actually purchased the property. Upon reading the provisions of the Act and the definitions, it is apparent that a benami transaction would require one transaction made by one person in the name of another person where the funds are owned and paid by the first person to the seller while the seller gets the registered sale deed executed in favour of the second person, i.e., from the account of A, the amount is paid to C who sells the property to B and a registered sale deed is executed in favour of B. While in the case of an individual this position may continue, a transaction for purchase of property by a company in favour of any person or in its own name would not come within the purview of a benami transaction because the funds of the company are its own assets.

If the promoters of the company, namely, the shareholders, their relatives or individuals invest in the company by way of giving land or by way of gift or in any other manner, then such amounts or monies received would be part of the net worth of the company and the company would be entitled to invest in any sector for which it has been formed. The persons who have put monies in the company may be considered as shareholders but such shareholders do not have the right to own properties of the company nor can it be said that the shareholders have by virtue of their share in the company invested their amount as benamidars. The transactions of the company are independent transactions which are only for the purpose of benefit of the company. It is a different aspect altogether that on account of benefit accruing to the company the shareholders would also receive benefit and they may be beneficiaries to a certain extent. This would, however, not make the shareholders beneficial owners in terms of the definition as provided u/s 2(12) of the 1988 Act. A “company” as defined under the Companies Act, 1956 and incorporated thereunder, therefore, cannot be treated as a benamidar as defined under the 1988 Act. The company cannot be said to be a benamidar and its shareholders cannot be said to be beneficial owners within the meaning of the 1988 Act.

iii) Transactions done legally under the Companies Act of transferring shares of one shareholder to another, the benefit, if any, of which may accrue on account of legally allowed transactions, cannot be a ground to draw a presumption of benami transaction under the 1988 Act. Strict proof is required to be produced and there is no room for surmises or conjectures nor presumption to be made as the 1988 Act has penal consequences.

iv) The prayer of the respondents for lifting the veil to examine the original sale deed dated 24th August, 2006 in relation to the 1988 Act was correct. However, the original transaction of 2006 was between the company and the sellers and the sale deed was executed in favour of the company. Therefore, a subsequent registered sale deed executed by the Development Authority did not warrant interference and it was not a case of proceeds from the property acquired through benami transaction. Once land had been surrendered and order had been passed by the Development Authority u/s 90B of the Rajasthan Land Revenue Act, 1956 and the land had been converted from agricultural to commercial use and registered lease deed had been executed by the Development Authority in favour of the company, the transaction was not a benami transaction.

v) Ordinarily, any proceeding relating to benami transactions ought to be taken up immediately or at least within a reasonable period of limitation of three years as generally provided under the Limitation Act, 1963. Moreover the proceedings initiated after ten years of the purchase were highly belated.

vi) The action of the respondents in attaching the commercial complex which had been leased out to the company by the Development Authority was illegal and unjustified and without jurisdiction.’

Article 12 of the India-Germany DTAA – Assessee was not liable to tax on royalty accrued but not received since it was chargeable to tax under DTAA on receipt basis

5 Faber Castell Aktiengesellschaft Numberger vs. ACIT [TS-1112-ITAT-2021 (Del)] ITA No.: 7619/Del/2017 A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 9th December, 2021

Article 12 of the India-Germany DTAA – Assessee was not liable to tax on royalty accrued but not received since it was chargeable to tax under DTAA on receipt basis

FACTS

The assessee (FC Germany) had entered into an agreement with FC India for use of the trademark owned by the assessee for marketing and sale of products procured by FC India for sale within India. In its return of income, FC Germany offered to tax the consideration received under the agreement as royalty and had further offered certain interest income.

 

The assessee followed the cash method of accounting. In the course of the assessment proceedings for F.Y. 2014-15, it explained that it had not received royalty and it had inadvertently included the same in its tax return. The assessee further explained that since FC India was facing a liquidity crisis it was unable to make royalty payment. Hence, the assessee had entered into a termination agreement with FC India pursuant to which the liability for payment of royalty from F.Y. 2011-12 to 2015-16 was waived. In support of its contention, the assessee submitted a no-objection certificate dated 26th October, 2016 issued by the RBI. The A.O. held that the royalty agreement could not be terminated on a back date as FC India had already used the brand and, hence, income had accrued to FC Germany.On appeal, the CIT(A) upheld order of the A.O.Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the ITAT.

 

HELD

It was noted that the assessee had waived royalty payment since FC India was facing liquidity crisis. And it could not be said that the waiver agreement was an arrangement of convenience as it was backed by a no objection certificate issued by the RBI.

 

Articles 12(1) and 12(3) require royalty to be received by the non-resident. Factually, even prior to the waiver of royalty, neither FC India had paid royalty nor had the assessee received royalty.

 

In support of its contention, the assessee relied on several decisions1 in which the judicial authorities have held that under the DTAA royalty is chargeable to tax in the hands of the non-resident on receipt basis.

 

Hence, royalty payable by FC India (but not paid) to the assessee was not taxable in India.   

 

 

Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA – Consideration received for grant of access to database (without right of reproduction or adaptation of data) is not in nature of royalty under Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA

4 Dow Jones & Company Inc. vs. ACIT [TS-1114-ITAT-2021 (Del)] ITA No: 7364/Del/2018 A.Y.: 2015-16; Date of order: 14th December, 2021

Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA – Consideration received for grant of access to database (without right of reproduction or adaptation of data) is not in nature of royalty under Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA

FACTS
The assessee was a tax resident of the USA engaged in the business of providing information products and services comprising global business and financial news to organisations worldwide. It had appointed ‘D’, an Indian company, for distributing its products in India. During the relevant A.Y., the assessee had received subscription fee from ‘D’ for granting access of database to customers of ‘D’ in India. The A.O. taxed the receipt as royalty under the Act as also the India-USA DTAA. This addition was confirmed by the DRP.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before ITAT.

HELD
Payments that allow a payer to use / acquire a right to use a copyright in a literary, artistic or scientific work are covered within the definition of royalty.Payments made for acquiring the right to use the product itself, without allowing any right to use the copyright in the product, are not covered within the scope of royalty.In this case, all rights, title and interest in licensed software continued to remain the exclusive property of the assessee. ‘D’ had no authority to reproduce the data in any material form, or to make any translation of data, or to make any adaptation of the data.

Further, even the end-user could not be said to have acquired any copyright or right to use the copyright in the data. Accordingly, payments made by ‘D’ for merely accessing the database were not in the nature of payments for use of copyright as contemplated in Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA.

Articles 22 and 23 of the India-UAE DTAA – On facts, unexplained investment taxed under sections 68 and 69 was not in nature of ‘Other Income’ contemplated under Article 22 and hence was not taxable in India – Article 23 deals with taxation of capital, whereas issue under consideration pertains to unexplained investment in immovable property and hence is not taxable in India

3 ITO vs. Rajeev Suresh Ghai [(2021)] 132 taxmann.com 234 (Mum-Trib)] ITA No: 6920/Mum/2019 A.Y.: 2010-11; Date of order: 23rd November, 2021

Articles 22 and 23 of the India-UAE DTAA – On facts, unexplained investment taxed under sections 68 and 69 was not in nature of ‘Other Income’ contemplated under Article 22 and hence was not taxable in India – Article 23 deals with taxation of capital, whereas issue under consideration pertains to unexplained investment in immovable property and hence is not taxable in India

FACTS
The assessee was a non-resident Indian settled in the UAE for three decades. He invested a certain amount to purchase a residential flat from AB. In the course of search and seizure operations carried out by the investigation wing of the Income-Tax Department on AB, it found certain data. Relying on this data, the A.O. concluded that the assessee had paid cash amounts of Rs. 2.5 crores to AB. He treated the said amount as an ‘unexplained investment’ u/s 69. The A.O. further noted that a sum of Rs. 4.47 lakhs was probably interest on loan and brought it to tax as such u/s 68.On appeal the CIT(A) deleted the addition on the ground that income taxed under sections 68 and 69 falls under Article 22 – ‘Other Income’ of the India-UAE DTAA – which is not taxable in India.The aggrieved Revenue appealed before the ITAT.

HELD
Article 22 of the India-UAE DTAA – Other income
* Unexplained investments were in the nature of application of income and not income per se. Hence, they could not be taxed in India under Article 22(1) of the India-UAE DTAA.
* Article 22(2) provides for taxation of income arising from immovable property. The issue under consideration was not about income from immovable property, but income said to have been invested in immovable property.Article 23 of the India-UAE DTAA – Capital
* Article 23(1) deals with taxation of capital represented by immovable property. It deals with taxation of capital but does not provide for taxation of unexplained investment in immovable property.

Interest income
* There was no evidence of interest income as even the finding of the A.O. states that the related entry ‘probably’ refers to interest.

Merely because a property is called a farmhouse it does not become a non-residential house property unless otherwise proved

21 ACIT vs. Rajat Bhandari [TS-892-ITAT-2021 (Del)] A.Y.: 2011-12; Date of order: 16th September, 2021 Section: 54F

Merely because a property is called a farmhouse it does not become a non-residential house property unless otherwise proved

FACTS
The assessee sold a property at Patparganj, Delhi for Rs. 3.10 crores on 20th October, 2010 and claimed exemption u/s 54F stating that he had purchased a new farmhouse at Sainik Farms, New Delhi in September, 2011. The A.O. denied exemption u/s 54F without disputing the fact of the transactions, but merely noting that the assessee has more than one house and is also owner of many residential houses. For this proposition, the A.O. noted the address of the assessee on the return of income, on the bank account, on the insurance receipts as well as on the other legal documents placed before him.
He noted that the assessee has many residential houses and therefore deduction u/s 54F cannot be claimed. Therefore, the A.O. was of the view that the assessee is not entitled to deduction u/s 54F. He held that it is not possible to collect the direct evidence to prove that the assessee owned more than one residential house on the date of transfer of the original asset. He further noted that after taking consideration of the totality of the facts and circumstances of the case, one could draw the inference that the assessee did not fulfil the conditions for exemption u/s 54F. Even otherwise, he held that the assessee has purchased a farmhouse and no deduction u/s 54F should be allowed on that as income from a farm is not taxable.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who allowed the appeal. But the Revenue felt aggrieved and preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal observed that the DR could not show that the assessee has more than one property. It noted that the A.O. himself says that he could not prove whether the assessee has more than one property. The objection of the A.O., that the assessee has purchased a farmhouse and therefore it is not a residential house property, was devoid of any merit. It held that ‘Farmhouse can be residential house also’. It is not the case of the Revenue that the assessee has purchased excessive land and has constructed a small house thereon, thereby claiming deduction on the total value of the land and the small property constructed thereon. If that had been the case, perhaps the assessee would have been eligible for proportionate deduction to the extent of residential house property as well as land appurtenant thereto.

The Tribunal observed that there is no finding by the A.O. that the assessee has purchased excessive land which would be used as a farmland and has for name’s sake constructed a residential house property. It held that ‘Merely because a property is called a farmhouse, it does not become a non-residential house property unless otherwise proved.’This ground of appeal filed by the Revenue was dismissed.

The scope of the fifth proviso to section 32(1) cannot be extended to transactions of purchases between two unrelated parties

20 TUV Rheinland NIFE Academy Private Limited vs. ACIT [TS-1097-ITAT-2021(Bang)] A.Y.: 2016-17; Date of order: 1st November, 2021 Section: 32

The scope of the fifth proviso to section 32(1) cannot be extended to transactions of purchases between two unrelated parties

FACTS
The assessee, a private limited company, engaged in the business of providing vocational training to students in the fields of fire safety, lift technology, fibre optics, etc., is a subsidiary of TUV Rheinland (India) Pvt. Ltd. The A.O. noticed that the assessee had acquired a vocational training institute giving training to students from a person named Mr. M.V. Thomas who was running the said institution under the name and style of ‘Nife Academy’. It was observed that the holding company of the assessee had entered into a business transfer agreement (BTA) on 4th December, 2013 with Mr. M.V. Thomas for acquiring his academy for a lump sum amount of Rs. 28.50 crores plus some adjustment on slump sale basis. In pursuance of the said agreement, the assessee had paid an aggregate amount of Rs. 30.56 crores (Rs. 25.38 crores plus Rs. 5.18 crores). The purchase consideration paid over and above the value of tangible assets was treated as ‘goodwill’ and depreciation was claimed thereon. The A.O. held that the spirit of the fifth proviso to section 32(1) would suggest that the successor to an asset cannot get more depreciation than the depreciation which the predecessor would have got. He also noticed that the said Academy did not possess the asset of ‘goodwill’ and accordingly held that when an asset does not exist in the depreciation chart of the seller, then it cannot have a place in the depreciation chart of the buyer. Therefore, he disallowed the depreciation claimed on ‘goodwill’.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the view of the A.O. The assessee then preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal observed that in view of the decision of the Delhi High Court in the case of Truine Energy Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax (2016) 65 Taxmann.com 288, the payment made over and above the net asset value, while acquiring a business concern, shall constitute goodwill. Upon considering the language of the fifth proviso to section 32(1), the Tribunal held that a careful perusal of the above proviso would show that the same is applicable to the cases of ‘succession’, ‘amalgamation’ and ‘demerger’, i.e., transactions between related parties. In the instant case, Nife Academy has been acquired through a business transfer agreement by the holding company of the assessee from Mr. M.V. Thomas. It is not the case of the Revenue that this transaction is between two related parties. Hence this purchase would not fall under the categories of succession, amalgamation and demerger. The Tribunal held that it does not agree with the view of the lower authorities that the spirit of the proviso should be applied to the present case.The Tribunal set aside the order passed by the CIT(A) on this issue and restored the matter to the file of the A.O. to examine certain factual aspects.

The ALV of the property, which could not be let out during the year, would be nil in accordance with the provisions of section 23(1)(c)

19 Purshotamdas Goenka vs. ACIT [TS-984-ITAT-2021 (Mum)] A.Y.: 2016-17; Date of order: 13th October, 2021 Section: 23

The ALV of the property, which could not be let out during the year, would be nil in accordance with the provisions of section 23(1)(c)

FACTS
The assessee owned four properties of which one was let out and three were vacant throughout the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration. The assessee offered for taxation the rental income in respect of the let-out property. As for the properties that were vacant, he claimed vacancy allowance u/s 23(1)(c). The A.O., while assessing his total income, made an addition of Rs. 1,09,624 on account of deemed rent for vacant properties after granting deduction for municipal taxes and statutory deductions u/s 24(a).Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the A.O. The Assessee then
preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that the three properties which were vacant during the year under consideration have been let out by the assessee in the subsequent assessment year and their rental income has been offered for taxation. It observed that the issue before it is whether the deemed rent of the assessee has to be taken as annual value (ALV) u/s 23(1)(a) for the purpose of assessment of income u/s 22, or whether the assessee is entitled to vacancy allowance as provided u/s 23(1)(c).It held that the ALV of the property which could not be let out during the year would be nil in accordance with the provisions of section 23(1)(c). The assessee was entitled to vacancy allowance in respect of the said properties. Since the properties have not been let out at all during the year, the ALV has to be taken as nil. It observed that the case is covered by the decision of the coordinate Bench in the case of M/s Metaoxide Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO in ITA No. 5773/M/2016 A.Y. 2010-11.

The Tribunal set aside the order of the CIT(A) and deleted the addition of Rs. 1,09,624 in respect of the three vacant properties.

SMALLCASE INVESTING – AN INNOVATIVE CONCEPT FOR RETAIL INVESTORS

A mutual fund investor spreads his investment across a basket of stocks by investing in units of mutual funds. An investor can also invest in Sectoral Mutual Funds like Pharma, Banking, Infrastructure etc.

Thematic investments is a broader approach to identify financially sound and sustainably growing companies whose business models are based on particular themes or ideas and would include companies across market capitalization and sectors. Thematic investment philosophy involves identifying curated or theme-based stocks which support a particular idea or theme like Rural Development, Robotics, Future Mobility, Make in India etc. However, an investor willing to invest in direct equity would have to spend considerable time in identifying such stocks and executing individual orders for stocks instead of a single click order to invest in a basket of the thematic or curated portfolio of stocks.

If you have a perfect investment methodology and philosophy but lack time of investing in specific stocks or funds, then Smallcase Investing is an option for you.

Bengaluru-based Smallcase Technologies is a start-up by three IIT graduates, which have introduced an exciting technology-based platform for modern retail investors allowing them to invest in a basket of stocks / mutual funds that reflects an idea or a theme. Each theme consists of professionally tailored baskets of stocks that reflect an investing theme, idea or strategy.

This concept is very popular in the developed markets and is made available by various intermediaries like Motifs, Personal Capital, Tiger Brokers, Cazenove Capital and Jarvis Securities.

While Smallcase was initially incubated by Zerodha but have now collaborated with several online brokers (13 as of now) including Kotak Securities, HDFC Securities, 5paisa, Edelweiss, Zerodha and Axis Securities. Smallcase has gained popularity among new and young investors and has become synonym with a curated portfolio-based investment strategy. An attempt has been made in this article to explain the concept illustrating the platform provided by Smallcase and can be applied by investors to other service providers offering a similar platform.

Smallcase ecosystem consists of:

•    Technology platform provided by Smallcase – They charge fees to Smallcase managers for providing the platform.
•    Trading platform provided by Stock Brokers for the execution of trades by investors – They charge commissions to investors for the execution of trades through their trading platform.
•    Research and Advisory Services provided by Smallcase managers who are SEBI registered Investment Advisors, Research Analysts or Portfolio Managers (PMS) – They charge fees to investors (either a fixed fee or percentage-based fee).
•    Investors – Investors have the option of investing on a thematic basis.

The following table shows the comparison with a mutual fund:

 

PARTICULAR

MUTUAL FUND

SMALLcase

Ownership

You own units of the mutual funds and not the underlying stocks

In the case of Smallcase, you directly own the stocks. Equity
Mutual Funds only need to disclose their holdings once a month, so you don’t
necessarily know what your fund owns at any given time (this is not
necessarily a bad thing given you have delegated the task of picking stocks
to the fund manager). With Smallcase, you know exactly what you own because
the holdings sit in your Demat account

Holding Pattern

Mutual funds investors own units of mutual funds, which are
separate from stocks. So, the holding pattern is based on mutual funds units
and not related to stock

Smallcase investments give direct control over the holdings. The
shares are held directly in the investor’s Demat account, and the dividends
are transferred to the bank account. Also, in case a particular stock isn’t
performing well, the investor can sell those shares and continue to hold the
remaining part of the Smallcase

Taxes

A mutual fund where the investor pays tax
only upon redemption of units. Hence the overall tax burden in this structure
is expected to be higher

Every time investor sells the stock, he shall pay short-term
capital gains tax

 

Lock-in

If mutual funds investment is redeemed before the expiry of the lock-in
period, it may even attract an exit load

Investment through the Smallcase platform does not have a
lock-in period

Portfolio Diversification

Mutual funds offer a wide variety of diversification, as mutual
funds can invest in 100+ companies

Smallcase follows a strategy, idea or theme and investment in a
particular Smallcase is restricted to a particular strategy, idea or theme.
So, the diversification is limited to a particular strategy, idea or theme

Capital requirement

Mutual funds investors have the option of buying mutual funds
units, thereby even small investment by investors is feasible

Smallcase requires a higher capital for investing in comparison
to mutual funds. In a Smallcase portfolio, one has to invest in at least 1
share of particular shares, thereby requiring higher capital investment

Expense Ratio

The mutual fund expense ratio is determined by SEBI and its
range is between 1-2%

Some Smallcase are open to the public, while some are with a
subscription. Some cases are created by the in-house teams, while some by
external analyst companies. Therefore, the charges vary accordingly

Exit load

Some scheme of mutual funds can charge up to 1-2%

There is no exit load in Smallcase

 

HOW IT WORKS
The platform offers a user interface to invest in multiple baskets of stocks / ETFs based on a theme selected by the investor. An investor can either invest in a Smallcase created by SEBI registered individuals / entities such as registered investment advisors, research analysts or portfolio managers or create his or her own Smallcase with two or more stocks or ETFs.

For Example, if an investor wants to invest in the theme of growing rural consumption in India, they can directly buy a Smallcase that is curated by experts representing this particular theme. The underlying constituents of the Smallcase would have stocks that would form part of the underlying theme along with the weightage assigned to their share in the overall basket.

The investor can place a consolidated order for all the underlying stocks with a single click through his respective broker. In case of any issue of order fulfillment, the investor can repair the Smallcase later by replacing the fresh order and ensuring the portfolio complements the original theme.

The professionally managed Smallcase are periodically updated by the Smallcase manager to continue tracking the underlying strategy or theme. These updates in the portfolio composition are shared through the platform to the investor so that the investor can make the changes to reflect the updated composition.

The investor has the option to exit the Smallcase which would trigger sell orders across all the underlying securities within a Smallcase. In every Smallcase, investors can set up a SIP (Systematic Investment Plan) to invest a fixed amount to the selected portfolio every month following the first investment.

USING SMALLcase INVESTING OPTION
• Choose: Go to the Smallcase website and click on login. You have to use the credentials provided by your broker to log in. However, if you use any other broker other than mentioned above, you may not be able to access the services.

• Buy: Once logged in, the investor has the option to choose from the array of themes such as all-weather, smart beta, bargain buys, electronic vehicles among others.

• Track: You will now be able to see stocks that form part of the portfolio, their proportion and the rationale behind their inclusion. You can customize the Smallcase by adding or removing stocks.

• Manage: While some brokers allow you to create your personalized Smallcase, others offer curated Smallcase.

It offers the convenience of one-click investing for transacting in a basket of stocks. Once the theme is selected, an investor can also opt for SIP (Systematic Investment Plan) similar to Mutual Funds.

Any investor can create its own model portfolio (Smallcase) or invest in professionally managed Smallcase created by SEBI registered entities or individuals such as research analysts, registered investment advisor (RIA) etc. The creation and management of Smallcase are restricted to registered entities only.

The concept of thematic investing is fast gaining popularity among retail investors who prefer DIY (Do it Yourself) stock / MF selection. In fact, theme-based stock / ETF investments are becoming akin to Smallcase. The concept is riding on the bull market and is yet to face a major market correction that will test the inherent quality of underlying research. It is advisable that investors should do their own due diligence before investing instead of just getting carried away with market sentiments.

Note: The purpose of this article is only to make the readers aware of the concept which is gaining popularity amongst investors and is not to influence readers to trade or invest. The reader should exercise caution before they start using the platform.

SEBI TIGHTENS REGULATIONS FOR RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS – KEY AMENDMENTS AND AUDITOR’s RESPONSIBILITIES

Corporate Governance standards are being continuously strengthened with the focus on improving the quality of governance norms and disclosures by listed entities. Related party transactions have always been a key focus area for the regulators. Significant amendments have been made in the Companies Act, 2013 (2013 Act) as well as in the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (Listing Regulations) to regulate such transactions and their disclosure in financial statements. The regulators made various amendments in the 2013 Act and Listing Regulations to align the requirements prescribed under the two, for example, omnibus approval by Audit Committee for repetitive related party transactions; however, SEBI regulations continue to be more stringent, for instance, the definition of related party under the Listing Regulations will result in the identification of significantly higher number of related parties vis-à-vis those under the 2013 Act.

The three important aspects of related party transactions which merit consideration are (a) Identification [who are considered related parties (RP) and when], thresholds (values or %), approvals (depending on the former who will approve – Audit Committee / Shareholders / Government) and disclosure (and their timelines) in financial statements and to be filed with the regulators. For minority shareholders such steps are of great importance to protect their interests and allow them to take decisions…Information on RPs also give better insight into performance and monitoring of movement of funds.

Section 188 of the Companies Act, 2013 deals with ‘related party transactions’, i.e., transactions specified in the section with any person who falls within the definition of ‘related party’ as per section 2(76) of the Act. Apart from section 188, there are several other provisions in the 2013 Act that deal with specific types of transactions with specific types of parties which may be covered within the definition of ‘related party’, for example, section 185 deals with loans to Directors and to certain other parties in which the Directors are interested; section 192 places restrictions in respect of non-cash transactions with Directors and certain other specified persons; and a number of sections that deal with managerial remuneration.

Further, the Listing Regulations also prescribe specific regulations which govern RPTs for the listed entities. While some provisions are common, however, with the recent amendment to the regulations, the Listing Regulations have been made much more stringent as discussed in this article.

With the aim to review and strengthen the regulatory norms pertaining to RPTs, undertaken by listed entities in India, SEBI constituted a Working Group in November, 2019 comprising members from the Primary Market Advisory Committee (PMAC)1, including persons from the industry, intermediaries, proxy advisers, stock exchanges, lawyers, professional bodies, etc.

On the basis of the recommendations of the working group, SEBI as per Notification dated 9th November, 2021 has further amended provisions relating to RPTs under the SEBI Listing Regulations.

____________________________________________________________
1 Reference may be made to SEBI Meeting – Review of Regulatory Provisions
 
 
EFFECTIVE DATE
The SEBI LODR Amendment Regulations are applicable in a phased manner; certain amendments will be effective from 1st April, 2022, while the remaining amendments will be effective from 1st April, 2023 (as specified in the regulations).SEBI LODR has been amended, inter alia, in respect of the following:
* Definition of ‘related party’ (RP) and ‘related party transactions’ (RPT),
* Change in monetary limits for classification of material RPTs,
* Disclosure requirements for RPTs,
* Process to be followed by Audit Committee for approval of RPTs.

The objective of this article is to provide an overview of the recent amendments made by SEBI and the auditor’s role in the audit of RPTs.

OVERVIEW OF THE AMENDMENTS
Definition of related party
The working group constituted by SEBI felt that the promoter or the promoter group may exercise control over and influence the decision-making of the listed entity. Accordingly, the recommendation was made to consider every person or entity forming part of the promoter or promoter group, irrespective of their shareholding in the listed entity, as a related party.

Existing regulations consider any person or entity to be a related party if he / she or it belongs to the promoter or promoter group of the listed entity holding 20% or more of shareholding in the listed entity.

The amended regulations consider any person or entity to be a related party if
* he / she / it is belonging to the promoter or promoter group of the listed entity (i.e., irrespective of shareholding) or
* if any person or entity is holding 20% or more equity shares either directly or on a beneficial interest basis as per section 89 of the 2013 Act at any time during the preceding financial year and effective from 1st April, 2023 if any person or entity is holding 10% or more of equity shares at any time during the immediately preceding financial year. This amendment will cover persons or entities holding shares as above even if he / it does not form part of the promoter or promoter group of the listed entity.

The rationale behind lowering of these amendments has been explained in the SEBI agenda2 which states that a significant percentage of Indian businesses are structured as intrinsically linked group entities that operate as a single economic unit, with the promoters exercising influence over the entire group. Thus, the promoter or promoter group may exercise control over a company irrespective of the extent of shareholding. There is also the possibility of a shareholder not being classified as a promoter but who may be exercising influence over the decisions of the listed entity by virtue of shareholding.

With the revised definition of related party and the changes in threshold to 10% w.e.f. from 1st April, 2023 it may pose a practical challenge for companies in identification of related parties, in conducting their day-to-day business since companies will need to keep track of such entities at any time during the past financial year, and transactions with such entities will require Audit Committee approval. Companies need to evaluate whether such a shareholder may have ceased to hold any shares in the listed entity in the year of applicability of the amended regulations or in a subsequent year.

_________________________________________________________
2 Reference may be made to the SEBI meeting – Review of Regulatory Provisions
DEFINITION OF RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The scope of the term has been made significantly wider, principally with a view to bring transactions with subsidiaries (listed or unlisted, Indian or foreign) within its ambit.As per existing regulations, the definition covers transfer of resources, services or obligations between a listed entity and an RP, regardless of whether a price is charged, whether there is a single or a group of transactions.

Some of the corporate actions such as issue of securities on preferential basis, rights issue, buy-backs, payment of dividend, sub-division or consolidation, etc., where these provisions are uniformly applicable / offered to all shareholders in proportion to their shareholding, have been excluded from the ambit of the definition.

SEBI has also revised thresholds for determining ‘materiality’ of an RPT. A transaction with a related party shall be considered material if the transaction(s) to be entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year, exceed Rs. 1,000 crores or 10% of the annual consolidated turnover of the listed entity as per its last audited financial statements, whichever is lower (as per existing regulations, the threshold was only 10% of the annual consolidated annual turnover of the listed entity).

It is noteworthy that the scope of RPTs has been extended to include transactions that not only have a direct nexus with an RP but eventually also those which would indirectly benefit the RP. This will entail significant efforts from companies, and they will be required to scrutinise individual transactions with a third party and may also require listed entities to demonstrate that the RP is not benefited from a third-party transaction.

The meaning of purpose and effect’ has not been defined in the SEBI Regulations. In common parlance, purpose would mean to have an intent to benefit the RP and effect is that it actually happens indirectly; it is more of substance-based assessment and management will require to undertake critical evaluation of documentation and the commercial intention of the transaction.

PRIOR APPROVAL FROM AUDIT COMMITTEE AND SHAREHOLDERS
The amended regulations require prior approval of the Audit Committee and shareholders of the listed entity for all related party transactions and subsequent material modifications thereto… Provided that only those members of the Audit Committee, who are Independent Directors, shall approve related party transactions.

There is no need to have prior approval of the Audit Committee and shareholders of a listed entity for a related party transaction where the listed entity is not a party and its listed subsidiary is a party if Regulations 23 and 15(2) of SEBI Listing Regulations are applicable to such listed subsidiary.

1. The definition of the term ‘material modifications’
will be required to be defined by the Audit Committee and disclosed as part
of the policy on materiality.

An RPT to which a subsidiary of a listed entity
is a party (even if the listed entity by itself is not a party) shall require
prior approval from the Audit Committee of the listed entity, if the value of
such transaction (individually or together with previous transaction during
the F.Y.) exceeds

I. 10% of the annual consolidated turnover, as
per the last audited financials of the listed entity (with effect from 1st
April, 2022)

II. 10% of the annual consolidated turnover, as
per the last audited financials of the subsidiary (with effect from 1st
April, 2023)

The scope of an RPT which requires prior shareholders’ and Audit Committee approval has been expanded. Depending on the type of approval, prior approval may be taken, for example, for omnibus approval it may be before the next financial year, while for contract or transaction-based approval, it may be immediately before entering into an RPT. It is not clear whether the regulations will apply to RPTs which were entered into before 1st April 2022. While SEBI may issue a clarification in this regard, one may take a view that the regulations will be applicable prospectively considering there are no specific transitional provisions specified in the amended regulations.

DISCLOSURES
Schedule V to the Listing Regulations specifies the additional disclosures required to be provided by listed entities in their annual report. This, inter alia, includes related party disclosures and disclosures pertaining to the corporate governance report.

Existing timeline is as under:

For equity listed entities – disclosure for the
half year to be submitted within 30 days from the date of publication of its
standalone and consolidated financial results for the half year.

For high value debt listed entities – disclosures
for the half year at the time of submission of their standalone financial
results (on a comply or explain basis up to 31st March, 2023) and
on a mandatory basis from 1st April, 2023.

Revised timeline is as under:

For equity listed entities – within 15 days from
the date of publication of standalone and consolidated financial results for
the half year.

With effect from 1st April, 2023 – on
the date of publication of its standalone and consolidated financial results.

For high value debt listed entities – along with
its standalone results for the half year.

SEBI has issued another Circular dated 22nd November, 2021 which provides detailed disclosure formats of RPTs and information to be placed before the Audit Committee and the shareholders for consideration of the same.

AUDITORS’ ROLE IN AUDIT OF RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The corporate scandals over a period of time have indicated that related parties are often involved in cases of fraudulent financial reporting. The RPTs may provide scope for distorting financial information in financial statements and not presenting accurate information to the decision-makers and stakeholders. The audit of RPTs and transactions presents a particular challenge to auditors due to many reasons, including the following:
(1) Related party relationships and transactions are not always easy to identify due to complex structures
and arrangements;
(2) Management is responsible for identifying all related parties yet may not fully understand the definition of a related party under various regulations or may not want to provide information on the grounds of sensitivity;
(3) Many companies may not have effective internal controls in place for authorising, recording and tracking related party transactions.
(4) Auditors of smaller companies may find it difficult to identify related party relationships and transactions because management may not understand the related party disclosure requirements or their significance. It is therefore important for auditors to be clear about what needs to be disclosed so that they can advise management on the responsibility to prepare financial statements that comply with the relevant accounting framework.

ICAI issued SA 550 Related Parties which deals with the auditor’s responsibilities regarding related party relationships and transactions. Under the current auditing framework, auditors are required to focus on three areas:
1) identification of previously unidentified or undisclosed related parties or transactions.
2) significant related party transactions outside the normal course of business. Related parties may operate through an extensive and complex range of relationships and structures, with a corresponding increase in the complexity of related party transactions.
3) assertions that related party transactions are at arm’s length.

Auditors are required to evaluate whether the effects of RPTs are such that they prevent the financial statements from achieving a true and fair presentation.

With the given plethora of amendments in SEBI regulations, the responsibilities of auditors have been enhanced even further. The auditors need to understand the implications of the amendments on the company’s systems and processes of identification and disclosure of RPTs. The auditor may consider the following illustrative work-steps while conducting an audit of related party relationships and transactions to enhance the quality of the audit.

(i) Plan the audit of related party relationships and transactions by updating existing information, and by obtaining a list of related parties from clients, or compile a list based on discussions with clients. Needless to say, the auditor should consider the amendments to related party regulations for listed entities and their subsidiaries while obtaining such information.

(ii) Make inquiries from the management about changes from the prior period, the nature of the relationships, whether any transactions have been entered into and the type and purpose of the transactions.

(iii) Understand the nature, size and complexity of the businesses and use family trees or document group structures under various laws / statutes and regulations (e.g., income-tax – transfer pricing and indirect tax – GST) to help identify related parties and relationships between the client and related parties.

(iv) Consider the impact of undisclosed related party relationships and transactions as a potential fraud risk.

(v) Understand the controls, if any, that management has put in place to identify, account for, and disclose related party transactions and to approve significant transactions with related parties, and significant transactions outside the normal course of business. Also understand management’s plan to update such controls for change in related party regulations.

(vi) Perform procedures to confirm identified related party relationships and transactions and identify others including:
a. inspecting bank and legal confirmations obtained as part of other audit procedures.
b. inspecting minutes of shareholder and management meetings and any other records or documents considered necessary, such as:
*    Other third-party confirmations (i.e., in addition to bank and legal confirmations)
*    Entity income-tax returns, tax filings and related correspondence
*    Information supplied by the entity to regulatory authorities
*    Records of the entity’s investments and those of its pension plans
*    Contracts or other agreements (including, for example, partnership agreements and side agreements or other arrangements) with key management or those charged with governance
*    Significant contracts renegotiated by the entity during the period
c. Ensure compliance with all the requirements of sections 179, 180, 185, 186, 187 of the Companies Act, 2013 and rules thereunder.
d. When there are other components of the company that are not audited by the parent auditor, coordinate audit procedures with the component auditors to obtain necessary information relating to intercompany transactions and balances.
e. Review minutes and other agreements for support for loans or advances and for evidence of liens, pledges or security interests related to receivables from, or loans and advances to, subsidiaries.
f. Examine the agreements entered between the company and the related parties.

(vii) Consider any fraud risk factors in the context of the requirements of SA 240 Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Fraud in an Audit of Financial Statements.
(viii) Establish the nature of significant transactions outside the company’s normal course of business and whether related parties could be involved, by inquiring of management.
(ix) Consider any arm’s length assertions and obtain supporting evidence from third parties.
(x) Document the identity of related parties and the nature of related party relationships.
(xi) Obtain a representation that management has disclosed the identity of related parties, relationships and transactions of which they are aware, and that related parties and transactions have been appropriately accounted for and disclosed.
(xii) Communicate significant related party matters arising during the audit to those charged with governance unless all of those charged with governance are involved in its management.
(xiii) Ensure that the accounting for and disclosure of related parties and related party transactions are appropriate and in accordance with the applicable financial reporting framework.
(xiv) Reporting of Key Audit Matter (KAM) and determining whether identification of related parties and transactions with related parties is a KAM. SA 701 states that events or transactions that had a significant effect on the financial statements or the audit, may include significant transactions with related parties, significant transactions outside the normal course of business, unusual transactions. The auditor should assess whether a KAM on RPT is required and which require significant auditors’ attention.

Amendments in Corporate Governance Report
The companies as well as auditors should take note of additional disclosures in the corporate governance report by the listed entity and its subsidiaries of ‘Loans and advances’ in the nature of loans to firms / companies in which the Directors are interested by name and amount. A compliance certificate from either the auditors or practising company secretaries regarding compliance of conditions of corporate governance is required to be annexed with the Directors’ report.

CONCLUDING REMARKS
The SEBI LODR Amendment Regulations on RPTs will ensure greater transparency and better corporate governance which will safeguard the interests of all stakeholders and strengthen the regulatory framework. These amendments also enhance the responsibilities of the Audit Committees and the Independent Directors with respect to RPT approvals; Audit Committees will need to define ‘material modifications’ to RPTs, require amendment to the RPT policy, revise data base of RPTs with RPTs of subsidiaries and their value. In the light of the amended provisions, listed entities would need to revisit their list of related parties, RPTs, identify material RPTs which need Audit Committee / shareholder approval and comply with the additional disclosure and documentation requirements. The listed entities will be required to identify new related party transactions based on a review of the present arrangements, update the related party policy to capture amendments and recommend updating of processes, controls for capturing additional data requirement.

The auditors have an important role to play in reporting on related party transactions given the existing responsibilities under Standards on Auditing and amendments made in the Companies (Audit and Auditor’s Reporting) Rules applicable for the financial year ending March, 2022 onwards which requires auditors to obtain representations from management that (other than those disclosed in the financial statements) no funds have been provided to intermediaries with an understanding that the intermediaries would lend or invest or provide guarantee, etc., on behalf of the ultimate beneficiaries. A similar reporting requirement has also been prescribed for receipt of funds from funding parties.

CARO 2020 SERIES: NEW CLAUSES AND MODIFICATIONS NON-BANKING FINANCE COMPANIES (NBFCs) [INCLUDING CORE INVESTMENT COMPANIES]

(This is the sixth article in the CARO 2020 series that started in June, 2021)

BACKGROUND

Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) are entities where generally public money is involved and therefore they have always been subject to greater scrutiny and attention by the regulators (primarily, the Reserve Bank of India [RBI] and the National Housing Bank [NHB]). There are several classes of NBFCs each of which has a separate set of criteria / conditions to fulfil to continue carrying on their business. Core Investment Companies (CICs) are also a separate class of NBFCs which could be used as a tool to camouflage transactions amongst group companies.In the past there have been instances where the general public has lost money in such companies. Hence, to protect the interest of society, responsibilities have been cast on auditors to report some aspects of these companies so that regulators can take necessary action based on the red flags (if any) raised by the auditors.

SCOPE OF REPORTING

The scope of reporting can be analysed under the following clauses:

Clause No. Particulars Nature of change, if any
Clause 3(xvi)(a) RBI Registration: No change*
Whether the company is
required to be registered u/s 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (2
of 1934) and, if so,
whether the registration has
been obtained
Clause 3(xvi)(b) Conduct of Business: New Clause
Whether the company has
conducted any Non-Banking Financial or Housing Finance activities without a
valid Certificate of Registration (CoR) from the Reserve Bank of India as per
the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
Clause 3(xvi)(c)

 

3(xvi)(d)

CICs: New Clause
Whether the company is a
Core Investment Company (CIC) as defined in the regulations made by the
Reserve Bank of India and, if so, whether it continues to fulfil the criteria
of a CIC, and in case the company is an exempted or unregistered CIC, whether
it continues to fulfil such criteria
Whether the Group has more
than one CIC as part of the Group; if yes, indicate the number of CICs which
are part of the Group

*No change and hence not discussed

PRACTICAL CHALLENGES IN REPORTING

The reporting requirements outlined above entail certain practical challenges in respect of the new clauses which are discussed below:

RBI Registration [Clause 3(xvi)(b)]:

Before proceeding further, it would be pertinent to note the following statutory requirements:

NBFCs

As per section 45-I(f) of the RBI Act, 1934, an NBFC is a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 2013 or 1956 which carries on the business of a financial institution or carries on the principal business of receiving deposits or lending in any manner.

As per section 45-I(c) of the RBI Act, the business of a financial institution means the business of financing by way of loans and advances, hire-purchase finance, acquisition of stocks, equities, debentures, any other marketable securities, etc., insurance business, etc.

Exclusions from definition

The NBFC business does not include entities whose principal business is the following:

• Agricultural activity

• Industrial activity

• Purchase or sale of any goods excluding securities

• Sale / Purchase / Construction of any immovable property – Providing of any services.

The following NBFCs are not required to obtain any registration with the RBI, as these are already registered and regulated by other regulators:

• Merchant Banking Companies

• Stock broking companies registered with SEBI

• Venture capital funds

• Insurance companies holding a certificate of registration issued by IRDA

• Chit Fund Companies as defined in section 2, Clause (b) of the Chit Fund Act, 1982

• Nidhi Companies as notified u/s 620(A) of the Companies Act, 1956.

Meaning of principal business

The RBI has defined1 financial activity as principal business to bring clarity to the entities that will be monitored and regulated as NBFCs under the RBI Act. The criteria are called the 50-50 test and are as under:

• The company’s financial assets must constitute 50% of the total assets AND

• The income from financial assets must constitute 50% of the total income.

The RBI, vide its Circular Ref: RBI/2011-12/446 DNBS (PD) CC. No. 259/03.02.59/2011-12 dated 15th March, 2012 has clarified that parking of funds in bank deposits without commencing NBFI activities within a period of six months after registration cannot be treated as financial assets and receipt of interest income on fixed deposits with banks cannot be treated as income from financial assets as these are not covered under the activities mentioned in the definition of ‘financial Institution’ in section 45-I(c) of the RBI Act, 1934. This is because bank deposits constitute near money and can be used only for temporary parking of idle funds, and till the commencement of the NBFI business for the initial six months after registration.


1 Vide Circular DNBS (PD) C.C. No. 81 / 03.05.002 / 2006-07

Housing Finance Activities

Housing Finance Activities are carried on by Housing Finance Institutions. The term ‘Housing Finance Institution’ is not defined in the RBI Act. However, reference can be made to the National Housing Bank Act, 1987 which defines such institutions and the definition is as follows: ‘housing finance institution’ includes every institution, whether incorporated or not, which primarily transacts or has as one of its principal objects the transacting of the business of providing finance for housing, whether directly or indirectly; Housing finance companies are defined under the Housing Finance Companies (National Housing Bank) Directions, 2010 as follows:

‘housing finance company’ means a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956) which primarily transacts or has as one of its principal objects the transacting of the business of providing finance for housing, whether directly or indirectly.Earlier, Housing finance companies were supposed to be registered with the National Housing Bank. However, based on the amendments made to the National Housing Bank Act, 1987 through the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019 now registrations of HFC’s are within the ambit of RBI. All earlier HFCs having obtained registrations under the National Housing Bank Act, 1987 shall be deemed to be registered with the RBI and such HFCs shall comply with the prescribed conditions. Specific Responsibilities of Auditors (Master Direction – Non-Banking Financial Companies Auditor’s Report (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016):

Conducting Non-Banking Financial Activity without a valid Certificate of Registration (CoR) granted by the Bank is an offence under chapter V of the RBI Act, 1934. Therefore, if the company is engaged in the business of a non-banking financial institution as defined in section 45-I(a) of the RBI Act and meeting the Principal Business Criteria (Financial asset / income pattern) as laid down vide the Bank’s press release dated 8th April, 1999, and directions1 issued by DNBR, the auditor shall examine whether the company has obtained a Certificate of Registration (CoR) from the Bank.

Categorisation of NBFCs

NBFCs have been categorised as under based on whether they accept public deposits as well as based on their assets size and type of activities.

Systemically Important Non-Deposit-taking NBFC (NBFC-ND-SI):

The following are the key conditions which are required to be complied with by such companies as per the relevant RBI directions:

a) A minimum asset size of Rs. 500 crores is required to be maintained.

b) If the asset size post registration falls below Rs. 500 crores in a given month due to temporary fluctuations and not due to actual downsizing, the NBFCs shall continue to meet the reporting requirements and shall comply with the extant directions as applicable to NBFC-NDSI till the submission of its next audited balance sheet to the RBI. A specific dispensation letter from the RBI should be obtained in this regard.

c) It has net owned funds of Rs. 200 lakhs as per the latest audited balance sheet unless it undertakes specific business activities as indicated subsequently.

Non-Systemically Important Non-Deposit-taking NBFC (NBFC-ND-NSI)

The following are the key conditions which are required to be complied with by such companies as per the relevant RBI directions:

A) Asset size should be below Rs. 500 crores.

B) It has net owned funds of Rs. 200 lakhs as per the latest audited balance sheet unless it undertakes specific business activities as indicated subsequently.

Deposit-taking NBFC (NBFC-D):

A) It has net owned funds of Rs. 200 lakhs as per the latest audited balance sheet unless it undertakes specific business activities as indicated subsequently.

B) It complies with the various operational provisions for acceptance, renewal, repayment of public deposits and other related matters in terms of the NBFC Acceptance of Public Deposits (RBI) Directions, 2016.

Investment and Credit Company:

It is an NBFC which satisfies the following criteria:

a) Any company which is a financial institution carrying on as its principal business – asset finance, the providing of finance whether by making loans or advances or otherwise for any activity other than its own; and

b) Any company which is a financial institution carrying on as its principal business the acquisition of securities and is not in any other category of NBFC as defined by the RBI in any of its Master Directions.

Factoring Companies:

a) They should be registered with the RBI u/s 3 of the Factoring Regulation Act, 2011.

b) The financial assets in the factoring business should constitute at least 50% of the total assets and the income derived from the factoring business is not less than 50% of the total income.

‘Factoring business’ means the business of acquisition of receivables of assignor by accepting assignment of such receivables or financing, whether by way of making loans or advances or otherwise against the security interest over any receivables but does not include –

(i) credit facilities provided by a bank in its ordinary course of business against security of receivables;

(ii) any activity as commission agent or otherwise for sale of agricultural produce or goods of any kind whatsoever or any activity relating to the production, storage, supply, distribution, acquisition or control of such produce or goods or provision of any services (as defined in the Factoring Regulation Act, 2011).

Infrastructure Debt Fund NBFC (IDF-NBFC):

a) The sponsor entity should be registered as an Infrastructure Finance Company [IFC] (see below).

b) The sponsor entity should comply with the following conditions:

(i) It has obtained the prior approval of the RBI to sponsor an IDF-NBFC.

(ii) It shall be allowed to contribute a maximum of 49% to the equity of the IDF-NBFCs with a minimum equity holding of 30% of the equity of the IDF-NBFC.

(iii) Post investment in the IDF-NBFC, the sponsor must maintain minimum Capital to Risk Assets Ratio (CRAR) and Net Owned Funds (NOF) prescribed for IFCs.

c) The IDF-NBFC shall comply with the following conditions:

(i) It has Net Owned Funds of Rs. 300 crores or more.

(ii) It invests only in Public Private Partnerships (PPP) and post commencement operations date (COD) infrastructure projects which have completed at least one year of satisfactory commercial operations.

(iii) It has entered into a Tripartite Agreement (involving the IDF-NBFC, the concessionaire and relevant project authority) in accordance with the prescribed guidelines.

(iv) It shall have at the minimum a credit rating grade of ‘A’ of CRISIL or equivalent rating issued by other accredited rating agencies such as FITCH, CARE and ICRA.

(v) It shall have at the minimum CRAR of 15% and Tier II Capital shall not exceed Tier I Capital.

NBFC – Micro Finance Institutions (NBFC-MFIs):

a) It has net owned funds of Rs. 500 lakhs (except if it is registered in the North Eastern Region, in which case the requirement is Rs. 200 lakhs).

b) It has a capital adequacy ratio consisting of Tier I and Tier II Capital which shall not be less than 15%. The total of Tier II Capital at any point of time shall not exceed 100% of Tier I Capital.

c) It needs to ensure that not less than 85% of the net assets (total assets other than cash and bank balances and money market instruments) are in the nature of qualifying assets. [As defined in the RBI Guidelines.]

NBFC – Infrastructure Finance Company (NBFC-IFC):

a) It does not accept deposits.

b) A minimum of 75% of its total assets are deployed in ‘infrastructure lending’. [See note below]

c) It has Net Owned Funds of Rs. 300 crores or more.

d) It shall have at the minimum a credit rating grade of ‘A’ of CRISIL or equivalent rating issued by other accredited rating agencies such as FITCH, CARE and ICRA.

e) It shall have at the minimum CRAR of 15% (with a minimum Tier I capital of 10%).

‘Infrastructure lending’ means a credit facility extended by an NBFC to a borrower by way of term loan, project loan subscription to bonds / debentures / preference shares / equity shares in a project company acquired as a part of the project finance package such that subscription amount to be ‘in the nature of advance’ or any other form of long-term funded facility for exposure in the infrastructure sub-sectors as notified by the Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance, Government of India, from time to time.

NBFC Account Aggregator:

a) The entity has net owned funds of Rs. 200 lakhs and above.

b) The entity does not have a leverage ratio [ratio of outside liabilities excluding borrowings / loans from group companies to owned funds] of more than seven.

c) There is a Board-Approved Policy for undertaking the business as an Account Aggregator, including the pricing thereof which at least provides the matters as laid down in the guidelines.

‘Business of an Account Aggregator’ means the business of providing under a contract, service in the following matters:

(i) retrieving or collecting such specified financial information [as prescribed by the RBI] pertaining to its customers, as may be specified by the RBI from time to time; and

(ii) consolidating, organising and presenting such information to the customer or any other financial information user [an entity registered with and regulated by any financial sector regulator{RBI, SEBI, IRDA and PFRDA}] as may be specified by the RBI provided that the financial information pertaining to the customer shall not be the property of the Account Aggregator, and not be used in any other manner.

NBFC Peer-to-Peer Lending Platform (NBFC P2P):

a) The entity has net owned funds of Rs. 200 lakhs and above.

b) There is a Board-Approved Policy for undertaking the business on the Peer-to-Peer Lending platform, including the pricing thereof which at least provides the matters as laid down in the guidelines.

‘Peer-to-Peer Lending Platform’ means an intermediary providing the services of loan facilitation via online medium or otherwise, except as indicated hereunder, to the participants who have entered into an arrangement with an NBFC P2P to lend on it or to avail of loan facilitation services provided by it.

(i) Not to raise deposits as defined by or u/s 45-I(bb) of the Act or the Companies Act, 2013;

(ii) Not to lend on its own;

(iii) Not to provide or arrange any credit enhancement or credit guarantee;

(iv) Not to facilitate or permit any secured lending linked to its platform; i.e., only clean loans will be permitted;

(v) Not to hold, on its own balance sheet, funds received from lenders for lending, or funds received from borrowers for servicing loans; or such funds as stipulated below;

(vi) Not cross-sell any product except for loan-specific insurance products.

Securitisation and Reconstruction Companies

a) The entity has net owned funds of Rs. 200 lakhs and above.

b) It should undertake the business of securitisation and asset reconstruction in accordance with the prescribed guidelines for which there is a proper Board-Approved policy, covering the following matters, amongst others:

(i) Acquisition of financial assets.

(ii) Rescheduling of debts.

(iii) Enforcement of security interest.

(iv) Settlement of dues payable by the borrower.

(v) Conversion of debt into equity.

(vi) Realisation plan. Change / takeover of management.

(vii) Issue of security receipts and related matters.

Keeping in mind the above reporting requirements, the following are some of the practical challenges that could arise in reporting under this Clause:

a) Entities engaged in other than NBFI activities: The auditor may come across situations in which a company engaged in other than NBFI activities holds funds in financial assets which may be in excess of 50%, pending deployment in the business, or due to other business / commercial reasons. In such cases the auditor needs to examine the objects of the company in the Memorandum of Association, minutes of the Board / other committee meetings, business plans, etc., and also whether the company has corresponded with the RBI and accordingly make a factual mention under this Clause. He should use his judgement based on the facts and circumstances and apply professional scepticism. If required, he should obtain management representation only as additional evidence and not as a substitute for other audit procedures.

b) NBFCs not requiring registration under the RBI Act: For such entities as identified above, the auditor should check whether they have obtained registration from SEBI or other applicable regulators since strictly they are also regarded as NBFCs in terms of the RBI guidelines and accordingly appropriate factual reporting is recommended. This aspect is not covered in the Guidance Note and a clarification from the MCA and / or the ICAI on the same is desirable.

c) Withdrawal / revocation / suspension / surrender of Certificate of Registration: The auditor should check whether the certificate of registration is withdrawn, revoked, suspended or surrendered and ascertain the reasons for the same and whether the same could affect the going concern assumption and accordingly ensure consistency in reporting. This is particularly relevant for specific classes of NBFCs as indicated earlier and whether they are undertaking only the prescribed activities and complying with the specific conditions as laid down. He should use his judgement based on the facts and circumstances and apply professional scepticism and ensure factual reporting, as deemed necessary. If required he should obtain management representation only as additional evidence and not as a substitute for other audit procedures. Finally, he should also seek guidance as per SA 250 dealing with reporting responsibilities due to non-compliance with laws and regulations.

d) Reporting under the RBI guidelines: The auditor should keep in mind the specific certification and reporting responsibilities under the NBFC Auditors Report (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016 to report any non-compliances or exceptions, as prescribed (which includes carrying on business on the basis of a registration certificate), as well as any other deviations, especially those impacting specific classes of companies as indicated above. In such cases there should be consistency in reporting both under the Directions as well as under this Clause with appropriate cross-referencing and linking.

CICs [Clause 3(xvi)(c) and (d)]:

Before proceeding further, it would be pertinent to note the following statutory requirements:

Definition of Core Investment Companies – CIC’s

Core Investment Companies are defined as companies which comply with the following conditions as on the date of the last audited balance sheet:

i. it holds not less than 90% of its net assets in the form of investment in equity shares, preference shares, bonds, debentures, debt or loans in group companies;

ii. its investments in the equity shares (including instruments compulsorily convertible into equity shares within a period not exceeding ten years from the date of issue) in group companies and units of Infrastructure Investment Trust only as sponsor constitute not less than 60% of its net assets as mentioned in Clause (i) above…
provided that the exposure of such CICs towards InvITs shall be limited to their holdings as sponsors and shall not, at any point in time, exceed the minimum holding of units and tenor prescribed in this regard by SEBI (Infrastructure Investment Trusts) Regulations, 2014 as amended from time to time.

iii. it does not trade in its investments in shares, bonds, debentures, debt or loans in group companies except through block sale for the purpose of dilution or disinvestment;

iv. it does not carry on any other financial activity referred to in sections 45-I(c) and 45-I(f) of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 except

a. investment in

(i) bank deposits,

(ii) money market instruments, including money market mutual funds and liquid mutual funds,

(iii) government securities, and

(iv) bonds or debentures issued by group companies

b. granting of loans to group companies and

c. issuing guarantees on behalf of group companies.

Definition of Group Companies

‘Companies in the Group’ means an arrangement involving two or more entities related to each other through any of the following relationships:

a) Subsidiary-parent (defined in terms of AS 21),

b) Joint venture (defined in terms of AS 27),

c) Associate (defined in terms of AS 23),

d) Promoter – promotee [as provided in the SEBI (Acquisition of Shares and Takeover) Regulations, 1997] for listed companies,

e) a related party (defined in terms of AS 18),

f) Common brand name, and

g) investment in equity shares of 20% and above.

Note: Even in case of entities which adopt Ind AS, it appears that the group companies would have to be identified as per the criteria prescribed in the respective local Accounting Standards.

Definition of Net Assets:

Net Assets means total assets as appearing on the assets side of the balance sheet but excluding

* cash and bank balances;

* investment in money market instruments;

* advance payments of taxes; and

* deferred tax asset.


2 ‘Public funds’ includes funds raised either directly or indirectly through public deposits, inter-corporate deposits, bank finance and all funds received from outside sources such as funds raised by issue of Commercial Papers, debentures, etc., but excludes funds raised by issue of instruments compulsorily convertible into equity shares within a period not exceeding ten years from the date of issue

Registration requirements

CICs having total assets of Rs. 100 crores or more either individually or in aggregate along with other CICs in the group and which raise or hold public funds2 are categorised as Systematically Important Core Investment Company (CIC-ND-SI). All CIC-ND-SI are required to apply to RBI for grant of certificate of registration. Every CIC shall apply to the RBI for grant of certificate of registration within a period of three months from the date of becoming a CIC-ND-SI.CIC-ND-SI who do not have asset size of more than Rs. 100 crores and Core Investment Companies that do not have access to public funds are exempted from the registration requirement with RBI. This exemption is not applicable to CICs who intend to make overseas investment in the financial sector. However, these CICs shall pass a Board Resolution that they will not, in the future, access public funds.CICs investing in Joint Venture / Subsidiary / Representative Offices overseas in the financial sector shall require prior approval from the RBI.

Raising of Tier II Capital by NBFCs

‘Tier II capital’ includes the following:

a) Preference shares other than those which are compulsorily convertible into equity;

b) Revaluation Reserves at discounted rate of 55%;

c) General provisions (including that for Standard Assets) and loss reserves to the extent these are not attributable to actual diminution in value or identifiable potential loss in any specific asset and are available to meet unexpected losses, to the extent of one and one fourth per cent of risk weighted assets;

d) Hybrid debt capital instruments [a capital instrument which possesses certain characteristics of equity as well as of debt];

e) Subordinated debt [see below]; and

f) Perpetual debt instruments issued by a non-deposit-taking NBFC which is in excess of what qualifies for Tier I Capital, to the extent the aggregate does not exceed Tier I capital.Subordinated Debt

It means an instrument which fulfils the following conditions:

a) It is fully paid-up;

b) It is unsecured;

c) It is subordinated to the claims of other creditors;

d) It is free from restrictive clauses; and

e) It is not redeemable at the instance of the holder or without the consent of the supervisory authority of the non-banking financial company.

Keeping in mind the above reporting requirements, the following are some of the practical challenges that could arise in reporting under this Clause:

a) Identifying subsidiaries and associates: Since this Clause requires identification of investments in group companies, viz., subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates under the respective Accounting Standards under Indian GAAP, there could be practical challenges for companies adopting Ind AS, since the definitions therein could be different.

There is emphasis on legal control under AS 21, 23 and 27 for companies adopting Indian GAAP. The concept of control and, therefore, subsidiary relationship under Ind AS 110 is much broader. Existence of factors such as de facto control, potential voting rights, control through de facto agents, power to enforce certain decisions, etc., have to be considered, which are not considered for the purpose of section 2(87). Hence, for companies adopting Ind AS there could be differences between what is disclosed in the accounts as group companies and what is required for identifying CICs under this Clause, which would need to be reconciled to ensure completeness of reporting. The auditors of Ind AS companies will need to take utmost care about this distinction while dealing with this Clause.

b) Companies adopting Ind AS: One of the criteria for exemption of CIC-ND-SI with asset size of less than Rs. 100 crores from registration is that it does not accept ‘Public Funds’ as defined above. Companies adopting Ind AS are likely to face certain practical challenges as under:

* The borrowings need to be considered on the basis of the legal form rather than on the basis of the substance of the arrangements as is required in terms of Ind AS 32 and 109. Accordingly, redeemable preference shares from the public though considered as financial liabilities / borrowings under Ind AS, will not be considered in the definition of public funds since legally they are in the nature of share capital. Similarly, optionally convertible debentures raised from the public though considered as compound financial instruments or equity under Ind AS, will be considered in the definition of public funds since only funds raised by issue of instruments compulsorily convertible into equity shares within a period not exceeding ten years from the date of issue are exempted from the definition of public deposits.

* Such NBFCs raising Tier II capital (including any subordinated debt) from the public would need to carefully examine the terms and conditions and accordingly ensure that any instrument which is in the nature of equity in terms of Ind AS 32 and 109 is not considered ‘public funds’ as referred to earlier. In respect of hybrid instruments, the predominant legal characteristics would need to be considered even if certain portion is classified as equity in terms of Ind AS 32 and 109. The auditors of Ind AS companies will need to take utmost care about this distinction while dealing with this Clause.

c) Reporting under the RBI guidelines: Similar considerations as discussed under Clause 3(xvi)(b) earlier would apply.

CONCLUSION

The additional reporting responsibilities have placed specific responsibilities on the auditors in the light of several recent failures in the sector and the expectation bar has been substantially raised amongst the various stakeholders. Accordingly, they would need to be equally adept both at pole vaulting as well as long jump to cross the raised bar!

DO CONGLOMERATE STRUCTURES FACILITATE BUSINESS EFFICIENCY?

A very common business structure used across the world for business control and management is that of Holding Companies. Business Promoter Groups hold shareholding interest in entities through the process of intercompany shareholding, everything finally rising to the top into a company which is called the ultimate Holding Company of that Business Group.

The purpose of this article is not financial analysis but to attempt to understand the reasons for variations and what could be the takeaways for corporate businesses.

These Holding Companies could have reporting entities (mainly subsidiaries) on a geographical basis (subsidiaries overseas) or on different business basis (national or international).

The writer analysed ten entities which have standalone businesses and investments in subsidiaries / joint ventures / associates. For the purpose of further discussion, two entities were dropped – one had losses and the other had negative working capital. The remaining eight entities are:

1. Infosys Ltd.;
2. Hindustan Unilever Ltd.;
3. Tata Chemicals Ltd.;
4. WIPRO Ltd.;
5. Tata Consumer Products Ltd.;
6. Maruti Suzuki Ltd.;
7. Godrej Consumer Products Ltd.;
8. Dr. Reddy’s Labs Ltd.

These entities were analysed for six Key High-Level Ratios at Standalone Business and Consolidated Financials basis:
a) Net Profit Before Tax to Total Revenue – as %;
b) Earnings before Interest and Tax (EBIT) to Total Revenue – as %;
c) Earnings before Interest, Depreciation, Amortisation and Tax (EBITDA) to Total Revenue – as %;
d) Return on Capital Employed – as % of EBIT divided by Capital Employed;
e) Turnover of Capital Employed – Number of Times Capital Employed is turned to get Total Revenue on annualised basis;
f) Working Capital Turnover – Number of times Working Capital is turned to get Total Revenue on annualised basis.

In ratios (a) to (d) above, the higher percentage is better and in the last two turnover ratios, a higher number of times indicates improved efficiency. For all eight companies, a comparison of the ratios at standalone and consolidated entity were done and the following were the results.

Findings from the ratios:
1) In two specific companies all six ratios at the Consolidated Financials stage were lower than at standalone stage;
2) In four companies, five ratios at CFS were lower than standalone entities;
3) In one company, four ratios at CFS were lower than standalone entity;
4) In one company, two ratios at CFS were lower than standalone entity – it was the only case where consolidated financials could be said to be stronger than standalone financials.

Clearly, the performance of the satellite units is NOT adding value to the standalone Holding Company.

The questions that one needs to ask are:
(a) Through the process of creating multiple subsidiaries, are we losing supervision of performance and management control on the business? This is a serious issue at the stage that India is – since inefficiency of Financial / HR / Management resources results in less than optimum performance;
(b) The Holding Company for whatever reasons – emotional on retaining / nurturing businesses or improper analysis of business study – thereby holding on to companies / businesses that it should legitimately divest;
(c) Is the financial reporting of business performance of a good quality so the right red flags are raised, or do matters suddenly blow up and management is left wondering what could have gone amiss;
(d) Are subsidiaries allowed a free run, with inadequate supervision or manned by a management cadre which is not up to the task? Are there no demands of performance on them since the subsidiaries are small businesses, not paid much attention to;
(e) Is there excessive management focus on holding company standalone businesses and the focus on other related entities is much less, resulting in great surprises when things go wrong.

Whatever may be the reasons, the recent IL&FS and DHFL cases have shown the need for much superior monitoring of conglomerate structures. Often, many skeletons start coming out of the closet on a trigger event occurring and they impact the ultimate Holding Company. There is no doubt that Boards of Directors, Auditors, Rating agencies, Capital markets (mainly minority shareholders) have been stung by these two cases. The need to focus on Consolidated Financials Statements is being felt stronger than ever before. CFS is no longer an accounting exercise devoid of practical applications.

One way of improving Indian corporate efficiency is ensuring that the variation in performance parameters in standalone and consolidated financials is not too significant to create cause for concern. In the eight companies forming part of this study, the variations were quite significant, reflecting the need for tighter management review and control.

It is my opinion that all companies which are listed Holding Companies and entities which are not listed but have a certain large size on Total Revenues and / or Net Worth, must have the following done for their fulfilment of legal requirements:

1) Look at the possibility of Holding Company dividends being considered not at standalone entity level but at consolidated financials level so that there is proper emphasis on performance and linking the same with dividends payouts;
2) Managerial remuneration under the Companies Act MUST BE guided not by standalone entity performance but by Holding Company (CFS) level performance.

There is reason to believe that both the above actions will force Promoter Groups to focus on overall performance rather than on standalone performance.

Note – The author wishes to thank the professionals that he has connected with for the purpose of clarifications on the subject of this Article.

MLI SERIES -ARTICLE 10 – ANTI-ABUSE RULE FOR PEs SITUATED IN THIRD JURISDICTIONS (Part 2)

In the first part of this article (BCAJ, December, 2021), the authors covered the background for the introduction of this anti-avoidance rule, its broad structure, some of the issues arising in interpretation of the said rule and the interplay of this rule with the other articles of the MLI and other anti-avoidance measures. In this second part, they analyse some practical challenges arising on account of the difference in the tax rates of the jurisdictions involved and the impact of the anti-avoidance rule on India. This part shall also cover the difference between Article 10 of the MLI and the BEPS Action Plan 6 Report on the basis of which the rule was incorporated in the MLI and Article 29 of the OECD Model

1. DIFFERENCE IN LANGUAGE IN BEPS ACTION 6 AND MLI
As mentioned in the first part of this article, there are certain differences between the suggested language in the final report of the BEPS Action Plan 6 and that in Article 10 of the MLI.

The first major difference is in respect of the implication of the application of the Article. In case Article 10 of the MLI applies, the Source State (State S) shall not be restricted by the DTAA and can tax the said income as per the domestic tax law. The draft language in the BEPS Action Report provided that in case the anti-abuse provisions apply, the Source State (State S) can tax income other than dividends, interest or royalties under the domestic tax law. In respect of the specified income, i.e., dividends, interest or royalties, the tax to be charged by the Source State would be restricted to a rate to be determined.

The other difference is in respect of the exemption from application of the anti-abuse rule. This difference is further explained in para 4 of this article.

Another difference between the BEPS Action Plan 6 report and Article 10 of the MLI is in respect of the conditions for triggering of the rule. Article 10 of the MLI applies if the income is exempt in State R and the tax rate in State PE is lower than 60% of the tax rate in State R. The BEPS Report had provided another optional language which can be used, wherein State S can deny the benefits in the treaty if the tax rate in State PE is lower than 60% of the tax rate in State R. In other words, under this optional language the condition that the income should be exempt in State R was not required to be triggered to apply the rule. Similar language has also been provided in the OECD Model Commentary as an optional language that countries can bilaterally negotiate.

While Article 29 of the OECD Model is largely similar to Article 10 of the MLI, there are two significant differences. The first one is discussed in the above paragraph. Another difference is in respect of the 60% threshold. The OECD Model provides that if the tax rate in State PE is less than 60% of the tax rate in State R, the rule would not apply if the tax rate in State PE is higher than a rate which is to be bilaterally agreed.

2. ISSUES ARISING ON ACCOUNT OF DIFFERENCE IN TAX RATES IN STATE PE AND STATE R
Article 10(1) of the MLI provides that in certain circumstances, benefit of the S-R DTAA shall not be available to any item of income on which the tax in State PE is less than 60% of the tax that would be imposed in the State R on that item of income if that PE were situated in State R.

Therefore, the article requires one to first hypothesise a PE of the taxpayer (A Co) in State R and if the rate of tax in State PE on that item of income is less than 60% of the tax on the same item of income in State R, then the benefit of the R-S DTAA shall not be available in State S.

Hypothesising a PE of the taxpayer in State R can result in various issues, some of which are discussed below.

2.1 Which tax rate is to be considered?
This issue is explained by way of an example. Let us assume gross income of 100, expenses of 80 and the tax rate in State R is 30%, the general corporate tax rate on PE in State PE is 20% but due to certain incentives provided by State PE, the tax on income from financing activities is 10%. In such a scenario, the question is should one compare the 30% rate in State R with 20% in State PE or with the actual tax rate of 10% in State PE? If one takes a view that the headline tax rate is to be considered, Article 10 of the MLI may not have an impact as the tax rate in State PE (20%) is more than 60% of the tax rate in State R (30%).

However, in the view of the authors, as Article 10(1) of the MLI refers to tax on an ‘item of income’, one would need to look at the effective tax rate of 10% in this case in State PE and compare the same with that in State R. This view is keeping in mind the objective of the provisions that the State S should not give up its right of taxation to the State R unless the income is taxed by the PE State at a minimum of 60% of the tax which would have been levied in the State R.

A similar view has also been provided in para 166 of the OECD Commentary on Article 29 wherein the mechanism provides that one should compare the ratio of the tax applicable to the net profit of the PE in both states – State PE as well as State R.

2.2 What would be the case if there is a loss in the State PE?
Another issue which arises is what would be the case if there is a loss in a particular year in the State PE. Let us assume the following facts:

Particulars

Year
1

Year
2

Gross income of the PE

100

100

Deductible expenses

120

90

Net taxable income of PE (before set-off of loss)

(20)

30

Tax rate in State PE

20%

Tax rate in State R

30%

In the above case, in Year 1, the tax paid in State PE is Nil on account of the loss. Assuming that the mode of claiming deduction, etc., and the amount of deduction in State R is similar to that in State PE (refer para 3.3.4 for issues arising on account of difference in the mode of computation in both the jurisdictions), no income is taxed in State R and therefore one may be able to argue that in Year 1 Article 10 of the MLI is not triggered as the rate of tax in State PE is more than 60% of the rate of tax in State R on the same item of income.

Now, in Year 2 in State PE the tax payable would be 2 (20% of 10) as one would reduce the loss brought forward from Year 1 while computing the income of Year 2. This would be possible even in the absence of a specific provision in the domestic tax law of State PE on account of Article 24 of the State R-State PE DTAA, dealing with Non-Discrimination, which provides that a PE in a jurisdiction should be taxed in the same manner as a resident of the said jurisdiction1. Now, in State R, assuming that the taxpayer has other income as well, no set-off of loss would be possible as the income of a resident is taxed on a net basis (i.e., by aggregating the income of any PE in that State as well as the head office in that State) and, therefore, there is no loss brought forward. In such a case, the tax paid in State R in Year 2 would be 9 (30% of 30) and as the tax paid in State PE is less than 60% of the tax paid in State R, Article 10 of MLI could trigger even though the tax rate on the item of income in State PE (20%) is more than 60% of the tax rate on the said item of income in State R (30%).

However, in the said fact pattern, in the view of the authors, Article 10 of the MLI should not trigger as the difference is only on account of the losses incurred in State PE and due to the fact that other income earned in State R is used to set-off the loss of the PE in Year 1, resulting in no carry forward of the loss.

Alternatively, a better view of the matter would be to hypothesise the PE as a separate entity in State R and then compare the tax payable in State R and State PE. This view is in line with the objective of the provisions, which is to deny treaty benefits if the tax rate in State PE is less than 60% of the tax rate in State R on that item of income.

___________________________________________________________________
1 Refer para 40(c) of the OECD Commentary on Article 24

2.3 Whether tax credit in State PE or State R of taxes paid in State S to be considered?
The question arises whether one should compare the taxes in State R and State PE or should one ignore the tax credit for such comparison. Let us consider the following illustration:

Particulars

Amount

Gross amount

100

Expenses deductible

80

Net profit attributable to PE

20

Tax rate in State PE

20%

Tax rate in State R

30%

Tax rate as per State S-State PE DTAA

10%

Tax rate as per State S-State R DTAA

10%

In the above illustration, if one does not consider the tax credit, the tax rate in State PE (20%) is more than 60% of the tax rate in State R (30%) and therefore Article 10 of the MLI should not be triggered. However, assuming that State PE applies the Non-Discrimination article as mentioned in the first part of this article, and grants credit for the taxes paid in State S, the actual tax paid in State PE would be 2.

Further, while State R would actually not provide any tax credit (as it follows the exemption method), when one hypothesises a PE in State R, tax credit for taxes paid under the R-S DTAA would also be considered. In such a scenario, the hypothetical tax payable in State R after tax credit would be 4 and if one now compares the taxes in State PE (2) with that of State R (4), Article 10 of the MLI could be triggered.

However, in the view of the authors, given the objective of the provisions, the comparison should be in respect of the taxes before the tax credit as one is trying to evaluate if the tax in State PE is substantially lower than the tax in State R. One may also draw a similar conclusion from para 166 of the OECD Commentary on Article 29 which refers to ‘tax that applies’ to the relevant item of income and not tax paid.

2.4 Issue relating to difference in the mode of computation of income in State R vs. in State PE
Given that each country has a different set of rules for computing income, there may be a difference in the tax applicable on an item of income on account of the difference in the mode of computation in these jurisdictions.

Let us first take an illustration wherein the income is taxed on a net basis in State PE, but on gross basis in State R. This could be possible, say in the case of dividend received from a foreign company and taxed on gross basis akin to section 115BBD of the Act. The facts of the illustration are as follows:

Particulars

Amount

Gross amount

100

Expenses deductible

80

Net profit attributable to PE

20

Tax rate in State PE

20%

Tax rate in State R

10% on gross income

In the above illustration, the tax payable in State PE would be 4 (20% of 20). On the other hand, if one hypothesises a PE in State R, given that State R taxes the income on gross basis (irrespective of whether the resident has a PE in the Residence State or not), the hypothetical tax payable in State R would be 10 (10% of 100).

In such a scenario, even though the headline tax rate in State PE is in fact higher than the tax rate in State R, given that State PE taxes the PE on a net basis whereas State R taxes the income on gross basis, Article 10 of the MLI could be triggered as the tax applicable on the item of income in State PE (4) is less than that applicable in State R (10).

Another issue arises where the amount of deduction allowable is different in both the jurisdictions. Let us take an illustration wherein the facts are as follows:

Particulars

Amount
in State PE

Amount
in State R

Gross amount

100

100

Expenses deductible

80

60

Net profit attributable to PE

20

40

Tax rate

20%

30%

In the above illustration, the tax payable in State PE is 4 (20% of 20) whereas the tax payable in State R if the PE was in State R is 12 (30% of 40). Therefore, even though the headline tax rate in State PE (20%) is more than 60% of that in State R (30%), Article 10 of the MLI would trigger as one needs to compare the tax applicable on an item of income in accordance with the provisions applicable in the respective jurisdictions.

This is also in line with the objective of the provisions.

3. PARA 2 OF ARTICLE 10 OF MLI – WHAT IS CONSIDERED AS ACTIVE CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
Para 2 of Article 10 of the MLI provides that the anti-abuse provisions of Article 10 of the MLI shall not apply if the income is derived in connection with or is incidental to the active conduct of a business carried out through the PE. The exception to the exemption is the business of making, managing or simply holding investments for the enterprise’s own account. However, if the business of making, managing or holding investments represents banking, insurance or securities activities carried on by a bank, insurance enterprise or registered securities dealer, respectively, it would be covered under the exemption from the application of the anti-abuse rules.

Paras 167, 74, 75 and 76 of OECD Commentary on Article 29 provide some guidance on what would be considered as income derived in connection with or incidental to the active conduct of business. The Commentary provides that whether an item of income is derived in connection with active business it must be determined on the basis of the facts and circumstances of the case.

Let us look at the following examples to understand whether income in the form of dividend, interest or royalty can be considered as derived in connection with the active conduct of business of the PE:
a. A Co, resident of State R, is in the business of trading securities through its office situated in State PE. As a part of the trading activity, it invests in shares of B Co, a company resident of State S, which pays dividends to A Co. Such dividends may be considered as income derived in connection with the active conduct of business by the PE of A Co in State PE and therefore the anti-abuse provisions in Article 10 would not apply.
b. Similar to the facts above except that instead of investing in shares, A Co invests in debt securities of B Co and trades in such debt securities… In such a scenario, interest earned by A Co may be considered as income derived in connection with the active conduct of the business by the PE of A Co.
c. A Co, a resident of State R, sets up a research and development centre in State PE. It licences the intangible arising out of such R&D to B Co, a company resident of State S, which pays royalty to A Co. Such royalty would be considered as income derived in connection with the active conduct of business by the PE of A Co in State PE.

The draft language in the final BEPS Action Plan 6 report also specifically exempted from the application of the anti-abuse provisions, royalties received as compensation for the use of, or the right to use, intangible property produced or developed by the enterprise through the PE. However, given that such an activity would in any case constitute an active conduct of business by the PE, such language is not provided in the final provisions in the MLI.

4. PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF MLI ARTICLE 10 FOR INDIA TREATIES
4.1 Treaties impacted
The Table below highlights the countries and their position with India in relation to applicability of Article 102:

Sr.
No.

Respective
countries

Particulars

Impact

1

1. Australia

2. Belgium

3. Bulgaria

4. Canada

5. Colombia

6. Croatia

7. Cyprus

8. Czech Republic

9. Egypt

10. Estonia

11. Finland

12. France

13. Georgia

14. Greece

15. Hungary

16. Iceland

17. Indonesia

18. Ireland

19. Italy

20. Jordan

21. Korea

22. Kuwait

23. Latvia

24. Lithuania

25. Luxembourg

26. Malaysia

27. Malta

28. Morocco

29. Norway

30. Poland

31. Portugal

32. Qatar

33. Saudi Arabia

34. Serbia

35. Singapore

36. South Africa

37. Sweden

38. Turkey

39. United Arab Emirates

40. United Kingdom

41. North Macedonia

India has not reserved rights for
Article 10 of MLI.

Other CJs have reserved the rights
for non-applicability of the provisions of Article 10 under paragraph 5(a)

Thus, Article 10 will not be
applicable in entirety

No change in the existing treaty

2

1. Andorra

2. Argentina

3. Bahrain

4. Barbados

11. Costa Rica

12. Côte d’Ivoire

13. Curaçao

14. Gabon

21. Nigeria

22. Pakistan

23. Panama

 

 

Not notified as CTA by both the CJs

MLI not applicable

2

(continued)

 

5. Belize

6. Bosnia and Herzegovina

7. Burkina Faso

8. Cameroon

9. China

10. Chile

(continued)

 

15. Guernsey

16. Isle of Man

17. Jamaica

18. Jersey

19. Liechtenstein

20. Monaco

 

(continued)

 

24. Papua New Guinea

25. Peru

26. San Marino

27. Senegal

28. Seychelles

29. Tunisia

 

 

 

3

1. Germany

2. Hong Kong

3. Mauritius

4. Oman

5. Switzerland

 

 

 

Not notified as CTA by other CJs

(Other CJ has not notified
its DTAA with India as CTA. Thus, MLI will not be applicable)

MLI not applicable

4

1. Bangladesh

2. Belarus

3. Bhutan

4. Botswana

5. Brazil

6. Ethiopia

7. Kyrgyz Republic

8. Libya

9. Macedonia

10. Mongolia

11. Montenegro

12. Mozambique

13. Myanmar

14. Namibia

15. Nepal

16. Philippines

17. Sri Lanka

18. Sudan

19. Syria

20. Tajikistan

21. Tanzania

22. Thailand

23. Trinidad & Tobago

24. Turkmenistan

25. Uganda

26. USA

27. Uzbekistan

28. Vietnam

29. Zambia

 

MLI not signed by other CJs

MLI not applicable

5

Iran

 

 

 

Not signed or notified as CTA by
India

MLI not applicable

6

1. Albania

2. Armenia

3. Austria

4. Denmark

5. Fiji

6. Japan

7. Kazakhstan

8. Kenya

9. Mexico

10. Netherlands

11. New Zealand

12. Romania

13. Russian Federation (Russia)

14. Slovak Republic

15. Slovenia

16. Spain

17. Ukraine

18. Uruguay

19. Israel

20. Namibia

 

 

Neither of the CJs have reserved right for non-applicability and
no date has been notified

MLI provisions applicable

Will supersede the existing provisions to the extent of
incompatibility

 

_________________________________________________________________
2 These details are updated as on September, 2021

4.2 India as a country of source
Article 10 of the MLI gives the Source State an unhindered right of taxing the income if certain conditions are triggered. As the Source State is denying the benefits of the DTAA, it is important to evaluate from a payer perspective whether the particular provision of the DTAA shall apply in the Source State or not.

Unlike the other TDS provisions in the Act, in most cases section 195 of the Act, in theory, results in the finality of the tax being paid to the Government in the case of payment to a non-resident.

Therefore, the Act places a significant onerous responsibility on the payer to ensure that the due tax is duly deducted u/s 195 of the Act in the case of payments to a non-resident. Keeping this in mind, it is therefore necessary for the payer to evaluate the application of Article 10 of the MLI before granting treaty benefits at the time of deduction of tax u/s 195 of the Act.

Generally, in the background of the application of MLI, a conservative view is to always approach the tax authorities u/s 195(2) or u/s 197 before making any payment. However, from a practical perspective, the same may not be feasible given the timelines for obtaining such a certificate.

On the other hand, while Article 10 of the MLI provides objective tests and does not contain subjective tests such as the Principal Purpose Test, there are certain practical challenges for a payer to apply these objective tests. The payer of the income is expected to analyse the following:
a. Whether the recipient has a PE in a third State;
b. Whether the amount paid by the payer is effectively connected to such PE in the third State;
c. Whether the Residence State exempts such profits of the PE;
d. Whether the tax rate in the third State of PE is less than 60% of the tax rate of the Residence State if such PE were situated in the Residence State.

The above questions would require the payer of income to interpret the tax laws of the third State in which the PE is constituted as well as the Residence State, which may not be possible. It may not be possible for the local consultant to interpret such foreign laws as well.

Therefore, it may be advisable for the payer to obtain a suitable declaration from the recipient while making such payment.

4.3 India as a country having PE
Prior to introduction of the MLI, Article 5 of the DTAA was referred to in order to establish the PE status. However, post introduction of the MLI, the PE status is governed by Articles 12 to 15 which are regarding PE status based on Action 7 of Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS).

Articles from 12 to 15 are not minimum standards. Thus, each country has an opportunity to reserve or notify applicability of these standards. The provisions of the above mentioned Articles widens the scope of PE as compared to that of the DTAA.

However, India has notified the provisions of Articles 12 to 15. Thus, in cases where the other country’s notification matches with India and India is a third state having PE, one will have to check the DTAA after giving effect to Articles 12 to 15 of the MLI.

However, Indian tax rates are very high, discouraging a potential abuse using India as a third state (State PE). Consequently, Article 10 is likely to have minimal applicability with India as a third state (State PE).

It is important to note that Article 10 does not, in any way, affect India’s right to tax the income attributable to the PE of the non-resident in India in accordance with the relevant DTAA.

4.4 India as a country of residence
As per the existing provisions of the DTAA, India has been following the credit method and not the exemption method. Further, India has reserved its rights regarding the applicability of Article 5 (Application of Methods for Elimination of Double Taxation) of the MLI.

Thus, in cases where India is a Resident State, paragraph 1 of Article 10 may not be of much relevance as India does not follow the exemption method.

5. CONCLUSION
Anti-abuse rules are necessary to prevent abuse of tax treaty provisions. However, when there are multiple anti-abuse rules under the Act as well as treaty, cohesive, coordinated and appropriate application of these anti-abuse rules becomes very necessary to avoid any uncertainty or hardships to the taxpayer. Rational interpretation of these anti-abuse provisions has become of utmost importance so that genuine business structures are not affected and stuck with litigations.

From a payer’s perspective, Article 10 of the MLI can have serious consequences. Further, as highlighted in the earlier paras, there are practical challenges a payer might face while evaluating the application of this Article, particularly as one would need to interpret the tax laws and treaties of other jurisdictions which may not always be possible. A practitioner who is certifying the remittances in Form 15CB may also need to evaluate the impact and, at the very least should seek a suitable declaration from the recipient of the income.

DIFFERENTIATING BETWEEN FACELESS AND BASELESS ASSESSMENTS

Faceless assessments (FA) are meant to serve three critical purposes – bridging the distance / location and time barriers (you don’t have to appear at a location and therefore saving time), removing direct contact between adjudicator and assessee (cause of evil influence on adjudication which now can be done by a process involving a number of people) and creating a trail (online mechanism creates a much better trail). FA is a refreshingly welcome step, but as usual has implementation shortcomings.

In the same breadth, one cannot ignore the overarching, if not the sole purpose of adjudication: giving justice – to let the law prevail, to give a fair and equal opportunity to present and to speed up adjudication. Here potential (what it can deliver) of a system must be evaluated with expectation (what it should deliver).
Some of the recent observations on FA by the judiciary are disheartening and even unnerving when they could have easily been encouraging and ushering in a new era. Let me summarise observations by the courts on FA:

1. Final order passed without issue of show cause notice (say for variation made to income by the A.O.)
2. Non-issue of draft assessment order
3. Non-grant of personal hearing
4. Not granting ‘effective and meaningful’ opportunity to file objections against SCN / Draft Assessment Order (DAO)
5. Assessee not able to file a reply as portal was down
6. Passing order and making additions without giving any reason / basis of addition not furnished to the assessee
7. Failure to deal with assessee’s request for adjournment
8. Undue haste in passing the final order before expiry of time limit to file objections in SCN / DAO
9. Final order passed without considering objections / submissions against DAO
10. Non-grant of reasonable time

Here are some observations by courts (kept short in count and length for brevity):
…assessment order not having been passed in conformity with the requirements of the Faceless Assessment Scheme, 2019 has to be treated as non-est and shall be deemed to have never been passed. [Chander Arjandas Manwani vs. NFAC (2021) 130 taxmann.com 445 (Bom HC)].
…there is a blatant violation of the principles of natural justice as well as mandatory procedure prescribed in ‘Faceless Assessment Scheme’ [Interglobe Enterprises (P) Ltd. vs. NFAC (2021) 130 taxmann.com 54 (Del)].
..The Department shall give the petitioner a personal hearing on a date and at a time which shall be communicated to the petitioner sufficiently in advance. [Orissa Stevedores Ltd. vs. UOI (2021) 128 taxmann.com 163 (Orissa)].
…several requests had been made for personal hearing by the petitioner none of which were dealt with by the respondent / Revenue [Sanjay Aggarwal vs. NFAC (2021) 281 Taxman 282 (Del)].
…Revenue, to our minds, could not have side-stepped such safeguards put in place by the Legislature [YCD Industries vs. NFAC (2021) 437 ITR 119 (Del)].
…failed to deal with the petitioner’s request for a short adjournment. The petitioner… has, correctly, pointed out that there has been an undue haste by respondent… in passing the impugned assessment order… [Blue Square Infrastructure LLP vs. NFAC (2021) 436 ITR 118 (Del)].
…this Court feels that, since the chance of getting a personal hearing is part and parcel of the principles of natural justice, therefore, it comes within the domain of the writ jurisdiction, and on that ground this Court feels that this writ petition can be entertained. [Nagalina Nadar M.M. vs. Addl. / Joint / Deputy / Asst. CIT (2021) 130 taxmann.com 448 (Mad)].

From numerous reported cases, Courts seem to be left with no option but to send matters for fresh adjudication. Although the Courts may not have observed in recent cases, but reassessment does give a second innings to the Department. All this is nothing but loss of time, cost to the taxpayer, fruitless litigation and waste of precious court time with no consequence or accountability cast upon the tax officer to follow minimum standards of administration of law.

The risk in FAs without curtailing the above ‘spread of infection’ could make it rather baseless or lawless assessment. The danger signal is – will the taxpayer be forced to go to Courts to enforce basic rights? In a lighter vein: NeAC which is not giving proper hearing, will perhaps listen to these concerns!

 
 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

TIRUKKURAL ON THE IMPORTANCE OF PRANAYAMA

TirukkuRaL, citing medical experts, states in the verse 941

‘Miginum kuRaiyinum noyceyyum noolor
VaLimudhala eNNiya moondRu’

This is interpreted by many commentators as, ‘Excess or deficiency of the three humours could cause disease; wind begins these humours as listed by experts.’

This extant interpretation of this verse is found in all commentaries right from Parimelazhagar to Dr. Mu. Va and others. A different interpretation is found in the exhaustive commentary by ‘Namakkal Kavingar’ Ramalingam Pillai. He says the three humours are air, water and food and not bile, flatulence and phlegm. The main reason for this unique interpretation is that TiruvaLLuvar addresses this verse to the commoner to easily understand the underlying principle of health management. Everyone cannot understand what are bile, flatulence and phlegm. These are the ‘effects’ caused by the ‘excess or deficiency’ in consumption of air, water and food.

‘VaLimudhala eNNiya moondRu’ means only air, water and food. Nature mandates these three as our main sources of energy, i.e., oxygen. The moment there is excess or deficit in one or more of the three sources of energy, disease results. That is, in simple words, the plain meaning of this verse in KuRaL.

This maxim of KuRaL teaches us to take preventive care and avoid diseases. Once a person falls sick, only then the need to consult a physician arises. In the verses 948 and 949, KuRaL prescribes the method of diagnosis to be employed by the physician. Whereas the verses 941 to 945 bring out the significance of preventive care by self-restraint and self-discipline – in consumption of air, water and food; when to take food and when not to take, what to take and what not to take. Of the three humours only air has to be breathed in and out all 24 hours of the day, while food and water have to be taken only when one is feeling thirsty and / or hungry.

All of us consciously drink water and eat food. But generally we ignore breathing consciously. Whenever we go for clinical examination by a doctor, only then do we take a deep breath, as directed by the physician; otherwise, only when we heave a sigh of relief. Consequently, we generally suffer from a deficit of oxygen because we get oxygen from glucose (C6H12O6) and water (H2O) extracted by our digestive system. Oxygen, by volume, constitutes 21% of the air we breathe in. The other components of air are, by volume, about 78% of nitrogen and about 1% of minor gases like argon, carbon dioxide, etc. Of these constituents (inhaled by us), the entire 78% nitrogen and about 16% of oxygen and balance minor gases are all exhaled. That means when we consciously breathe in and out, about 4% to 5% of oxygen is retained by us.

When we do so conscientiously, we would realise that there is a consequent reduction in our intake of food because our requirement of oxygen is satiated. The result: blood pressure becomes normal, any sugar problem gets resolved and the sense of well-being improves many notches. This noumenon explains how the sages could live hundreds of years in penance without any food or water. That is why we are advised to concentrate on our breath during meditation. In the 1990 World Cub Football final match the German player Brehme stood calmly for about 30 seconds before successfully scoring the winning penalty goal. He said he was meditating for those 30 seconds before taking the strike.

When we do not breathe in adequate air we tend to consume more food and less water and that causes the imbalance leading to many diseases, some chronic and others seasonal. Hence the dictum of TirukkuRaL quoted above.

Indeed, TiruvaLLuvar lays equal emphasis on learning through listening and states in verse 412 that one should eat a little food only when there is no food for thought (through listening)!

Then the question arises how does one ensure that there is no deficiency in the intake of air? That leads us to the importance of Pranayama or any set of breathing exercises. Unfortunately, in all our curricular studies this aspect of breathing properly is not emphasised except in select educational institutions. It is high time that it is mandated in all our schools and colleges. The Japanese have a tradition even in their factories – the first activity in the morning is for all workers, from the Chief Executive down to the last level, to assemble for a physical workout for 15 minutes. The purpose is obvious – to keep fit.

A word of common sense. We neglect the natural ventilator we are bestowed with and ultimately some of us reach a stage when we are put on artificial ventilators. During the pandemic period there was a global crisis on the availability of ventilators. It was mainly due to the fact that we have not realised the importance of conscientious breathing. Significantly, we ensure breathing out the carbon dioxide (CO2) generated from food and water, which is also absolutely necessary.

So, let us all breathe conscientiously, properly and live healthily.

OFFICE ON YOUR PHONE!


We are all used to working
on
Office (earlier Microsoft Office) on
our desktops and laptops. Most of us use Microsoft Word, Excel and PowerPoint
routinely without even having heard of anything else. They are a natural part
of our computing life.

 

And now, Microsoft has come
up with an Android and iOS version of Office. Anyone can download the
Office app on phones for Android and iOS.
The app is
free to use, even without signing in. An Office 365
or
Microsoft 365 subscription
will also unlock various premium features, consistent with those in the current
Word, Excel, and PowerPoint apps. Just head to the Play Store or App Store and
download the version appropriate for your use.

 

Now, who will think of
typing letters on his mobile phone? Or making spreadsheets? Welcome to Office
on your phone – Word, Excel and PowerPoint, all rolled into one. On your phone
you can open all original Word documents, Excel spreadsheets and PowerPoint
presentations which you may have received by email, WhatsApp or SMS. But you
can do even more. Let’s explore.

 

In Word, you can scan text directly into a Word
document. So, if you read any printed text in a letter or book or newspaper,
you can just point your camera to the text and scan it right into your Word
document. This allows you to edit, save or forward the document for further
use. This is a real cool feature which helps you create Word documents without
having to type them.

 

Besides, if you wish to
create a totally new document, apart from typing it (boring and cumbersome) on
your phone, you may just dictate it directly. Just tap on Dictate and you will
be able to create a new Word document seamlessly. A few spelling errors, when
the microphone does not accurately catch what you are saying, may just need to
be edited and you will have your document ready in a jiffy. An easy way to
dispense with your secretary or at least not be fully dependent on him / her!
You can dictate while you are travelling or even on a Sunday when you get
bursts of inspiration.

 

Of course, the traditional
methods of creating a document right from scratch or using a pre-configured
template are also available, just in case you want to type out your document.

 

Coming to Excel, you have the option to create a
new spreadsheet the old, boring way – by entering the cells manually or from a
pre-configured template. But now you have another exciting way to create a
spreadsheet – just scan a printed table on your phone and get your cells
populated instantly into an Excel file. If the original is well printed and
your phone has a reasonably good camera, you may not even have to edit the file
– else a bit of editing may be required. But the very idea of having a full,
ready table imported directly into an Excel sheet is a dream come true – you
have to try it to experience the joy of importing.

 

PowerPoint has
the option to create a new presentation right from scratch or from a
pre-configured template. You may choose pictures from your phone and also
create an outline for the presentation. It’s a bit difficult, but still doable.
The best part is that you can Rehearse your PowerPoint presentation with a
built-in coach. Just run the PowerPoint presentation and start speaking as if
you are presenting it live. The Rehearsal Coach will analyse what you are
speaking and give you tips to improve your speaking skills – it could give you
hints such as ‘Do not read out your presentation verbatim’ or ‘Vary your tone
and pitch’ or ‘Don’t use too many filler words like “umm”, or “you see”’ or
even help you with the speed of your speech – whether you are too fast or too slow
or just right. Indeed, a wonderful in-built tool to help you prepare a
perfectly timed and worded presentation.

 

Apart
from the expected tools of Word, Excel and PowerPoint, Office also helps you
with
PDFs in a variety of ways. It allows you to sign any PDF document with your
signature and you can scan a document directly to a PDF file on your phone. You
can even convert your pictures to PDF, convert your document to PDF, or convert
PDF files to Word documents. Extremely useful for day-to-day functioning.

 

With QR
codes becoming more and more prevalent, Office allows you to scan a QR code and
decipher what it says – you can save it as Text or even save it as a Note.

 

Office also allows you to
create
Surveys and other Forms which you
can share and solicit responses to from your clients, suppliers or co-workers.

 

And finally, Office helps
you create Yellow Post-it
Notes
which can be stored on your phone and are searchable instantly.

 

The Search function in Office is very
powerful. It allows you to Search for keywords in your Office files, your media
(including text within images) and in your notes. The Search works on all your
folders within your  phone, or on
One-Drive, or on your Google Drive or any other drive that you connect it with
(e.g. even Dropbox or Box.net).

 

Now,
with so many wonderful, unique and time-saving features, why would you not use
Office on your phone regularly?

 

You have brains in your head. You have feet in your
shoes. You can steer yourself any direction you choose. You’re on your own. And
you know what you know. And YOU are the one who’ll decide where to go…

  Dr. Seuss,
Oh, the Places You’ll Go!

INTERIM ORDERS – POWERS OF SEBI RESTRICTED BY SAT

BACKGROUND

Three
consecutive recent rulings of the Securities Appellate Tribunal (SAT) have
placed limitations on the powers of SEBI to pass interim / ex parte
orders which restrain parties from accessing stock markets, require them to
deposit allegedly illegal profits in escrow accounts, etc. These precedents
also lay down guidelines and specify the circumstances under which such powers
may be exercised by SEBI and hence will help other parties obtain relief when
faced with similar arbitrary orders passed based on little or no credible
evidence. One of the decisions of SAT has been affirmed by the Supreme Court on
facts.

 

SUMMARY
OF RELEVANT LAW

SEBI does have
wide powers to pass penal, remedial and other orders / directions against those
who have been found to have committed violations of securities laws. Such
violations may include fraud on markets, insider trading, front-running, etc.
SEBI may pass orders to disgorge illegally made profits. However, there may be
concerns that while the investigation and due process is ongoing, the parties
may continue the frauds or other violations. They may even transfer the assets,
illegally made profits, etc., in such a way that their recovery later may not
be possible. SEBI has powers to pass interim orders to prevent such things from
happening and thus may restrain parties from continuing such violations,
transfer assets, etc. SEBI may also pass interim orders to impound the
estimated amounts and require that such monies be deposited in an escrow
account pending final orders of disgorgement.

 

Such interim
orders may be passed after giving an opportunity of hearing, or even without
such opportunity which may instead be given after the interim order. The
interim order in the case may be confirmed, modified or reversed after the
hearing. If confirmed, it may stay in place till the investigation is
completed, show cause notices issued to parties and after giving due opportunity
to respond, including a personal hearing, and then a final order may be passed.

 

Such interim
orders may be of various types and SEBI has wide general and specific powers in
this regard. SEBI may prohibit a person from accessing the securities markets.
It may prohibit a person from dealing in securities in such markets. It may
impound the proceeds or securities in respect of transactions that are under
investigation. Usually, such orders to impound such amounts are accompanied by
orders to freeze assets of such persons till such impounded amounts are duly
deposited in escrow accounts.

 

However, orders
that stop access to or stop dealing in securities markets may be economically
fatal. The amounts directed to be impounded may be far higher than the actual amount
later found to be correct, or may be directed on the wrong persons. Depositing
of such amounts at such short notice may be difficult or even impossible.
Considering that such orders are usually accompanied by directions freezing the
assets of parties, the effects may be even more far reaching.

 

Such orders are
also indefinite in nature in the sense that there is no statutory outer time
limit by which time the final orders have to be passed. Thus, the restrictions
may continue indefinitely. It is no solace to the parties if it is found later
that they have not committed any violations, or no or a lower amount can be
disgorged. At best, the amounts in the escrow account would be returned with
the minimal bank interest paid by nationalised banks, the parties being allowed
to resume their activities.

 

As the three
case studies summarised here will show, the orders have been arbitrary with
harsh consequences which SAT had no hesitation in setting aside or modifying.
In one case where the interim order has been finally disposed of, SEBI has
actually reversed the order stating that no purpose would be served in issuing
such interim directions. The Supreme Court affirmed the view that such orders
can be passed only in urgent cases, which the facts must bear out.

 

Case 1 – Cases
relating to ‘trading in mentha oil contracts’ on a commodity exchange

A unique
concern of commodity exchanges is the cornering of the market in a commodity by
a person / group. Such dominance may result in price distortion which could
also harm other participants in the market. In this case, SEBI had concerns
that a group of parties had accumulated a substantial percentage of mentha
oilstock [North End Foods Marketing (P) Ltd. vs. SEBI (2019) 105 taxmann.com
69 (SAT)]
. It was prima facie believed that this was done to
manipulate the mentha oil market and dominate the price of mentha oil futures.
SEBI passed an interim order prohibiting the parties from dealing in or
accessing the securities markets and from being associated with it.

 

The parties
filed an appeal before SAT which recorded several findings. It noted that there
was no prima facie finding that the parties had accumulated large
quantities of mentha oil or that they had dominated the market. There was
merely suspicion to that effect. Further, no urgency was found for passing of
such orders. In any case, the order was passed at a much later stage when the
execution of trades was over and the facts did not show the alleged
manipulation. SAT thus set aside the said interim order.

 

This decision
of SAT has become a precedent for future cases and lays down guidelines,
restrictions and also circumstances under which such interim orders may be
passed.

 

At the outset,
SAT recognised that SEBI has wide powers to pass such orders. SAT also
confirmed that the opportunity to respond / of personal hearing may be given
later. That said, SAT noted that such orders can have serious consequences and
hence have to be passed only in urgent cases and sparingly. In particular,
there has to be prima facie evidence and finding of wrong-doing and its
continuance. Since none of this was present in the present case, SAT set aside
the order.

 

SAT observed, In our opinion, the respondent is empowered to
pass an
ex parte interim order only
in extreme urgent cases and that such power should be exercised sparingly.

In the instant case, we do not find that any extreme urgent situation existed
which warranted the respondent to pass an ex parte interim order. We
are, thus, of the opinion that the impugned order is not sustainable in the
eyes of law as it has been passed in gross violation of the principles of
natural justice as embodied in Article 14 of the Constitution of India.’

 

Interestingly,
SEBI, after the interim order was set aside, re-examined the matter and
confirmed that there was no urgency or purpose served for passing the interim
directions. Hence, it desisted from passing any fresh interim order and also
vacated the interim order against those who had not gone in appeal. The
investigations, of course, continue.

 

Case 2 –
Alleged insider trading case

SEBI found that
the Managing Director of Dynamatic Technologies Limited (DTL) had sold some
shares during a time when it was alleged that there was unpublished
price-sensitive information of reduced profits. SEBI computed the reduction in
market price after such information was made public and accordingly computed
the losses allegedly avoided which amounted to Rs. 2.67 crores. SEBI added
interest thereon from such date and passed an interim order that an aggregate
amount of Rs. 3.83 crores be impounded and accordingly deposited by such person
in an escrow account. Till such time as this amount was so deposited, his
accounts were frozen.

 

The MD appealed
to SAT. SAT applied its own ruling in the North End Foods case (Supra),examined
the basic facts and noted that the sale of shares was in 2016. The
investigation commenced in 2017 and the interim order was passed in 2019. No
evidence was put forth on how the appellant had tried to divert the alleged
notional gains. SEBI in its order had expressed a mere possibility of diversion
of such gains. SAT affirmed that such orders can be passed only if there is
some evidence to show and justify the action taken. Accordingly, SAT set aside
the direction but it asked the appellant to file a reply within four weeks and
that SEBI shall give a personal hearing and thereafter pass a final order
within six months. However, SAT also required the appellant to give an
undertaking that he shall not alienate 50% of his holding in the company
[Dr. Udayant Malhoutra vs. SEBI (2020) 121 taxmann.com 326 (SAT)]
.

 

SEBI appealed
to the Supreme Court against the SAT order and the Court affirmed the decision
on facts [SEBI vs. Udayant Malhoutra (2020) 121 taxmann.com 327 (SC)].
It affirmed the view of SAT that such orders could be passed only in urgent
cases. Since the facts of this case did not demonstrate such urgency, the Court
refused to interfere with the SAT order.

 

Case 3 –Prabhat
Dairy Limited

In this case the company had sold its holding in its subsidiary and a
unit to another company. The sale proceeds were substantial and the company
had, while seeking approval of shareholders for such sale, stated that it will
use the net proceeds for distribution to its shareholders in an appropriate
form. It appears that such distribution was delayed. In the meantime, the
promoters of the company, who held about 51% shares, proposed to acquire the
shares held by the public and thereby de-list the shares of the company. This
de-listing proposal was approved by 99.13% of the shareholders and the
application was pending disposal by stock exchanges / SEBI.

 

SEBI received
complaints about this and there were media reports, too. SEBI asked stock
exchanges to examine the matter; the exchanges expressed some concerns and also
recommended appointment of a forensic auditor. The primary concern was whether
the proceeds may have been diverted.

 

SEBI appointed
a forensic auditor who inter alia reported that several matters of
information / documents were not made available to them. The company responded
that inter alia the pandemic had slowed down responses. SEBI,
considering all these factors, passed an interim order directing the company to
deposit Rs. 1,292.46 crores, being sale proceeds less certain adjustments /
expenses, in an escrow account. Since this direction was not complied with in
the time given, SEBI attached the bank / demat accounts of certain promoters.

 

The company /
promoters appealed to SAT. SAT found several issues with the SEBI order. It
noted that SEBI itself had recorded that a sum of Rs. 1,002 crores was already
lying in fixed deposits. Secondly, SEBI had ordered the whole sum of Rs.
1,292.46 crores to be deposited in an escrow account when the fact was that
more than half of it would go to the promoters who held about 51% shares. The
de-listing offer itself could have resulted in an attractive price paid to
public shareholders. Mandating deposit of such an unreasonably high sum in the
escrow account would cause severe disruption in the company and bring it to its
knees. It also found issue with the fact that SEBI had kept the de-listing
application on hold.

 

Taking all this
into account, SAT ordered the company to deposit Rs. 500 crores in an escrow
account which would not be used till the forensic audit was completed and SEBI
gave a decision regarding distribution of the amount and / or the de-listing
application. It directed the company to provide information to the forensic
auditor within ten days and he would thereafter give his report within four
weeks. SEBI was also directed to process the de-listing application within six
weeks. On deposit of the said Rs. 500 crores, the bank / demat accounts of the
promoters were directed to be defreezed (Prabhat Dairy Limited and others
vs. SEBI,
order dated 9th November, 2020).

 

CONCLUSION

The series of
fairly consistent rulings of SAT has substantially settled the law relating to
the powers of SEBI to pass directions by interim orders. SEBI will have to
balance the interests of the securities markets / investors with the
inconvenience caused to those who are given such directions and also pass
orders in exceptional cases only where at least prima facie evidence is
available. Further, as the Supreme Court also affirmed, urgency for passing
such orders would have to be demonstrated.

 

However, it continues to be seen that such interim orders are being
passed and restrictions / impounding directed. Not all such parties can afford
to quickly approach SAT for relief. One hopes that SEBI itself will exercise
self-restraint and pass orders in accordance with the guidelines laid down by
the Supreme Court and SAT in their rulings.

 

ANCESTRAL OR SELF-ACQUIRED? THE FIRE CONTINUES TO RAGE…

INTRODUCTION

One of the favourite riddles of all time is ‘Which came first – the chicken or the egg?’ There is no clear answer to this question. Similarly, one of the favourite questions under Hindu law is ‘Whether a property is ancestral or self-acquired?’ This column has on multiple occasions examined the question in the light of decisions of the Supreme Court of India. However, every time there is a new decision on this point, it becomes necessary to re-examine this very important issue and consider the earlier case law on the subject.

 

Under the Hindu Law, the term ‘ancestral property’ as generally understood means any property inherited from any of the three generations above of male lineage, i.e., from the father, grandfather, great grandfather. In fact, two views were prevalent with regard to ancestral property: View-1: Ancestral property cannot be alienated. According to this, if the person inheriting it has sons, grandsons or great-grandsons, then it automatically becomes joint family property in his hands and his lineal descendants automatically become coparceners along with him. View-2: Ancestral property can be alienated since it becomes self-acquired property in the hands of the person inheriting it. Thus, he can alienate it by Will, gift, transfer, etc., or in any other manner he pleases.

 

EARLIER IMPORTANT DECISIONS

CWT, Kanpur and Others vs. Chander Sen and Others (1986) 3 SCC 567

In this case, the Supreme Court concluded that property inherited by a Hindu by way of intestate succession from his father under the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 would not be HUF (or ancestral) property in the son’s hands vis-à-vis his own sons. This position was also followed in Yudhishter vs. Ashok Kumar (1987) AIR SC 558.

 

Bhanwar Singh vs. Puran (2008) 3 SCC 87

Here, the Supreme Court followed the Chander Sen case (Supra) and various subsequent judgments and held that having regard to the Hindu Succession Act, 1956, property devolving upon the sons and daughters of an intestate Hindu father ceased to be joint family property and all the heirs and legal representatives of the father would succeed to his interest as tenants-in-common and not as joint tenants. In a case of this nature, the joint coparcenary did not continue.

 

Uttam vs. Saubhag Singh AIR (2016) SC 1169

This was a case where a Hindu died intestate in 1973 (after the commencement of the Hindu Succession Act). The Court held that on a conjoint reading of sections 4, 8 and 19 of the Hindu Succession Act, once the joint family property has been distributed in accordance with section 8 on principles of intestacy, the joint family property ceases to be joint family property in the hands of the various persons who have succeeded to it and they hold the property as tenants in common and not as joint tenants.

 

Arshnoor Singh vs. Harpal Kaul, AIR (2019) SC (0) 3098

A two-member Bench of the Supreme Court analysed various earlier decisions on the subject and held that after the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 came into force, the concept of ancestral property has undergone a change. Post-1956, if a person inherited a self-acquired property from his paternal ancestors, the said property became his self-acquired property and did not remain coparcenary property.

 

However, the Apex Court held that if the succession opened under the old Hindu law, i.e., prior to the commencement of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956, then the parties would be governed by Mitakshara law. In that event, the property inherited by a male Hindu from his paternal male ancestor would be coparcenary property in his hands vis-à-vis his male descendants up to three degrees below him. Accordingly, the nature of property remained coparcenary even after the commencement of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956. Incidentally, the comprehensive decision of the Delhi High Court in the case of Surender Kumar vs. Dhani Ram, AIR (2016) Delhi 120 had taken the very same view.

 

The Supreme Court further analysed that in the case on hand, the first owner (i.e., the great-grandfather of the appellant in that case) died intestate in 1951 and hence the succession opened in 1951. This was a time when the Hindu Succession Act was not in force. Hence, the nature of property inherited by the first owner’s son was coparcenary and thereafter, everyone claiming under him inherited the same as ancestral property. The Court distinguished its earlier ruling in the case of Uttam (Supra) since that dealt with a case where the succession was opened in 1973 (after the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 came into force) whereas the present case dealt with a situation where the succession was opened in 1951. The Supreme Court reiterated its earlier decision in the case of Valliammai Achi vs. Nagappa Chettiar AIR (1967) SC 1153 that once a person obtains a share in an ancestral property, then it is well settled that such share is ancestral property for his male children. They become owners by virtue of their birth. Accordingly, the Supreme Court did not allow the sale by the father to go through since it affected his son’s rights in the property. Thus, the only reason why the Supreme Court upheld the concept of ancestral property was because the succession had opened prior to 1956.

 

Doddamuniyappa (Dead) through LRsv Muniswamy (2019) (7) SCC 193

This decision of the Supreme Court also pertained to the very same issue. The Court held that it was well settled and held by in Smt. Dipo vs. Wassan Singh (1983) (3) SCC 376 that the property inherited from a father by his sons became joint family property in the hands of the sons. Based on this principle, the Court concluded that property inherited by a person from his grandfather would remain ancestral property and hence his father could not sell the same. In this case, neither did the Supreme Court refer to its earlier decisions cited above nor did it go into the issue of whether the succession had opened prior to 1956. It held as a matter of principle that all ancestral property inherited by a person would continue to be ancestral property for his heirs.

 

It is humbly submitted that in the light of the above decisions, this view would not be tenable after the enactment of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956. However, based on the facts of the present case one can ascertain that the first owner died sometime before 1950 and hence it can be concluded that the succession opened prior to 1956. If that be the case, as held in Arshnoor Singh vs. Harpal Kaul (Supra), the property continues to be ancestral in the hands of the heirs. Hence, while the principle of the decision in the Doddamuniyappa case seems untenable, the conclusion is correct!

 

LATEST DECISION

One more Supreme Court decision has been added to this roster of cases. The decision in the case of Govindbhai Chhotabhai Patel vs. Patel Ramanbhai Mathurbhai, AIR (2019) SC 4822 has given quite a definitive pronouncement. In this case, a property was purchased by the father of the Donor and it is by virtue of a Will executed by the father that the property came to be owned by the Donor in 1952-1953. Subsequently, the Donor executed a gift deed in favour of a person. Subsequent to the demise of the Donor, his sons objected to the gift on the ground that what their father received was ancestral property; moreover, since he got it by way of partition, hence it could not be gifted away. The sons relied upon an earlier Supreme Court decision in the case of Shyam Narayan Prasad vs. Krishna Prasad, (2018) 7 SCC 646 to contend that self-acquired property of a grandfather devolves upon his son as ancestral property.

 

The Supreme Court considered its earlier decision in the case of C.N. Arunachala Mudaliar vs. C.A. Muruganatha Mudaliar, AIR (1953) SC 495 where, while examining the question as to what kind of interest a son would take in the self-acquired property of his father which he receives by gift or testamentary bequest from him, it was held that a Mitakshara father has absolute right of disposition over his self-acquired property to which no exception can be taken by his male descendants. It was held that it was not possible to hold that such property bequeathed or gifted to a son must necessarily rank as ancestral property. It was further held that a property gifted by a father to his son could not become ancestral property in the hands of the Donee simply by reason of the fact that the Donee got it from his father or ancestor. It further held that a Mitakshara father is not only competent to sell his self-acquired immovable property to a stranger without the concurrence of his sons, but he can make a gift of such property to one of his own sons to the detriment of another. When the father obtained the grandfather’s property by way of gift, he received it not because he was a son or had any legal right to such property but because his father chose to bestow a favour on him which he could have bestowed on any other person as well.

 

To find out whether or not a property is ancestral in the hands of a particular person, not merely the relationship between the original and the present holder but the mode of transmission also must be looked into. The Court held that property could ordinarily be reckoned as ancestral only if the present holder had got it by virtue of his being a son or descendant of the original owner. The Court further held that on reading of the Will as a whole, the conclusion becomes clear that the testator intended the legatees to take the properties in absolute rights as their own self-acquired property without being fettered in any way by the rights of their sons and grandsons. In other words, he did not intend that the property should be taken by the sons as ancestral property. Thus, the intention arising from the document / transfer / transmission was held to be an important determining factor in that case.

 

The Court in Govindbhai’s case (Supra) also referred to its earlier decision in Pulavarthi Venkata Subba Rao & Ors. vs. Valluri Jagannadha Rao (deceased) by LRs, AIR (1967) SC 591. In that case, a life interest benefit was given by a father to his two sons. The Court concluded that the properties taken by the two sons under the Will were their separate properties and not ancestral since there was no such intention in the Will.

 

The Court in Govindbhai’s case (Supra) also examined the reliance placed on Shyam Narayan’s case (Supra) and held that in that case the Apex Court did not question the issue of whether the property was ancestral property. It only held that once ancestral property was partitioned it continued to be ancestral in the hands of the recipient sons and grandsons. Hence, that case was not applicable to the facts of the case on hand. In that case, the Trial Court and the High Court had held that property received on partition of an HUF in 1987 was ancestral property. The Supreme Court found no reason to disagree with this conclusion. While the facts emerging from the Supreme Court decision are not fully clear, it is humbly submitted that the conclusion reached in the Shyam Narayan case (Supra) requires reconsideration.

 

Ultimately, in the case on hand (Govindbhai), the Supreme Court held that since the grandfather purchased the property and he was competent to execute a Will in favour of any person, including his son, the recipient (i.e., his son) would get it as his self-acquired property. The burden to prove that the property was ancestral was on the plaintiffs alone. It was for them to prove that the Will of their grandfather intended to convey the property for the benefit of the family so as to be treated as ancestral property. In the absence of any such averment or proof, the property in the hands of Donor has to be treated as self-acquired property. Once the property in the hands of the Donor is held to be self-acquired property, he was competent to deal with his property in such a manner as he considered proper, including by executing a gift deed in favour of a stranger to the family. Accordingly, the gift deed was upheld.

 

CONCLUSION

A conjoined reading of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 and the plethora of decisions of the Supreme Court shows that the customs and traditions of Hindu Law have been given a decent burial by the codified Act of 1956! To reiterate, the important principles laid down by various decisions are that:

 

(a) Inheritance of ancestral property after 1956 does not create an HUF property and inheritance of ancestral property after 1956 therefore does not result in creation of an HUF property;

(b) Ancestral property can become an HUF property only if inheritance / succession is before 1956 and such HUF property which came into existence before 1956 continues as ancestral property even after 1956;

(c)  If a person dies after passing of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 and there is no HUF existing at the time of his death, inheritance of a property of such a person by his heirs is as a self-acquired property in the hands of the legal heirs. They are free to deal with it in any manner they please.

(d) After passing of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 if a person inherits a property from his paternal ancestors, the said property is not an HUF property in his hands and the property is to be taken as a self-acquired property of the person who inherits the same;

(e) Self-acquired property received by way of gift / Will / inheritance continues to remain self-acquired in the hands of the recipient and he is free to deal with it in any manner he pleases.

Considering that this issue regularly travels all the way to the Supreme Court time and again, is it not high time that the Parliament amends the Hindu Succession Act to deal with this burning issue? If the Income-tax Act can be amended every year, and now even the Companies Act is amended regularly, why cannot this all-important law be amended with regular frequency? This Act touches many more lives and properties as compared to several other corporate statutes but yet it was last amended in 2005 and that, too, suffered from a case of inadequate drafting! One wishes that there is a comprehensive overhaul of the Hindu Succession Law so that valuable time and money are not lost in litigation.

OVERVIEW OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REGULATIONS (INCLUDING RECENT UAE REGULATIONS)

1. INTRODUCTION

Tax
transparency continues to be a key focus of governments and the public, as
demonstrated by the continuing media coverage surrounding data leaks in recent
years. The availability of beneficial ownership information, i.e., the natural person
behind a legal entity or arrangement, is now a key requirement of international
tax transparency and the fight against tax evasion and other financial crimes.

 

The recent
movement towards transparency has its origins in international standards adopted
primarily to combat cross-border money laundering, corruption and financial
crimes.

 

One of the most
pressing corporate governance issues today is the growing trend towards
increased corporate transparency. Public and private companies around the world
are being mandated to identify and disclose the details of their Ultimate
Beneficial Owners (‘UBOs’) i.e., the individuals who ultimately own or control
them. Corporate transparency has also made its way into mainstream discourse.

 

Data leaks such
as the Panama Papers in 2016 and the Paradise Papers in 2017 have thrown the
spotlight on complex corporate structures, the identity of ‘true’ owners and
general tax avoidance.

 

In April, 2016 the public as well as media commentators were taken by
surprise by the leak of over 11.5 million confidential documents from Mossack
Fonseca, a Panamanian law firm. The so-called ‘Panama Papers’ scandal serves as
an example of how the rich and powerful in some cases may have used complex
legal structures to conceal their beneficial ownership in offshore
subsidiaries. The Panama Papers scandal has provided an opportunity to
policy-makers the world over to call for stricter rules to promote the
disclosure of ultimate beneficial ownership.

Legislators and
regulators have renewed their focus on corporate transparency, extending their
reach beyond anti-money laundering measures solely applicable to the financial
sector.

 

GLOBAL MEASURES TO IMPROVE TRANSPARENCY

The G8 Summit
in 2013, as a part of the fight against money laundering, tax avoidance and
corruption, exerted enormous pressure on countries to improve transparency to
ensure that the true owners of a corporate body or other entities can be
traced, instead of remaining hidden behind complex structures.

 

The Financial
Action Task Force (FATF), which is playing a significant role in respect of the
establishment of beneficial ownership regulations in various jurisdictions
across the globe, is an independent inter-governmental body that develops and
promotes policies to protect the global financial system against money
laundering, terrorist financing and the financing of weapons of mass
destruction. The FATF currently comprises 37 member jurisdictions and two
regional organisations, i.e., the European Commission and the Gulf Co-operation
Council, representing major financial centres in all parts of the world. India
is also a member of the FATF.

 

The ‘International
Standards on Combating Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism &
Proliferation’ issued by the FATF (FATF Recommendations)
are recognised as
the global Anti-Money Laundering (AML) and Counter-Terrorist Financing (CFT)
standards. Various amendments have been made to the FATF recommendations since
the text was adopted by the FATF Plenary in February, 2012, the latest
amendments being made in October, 2020. In addition, in respect of ‘Beneficial
Ownership’ the FATF has also published the following:

 

a) Best
Practices on Beneficial Ownership for Legal Persons (in October, 2019);

b) The Joint
FATF and Egmont Group Report on Concealment of Beneficial Ownership (July,
2018);

c) The FATF
Horizontal Study: Enforcement and Supervision of Beneficial Ownership
Obligations (2016-17); and

d) FATF
Guidance on Transparency and Beneficial Ownership (October, 2014).

 

‘FATF Recommendation
# 24’ requires jurisdictions to ‘ensure that there is adequate, accurate and
timely information on the beneficial ownership and control of legal persons
that can be obtained or accessed in a timely fashion by competent authorities’.

 

OECD VIEW

OECD considers
beneficial ownership information at the heart of the international tax
transparency standards: both the exchange of information on request (the EOIR
Standard) and the automatic exchange of information (the AEOI Standard).

 

OECD considers
that from a tax perspective, knowing the identity of the natural persons behind
a jurisdiction’s legal entities and arrangements not only helps that
jurisdiction preserve the integrity of its own tax system, but also gives
treaty partners a means of better achieving their own tax goals. Transparency
of ownership of legal entities and arrangements is also important in fighting
other financial crimes such as corruption, money laundering and terrorist
financing so that the real owners cannot disguise their activities and hide
their assets and the financial trail from law enforcement authorities using
layers of legal structures spanning multiple jurisdictions.

 

In this regard
OECD has published ‘A Beneficial Ownership Toolkit’ prepared by the Secretariat
of the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax
Purposes.

 

However, in the
context of beneficial ownership referred to in Articles 10, 11 and 12 of the
Model Tax Convention, OECD’s view on ‘beneficial ownership’ is a little
different. For example, in the context of the Commentary on Article 10,
paragraph 12.6 explains as under:

 

‘12.6 The above
explanations concerning the meaning of “beneficial owner” make it clear that
the meaning given to this term in the context of the Article must be distinguished
from the different meaning that has been given to that term in the context of
other instruments1 that concern the determination of the persons
(typically the individuals) that exercise ultimate control over entities or
assets. That different meaning of “beneficial owner” cannot be applied in the
context of the Article. Indeed, that meaning, which refers to natural persons
(i.e. individuals), cannot be reconciled with the express wording of
subparagraph 2 a), which refers to the situation where a company is the
beneficial owner of a dividend. In the context of Article 10, the term
“beneficial owner” is intended to address difficulties arising from the use of
the words “paid to” in relation to dividends rather than difficulties related
to the ownership of the shares of the company paying these dividends. For that
reason, it would be inappropriate, in the context of that Article, to consider
a meaning developed in order to refer to the individuals who exercise “ultimate
effective control over a legal person or arrangement.”’

 

Let us look at
specific measures taken by some key jurisdictions for improving transparency
through enhanced disclosures regarding beneficial ownership and control of
legal ownership.

 

2. DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS IN CERTAIN KEY JURISDICTIONS

One key measure
introduced by various countries is the requirement to prepare and maintain a
register identifying the ‘owners’ of the company. Specific reporting and
disclosure requirements vary by jurisdiction, with some countries requiring the
register to be publicly filed and others allowing for the register to be
privately held but accessible to government authorities.

 

a)         India

Section 89(10)
of the Companies Act, 2013 defining ‘beneficial interest’ was inserted and
section 90 dealing with the Register of Significant Beneficial Owners (‘SBOs’)
in a company was substituted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017 w.e.f. 13th
June, 2018. Section 90 as amended by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2019
contemplates a statutory piercing of the corporate veil to find out which
individuals are SBOs of the reporting company. Section 90 has an
extra-territorial operation and would apply to foreign registered trusts and
persons who are residents outside India. Hence, its remit is very broad and
affects a number of stakeholders.

 

The Companies
(Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018 were prescribed effective from 13th
June, 2018 and have been substantially amended by the Companies
(Significant Beneficial Owners) Amendment Rules, 2019 w.e.f. 18th February,
2019. Whilst the amended SBO Rules are a marked improvement over the previous
ones, there still exists a considerable amount of ambiguity with regard to
determination of the SBO in certain situations.

 

b) Mauritius

The Mauritian
Companies Act, 2001 was amended in 2017 to provide that the share register of
companies should disclose the names and last known addresses of the beneficial
owners / ultimate beneficial owners where shares are held by a nominee. By the
Finance (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act, 2019 the requirement was further
amended to provide that the company shall also keep an updated record of (a)
beneficial ownership information, and (b) actions taken to identify a
beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner. The 2019 definition is far-reaching
and brings thereunder persons who would otherwise not have been considered as
beneficial owners under the 2017 definition.

 

The Registrar
of Companies issued Practice Direction (No. 3 of 2020) pursuant to sections
12(8) and 91(8) of the Companies Act, 2001 on 16th March, 2020
regarding Disclosure of Beneficial Owner or Ultimate Beneficial Owner to the
Registrar of Companies and to assist stakeholders to better understand the
provisions of the law relating to Beneficial Owners.

 

c) Singapore
(private register)

In Singapore,
the measures to improve the transparency of ownership and control are included
in legislation regulating all entities having a separate legal personality,
such as companies, limited liability partnerships and trusts and are contained
in the latest versions of the Companies Act, Limited Liability Partnerships Act
and the Trustees Act.

 

The disclosure
requirements came into force on 31st March, 2017. Under the Companies
Act the disclosure requirements require Singapore companies to maintain a
Register of Registrable Controllers (‘RORC’) and a Register of Nominee
Directors (‘ROND’). Foreign companies registered to carry on business in
Singapore (which includes Singapore branches of foreign companies) are also
required to maintain an RORC as well as a Singapore-based Register of Members.

 

The term controller
refers to an individual or legal entity that has a ‘significant interest’ or
‘significant control’ over a company. Controllers have an obligation to provide
their data for the Register.

 

The RORC is a
private company document listing all controllers and beneficial owners of a
company. It is not available to the public. The Register must include the
beneficial owners’ names and identifying details, as well as information about
their citizenship or places of registration in the case of legal entities.

 

The Accounting
and Corporate Regulatory Authority (ACRA), the national regulator of business
entities, has issued guidelines to help companies understand and comply with
the requirements pertaining to the RORC.

 

d) United
Kingdom (public register)

Since April,
2016 most companies incorporated in England and Wales have been required to
keep a register of ‘people with significant control’ and to file a copy of the
same with Companies House, the local registrar. These requirements were first
introduced in the Companies Act, 2006 and the Register of People with
Significant Control Regulations, 2016
, before being extended to comply with
the EU Directive through the Information about People with Significant
Control (Amendment) Regulations, 2017.
Each company’s register is public
and there is no charge to access the register.

 

e) The EU
Directive

The Fourth
Money Laundering Directive
[(EU) 2015/849] as supplemented and amended by
the Fifth Money Laundering Directive [(EU) 2018/843] (together, the ‘EU
Directive’) came into force in the European Union in 2017. The EU Directive
leads the largest multinational effort to harmonise measures against money
laundering and financial crime across the member states. Article 30, in
particular, requires member states to ensure that companies incorporated within
their jurisdiction obtain and hold adequate, accurate and current information
on their beneficial owners, including details of the beneficial interests held.
Such information should be held in a central register (in the relevant member
state) and be accessible to specified authorities, firms carrying out customer
due diligence and any other person or organisation able to demonstrate a
legitimate interest. The EU Directive also provides that mechanisms to verify
that such information is adequate, accurate and current should be put in place
and breaches should be subject to effective, proportionate and dissuasive
measures or sanctions.

 

Although the EU
Directive applies to all member states, as a minimum harmonising directive,
each member state must adopt national implementing legislation that is equally
or more stringent than the EU Directive. The majority of member states have yet
to implement adequate centralised registers and for those countries that have
implemented the registers, the regime looks slightly different in each
jurisdiction.

 

f) France
(private register)

The EU Directive
was transposed into French law by Ordinance No. 2016-1635 in December,
2016, clarified by the Decree No. 2017 – 1094 in June, 2017 and
re-enforced by Decree No. 2020-118 in February, 2020. Companies and
other entities registered with the Trade and Companies Registry (Registre du
Commerce et des Societes)
have to obtain and maintain up-to-date and
accurate information on their UBOs. This information must then be sent to the
court clerk office.

 

g) United
States of America (no register)

There are
currently no specific requirements to disclose information on ‘beneficial
owners’ of US corporations or limited liability companies. However, on 22nd
October, 2019 the US House of Representatives passed the Corporate
Transparency Act of 2019 (HR 2513)
(CTA). If passed in the Senate, the CTA
would bring the US in line with international standards governing the
disclosure of beneficial ownership and would require applicants seeking to form
a corporation or limited liability company to file a report with the Financial
Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) listing the beneficial owners of the entity
and to update this report annually.

 

If enacted, the
CTA would cover any corporation or limited liability company formed under any
state law as well as any non-US entity eligible to register to do business
under any state law. Certain exceptions would apply for entities such as
issuers of registered securities.

 

The CTA defines
a beneficial owner as ‘a natural person who, directly or indirectly, through
any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise exercises
substantial control over a corporation or limited liability company, or owns
25% or more of the equity interests of a corporation or limited liability
company, or receives substantial economic benefits from the assets of a
corporation or limited liability company’. The definition excludes certain
natural persons, including employees of corporations or limited liability
companies whose control of the entity is a result of their employment.

 

h) Canada
(private register)

By way of
background, Canadian corporations can be governed under the federal corporate
statute in Canada, the Canada Business Corporations Act (CBCA),
or under the corporate statute in any province or territory in Canada.
Corporations organised and existing under the CBCA are required to prepare and
maintain a register of individuals with significant control since June, 2019.

 

i) China
(private register)

The Measures
for the Reporting of Foreign Investment Information
issued by the Ministry
of Commerce (MOFCOM) and the State Administration for Market Regulation (the
AMR) effective from January, 2020 (the Measures) prescribe disclosure
requirements for the ‘ultimate actual controller’ of a foreign-investment
entity in the People’s Republic of China. Details of the ultimate actual
controller must be provided using the AMR’s online enterprise registration
system. The information will then be shared with the MOFCOM.

 

j) Brazil
(private register)

Provisions
similar to the EU Directive came into force in May, 2016 through the Normative
Instruction No. 1,634
(NI 1,634/2016) as amended by Normative
Instruction No. 1,863
(NI 1,863/2018) (the Normative Instruction). Pursuant
to the Normative Instruction, upon enrolment with the National Corporate
Taxpayers Registry (Cadastro Nacional da Pessoa Juridica or CNPJ) or
upon request by the tax authorities, certain entities must disclose old and new
registers of UBOs.

 

k) British
Virgin Islands

The Beneficial
Ownership Secure Search System Act, 2017 (the BOSS Act) came into force in the
BVI on 30th June, 2017. The BOSS Act was almost immediately amended
by the Beneficial Ownership Secure Search System (Amendment) Act, 2017, which
also came into force on 30th June, 2017.

 

This BOSS Act
facilitates the effective storage and retrieval of beneficial ownership
information for all BVI companies and legal entities using the Beneficial
Ownership Secure Search system.

 

The BVI Government signed an exchange of notes agreement with the UK
Government in April, 2016. The Beneficial Ownership Secure Search system is
built to ensure that the BVI can efficiently exchange that information in
relation to the exchange of notes. The beneficial ownership information in the
system will also be available to other authorities in the BVI to ensure that
they are able to meet their international obligations. Importantly, the system
will not be accessible by the public.

 

Under section
9(6) of the BOSS Act, the obligation to provide updated beneficial ownership
information rests on the BVI company. A BVI company that fails to comply with
this section commits an offence and may be subject to a fine of up to US
$250,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years, or both.

 

l) Jersey

Jersey adopted
the Financial Services (Disclosure and Provision of Information) (Jersey) Law
2020 (Disclosure Law) on 14th July, 2020 and registered it in the
Royal Court of Jersey on 23rd October, 2020.

 

The intention
of the Disclosure Law is to place on a statutory footing the ‘FATF’s
Recommendation # 24’ relating to the beneficial ownership of legal persons. The
Disclosure Law seeks to maintain the current situation whereby the Jersey
Financial Services Commission (Commission) collects and makes public certain
information, but enables the State of Jersey to make regulations which
determine additional information which may be made public.

 

The Disclosure
Law will come into effect on 6th January, 2021 and, consequently,
the filing deadline for the new annual confirmation statement will be 30th
April, 2021.

 

m) Cayman
Islands

Under the Cayman Islands beneficial ownership legislation, i.e., The Companies
Law (Revised), The Limited Liability Companies Law (Revised), The Beneficial
Ownership (Companies) Regulations, 2017, The Beneficial Ownership (Companies)
(Amendment) Regulations, 2018, The Beneficial Ownership (Limited Liability
Companies) Regulations, 2017 and The Beneficial Ownership (Limited Liability
Companies) (Amendment) Regulations, 2018 (the Legislation), certain Cayman
Islands companies are required to maintain details of their beneficial owners
and relevant legal entities on a beneficial ownership register. The registers
are not publicly available, although they can be searched in limited
circumstances by the competent authority in the Cayman Islands.

 

n) Isle of Man

The Isle of
Man’s ‘Beneficial Ownership Act, 2017’ (the Act) came into effect on 21st
June, 2017 repealing the previous 2012 legislation. Subsequently, the new
central database for the storage of the data to be collected under the Act (the
Isle of Man Database of Beneficial Ownership) went live on 1st July,
2017. The Act has been introduced in response to the global initiative to
improve transparency as to asset ownership and control, similar to legislation
introduced in other jurisdictions. The Act introduces important changes which
affect legal entities incorporated in the Isle of Man, the main objective of
which is to ensure that the beneficial ownership of Isle of Man bodies
(companies) can be traced back to the ‘ultimate beneficial owners’.

 

The Beneficial
Ownership (Civil Penalties) Regulations, 2018 contain civil penalties for
contravention of the various provisions of the Act.

 

o) Guernsey

The Beneficial
Ownership of Legal Persons (Guernsey) Law, 2017 came into force on 15th
August, 2017. Since that date, all Guernsey companies have been required to
file beneficial ownership information. New companies must file beneficial
ownership information on incorporation. All companies must ensure that any
changes in the beneficial ownership information are submitted to the Registry
within 14 days. Resident-agent exempt entities are not required to file a
beneficial ownership declaration.

 

The definition
of beneficial ownership for the purposes of registration is set out in The
Beneficial Ownership (Definition) Regulations, 2017.

 

From the above
discussion it is evident that most of the tax heavens have done away with
bearer securities and now the disclosure of the BO is mandatory.

 

3. UNITED ARAB EMIRATES (UAE)

A. UAE
Anti-Money Laundering Law

The UAE Federal
Decree law No. (20) of 2018 dated 23rd September, 2018 (which was
issued on 30th October, 2018) on Anti-Money Laundering and Combating
the Financing of Terrorism and Financing of Illegal Organisations (UAE
Anti-Money Laundering Law) together with Cabinet Decision No. (10) of 2019
concerning the implementing regulation of Decree law No. (20) of 2018 comprises
the UAE Anti-Money Laundering Law.

 

Article 9 of
the Cabinet Decision No. (10) of 2019 placed an obligation on corporate
entities to disclose any individual ownership (whether beneficial or actual) in
an entity which owns 25% or more of the company, to the relevant regulator.

 

B. Regulation
of the Procedures of the Real Beneficiary

(i)         The UAE on 24th
August, 2020 issued Cabinet Resolution No. 58 of 2020 (Resolution 58) on the Regulation
of the Procedures of the Real Beneficiary (RB Regulations).

 

Let us study
some of the salient features of these Regulations.

 

(ii)        Entry into effect

The RB
Regulations came into effect on 28th August, 2020. Article (19) of the
Regulations repealed the earlier Cabinet Resolution No. 34 of 2020 on the
Regulation of the Procedures of the Real Beneficiary (issued earlier in 2020)
as well as any provision that violates or contradicts the provisions of the
Resolution No. 58.

 

One of the main
drivers for the introduction of the RB Regulations is the above-referred
Federal Decree Law No. 20 of 2018 and its implementing regulation, Cabinet
Decision No. (10) of 2019, which deals with anti-money laundering crimes and
combating the financing of terrorism and of unlawful organisations and is
generally in accordance with the UAE’s recent legislation to increase
transparency in its business environment.

 

(iii)       Objectives of the Regulations

The stated aim
and objective of the RB Regulations is (a) to contribute to the development of
the business environment, the state’s capabilities and its economic standing in
accordance with international requirements, by organising the minimum
obligations of the registrar and legal persons in the state, including
licensing or registration procedures, and organising the real beneficiary
register and the partners or shareholders register, and (b) develop an
effective and sustainable implementation and regulatory mechanism and
procedures for the real beneficiary data.

 

The RB Regulations address the disclosure requirements at the corporate
registration stage as well as the requirement to subsequently maintain ‘The
Partners or Shareholders Register’ and the ‘Real Beneficiary Register’.

 

(iv) Compliance
requirements

Article 8(1) of
the RB Regulations provides that ‘The Legal Person shall, within sixty (60)
days from the date on which this Resolution is effective or the date the Legal
Person’s presence, keep the information of each Real Beneficiary in the Real
Beneficiary Register he creates. The Legal Person shall also update this
Register and include any change occurring thereto within fifteen (15) days from
the date of being aware thereof.’

Further,
Article 11(1) provides that a legal person shall, within 60 days from the date
of the publication of the Resolution, i.e., 28th August, 2020 or the
date of the Legal Person’s registration or license, provide the Registrar with
the information of the Real Beneficiary Register or the Partners or Shareholders
Register. The Legal Person shall take reasonable measures to preserve its
registers from damage, loss or destruction.

 

Since the
Resolution 58 became effective from 28th August, 2020, within 60
days therefrom, i.e., by 27th October, 2020, all the existing
companies were required to file the beneficial ownership information with the
relevant Registrar.

 

(v) Scope of
the Regulations

The RB
Regulations cover all corporate entities that are licensed or registered in the
UAE (including in any commercial free zones) (an Entity / a legal person).

 

The only
entities that are not covered by the RB Regulations are wholly-owned government
entities (and their subsidiaries) and entities that are established within the
UAE’s two financial free zones, i.e., the Dubai International Financial Centre
and the Abu Dhabi Global Market. However, corporate entities licensed in these
financial free zones should nevertheless take note of the disclosure
requirements of Resolution 58 if they have shareholdings in onshore or other
commercial free zone companies in the UAE.

 

The RB
Regulations provide a more robust and prescriptive regime to record and
disclose ultimate beneficial ownership of UAE entities.

 

(vi) Meaning of
‘Real Beneficiary’

Article 1
defines the term ‘Real Beneficiary’ as follows:

‘A Legal Person who has the ultimate ownership or exercises ultimate control over a
Legal Person, directly or through a chain of ownership or control, or other
indirect means, as well as the Natural Person who conducts transactions
on behalf thereof, or who exercises
ultimate effective control over a Legal Person, that is determined according
to the provision of Article (5) hereof.

 

Thus, the term
Real Beneficiary is used in the RB Regulations to describe an Ultimate Beneficial
Owner.

 

Article 5
contains the provisions relating to Real Beneficiary Identification. Article
5(1) provides that whoever either

(i)         owns or finally controls 25% or more of
an entity’s shares directly or indirectly; or

(ii)        has the right to vote representing 25% or
more of an entity’s shares directly or through a chain of ownership and
control; or

(iii)       controls the entity through any other
means, such as by appointing or dismissing the majority of directors

shall be
considered as the Legal Person’s Real Beneficiary.

 

While
determining whether someone is a ‘real beneficiary’, it is important to look
through any number of legal persons or arrangements of any kind, intermediaries
or other entities that are used in a chain of ownership / control so as to
identify the ultimate natural person.

 

It is
worthwhile to note that the term ‘Legal Person’ is not defined in the Federal
Law No. 2 of 2015 on Commercial Companies, or the UAE Anti-Money Laundering
Law, or the RB Regulations. Therefore, it has to be understood in its ordinary
meaning as compared to a natural person and meaning as companies or corporate
entities.

 

However, in the
context of Article 5(2) for real beneficiary identification which uses the term
legal ‘arrangements’, in Article 1 of the UAE Anti-Money Laundering Law, the
term ‘Legal Arrangement’ has been defined as under:

 

‘Legal
Arrangement:
A relationship established by means of a
contract between two or more parties which does not result in the creation of a
legal personality such as trust funds or other similar arrangements.’

 

Further, ‘real
beneficiary’ includes any joint or co-owners of particular shares (such as
family members holding shares through a trust or similar structure). The RB
Regulations are clear that it is both direct and indirect ownership / control
that are to be considered.

 

If it is not
possible to ascertain whether anyone is considered to be a ‘real beneficiary’
based on any of the tests set out above, then the natural person who occupies
the senior management position (i.e., the decision-making authority of an
entity) will be deemed to be the ‘real beneficiary’ under the RB Regulations.

 

Given the
breadth of the RB Regulations, specifically, the definition of ‘real
beneficiary’, there is a view that a beneficiary under a nominee arrangement
would be within the scope of the RB Regulations, i.e., the beneficiary would be
considered as holding shares or exercising control in spite of it doing so
through a nominee.

(vii)
Disclosure requirements and registers

As per Articles
8 and 10 of the RB Regulations, from 27th October, 2020 all entities
covered within the scope of the Regulations must keep the Real Beneficiary
Register and Partners or Shareholders Register (the Registers).

 

a) Real
Beneficiary Register

However,
Article (8)(2) of the RB Regulations sets out specific information that should
now be maintained in relation to each Real Beneficiary. The Real Beneficiary
Register must include the following information for each Real Beneficiary of an
entity:

  •             the name,
    nationality, date and place of birth;
  •             the place of
    residence or address to which notifications can be sent;
  •             the Emirates ID
    number or passport number and its date of issuance and expiration;
  •             the basis for, and
    the date upon which, the individual became a real beneficiary; and if
    applicable, the date upon which the individual ceases to be a real
    beneficiary.

 

b) Partners or
Shareholders Register

The requirement
to keep a Shareholder Register is not new in the UAE as Article 260 of the UAE
Federal Law No. 2 of 2015 on Commercial Companies provides that ‘Private
Joint Stock Companies shall have a register where the names of the shareholders,
the number of shares held by them and any dispositions of the shares are
entered. Such register shall be delivered to the shares register secretariat.’

 

Now under the
RB Regulations, the following information is required to be kept in the
Partners or Shareholders Register:

  •             the number and
    class of shares held and the voting rights associated with such shares;
  •             the date on which
    the partner / shareholder became the owner of such shares;
  •          For every partner /
    shareholder who is a person:

           the nationality;

           address;

           place of birth;

           name and address of employer; and

           a true copy of a valid Emirates ID or
passport.

  •          For every partner /
    shareholder that is a legal entity:

           the name, legal form and a copy of
its Memorandum of Association;

           the address of the main office or
headquarters of the entity, and if it is a foreign entity, the name and address
of its legal representative in the UAE and the supporting documentation
providing proof of such information;

           the ‘statute’ or any other similar
documents approved by the relevant authorities concerned with the
implementation of the UAE’s anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

           the details of the person(s) who hold
senior management positions.

 

(viii) Trustees
and nominal management members

In addition to
the details of partners / shareholders, a legal person, i.e., corporate entity,
must also maintain the same information required for real beneficiaries, for
any trustees or board nominal members (nominal members) as part of its Partners
or Shareholders Register.

 

The RB
Regulations broadly define a ‘Board nominal member’ as a natural member
acting in accordance with the guidelines, instructions or will of another
person. A ‘Trustee’ means a natural or legal person enjoying the rights
and powers granted to him by the testator or the trust fund under which he
manages, uses and disposes of the testator’s funds in accordance with the
conditions imposed on him by any of them.

 

As per the
provisions of Article 9(1), all nominal members must notify and submit the
required information to the legal person within 15 days of being appointed as a
nominal member. In addition, a legal person is required to disclose the details
concerning the interests or shares and identity of the holders of any shares
issued in the names of persons or nominee members within 15 days of such
issuance to the relevant authority.

 

All existing
nominal members are required to notify the legal person and submit the relevant
information for recording their data in the Partners or Shareholders Register
within 30 days of the RB Regulation’s publication date, 28th August,
2020, i.e., by 27th September, 2020.

 

Any changes to
nominee members (including their particulars) must be notified by the nominee
members to the Entity within 15 days of such a change taking place.

 

(ix)
Compliances deadlines

The Registers
need to be created and filed with the Registrar from 27th October,
2020 onwards. Newly-incorporated legal persons will need to file the Registers
with the Registrar within 60 days of incorporation.

 

A legal person
is primarily responsible for maintaining and filing the Registers and must take
reasonable measures to obtain accurate and updated information regarding its
real beneficiaries on an ongoing basis. However, if a real beneficiary is
licensed or registered in the UAE or is listed (or owned by a company that is
listed) on a reputable exchange that has adequate disclosure and transparency
rules, then a legal person can rely on the information that such a company may
have filed or disclosed to the relevant regulators without having to make
further investigations as to the validity of such information.

 

Any change to
the information contained in the Registers must be updated and notified to the
Registrar within 15 days of such change. A legal person must also appoint, and
subsequently notify the Registrar, of a person who is resident in the UAE and
is authorised by the legal person to submit all information and Registers
required under the RB Regulations.

 

It is worth
noting that there is a positive obligation on legal persons to act if they
become aware of a person that could be a real beneficiary but who is not listed
as such in the Registers.

 

In those
circumstances, a legal person must send an inquiry to the suspected real
beneficiary and, if they do not receive a response within 15 days, must send a
formal notice (with certain prescribed information included) asking the person
to confirm whether he is a real beneficiary. If the suspected real beneficiary
fails to respond to such notice within 15 days, then the details of that person
must be entered on the Registers. If a person/s thinks they have been
incorrectly recorded as a real beneficiary on a legal person’s register, then
an application to a competent court in the UAE can be made to correct the
information.

 

Article 11(5)
of the RB Regulations provides that no legal person who is licensed or
registered in the UAE may issue bearer share guarantees.

 

In regard to
companies that are under dissolution or liquidation, the appointed liquidator
has an obligation to provide a true copy of the updated Real Beneficiary
Register to the Registrar within 30 days of the liquidator’s appointment.

 

(x)
Confidentiality

The Registrar
is required to keep information that is disclosed to it under the RB
Regulations confidential and not to disclose such information without approval
from the person involved. However, the UAE Government may disclose information
it receives under the RB Regulations to third parties in order to comply with
international laws and agreements that are in place, in particular those aimed
at countering money laundering and the financing of terrorism.

 

(xi) Penalties

At present, the
RB Regulations do not include specific penalties for violations. However,
Article 17 provides that the Minister of Economy or the delegated authorities
may impose one or more sanctions from the Administrative Sanctions Regulations.

 

It is expected
that a list of penalties and sanctions for non-compliance will be issued soon
along with a framework and additional guidance on how information is to be
collected and submitted.

 

(xii) Local and
international co-operation

Article 16 of
the RB Regulations provides that the Ministry of Economy will share the
information and data provided by a legal person, including from the legal
person’s Real Beneficiary and Partners or Shareholders Register, with the
Government entities tasked with enforcing the UAE anti-money laundering regime.

 

Besides, the Ministry of Economy will facilitate international
co-operation by allowing foreign authorities access in certain circumstances to
the data from the Real Beneficiary Register and the Partners or Shareholders
Register.

 

4. THE ROAD AHEAD – RECOMMENDED STEPS FOR THE MNES

It is undeniable that there is a trend towards increased corporate
ownership transparency around the world. However, despite the international
push towards transparency, local frameworks for determining and reporting
beneficial ownership remains inconsistent, with specific requirements varying
from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

The current
lack of consistency poses unique challenges for multinationals managing the
various compliance requirements in different jurisdictions, including the
different information that needs to be provided and timelines imposed for
reporting.

 

In addition,
the underlying legislation in many jurisdictions remains new and subject to
refinement through interpretative guidance and accompanying regulations that
have yet to be published.

 

As with all
disclosure obligations, companies need to strike a balance between providing
sufficient and accurate information while avoiding over-disclosure that can
cause confusion.

 

5.  CONCLUSION

UAE’s RB
Regulations’ objective is to bring the country’s company registration process
in line with international standards and further enhance the State’s
co-operation with its international counterparts in the common effort of
combating money laundering, terrorism and criminal financing. It does not seek
to recognise or regulate a new legal concept such as equitable interests but
merely acknowledges that such type of interest exists and is recognised under
the legal framework of some of its international counterparts.

 

In this article
we have given brief information about some of the illustrative jurisdictions
where beneficial ownership regulations have been introduced / expanded. While
incorporating any entity in any foreign jurisdiction, it would be advisable to
keep in mind the beneficial ownership regulations in those jurisdictions.

 

Readers would be well advised to carefully look into applicable
Beneficial Ownership Regulations along with Guidance, clarifications, etc.,
provided thereon, before taking necessary action in respect of the same.

 

 

 

2020
Returns in US Markets

Tesla $TSLA: +743%

Peloton $PTON: +434%

Moderna $MRNA: +434%

Zoom $ZM: +396%

Bitcoin: +304%

 

$AAPL: +82%

$AMZN: +76%

Nasdaq 100 $QQQ: +49%

$MSFT: +43%

$GOOGL: +31%

 

Gold: +24%

Small Caps $IWM: +20%

S&P $SPY: +18%

LT Treasuries $TLT: +18%

Oil: -21%

 

via @charliebilello

 

 

 

[Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, Chennai ‘A’ Bench; dated 24th July, 2006, passed in I.T.A. Nos. 490/MDS/2000, 352/MDS/2000 and 353/MDS/2002 for A.Ys. 1996-1997, 1997-1998 and 1998-1999] Business expenditure – Provision made for site restoration – Contingent liability – Commercial expediency – Allowable expenditure u/s 37

5. M/s Vedanta Limited vs.
The Jt. CIT, Special Range-I
[Tax
Case Appeal Nos. 2117 to 2119 of 2008; Date of order: 23rd January,
2020] (Madras High Court)

 

[Income
Tax Appellate Tribunal, Chennai ‘A’ Bench; dated 24th July, 2006,
passed in I.T.A. Nos. 490/MDS/2000, 352/MDS/2000 and 353/MDS/2002 for A.Ys.
1996-1997, 1997-1998 and 1998-1999]

 

Business
expenditure – Provision made for site restoration – Contingent liability –
Commercial expediency – Allowable expenditure u/s 37

 

The
assessee is engaged in the business of oil exploration in India and as per the
Product Sharing Contract between the Government of India, Oil and Natural Gas
Corporation Limited (ONGC), Videocon Petroleum Limited, Command Petroleum
(India) Pte. Limited, Ravva Oil (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. with respect to the
contract area identified as Ravva Oil & Gas Fields. The assessee company
undertaking the oil exploration is obligated under Clauses 1.77 and 14.9 of the
contract to restore the site by filling up the pits after the oil exploration
work is over.

 

The provision for such expenditure to be incurred in future for site
restoration work was made on a scientific and rational basis depending upon the
quantum of oil expected to be explored, based on production of the oil which
was worked out depending upon the share of the oil of various companies of
which the assessee had 22.5% of the total oil explored, and over the expected
production of the oil in barrels and abandonment costs computed by the company.
The assessee company computed the said expected liability of site restoration
charges and accordingly made provisions for the three A.Ys. in question.

 

The
Tribunal disallowed the provisions made by the assessee for site restoration
cost for the A.Ys. in question by holding that ‘an expenditure which is
deducted for income-tax purpose is one which is towards a liability actually
existing at the time, but putting aside some money which may become an
expenditure on the happening of an event is not an expenditure.’ In other
words, the Tribunal held that since the provision made under site restoration
fund is a contingent liability incurred by the assessee, the same is not an
allowable expenditure. The Tribunal held that the provision for site
restoration fund cannot be allowed even u/s 37(1) of the Act.

 

The
Tribunal also referred to the provisions of section 33ABA inserted by the
Finance (No. 2) Act, 1998 with effect from 1st April, 1999 from
which date such a provision for site restoration made by the assessee cannot be
allowed unless an actual deposit is made in the Site Restoration Fund u/s
33ABA. But the A.Ys. in question before the Court are prior to this amendment
of law.

 

Before the
Hon’ble High Court the only question left for deciding the controversy on hand
was whether such deduction of ‘Provision made for Site Restoration’ by the
assessee can be allowed as a business expenditure u/s
37(1).

 

Section
37(1) of the Act is a residual provision and apart from various deductions for
business expenditure prescribed under sections 32 to 36 which are specific in
nature, section 37(1) provides that any expenditure (not being expenditure of
the nature described in sections 30 to 36 and not being in the nature of
capital expenditure or personal expenses of the assessee),
‘laid out or expended’ ‘wholly and exclusively’
for the purposes of the business or profession shall be allowed in computing
the income chargeable under the head ‘Profits and gains of business or
profession’. Thus, the expenditure incurred by the assessee or a provision made
for the same are both allowable u/s 37(1), provided such expenditure is
incurred wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business and is laid out or
expended for the purpose of business.

 

The
assessee urged that the Supreme Court in the case of
Calcutta Company Limited vs. CIT (1959) 37 ITR 1 (SC)
has laid down that inasmuch as the liability which had accrued during the
accounting year was to be discharged at a future date, the amount to be
expended in the discharge of that liability would have to be estimated in order
that under the mercantile system of accounting the amount could be debited
before it was actually disbursed.

 

Further,
relying upon another judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of
Bharat Earth Movers vs. CIT (2000) 245 ITR 428 (SC),
it was submitted that the law is settled –
if a
business liability has definitely arisen in the accounting year, the deduction
should be allowed although the liability may have to be quantified and
discharged at a future date
.

 

It was
further submitted that the three yardsticks, criteria or parameters for
allowing the ‘Provisions made for future expenditure’ were discussed by the
Supreme Court in the case of
Rotork Controls India
(P) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax
reported
in
2009 314 ITR 0062. Thus,
the three criteria of the provision are recognised when
(a) an enterprise has a present obligation as a result of a past
event; (b) it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to
settle the obligation; and (c) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of
the obligation.

 

It was
urged that all the three criteria are satisfied by the assessee in the present
cases and there is no dispute from the side of the Revenue that the assessee
has incurred an obligation under the contract. The question of restoring the
site of exploration after the work is over for which the said provision is made
is based on a scientific method and relevant materials.

 

The High
Court observed that for the three assessment years in question the provision
made by the assessee was clearly an allowable expenditure u/s 37(1). The only
ingredient required to be complied with for section 37(1) is that the
expenditure in question should be laid out or expended wholly for the purpose
of the business of the assessee. There is no dispute that the provision in
question was made wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business. The only
dispute was that the expenditure was not actually incurred in these years and
the amount was to be spent in future out of the provisions made during those
assessment years, viz., 1996-1997 to 1998-1999.

 

The Court
observed that there was no prohibition or negation for making a provision for
meeting such a future obligation and such a provision being treated as a
revenue expenditure u/s 37(1). The Supreme Court in the case of
Calcutta Company Limited (Supra) had
clearly held that the words ‘Lay’ (laid out) or ‘Expend’ include expendable in
future, too. The making of a provision by an assessee is a matter of good
business or commercial prudence and it is to set apart a fund computed on
scientific basis to meet the expenditure to be incurred in future. There is no
time frame or limitation prescribed for the said provisions to be actually
spent. Merely because in the context like the one involved in this case the
contract period is long, viz., 25 years, which, too, now stands extended by a
period of ten years or more, and therefore the actual work of site restoration
may happen after 35 years depending upon the actual exploration of oil reserves
and the site restoration would be undertaken only if there is no longer some
oil to be explored or drawn out, therefore, it cannot be said that the
provision made for the three assessment years at the beginning of the contract
period was irrational or a disallowable expenditure.

 

The
question of commercial expediency is a usual business and economic decision to
be taken by the assessee and not by the Revenue authorities, therefore the
provision made on a reasonable basis cannot be disallowed u/s 37(1) unless it
can be said to have no connection with the business of the assessee. The words
‘wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business’ is a sufficient safeguard
and check and balance by the Revenue authorities to test and verify the
creation of provisions for meeting a liability by the assessee in future and its
connectivity with the business of the assessee. Assuming that such set-apart
provision is not actually spent in future or something less is spent on site
restoration, nothing prevents the Revenue authorities and the assessee himself
from offering it back for taxation in such future year, the unspent provision
to be thus brought back to tax as per section 41(1).

 

In view of the aforesaid facts, the appeals
filed by the assessee were allowed.

Scientific research – Special deduction u/s 80-IB(8A) – Jurisdiction to examine nature of research – Prescribed authority under Act alone has power to examine nature of scientific research and determine whether assessee is entitled to special deduction u/s 80-IB(8A) – A.O. has no power to determine questions

32. CIT vs. Quintiles Research (India) Private Ltd. [2020]
429 ITR 4 (Kar.) Date
of order: 14th October, 2020
A.Y.:
2008-09

 

Scientific
research – Special deduction u/s 80-IB(8A) – Jurisdiction to examine nature of
research – Prescribed authority under Act alone has power to examine nature of
scientific research and determine whether assessee is entitled to special
deduction u/s 80-IB(8A) – A.O. has no power to determine questions

 

aged in
pharmaceutical research and development as well as clinical research for
pharmacy products. For the A.Y. 2008-09 the assessee claimed deduction of Rs.
31,32,49,090 u/s 80-IB(8A). The A.O. held that the assessee is not undertaking
any scientific research and development on its own as specified under rule
18DA(1)(c) of the Rules. It was further held that the assessee has not been
able to sell any output / prototype till date and undertakes the activities as
specified in the agreement and transfers the data / information to the customer
who in turn may use the same to develop a technology product / patent and the
assessee itself is not engaged in scientific research and development
activities leading to development / improvement / transfer of technology. Thus,
it was held that the assessee does not meet the prescribed conditions u/s
80-IB(8A). Accordingly, the claim of the assessee for deduction under the
aforesaid provision was disallowed.

 

The
Dispute Resolution Panel rejected the objections of the assessee. The Tribunal
allowed the appeal preferred by the assessee and set aside the order of the
A.O. In the appeal filed by the Revenue, the following question of law was
raised before the Karnataka High Court:

 

‘Whether,
on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Tribunal is right in law
in holding that the conditions of rule 18DA can be looked into only by the
prescribed authority and not by the A.O., whereas the said rule prescribes the
conditions necessary for allowing deduction u/s 80-IB(8A) and the A.O. is well
within his jurisdiction to accept or reject the same based on the conformity
adhered to by the assessee?’

 

The
Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

 

‘i)    Section 80-IB provides for
deduction in respect of profits and gains from certain industrial undertakings
other than infrastructure development undertakings. Under sub-section (8A) in
the case of an assessee engaged in scientific research and development, there
would be 100% deduction of the profits and gains of such business for a period
of ten consecutive assessment years subject to the condition that the company
satisfied the conditions enumerated in sub-section (8A) of section 80-IB. From
a conjoint reading of rules 18D and 18DA of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 it is
axiomatic that it is for the prescribed authority to examine the nature of
research and scientific development proposed to be or being carried out by the
company who seeks approval or extension of approval. Once under sub-rule (2)
approval is granted which enures for a period of three years, it can be
extended only on satisfactory performance of the company, which has to be
assessed on periodic review by the prescribed authority. The prescribed
authority is also empowered to call for such information or documents which may
be found necessary for consideration of the application for grant of approval.
Even during the currency of the approval granted by the prescribed authority,
the company has to satisfy several conditions in terms of rule 18DA(2) of the
Rules. The prescribed authority is also empowered to withdraw the approval.
Thus, the statutory scheme of the Rules mandates the prescribed authority to be
a body which can minutely examine the highly technical and scientific
requirements in the case of a company.

 

ii)    Therefore, once the
prescribed authority grants approval and such approval holds the field, it
would not be open to the A.O. or any other Revenue authority to sit in appeal
over such approval certificate and re-examine the issue of fulfilment of
conditions mentioned in sub-rule (1) of rule 18DA of the Rules. The prescribed
authority is a specialised body having expertise in the field of scientific
research and development and the requirements being extremely complex,
scientific requirements have, therefore, been rightly placed in the hands of
the expert body.

 

iii)   There is no plausible reason
why the A.O. should be allowed to sit in appeal over the decision of a body
which is prescribed under the Rules. An issue with regard to violation of
conditions mentioned in rule 18DA can be looked into only by the prescribed
authority and not by the A.O.’

Non-resident – Income deemed to accrue or arise in India – Section 9(1)(vii) – Fees for technical services – Effect of Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vii) – Agreement for export of garments – Non-resident company inspecting garments, ensuring quality and export within stipulated time – No technical services performed by non-resident – Income received by non-resident not taxable in India

31. DIT (International
Taxation) vs. Jeans Knit Pvt. Ltd.
[2020]
428 ITR 285 (Kar.) Date
of order: 10th September, 2020
A.Y.: 2007-08

 

Non-resident
– Income deemed to accrue or arise in India – Section 9(1)(vii) – Fees for
technical services – Effect of Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vii) – Agreement
for export of garments – Non-resident company inspecting garments, ensuring
quality and export within stipulated time – No technical services performed by
non-resident – Income received by non-resident not taxable in India

 

The assessee was
engaged in the business of manufacturing and export of garments and was a 100%
export-oriented undertaking. The assessee company imported accessories from
other countries, mostly from Europe. For this purpose it had engaged a Hong
Kong company to render various services at the time of import such as
inspection of fabrics and timely dispatch of material. The assessee paid 12.5%
of the import value as charges to the non-resident company. The assessee made
payments to the non-resident company in the A.Y. 2007-08 without deduction of
tax at source. The A.O., by an order,
inter alia held that the non-resident company was a service provider and was
not an agent of the assessee and the services rendered by the non-resident
company had to be treated as technical services and were squarely covered under
the scope and ambit of section 9(1)(vii). The assessee failed to deduct tax at
source at the rate of 10% and therefore the assessee was treated as an assessee
in default.

 

The Commissioner
(Appeals) upheld the order of the A.O. But the Tribunal set aside the order.

 

On appeal by the
Revenue, the Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held
as under:

 

‘i)    From the agreement executed by the assessee
with the non-resident company it was evident that the non-resident company was
required to inspect the quality of fabrics and other accessories in accordance
with the sample approved by the assessee and coordinate with the suppliers to
ship the goods within the stipulated date. The assessee in consultation with
the exporters identified the manufacturers as well as the quality and price of
the material to be imported.

ii)    The non-resident company was nowhere involved
either in identification of the exporter or in selecting the material and
negotiating the price. The quality of material was also determined by the
assessee and the non-resident company was only required to make physical
inspection to see if it resembled the quality specified by the assessee. For
rendering this service, no technical knowledge was required.

 

iii)   The Tribunal on the basis of meticulous
appreciation of the evidence on record had recorded a finding that the
non-resident company was not rendering any consultancy service to the assessee.
Therefore, it would not fall within the services contemplated u/s 9(1)(vii).

 

iv) The substantial
questions of law framed by a Bench of this Court are answered against the
Revenue and in favour of the assessee.’

 

Export – Exemption u/s 10A – Effect of section 10A and Notification No. S.O. 890(e) of CBDT – Assessee carrying on back-office work and preparation of applications for patent in USA – Assessee entitled to exemption u/s 10A

30. CIT vs. Narendra R. Thappetta [2020]
428 ITR 485 (Kar.) Date
of order: 10th September, 2020
A.Ys.: 2009-10 and 2010-11

 

Export –
Exemption u/s 10A – Effect of section 10A and Notification No. S.O. 890(e) of
CBDT – Assessee carrying on back-office work and preparation of applications
for patent in USA – Assessee entitled to exemption u/s 10A

 

The
assessee received back-office work from the legal department of software
companies in the USA. For the A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2010-11 he claimed deduction
u/s 10A of Rs. 3,24,74,124 and Rs. 3,34,41,151, respectively. The A.O. held
that section 10A applies only in respect of profits and gains derived from
export of articles, or things or computer software and, therefore, the assessee
is not entitled to deduction u/s 10A as his activities do not constitute
development of a computer programme as defined u/s 10A. It was further held
that the activities of the assessee do not fall in any of the categories as
mentioned in Notification No. 890 dated 26th September, 2000
([2000] 245 ITR (St.) 102) issued by
the CBDT and rejected the claims of deduction of the assessee u/s 10A.

 

The
Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) allowed the appeals filed by the assessee
and held that the assessee is entitled to deduction u/s 10A in the light of the
Notification issued by the CBDT which is applicable to the case of the assessee
as the services rendered by him can broadly be classified as office operations,
data processing, legal databases and the same can be termed as information
technology-enabled services. The Tribunal held that the activities of the
assessee can be categorised as back-office operations, data processing, legal
databases or even under remote maintenance and the same can be termed as
information technology-enabled products or services. The Tribunal therefore
held that the assessee is entitled to claim deduction u/s 10A.

 

On appeal
by the Revenue, the Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal
and held as under:

 

‘i)    Section 10A provides for
exemption of profits derived from export of computer software. The CBDT issued
a Notification No. S.O. 890(E), dated 26th September, 2000
([2000] 245 ITR (St.) 102) to specify the information technology-enabled products /
services as provided u/s 10A. The Notification is clarificatory in nature and
has been issued to clarify the expression “computer software” used in
Explanation 2(i)(b) of section 10A. The Notification specifies that information
technology-enabled products or services mentioned in the Notification shall be
treated as information technology-enabled products or services for the purposes
of Explanation 2(i)(b) of section 10A, which includes back-office operations
and data processing
as well.

 

ii)    The assessee received back-office work from
the legal department of software companies in the US. These companies assigned
back-office work of registering their technology in the US patent office. The
applications were prepared and finalised and signatures were obtained in the
declaration. For development of work product as patent application, the US
patent application contained drawings and specifications. The drawings were
generated using computer-aided design software and specifications were written
using word processing software. The back-office standard required a level of
control over formulation of the editing of the content of the application which
was possible only with the use of information technology.

 

iii)  The activities of the assessee could be
classified as data processing, legal databases and remote maintenance in terms
of the Notification issued by the CBDT. The assessee was transmitting the
patent application and related data which was stored in electronic form and
therefore, such data was customised data and the assessee was eligible for
deduction u/s 10A. The Appellate Tribunal was justified in holding that the
assessee was entitled to the benefit of deduction u/s 10A.’

TRANSITIONAL CREDIT TUSSLE

India’s
policy-makers introduced the GST law with the objective of removing the
cascading effect of taxes and replacing it with a single value-added tax across
the country. The Statement of Objects and Reasons for the Constitutional (One
Hundred and Twenty Second Amendment) Bill, 2014 and the memorandum introducing
the GST Bill(s) had as their objective a seamless transfer of Input Tax Credit
along the value chain of a product and consequently to reduce the cost of
production and inflation in the economy.

 

Effective
1st July, 2017, the key compliance for a taxpayer was to prepare and
file his Transition Forms (in Form Tran-1 and / or Tran-2).The transition
credit became a critical entry step for taxpayers to avail the benefit of GST
and commence their journey into an idealistic value-added tax system. Many
large enterprises had blocked their working capital in such taxes and were
seeking early utilisation of their credit against their output taxes. Despite
the lack of robust legal and technical support from the regulatory authorities,
most business houses succeeded with the advice of tax practitioners, but there
was a set of businesses (a small percentage of the total GST registrations) who
struggled to perform their transition obligations. The eligibility or
ineligibility of transition credit is not the subject of discussion of this
article – and nobody denies a rightful claimant this transition credit; what is
under debate is the strict time limit imposed by the Revenue authorities in
complying with the transition credit formalities.

 

A
significant number of taxpayers failed to exercise their transitional credit
rights. The reasons were varied and we may categorise the taxpayers into broad
categories of those (a) unaware of the entitlement of transition credit (MSMEs,
rural and semi-urban entities, etc.); (b) aware but clueless about filling up
the transition forms due to lack of appropriate advisers and regulatory
support; (c) facing technical challenges (at their end or at the GSTN portal
end); and (d) those who genuinely missed the bus due to multiple extensions,
the peculiar due date of 27th December, 2017 and so on.

 

Thus,
taxpayers are in a tussle before the Courts to resolve this deadlock where they
are pleading for condonation but the Revenue is contending that 180 days was
sufficient time and no leniency is to be given to taxpayers on this subject.
Revenue also claims that the plea of technical difficulties is a mere alibi and
the sole proof of a genuine attempt to file a transition is the GSTN system log
and nothing else.

 

BACKGROUND TO TRANSITION COMPLIANCE

Section
140 provided for the claim of transition credit under multiple scenarios.
Unlike the time limits prescribed for availing GST Input Tax Credit (ITC) u/s
16, there was a clear absence of any time limit under the primary enactment.
Rule 117 of the CGST Rules notified that the declaration ought to be filed
electronically within 90 days from the appointed date. The
proviso provided for an extension by the
Commissioner by another 90 days based on the recommendations of the GST
Council. Accordingly, the initial time limit stood at 28th September,
2017 which was subsequently extended by Order Nos. 3/2017, 7/2017 and 9/2017 to
31st October, 30th November and finally to 27th
December, 2017. In fact, 27th December, 2017 was the last
permissible date for extension of filing Tran-1 under Rule 117 of the CGST
Rules. The said orders were issued by the Commissioner of GST in terms of
powers exercised under Rule 117 read with section 168 of the CGST Act. The
transition forms were disabled on the GSTN portal immediately after (on 28th
December, 2017) and hence taxpayers who could not file their returns were
not permitted to make any electronic submission of their transition data.

 

Apart from
the taxpayers in general, to give effect to Court directions (discussed later),
Rule 117(1A) was introduced which provided case-specific extensions to taxpayers
who proved their
bona fides of facing
technical difficulties. The overall time limit of Rule 117(1A) was frequently
extended until 31st March, 2020 and effectively stood extended up to
31st August, 2020 (under the general Covid Notifications).

 

BONE OF CONTENTION

The
primary grievance of taxpayers on the legal front was that the time limit
specified in Rule 117 was beyond the powers delegated to the Central Government
u/s 140 of the CGST Act. The section provided for prescription of rules for the
limited purpose of defining the manner or form in which the declaration u/s 140
was to be made by the taxpayers. The section did not delegate the powers of
fixing or extending time limits for filing the Transition declaration. Revenue,
on the other hand, considered section 164 as empowering them to make rules for
any purpose of the Act. The matter was challenged in multiple High Courts and
contrary rulings have been delivered (discussed later). Revenue authorities
quickly recognised the deficiency in the provisions of section 140 and
introduced a retrospective amendment
vide
Finance Act, 2020 empowering the Central Government to validate the time limits
specified in Rule 117. Interestingly, the amendment was brought in to validate
a time limit which had already expired / lost its utility and is certainly
questionable before the Courts.

 

The other
grievance of taxpayers was that the multiple extensions were on account of a
lack of readiness of the GST portal and sufficient time was not provided for
filing the Transition returns. Those taxpayers who had the available data were
facing technical difficulties either with the web portal or the Transition
form. Revenue acknowledged that taxpayers faced technical difficulties and
quickly formed an IT Grievance Redressal Committee (ITGRC) on the directions of
the High Courts of Allahabad and Bombay.

 

Revenue
issued Circular No. 39/13/2018-GST dated 3rd April, 2018 setting up
a committee on the basis of the approval granted by the GST Council
vide its 26th  meeting held on 10th March,
2018. The Circular defined a very narrow entry point to approach the ITGRC,
i.e.,

  •    Where
    the taxpayer has made a
    bona fide
    attempt to file the Tran return and recorded by the system logs maintained by
    GSTN;
  •    No
    amendment is permissible to the data already available in the GSTN servers and
    ITGRC cannot be used as a forum to revise Transition claim data;
  •    Field
    formations were directed to verify the data and collection of information at
    the time of seeking special permission to open the GSTN portal;
  •    ITGRC
    would approve the opening of the GST portal for the specified taxpayers who met
    the criteria set forth by the ITGRC and established technical difficulties
    conclusively.

 

Seeing
this ray of hope, many taxpayers approached the ITGRC with their grievances and
sought filing of the Tran returns. But much to their disappointed, many
taxpayers failed to meet the stringent criteria set forth by the ITGRC and once
again knocked at the door of the Courts for justice. The following applications
were rejected by the ITGRC:

  •    Lack
    of digital evidence like screenshots, help-desk correspondence, etc.;
  •    Unawareness
    about the due date;
  •    Lack
    of knowledge of computer systems;
  •    Mistakes
    committed while filing online; and
  •    Ignorance
    with the hope that the due date would be extended,
    etc.

 

The tussle
regarding Transition credit is now before several Courts and case-specific
decisions are being delivered on this front to resolve the issue. The decisions
would be clubbed based on the similarities of the issues and the decision
rendered.

 

DIVERGENT VIEWS OF THE COURT

Type 1
decisions:
Recognised that transition credit is a
vested right and procedural lapses cannot submerge this right.

In Siddharth Enterprises (2019) (9) TMI 319,
the Gujarat High Court was examining a matter where the taxpayer did not file
the transition return due to technical challenges and challenged the time limit
provisions under Rule 117 as being
ultra vires
the statute. The taxpayer argued that the intention of the Government is not to
collect tax twice on the same goods; section 140(3) grants a substantive right
which cannot be curtailed by procedural lapses; right accrued / vested under
the existing law and is saved under GST; right of credit is a constitutional
right; doctrine of legitimate expectation is applicable to such credit. The
Court laid down a very elaborate order and affirmed that credit is due to the
taxpayer in terms of section 140. The key findings of the Court were as
follows:

  •    Credit
    legally accrued under the erstwhile laws is a vested right and cannot be taken
    away by virtue of Rule 117 with retrospective effect on failure to file the
    Transition form. The provision of credit is as good as tax paid and such right
    cannot be offended on failure to file the form;
  •    The
    denial of transition credit is against the policy of avoiding the cascading
    effect of taxes which has been explicitly set out in the Statement of Objects
    and Reasons of the Constitutional Amendment bill;
  •    Section
    16 grants time until September, 2018 to claim the ITC while the transition
    credit has been limited until 27th December, 2017 which is
    discriminatory and without any rationale;
  •    The
    doctrine of legitimate expectation mandates that a person would have a
    legitimate expectation to be treated by any administrative authority in a
    particular manner based on the representations or promises made by such
    authority. The vested right of ITC cannot be withdrawn after compliance of
    conditions under the erstwhile laws;
  •    Input
    Tax Credit is a property right in terms of Article 300A and cannot be denied on
    procedural lapses.

 

These
views were subsequently adopted in
Heritage
Lifestyles & Developers Private Limited (2020) (11) TMI 236
wherein
the coordinate bench of the Bombay High Court observed the divergent decision
of
NELCO (discussed below) and yet held
that the substantive right of credit cannot be denied on procedural grounds and
technicalities cannot hinder substantial justice.

 

Type 2
decisions:
Input Tax Credit is a concession and not
a right and hence prescription under rule 117 is valid law which mandates
strict compliance.

In NELCO Ltd. (2020) (3) TMI 1087, the
Bombay High Court examined the challenge to the time limit under Rule 117. The
taxpayer had attempted filing the Transition return, submitted their browsing
history and communicated their grievance via email multiple times but failed to
receive a suitable response. The line of argument adopted in this case was more
on the
vires of Rule 117 and the phrase
‘technical difficulties’ in 117(1A). The taxpayer contended that the said
phrase would refer to difficulties both at the taxpayer’s end as well as the
GSTN end. Revenue contended that presumption of legality of law and subordinate
legislation cannot be negated until it is arbitrary or unreasonable. Section
164(2) has granted a general rule-making authority to the Government for the
implementation of the Act which includes, amongst others, the right to specify
the time limit for filing of transition declarations. The Court finally upheld
Revenue’s contentions as follows:

 

  •    Section
    164 grants rule-making powers of the widest amplitude and is sufficient to
    validate Rule 117. It does not rule contrary to the parent enactment. Once the
    rule is held to be valid, the time limit prescribed therein
    operates strictly;
  •    Rule
    117(1A) has been inserted to address genuine technical difficulties and
    provides for a uniform and technically capable criterion for ascertaining the
    claim and the taxpayer should follow this process;
  •    Input
    Tax Credit being a concession should be utilised in a time-bound manner;
  •    ‘Technical
    difficulty’ should be understood as those at the GSTN server-end and not
    elsewhere. When multiple taxpayers succeeded in filing the form, there was no
    reason for citing technical reasons for non-filing. The system log is an
    unquestionable criterion for ascertaining the genuineness of the claim of
    technical difficulty and the absence of such a criterion may make the
    examination subjective.

 

These
views were subsequently followed in
P.R.
Mani Electronics (2020) (7) TMI 443.

 

Type 3
decisions:
Recognised technical glitches at the
taxpayer’s end and granted a time limit of three years from introduction of GST
to claim the transition credit.

In Brand Equity (2020) (7) TMI 443 which
included many other matters as a batch, the claim of transition credit could
not be complied with due to various reasons (such as a genuine lapse, system
error, preoccupation, etc.). In such cases, taxpayers admittedly did not have
any evidence of a GSTN error and Courts were examining the cases on meritorious
grounds rather than technical grounds. Taxpayers argued that GST being a new
levy suffering from technical glitches, the procedures should be applied
liberally. The Courts observed as follows:

 

  •    Evidently,
    the GSTN portal was riddled with shortcomings and inadequacies. The online
    portal should be able to perform all functions of the law with all
    flexibilities / options. The Government cannot be insensitive to the
    difficulties faced by trade;
  •    Credit
    duly accumulated under the erstwhile laws are vested rights and in the absence
    of a mechanism to claim refund under the said laws, taxpayers rightly entitled
    to migrate this credit into GST;
  •    There
    is nothing sacrosanct in the time limit of 90 days since it has been extended
    multiple times on account of an inefficient network. The Act does not specify a
    strict time limit for claiming the transition credit;
  •    The
    classification of extending the time limit to specified taxpayers faced
    challenges at the GSTN and not extending to taxpayers in general is arbitrary
    without reasonable basis;
  •    Government
    cannot adopt different standards for itself and for the taxpayers when both
    were facing technical issues at their respective ends;
  •    Taxpayers
    cannot be robbed of their vested rights within 90 days when civil laws grant
    the right for three years;
  •  Rule 117 is directory and cannot
    take away a substantive right. The phrase ‘in the manner prescribed’ can be
    prescription of the form and the content but not the time limit;
  •    But
    it is also not permissible to claim this transition credit as being a perpetual
    right and as a guiding principle subject to the civil law limitation of three
    years. Accordingly, all transition credit claims until June, 2020 would be
    valid in law. Government has been directed to open the portal in order to
    implement this decision.

 

The said
decision was a breakthrough for the taxpayers struggling to seek admittance of
their transition credit claims. The decision cut across all arguments of
technicalities, etc., and addresses the root point that vested rights ought to
be granted and time limit cannot be a garb for denial of such rights.

 

Type 4
decisions:
Recognised that GSTN
had technical difficulties and taxpayers ought to be granted an opportunity to
file the transition returns.

In Tara Exports (2020) (7) TMI 443, the
taxpayer pleaded that there was an attempt to file the Tran-1 online but faced
technical difficulties due to which a manual Tran-1 was filed within one month
of the expiry of the due date. It was contended that GST is in a ‘trial and
error phase’ and inefficiencies of the system cannot debar the claim of credit.
Other arguments on vested right and procedural lapses were also adopted. The
Court recognised that GST was a progressive levy with several technical
glitches in the early stages. Credit which was legitimately accrued to the
taxpayers ought not to be denied on such grounds. Filing of transition return
was procedural in nature and the substantive right of credit should prevail
over procedural lapses. The Court held that since genuine efforts were made by
the taxpayer and evident from records, Revenue was directed to allow the
transition credit. These views were echoed in multiple decisions that followed.

Type 5
decisions:
Recognised that GSTN
was underprepared and taxpayers need not submit proof of technical
difficulties.

In Garuda Packaging Pvt. Ltd. (2019) (10) TMI 556 and Kun United Motors Pvt. Ltd. (2020) (9) TMI 251,
the taxpayers made an attempt to file the return online but faced portal
challenges. The taxpayers filed a letter one year later about their inability
to file Tran-1 but the application was rejected by the ITGRC on the ground that
no such record was available. The taxpayers submitted letters of the details of
eligible credit since they were unable to file the transition form and made
multiple personal visits to the range offices. The High Court held that
non-filing of screenshots cannot be a ground to reject the plea of technical
difficulties. The GST system being still in a trial and error phase, it will be
too much of a burden to expect the taxpayer to comply with the requirements of
the law where they are unable to even connect to the system on account of
network failures or other failures. The Court finally directed the Revenue to
re-open the portal and enable filing of the Tran-1 return. These views were
relied upon in several decisions which followed later.

 

POSITION OF THE TAXPAYER

The taxpayer is now in a slightly tricky position with divergent views
from multiple High Courts across the nation. The Bombay High Court in
NELCO applies the time limitation very strictly and denies credit to
non-vigilant taxpayers but also agrees that taxpayers who have evidence to
substantiate the technical difficulties at the GSTN portal end are permitted to
apply to the ITGRC for re-opening of the portal for claim of credit. The vast
majority of Courts have taken a liberal view on account of the early stage of
the GST law and permitted the transition credit as a substantive right of the
taxpayers. Of course the above decisions would be subject to challenge from
either side before the Supreme Court and the last word on this is awaited. The
taxpayers until then would have to await the outcome and make suitable
provisions / contingencies in the financial statements in case of any
unforeseen decision. The following Table can be a guiding factor for
ascertaining the contingency levels:

 

 

Type of
assesse

Grounds
for claim

Unaware
of entitlement as on 27th December, 2017

Substantive
right and plead condonation of compliance

Attempted
logging onto system but lack proof and made alternative claims within 27th
December, 2017

Substantive
right claimed within time and plead procedural deviation of filing on common
portal

Attempted
logging / filing onto system but lack proof and made alternative claims after
27th December, 2017 – no evidence in form of screenshots

Substantive
right claimed within time and plead genuine attempt but admit lack of proof.
Rely on High Court decisions as above

Attempted
filing onto system but lack proof and made alternative claims after 27th
December, 2017 – possess evidence in form of screenshots

Same
as above but strong case despite NELCO

Successfully
filed but short claimed transition credit in the form

Same
as above

Reported
the data but in wrong data field

Same
as above

 

 

The objective behind the
GST revolution was certainly commendable and generated euphoria in the country.
There was high expectation from the regulatory authorities of a smooth
transition and handholding of the business enterprises into this tectonic
change in the indirect taxation systems in India. Naturally, the size and
complexity of the Indian economy placed a challenge before the regulatory
authorities to educate and empower small, medium and large business houses.
Help desks / grievance centres were expected to be well in place before the
opening bell – but unfortunately it was the litigation floodgates that were
opened.

 

This
tussle is far from closure and the divergent views of Courts are certainly
subject to the decision of the Supreme Court. It is hoped that the Apex Court
views the spirit of the law and also appreciates the genuine difficulties
prevailing at the time of introduction of GST on the technical front. Apart
from pure interpretation of law, it would also be important to appreciate the
economics of the subsumation of erstwhile laws and transition into a single
consolidated value-added tax regime. If the new law is not implemented in the
spirit of the VAT system, a critical objective of this change would be diluted.
One may view this tussle as prolonged but it also reminds taxpayers to be
vigilant and cautious in complying with the law promptly.

Dividend – Deemed dividend – Section 2(22)(e) – Sum shown as unsecured loan obtained by assessee firm from company in which one partner shareholder – Nature of transaction – Deferred liability – Assessee not shareholder of lender company – Loan not assessable as deemed dividend in hands of assessee

29. CIT vs. T. Abdul Wahid and Co. [2020]
428 ITR 456 (Mad.) Date
of order: 21st September, 2020
A.Ys.: 2005-06 and 2006-07

 

Dividend
– Deemed dividend – Section 2(22)(e) – Sum shown as unsecured loan obtained by
assessee firm from company in which one partner shareholder – Nature of
transaction – Deferred liability – Assessee not shareholder of lender company –
Loan not assessable as deemed dividend in hands of assessee

 

One of the
partners of the assessee firm with a 35% stake in the assessee was also a
shareholder in a company with 26.25% shareholding in it. A sum of Rs. 2 crores
was shown as unsecured loan obtained from the company by the assessee. For the
A.Ys. 2012-13 and 2014-15, the A.O. considered this sum as deemed dividend
attracting the provisions of section 2(22)(e).

 

The
Tribunal held that the deemed dividend u/s 2(22)(e) was to be assessed in the
hands of the shareholder and not in the hands of the assessee firm and allowed
the appeals filed by the assessee.

 

On appeals
by the Revenue, the Madras High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and
held as under:

 

‘i)    Section 2(22)(e) would stand attracted when
a payment is made by a company in which public are not substantially interested
by way of advance or loan to a shareholder being a person who is the beneficial
owner of the shares.

 

ii)    On the facts it is clear that the payment
has been made to the assessee, a partnership firm. The partnership firm is not
a shareholder in the company. If such is the factual position, the decision in
the case of
National Travel Services
relied on by the Revenue cannot be applied, nor can the case of
Gopal and Sons, as they are factually
distinguishable. The records placed before the A.O. clearly show the nature of
the transaction between the firm and the company and it is neither a loan nor
an advance, but a deferred liability. These facts have been noted by the A.O.
In such circumstances, this Court is of the view that the Tribunal rightly
reversed the order passed by the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) affirming
the order of the A.O.

 

iii)   For the above reasons, we find no grounds to
interfere with the order passed by the Tribunal and, accordingly, dismiss the
present appeals and answer the substantial question of law against the
Revenue.’

 

Depreciation – Section 32 – Rate of depreciation – Assessee running a hotel – Additional floor space index granted – Not an intangible right – Consideration for additional floor space index payable in instalments – One instalment paid and entire amount debited in accounts – Assessee entitled to depreciation on entire amount at rate applicable to buildings

28. Principal CIT vs. V. Hotels Ltd. [2020]
429 ITR 54 (Bom.) Date
of order: 21st September, 2020
A.Y.: 2006-07

 

Depreciation
– Section 32 – Rate of depreciation – Assessee running a hotel – Additional
floor space index granted – Not an intangible right – Consideration for additional
floor space index payable in instalments – One instalment paid and entire
amount debited in accounts – Assessee entitled to depreciation on entire amount
at rate applicable to buildings

 

The
assessee was running a hotel. For the A.Y. 2006-07 the assessee claimed
depreciation of Rs. 63,90,248 on floor space index; on an opening written down
value of Rs. 2,55,60,990 depreciation at 25% was claimed. The A.O. rejected the
claim of the assessee and added back the sum to the total income of the
assessee. He took the view that grant of floor space index was not in the
nature of any asset but only a payment made to the Government for increasing
the size of the building.

 

The
Commissioner (Appeals) held that the amount spent was for the purpose of
business and being of enduring nature, it would add value to the existing
building as additional floor space index would enable the company to add more
floors over and above the existing structure. Since it related to the building
block of assets, the overall cost of the building block would increase by this
amount. Accordingly, the A.O. was directed to add the amount spent during the
year, i. e., Rs. 68,16,264, to the building block of assets and allow
depreciation as per law. The Tribunal held that on payment of the first
instalment, rights in the form of additional floor space index were capitalised
in the books of accounts. The Tribunal held that the assessee would be entitled
to depreciation at 10% on the whole of the consideration towards floor space
index and not at 25%.

 

On appeal
by the Revenue, the Bombay High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and
held as under:

 

‘Floor
space index relates to the right to construct additional floor to the assessee
which enhances the value or cost of the existing building. It strictly pertains
to addition to the building and therefore depreciation allowable would be at
the rate applicable to buildings and not to intangible rights u/s 32(1)(ii).’

Deduction of tax at source – Section 190 – Liability to deduct tax at source only if there is income – Reimbursement of expenses – No income arises – Tax not deductible at source

27. Zephyr Biomedicals vs. JCIT [2020]
428 ITR 398 (Bom.)
Date of order: 7th October, 2020

 

Deduction
of tax at source – Section 190 – Liability to deduct tax at source only if
there is income – Reimbursement of expenses – No income arises – Tax not
deductible at source

 

In the
appeal by the assessee before the Bombay High Court against the order of the
Tribunal the following question of law was raised:

 

‘Whether
on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Hon’ble Tribunal was
right in law in holding that the appellant is liable to deduct tax at source
u/s 194C on the payments made to clearing and forwarding agents which is
outright reimbursement of freight charges having no element of profit?’

 

The Bombay
High Court held as under:

 

‘i)    Income-tax is a tax payable in respect of
the “total income” of the previous year of every person. Further, such
Income-tax shall have to be deducted at source or paid in advance, where it is
so deductible or payable under any of the provisions of the Income-tax Act,
1961.

 

ii)    From this it follows that unless the paid
amount has any “income element” in it, there will arise no liability to pay any
Income-tax upon such amount. Further, in such a situation there will also arise
no liability of any deduction of tax at source upon such amount.

 

iii)   Again, the liability to deduct or collect
Income-tax at source is upon “such income” as referred to in section 190(1).
The expression “such income” would ordinarily relate to any amount which has an
“income element” in it and not otherwise.’

 

 

Capital gains – Sections 45 and 50C – Computation – Law applicable – Amendment of section 50C w.e.f. 1st April, 2017 – Amendment retrospective

26. CIT vs. Vummudi Amarendran [2020]
429 ITR 97 (Mad.) Date
of order: 28th September, 2020
A.Y.:
2014-15

 

Capital
gains – Sections 45 and 50C – Computation – Law applicable – Amendment of
section 50C w.e.f. 1st April, 2017 – Amendment retrospective

 

The
assessee owned 44,462 sq. ft. of land and entered into an agreement for sale on
4th August, 2012 to sell the land for a total sale consideration of
Rs. 19 crores. He received a sum of Rs. 6 crores as advance consideration by
cheque payment from the purchaser. The sale deed was registered on 2nd
May, 2013. The A.O. found that on the date of execution and registration of the
sale deed, i.e., on 2nd May, 2013, the guideline value of the
property as fixed by the State Government was Rs. 27 crores. Applying the
provisions of section 50C, the A.O. adopted the full value of consideration at
Rs. 27 crores and recomputed the capital gains and raised a tax demand.

 

The case
of the assessee was that the guideline value on the date of the agreement i.e.,
4th August, 2012 should be taken as per
proviso
to section 50C(1). The Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal accepted the
assessee’s claim.

 

In appeal
by the Revenue, the following questions of law were raised:

 

‘(1)
Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Tribunal was
right in holding that the amendment to section 50C which was introduced with
effect from A.Y. 2017-18 prospectively was applicable retrospectively from the
A.Y. 2014-15 when the language used in the
proviso
does not indicate that it was inserted as a clarification?

 

(2) Is not
the reasoning and finding of the Tribunal bad by holding that the prospective
amendment to provisions of section 50C for the A.Y. 2017-18 are applicable
retrospectively to A.Y. 2014-15 without appreciating the fact that unless
explicitly stated a piece of legislation is presumed not to be intended to have
retrospective operation based on the principle
lex
prospicit non respicit
, meaning that the law looks
forward and not backwards?’

 

The Madras
High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

 

‘i) Once a
statutory amendment is made to remove an undue hardship to the assessee or to
remove an apparent incongruity, such an amendment has to be treated as
effective from the date on which the law, containing such an undue hardship or
incongruity, was introduced.

 

ii) The proviso to section 50C(1) deals with
cases where the date of the agreement, fixing the amount of consideration, and
the date of registration for the transfer of the capital assets are not the
same and states that the value adopted or assessed or assessable by the stamp
valuation authority on the date of agreement may be taken for the purposes of
computing full value of consideration for such transfer. The amendment by
insertion of the
proviso seeks to
relieve the assessee from undue hardship.

 

iii) The Commissioner
(Appeals) and the Tribunal were justified in setting aside the order of the
A.O.’

 

Capital gains – Computation of capital gains – Cost of acquisition – Section 115AC – Conversion of foreign currency convertible bonds into equity shares – Subsequent sale of such shares – Cost of acquisition of shares to be calculated in terms of Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993

25. DIT (International Taxation) vs. Intel Capital (Cayman) Corporation [2020]
429 ITR 45 (Kar.) Date
of order: 6th October, 2020
A.Y.: 2008-09

 

Capital
gains – Computation of capital gains – Cost of acquisition – Section 115AC –
Conversion of foreign currency convertible bonds into equity shares –
Subsequent sale of such shares – Cost of acquisition of shares to be calculated
in terms of Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares
(through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993

 

The
assessee was a non-resident company. It filed its return of income for the A.Y.
2008-09. The A.O. held that the assessee had acquired foreign currency
convertible bonds and after conversion thereof into shares, sold the shares
during the previous year relevant to the A.Y. 2009-10 and disclosed short-term
capital gains from the transaction and paid tax thereon at the prescribed rate.
He further held that the cost of acquisition of equity shares on conversion of
foreign currency convertible bonds was shown to be at Rs. 873.83 and Rs. 858.08
per share whereas in fact the assessee converted the bonds into shares at Rs.
200 per share. The A.O. therefore concluded that the cost of acquisition of
shares had to be assessed at Rs. 200 per share and not at Rs.873.83 and Rs.
858.08 per share as claimed by the assessee and completed the assessment.

 

This was
upheld by the Commissioner (Appeals). The Tribunal held that u/s 115AC the
Central Government had formed the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds
and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993
permitting some companies to issue foreign currency convertible bonds which
could at any point of time be converted into equity shares. It further held
that the subscription agreement was approved by the Reserve Bank of India, the
regulatory body, and under the terms and conditions for the issuance of foreign
currency convertible bonds between the NIIT and the assessee, the bonds were to
be initially converted into shares at Rs. 200 per share subject to adjustments
under clause 6(c) of the agreement. Therefore, the assessee was rightly
allotted 21,28,000 shares at the rate of Rs. 200 in accordance with the bond
agreement at the prevalent convertible foreign currency rate. Accordingly, the
orders passed by the Commissioner (Appeals) and the A.O. were set aside and the
appeal preferred by the assessee was allowed.

 

On appeal
by the Revenue, the Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal
and held as under:

 

‘i)    The Central Government made the Issue of
Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository
Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 applicable for the assessment year 2002-03
onwards by Notification dated 10th September, 2002
([1994] 208 ITR [St.] 82). Clause
2(f) of the Scheme provides that the words and expressions not defined in the
Scheme but defined in the Income-tax Act, 1961 or the Companies Act, 1956 or
the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the Rules and
Regulations framed under these Acts, shall have the meanings respectively
assigned to them, as the case may be, in those Acts. Clause 7 of the Scheme
deals with transfer and detention. Thus, the cost of acquisition has to be
determined in accordance with the provisions of clause 7(4) of the Scheme for
computation of capital gains. Clause (xa) of section 47 of the Income-tax Act,
1961, which refers to transfer by way of conversion of bonds, was inserted with
effect from 1st April, 2008 and is applicable to the A.Y. 2009-10
onwards. There is no conflict between the provisions of the Scheme and the
Income-tax Act or the Income-tax Rules.

 

ii)   The bonds were issued under the 1993 Scheme
and the conversion price was determined on the basis of the price of shares at
the Bombay Stock Exchange or the National Stock Exchange on the date of
conversion of the foreign currency convertible bonds into shares. The
computation of capital gains by the assessee was right.’

Business expenditure – Service charges paid to employees in terms of agreement entered into under Industrial Disputes Act – Evidence of payment furnished – Amount deductible

24. New Woodlands Hotel Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT [2020]
428 ITR 492 (Mad.) Date
of order: 4th September, 2020
  A.Ys.:
2013-14 and 2014-15

 

Business
expenditure – Service charges paid to employees in terms of agreement entered
into under Industrial Disputes Act – Evidence of payment furnished – Amount
deductible

 

The
assessee is in the hotel business. For the A.Ys. 2013-14 and 2014-15 it claimed
deduction of amounts paid as service charges to its employees. The explanation
was that tips were being given to the room boys and they alone were benefited
and the other employees and workers raised objections; the matter was discussed
in several meetings and ultimately a settlement was arrived at between the
employees’ union and the assessee’s management. The A.O. rejected this claim.

 

The
Commissioner (Appeals) allowed it partially. The Tribunal dismissed the appeals
filed by the assessee and allowed the appeals filed by the Revenue.

 

The Madras
High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i)    The A.O. while rejecting the assessee’s
contention had not disbelieved any of the documents submitted by the assessee.
The payments effected in cash were sought to be substantiated by the assessee
by producing vouchers. Due credence should be given to the memorandum of
settlement dated 2nd August, 2012 recorded in the presence of the
Labour Officer. The settlement could not have been brushed aside. The register
of wages of persons employed was a statutory form under the Payment of Wages
Act and there was a presumption to its validity. The bulk of the materials
produced by the assessee before the A.O. could not have been rejected.

ii)    The A.O., going merely by the statements of
a few employees, could not have disbelieved statutory registers and forms as
there was a presumption to their validity and the onus was on the person who
disputed their validity or genuineness to prove that the documents were bogus.

 

iii)   The Tribunal ought not to have interfered
with the relief granted by the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Commissioner
(Appeals) ought to have interfered with the orders passed by the A.O. in their
entirety and not restricted the same to a partial relief.’

Section 9(1)(vii) – Scope of FTS service includes professional service – Independent Personal Service (IPS) Article of DTAA – Professional services are taxable in resident state if service provider is person specified in IPS Article of DTAA and satisfies exemption conditions – Services are taxable in source state if service provider is not person specified in IPS Article – Benefit of non-taxation in absence of PE under Article 7 is not available

8. [2020] 121 taxmann.com 189 (Del.)(Trib.) Hariharan Subramaniam vs. ACIT ITA No.: 7418/Del/2018 A.Y: 2015-16 Date of order: 6th
November, 2020

 

Section
9(1)(vii) – Scope of FTS service includes professional service – Independent
Personal Service (IPS) Article of DTAA – Professional services are taxable in
resident state if service provider is person specified in IPS Article of DTAA
and satisfies exemption conditions – Services are taxable in source state if
service provider is not person specified in IPS Article – Benefit of non-taxation
in absence of PE under Article 7 is not available

 

FACTS

The
assessee is an advocate practising in the field of intellectual properties law.
It obtained the services of foreign legal professionals who were individuals,
law firms and companies for filing of various patent applications in foreign
countries. Payment was made without deduction of taxes. Therefore, the A.O.
disallowed payment u/s 40(a)(ia). On appeal, the CIT(A) upheld the order of the
A.O.

 

Before the
Tribunal the assessee contended that (a) services are professional in nature
and are not in the nature of managerial, technical or consultancy services to
fall within section 9(1)(vii); reliance was placed on section 194J to contend
that the Act consciously differentiates professional services and FTS; and (b)
under the DTAA, services falls within the Independent Personal Services (IPS)
article and unless the specified conditions are satisfied, exclusive taxing
right is with the resident state.

 

HELD

Scope
of FTS u/s 9(1)(vii)

  •   Professional services fall
    within the ambit of FTS.
  •   Section 194J is applicable
    to payments made to a resident. The distinction between professional services
    and FTS in section 194J has no relevance to determination of taxability of a
    non-resident.
  •   Section 9 includes income
    which is deemed to accrue or arise in India. It enlarges the scope for
    taxability of non-resident income.

 

Scope
of IPS article under DTAA

  •   Services falls within the
    IPS article of the DTAA. Payment will not be taxable in India if (a) the NR
    does not have fixed base in India, and (b) NR is not present in India for a
    specified number of days (exemption conditions).

 

Service
provider is specified person as per IPS Article1

  •   Services will not be
    taxable in India if the service provider satisfies exemption condition and he
    is a specified person as provided under the IPS article of the respective treaty.
    The treaties vary in terms of scope and applicability of persons to whom the
    IPS articles apply.
  •   Matter remanded to A.O. for
    verification of treaty residence and satisfaction of exemption conditions.

 

Service
provider is not specified person as per IPS Article2

  •   Service provider will not
    be entitled to benefit of the IPS Article under the DTAA.
  •   The Tribunal rejected the assessee’s argument
    of non-taxation of business profit in the absence of PE as in the view of the
    Tribunal, the DTAA has classified service recipient in two separate categories,
    viz., Article 7 and Article 15, for taxability of two types of income streams.
  •   Income continues to be professional service
    but does not satisfy the exemption condition of the IPS Article resulting in
    taxation in the source state.

 

Note: The decision has not dealt with the interplay of the FTS Article
with the IPS Article.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

1   DTAA with countries Brazil, China, Czech
Republic, Japan, Philippines, Thailand and Vietnam covers within its scope
individual, company, partnership firm; DTAA with Australia covers individual,
partnership firm (other than company); DTAA with Korea covers only individuals

2   Norway, Denmark, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, Russia,
Luxembourg, Australia, Republic of Korea, South Africa, New Zealand, Mexico,
Indonesia, Colombia and Serbia cover only individuals. Other categories of taxpayers are not covered

 

Articles 11 and 7, India-Germany DTAA – Once entire interest was taxed on gross basis under Article 11, no taxation survived in respect of subsidiary and incident commitment fees and agency fees under article 7 as PE income even assuming the foreign bank had office which supported earning of such interest income – Once tax liability is discharged in respect of interest income under Article 11, the taxpayer is relieved of obligation to file ROI in terms of Article 11 read with section 115A(5)

 7. [2020] 122 taxmann.com 65 (Mum.)(Trib.) DZ Bank AG – India Representative Office vs. DCIT ITA No.: 1815 (Mum.) of 2018 A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 4th
December, 2020

 

Articles 11 and 7, 
India-Germany DTAA    Once entire interest was taxed on gross basis
under Article 11, no taxation survived in respect of subsidiary and incident
commitment fees and agency fees under article 7 as PE income even assuming the
foreign bank had office which supported earning of such interest income – Once
tax liability is discharged in respect of interest income under Article 11, the
taxpayer is relieved of obligation to file ROI in terms of Article 11 read with
section 115A(5)

 

FACTS

The
assessee was a German banking company. It had set up a representative office
(‘RO’) in India after obtaining approval of the RBI, subject to the conditions
that: the RO will function only as a liaison office; it will not undertake
banking business; and all expenses of the RO will be met out of inward
remittances from the head office (‘HO’). The assessee had filed its return of
income in the name of the RO (apparently treating the RO and the HO as separate
entities) disclosing Nil income.

 

The A.O.
noticed that during the relevant previous year, the HO had provided foreign
currency loans to Indian companies from which payers had withheld tax. As
regards filing of returns, the assessee explained that as per section 115A(5)
of the Act a foreign company is exempt from furnishing return of income in
India if it only earns interest from foreign currency loans provided to Indian
companies. The A.O. asked the assessee to show cause why the RO should not be
considered as the PE of the HO in India and why interest and any other income
earned by the HO from operations in India should not be taxed @ 40%.

 

The
assessee argued that the RO did not constitute a PE of the HO under the basic
rule as no business activities were carried out from the RO. At best, the RO
was a fixed place of business engaged in
‘any
activity of preparatory or auxiliary character
’, which
was excluded from the definition of PE, Article 5(4) of the India-Germany DTAA.
Besides, the RO cannot be said to be a dependent agent PE (‘DAPE’) as it had no
authority to conclude contracts on behalf of the HO or its other branches.

 

However,
after noting the activities undertaken by the RO on behalf of the HO, the A.O.
concluded that the business transactions of the HO with Indian clients could
not have been completed without the involvement of the RO. Thus, there was a
real relation between income-earning activity carried on by the assessee and
the activities of the RO which directly or indirectly contributed to earning of
income by the assessee. Therefore, income should be deemed to accrue / arise to
the assessee from ‘business connection’ in India.

 

Further,
‘auxiliary’ means helping, assisting or supporting the main activity.
Therefore, the issue was whether activities carried on by the RO only supported
the main business. Even if some functions of the RO might have been auxiliary,
the RO played a significant part in the lending business of the assessee in
India which could not be said to be auxiliary activity. Hence, the RO was a PE
of the assessee and profits attributable to the PE were deemed to accrue or
arise to the assessee.

 

The A.O.,
accordingly, taxed the entire interest income, commitment fees and agency fees
as income of the assessee as PE income on net basis, after allowing deduction
of expenses of the RO instead of gross basis of taxation suffered by the HO
under Article 11.

 

HELD

As
regards HO and RO being separate taxable entities under the Act

  •   The entire proceedings by
    the A.O. were on the premise that the HO and the RO were two distinct taxable
    entities. However, under the Act the taxable unit is a foreign company and not
    its branch or PE in India. The profit attributable to the PE is taxable in the
    hands of the HO. In
    CIT vs. Hyundai Heavy
    Industries Co. Ltd. [(2007) 291 ITR 482 (SC)],
    the
    Supreme Court observed that
    ‘it is clear that under the
    Act a taxable unit is a foreign company and not its branch or PE in India’.
  •   The assessee filed the return
    in the name of the RO excluding interest received by the HO. Tax on interest
    was withheld and paid by payers under Article 11 of the India-Germany DTAA.
    Hence, there was no loss of revenue from such error. Further, the Department
    had also not objected. Hence, to avoid inconvenience to the assessee, a
    pragmatic view required to be adopted.

 

As regards taxability under Article 11 vis-à-vis Article
7

  •   Interest is taxable on
    gross basis under Article 11. It may be taxed on net basis under Article 7 if exception
    in Article 11(5) is triggered upon two conditions being fulfilled, namely, (a)
    the HO carries on business in the source state through a PE, and (ii) debt
    claim in respect of which interest was paid is effectively connected with such
    PE.
  •   There is a subtle
    distinction between
    carrying on business
    of banking
    vis-a-vis carrying on activities which
    contribute directly or indirectly to earning of income
    from the business of banking.
  •   Even if an assessee
    maintains a fixed place of business, and even if there is a real relation
    between the business carried on by the assessee and the activities of the RO
    which directly or indirectly contribute to earning income, as observed by the
    A.O., that relationship
    per se will
    not make that place a PE or activities taxable in India, if that place is so
    maintained solely for the purpose of the activity of preparatory or auxiliary
    character.

 

As
regards A.O. seeking to tax under Article 7

  •   The A.O. sought to tax
    income on net basis under Article 7. This income was already taxed on gross
    basis under Article 11.
  •   Further, the conditions
    stipulated for triggering the exception under article 11(5) for taxing interest
    under Article 7 on net basis were also not satisfied.
  •   Whether or not there was a
    PE, the debt claim in question could not be said to be effectively connected to
    the alleged PE. Therefore, exclusion of Article 11(5) could not have been
    triggered. Consequently, taxability under Article 7 could not have come into
    play.

 

As
regards ALP adjustment for service by the RO to the HO

  •   If the representative
    office of a foreign enterprise performs certain activities, suitable ALP
    adjustment for such activities could be in order.
  •   Even if RBI restricts the
    representative office of a foreign enterprise from transacting any banking
    business, such representative office does carry on economic activities. Hence,
    ALP adjustment for the same could be made.
  •   Once the entire revenue
    earned in India is taxed on gross basis under Article 11, no income survives
    for taxation under Article 7. In such a case, making any ALP adjustment will
    result in taxing previously taxed income. It will also result in taxable income
    being more than revenue in India.

 

As regards taxability of commitment fee and agency fee

  •   Commitment fee and agency
    fee were paid in connection with loan guarantee. Accordingly, they were not
    taxable under Article 11(3)(b) of the India-Germany DTAA.
  •   In Hindalco Industries Ltd.vs. ACIT [(2005) 94 ITD 242 (Mum.)],
    the Tribunal noted that
    ‘…when principal transaction
    is such that it does not generally give rise to taxability in the source
    country, the transaction subsidiary and integral to such a transaction also
    does not give rise to taxability in the source country. In other words, the
    subsidiary and integral transactions have to take colour from the principal
    transaction itself and are not to be viewed in isolation’.
  •   Commitment charges and
    agency fees were, in fact, an integral part of the loan arrangements. They were
    relatable to the same loan and were part of consideration for the same loan. If
    the principal transaction (i.e., interest) did not result in taxable income in
    India, the subsidiary transaction (i.e., commitment fees and agency fees) could
    not result in taxable income in India.

 

As
regards filing return in India

  •   On the facts and in the circumstances of this
    case and in law, the assessee had no income other than interest from its
    clients in India.
  •   Tax liability on interest was already
    discharged under Article 11. Hence, the assessee had no obligation to file
    return of income under section 115A(5) of the Act.

 

Section 50 – Expenditure incurred on account of stamp duty, registration charges and society transfer fees, as per the contractual terms, is an allowable expenditure u/s 50(1)(i)

11. DCIT vs. B.E. Billimoria & Co. Ltd. Saktijit Dey (J.M.) and Manoj Kumar
Aggarwal (A.M.) ITA No.: 3019/Mum/2019
A.Y.: 2015-16 Date of order: 11th November,
2020
Counsel for Assessee / Revenue: Satish Modi / Oommen Tharian

 

Section
50 – Expenditure incurred on account of stamp duty, registration charges and
society transfer fees, as per the contractual terms, is an allowable
expenditure u/s 50(1)(i)

 

FACTS

For the assessment year under consideration, in the course
of assessment proceedings the A.O. noticed that the assessee sold an office
premises
vide agreement dated 31st March, 2015 for a consideration of Rs.
19 crores and offered short-term capital gains of Rs. 11.49 crores. However,
since the stamp duty value of the premises was Rs. 20.59 crores, the A.O.,
invoking the provisions of section 50C, added the differential amount of Rs.
1.59 crores to the income of the assessee.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A)
where, in the course of the appellate proceedings, the assessee drew the
attention of the CIT(A) to the fact that it incurred aggregate expenditure of
Rs. 160.26 lakhs on account of stamp duty, registration charges and society
transfer fees as per the contractual terms which was an allowable expenditure
u/s 50(1)(i). The said claim was restricted to Rs. 159.23 lakhs, i.e., to the
extent of difference in stamp duty value and actual sale consideration.
Therefore,it was submitted that there was no justification for the addition of
Rs. 159.23 lakhs. The CIT(A), concurring with this, directed the A.O. to delete
this addition.

 

HELD

The
Tribunal upon due consideration of the issue found no reason to interfere in
the impugned order in any manner. It held that the expenditure incurred by the
assessee on transfer of property was an allowable expenditure while computing
short-term capital gains and the same has rightly been allowed by the CIT(A).
The appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

 

Section 244A – Refund is to be adjusted against the correct amount of interest payable thereof to be computed as per the directions of the CIT(A) and only the balance amount is to be adjusted against tax paid. Accordingly, unpaid amount is the tax component and therefore the assessee would be entitled for claiming interest on the tax component remaining unpaid. This would not amount to granting interest on interest

10. Grasim Industries Ltd. vs. DCIT and DCIT
vs. Grasim Industries Ltd. C.N. Prasad (J.M.) and M. Balaganesh
(A.M.)
ITA Nos.: 473/Mum/2016 and 474/Mum/2016;
1120/Mum/2016; and 1121/Mum/2016 A.Ys.: 2007-08 and 2008-09
Date of order: 11th November,
2020 Counsel for Assessee / Revenue: Yogesh Thar /  V. Vinodkumar

 

Section
244A – Refund is to be adjusted against the correct amount of interest payable
thereof to be computed as per the directions of the CIT(A) and only the balance
amount is to be adjusted against tax paid. Accordingly, unpaid amount is the
tax component and therefore the assessee would be entitled for claiming
interest on the tax component remaining unpaid. This would not amount to
granting interest on interest

 

FACTS

The
only issue to be decided in this set of cross-appeals filed by the assessee and
the Revenue was about calculation of interest u/s 244A. The Tribunal,
vide its common order for the A.Ys. 2006-07,
2007-08 and 2008-09 dated 19th June, 2013, passed an order granting
relief to the assessee with a direction to reduce certain items from the value
of fringe benefits chargeable to tax.

 

Subsequently,
the A.O on 14th August, 2013 passed an order giving effect to the
Tribunal’s order for the A.Y. 2006-07 wherein he correctly allowed interest on
advance tax u/s 244A from the first day of the assessment year till the date of
payment of the refund as per law.

 

However,
the A.O. on 16th September, 2013 while passing the order giving
effect to the Tribunal’s order for the A.Ys. 2007-08 and 2008-09 did not grant
interest u/s 244A(1)(a) from the first day of the assessment year till the date
of receipt of the Tribunal order (i.e., 23rd July, 2013) but granted
interest on advance tax only from the date of receipt of the Tribunal order
till the passing of the refund order. In this order dated 6th
September, 2013, the A.O. did not even grant any interest on self-assessment
tax paid by the assessee u/s 244A(1)(b).

 

Aggrieved
by the action of the A.O. in granting interest on advance tax from the date of
the Tribunal order till the passing of the refund order, and also by non-grant
of interest on self-assessment tax paid, the assessee preferred an appeal to
the CIT(A) for the A.Ys. 2007-08 and 2008-09. The assessee also took the ground
that the amount of refund received be adjusted first towards the correct amount
of interest and the balance towards tax, and that on the amount of refund of
tax not received, the assessee be granted interest.

 

The CIT(A), vide his order dated 11th December, 2016, allowed
interest u/s 244A on advance tax and self-assessment tax paid by the assessee
from the first day of the assessment year and the date of payment of the
self-assessment tax, respectively, for both the years till the date of the
grant of refund. However, the CIT(A) dismissed the assessee’s ground for
allowing interest on the said amount for the period of delay on the alleged
ground that it amounts to compensation by way of interest on interest.

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal seeking correct allowance of
interest u/s 244A.

 

The
Revenue preferred an appeal challenging the order of the CIT(A) directing the
A.O. to grant interest on self-assessment tax u/s 244A(1)(b) on the ground that
the delay was attributable on the part of the assessee.

HELD

The
Tribunal observed that since the Revenue has not preferred any appeal
challenging the direction of the CIT(A) to grant interest on advance tax from
the first day of the assessment year u/s 244A(1)(a), hence this matter has
attained finality.

 

The
assessee had raised the ground stating that refund granted to the assessee is
to be first adjusted against the correct amount of interest due on that date
and, thereafter, the left over portion should be adjusted with the balance tax.
The Tribunal found that in the instant case refund was granted to the assessee
vide a refund order in October, 2013 and it was
pleaded by the assessee that the said refund is to be adjusted against the
correct amount of interest payable thereof to be computed as per the directions
of the CIT(A) and only the balance amount is to be adjusted against tax paid.
Accordingly, unpaid amount is the tax component and, therefore, the assessee
would be entitled to claim interest on the tax component remaining unpaid. The
Tribunal held that in its considered opinion the same would not tantamount to
interest on interest as alleged by the CIT(A) in his order. The Tribunal
observed that this issue is already settled in favour of the assessee by the
following decisions of this Tribunal:

a.  Union
Bank of India vs. ACIT reported in 162 ITD 142 dated 11th August,
2016;

b.
Bank
of Baroda vs. DCIT in ITA No.646/Mum/2017 dated 20th December, 2018.

 

The
Tribunal directed the A.O. to compute the correct amount of interest allowable
to the assessee as directed by the CIT(A) as on the date of giving effect to
the Tribunal’s order, i.e., 6th September, 2013. It further held
that the refund granted on 6th September, 2013 be first appropriated
or adjusted against such correct amount of interest and, consequently, the
shortfall of refund is to be regarded as shortfall of tax and that shortfall
should then be considered for the purpose of computing further interest payable
to the assessee u/s 244A till the date of grant of such refund.

 

The
grounds raised by the assessee for both the years were allowed.

 

The Revenue was in appeal against the direction of the
CIT(A) granting interest on self- assessment tax paid u/s  244A(1)(b).The Revenue alleged that interest
on self-assessment tax is not payable as the delay is attributable to the
assessee because the assessee did not claim refund in the return of income. The
Tribunal found merit in the submission made on behalf of the assessee that the
delay was not attributable to the assessee as the assessee while filing its
return for A.Ys. 2007-08 and 2008-09 had indeed made a claim in the return of
income by way of notes to the return of income and had also clarified in the
said note that tax has been paid on certain fringe benefits only out of
abundant caution. The Tribunal held that the notes forming part of the return
should be read together with the return. Hence, it cannot be said that the
assessee never made such a claim of interest in the return of income for the
respective years. The Tribunal held that no delay could be attributable on the
part of the assessee in this regard.

 

Both the
appeals filed by the assessee were allowed and both the appeals filed by the
Revenue were dismissed.

 

Section 80JJAA – Assessee cannot be denied deduction u/s 80JJAA, provided that such employees fulfil the condition of being employed for 300 days for the year under consideration, even though such employees do not fulfil the condition of being employed for 300 days in the immediately preceding assessment year

9. Tata Elxsi Ltd. vs. JCIT B.R. Baskaran (A.M.) and Beena Pillai (J.M.) ITA
No.3445/Bang/2018 A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 29th October, 2020
Counsel for Assessee / Revenue: Padamchand Khincha / Muzaffar Hussain

 

Section 80JJAA
– Assessee cannot be denied deduction u/s 80JJAA, provided that such employees
fulfil the condition of being employed for 300 days for the year under
consideration, even though such employees do not fulfil the condition of being
employed for 300 days in the immediately preceding assessment year

 

 

FACTS

The assessee, a
company engaged in the business of distributed systems, design and development
of hardware and software and digital content creation, filed its return of
income for the assessment year under consideration declaring total income of
Rs. 98,28,88,380. In the return of income, the assessee claimed deduction of
Rs. 10,51,99,796 u/s 80JJAA.

 

The A.O. rejected the claim of the assessee for non-fulfilment of the
following two conditions:

i)          that the assessee is
not engaged in the manufacture or production of an article or thing as per the
conditions laid down u/s 80JJAA; and

ii)         the condition of 300
days to be fulfilled by the regular workmen as per the provisions does not
stand fulfilled.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed
the action of the A.O.

 

The aggrieved
assessee then preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it was submitted that
this was the third year of such a claim by the assessee and that the employees
against whose wages the deduction has been claimed satisfy the necessary conditions.
Reliance was placed on the observations of the coordinate bench of the Tribunal
in Texas Instruments (India) Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT (2020) 115 Taxmann.com
154
regarding allowability of the claim to the assessee.

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the A.O. denied benefit to the assessee on the
reasoning that the assessee was denied benefit against the employees in the
first year of their employment and that the assessee being a software
development company was not eligible for deduction.

 

The Tribunal noted the view of the Tribunal in the case of Texas
Instruments (India) Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT (Supra)
so far as the first
objection of the A.O. regarding non-satisfaction with respect to additional
wages paid to new employees in the first year of employment is concerned. The
Tribunal held that from the observations of the Tribunal in that case, there is
no doubt that the assessee cannot be denied deduction u/s 80JJAA provided that
such employees fulfil the condition of being employed for 300 days for the year
under consideration even though such employees do not fulfil the condition of
being employed for 300 days in the immediately preceding assessment year.

However, since
the details of fulfilment of the number of days of such employees, on whose salary
deduction has been claimed by the assessee, was not available on record, the
Tribunal was unable to verify whether the necessary condition of 300 days stood
fulfilled. It agreed with the DR that nothing on record placed before the bench
reveals that this is the third year of claim by the assessee as has been
submitted at page 223 of the paper book. The Tribunal, therefore, remanded the
issue to the A.O. to verify these details in terms of new employees having
satisfied the 300 days’ criterion during the year. It directed the assessee to
provide all details regarding number of regular workmen / employees, number of
new workmen / employees added for each of the immediately three preceding
assessment years to the A.O. who shall then analyse fulfilment of the condition
in respect of new employees / workmen against whom the claim has been made by
the assessee u/s 80JJAA and allow deduction under that section.

 

This ground of
appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

 

Contributors’ comments: The Finance Act, 2018 has
added a second proviso to the definition of additional employee in
Explanation (ii) to section 80JJAA. So, the ratio of the above decision
would be relevant for the period prior to the amendment by the Finance Act,
2018.


HOW AND FOR WHAT PURPOSE?

The interpretation of ‘How and for what purpose’ to determine whether a contractual arrangement contains a lease under Ind AS 116 Leases can be very tricky and complex. This article includes an example to explain the concept in a simple and lucid manner.

The provisions in Ind AS 116 Leases relevant to analysing whether an arrangement contains a lease are given below:

9. At inception of a contract, an entity shall assess whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

B9 To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time, an entity shall assess whether, throughout the period of use, the customer has both of the following:

(a) the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset; and

(b) the right to direct the use of the identified asset.

B24 A customer has the right to direct the use of an identified asset throughout the period of use only if either:

a. the customer has the right to direct how and for what purpose the asset is used throughout the period of use; or

b. the relevant decisions about how and for what purpose the asset is used are predetermined and:
 

i) the customer has the right to operate the asset (or to direct others to operate the asset in a manner that it determines) throughout the period of use, without the supplier having the right to change those operating instructions; or

ii) the customer designed the asset (or specific aspects of the asset) in a way that predetermines how and for what purpose the asset will be used throughout the period of use.

B25 A customer has the right to direct how and for what purpose the asset is used if, within the scope of its right of use defined in the contract, it can change how and for what purpose the asset is used throughout the period of use. In making this assessment, an entity considers the decision-making rights that are most relevant to changing how and for what purpose the asset is used throughout the period of use. Decision-making rights are relevant when they affect the economic benefits to be derived from use. The decision-making rights that are most relevant are likely to be different for different contracts, depending on the nature of the asset and the terms and conditions of the contract.
 

B26 Examples of decision-making rights that, depending on the circumstances, grant the right to change how and for what purpose the asset is used, within the defined scope of the customer’s right of use, include:

a. rights to change the type of output that is produced by the asset (for example, to decide whether to use a shipping container to transport goods or for storage, or to decide upon the mix of products sold from retail space);

b. rights to change when the output is produced (for example, to decide when an item of machinery or a power plant will be used);
 
c. rights to change where the output is produced (for example, to decide upon the destination of a truck or a ship, or to decide where an item of equipment is used); and

d. rights to change whether the output is produced, and the quantity of that output (for example, to decide whether to produce energy from a power plant and how much energy to produce from that power plant).

B30 A contract may include terms and conditions designed to protect the supplier’s interest in the asset or other assets, to protect its personnel, or to ensure the supplier’s compliance with laws or regulations. These are examples of protective rights. For example, a contract may (i) specify the maximum amount of use of an asset or limit where or when the customer can use the asset, (ii) require a customer to follow particular operating practices, or (iii) require a customer to inform the supplier of changes in how an asset will be used. Protective rights typically define the scope of the customer’s right of use but do not, in isolation, prevent the customer from having the right to direct the use of an asset.

Example – ‘How and for what purpose’ analysis in a hotel stay

Fact pattern

A customer books a room in a hotel for a one-day stay. As per the terms and conditions of the hotel, the customer cannot use the hotel for any illegal activities or cannot sub-lease the room. The room is a specific identified asset, the substitution rights (if any) are not substantive and the customer obtains significant economic benefits from occupying the room. Whether the arrangement between the hotel and the customer contains a lease?

Analysis

Having determined that the room is a specific identified asset, the substitution rights are not substantive and the customer obtains significant economic benefits from occupying the room; the next step in the lease analysis is whether the customer has the right to direct how and for what purpose the asset is used throughout the period of use, as required by B24.
 
The room can be used only for the purposes of room stay; it cannot be sub-let by the customer. To that extent, the how and for what purpose is predetermined. Additionally, the customer cannot use the room for illegal activities. Those are protective rights that the hotel has and do not impact the assessment of whether an arrangement contains a lease in accordance with B30.

The following how and for what purpose decisions are not predetermined and are controlled by the customer and affect the economic benefits to be derived by the customer from the use of the room during the period of stay:

  •        Use of air-conditioner or refrigerator or television or other devices in the room;
  •        Use the room to sleep or to make conference calls;
  •        Use the room to have lunch or dinner, etc.

Therefore, the customer has the right to direct how and for what purpose the asset is used (to the extent those are not predetermined) throughout the period of use (see B25).

CONCLUSION

The arrangement between the hotel and the customer contains a lease. The customer is a lessee and would be entitled to the exemption with respect to short-term lease or low value lease. Additionally, the lessee will have to comply with certain presentation and disclosure requirements as required by Ind AS 116.
 
The hotel (lessor) is not entitled to exemptions from short-term lease or low value lease. From the perspective of the hotel, the single-day lease would qualify as an operating lease. The lessor will have to comply with certain presentation and disclosure requirements as required by Ind AS 116.

Whilst the above example may not have any significant implications for the hotel or its customer, the example is provided to explain the concept of ‘How and for what purpose’ in evaluating whether a contract includes a lease arrangement.

Realisation is not acquisition of anything new, nor is it a new faculty. It is only removal of all camouflage

—  Ramana Maharshi

One who neglects or disregards the existence of earth, air, fire, water and vegetation disregards his own existence which is entwined with them

—  Mahavira

TAX EXEMPTION FOR A REWARD

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

A  reward by the Central
Government or a State Government for purposes approved by the Central Government
in the public interest, is exempted from taxation under clause (ii) of section
10(17A) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Likewise, a receipt of an award instituted
in the public interest by the Central Government or any State Government or by
any other body and approved by the Central Government, is exempt from taxation
as per clause (i) of section 10(17A) of the Act.

 

Section 10(17A) reads as under;

‘Any payment made, whether in cash or in kind –

(i) in pursuance of any award instituted in the public interest by
the Central Government or any State Government or instituted by any other body
and approved by the Central Government in this behalf; or

(ii) as a reward by the Central Government or any State Government
for such purposes as may be approved by the Central Government in this behalf in
the public interest’.

 

A controversy has arisen in the context of the eligibility of a
reward by the Central Government or a State Government for the purposes of
exemption from tax under clause (ii) of section 10(17A) where the reward so
conferred is not expressly approved by the Central Government. The issue is
whether such approval can be construed to be implied in a reward so
conferred.

 

The Patna and Delhi High Courts in the past had held that the awards
instituted by the Government required approval by the Central Government, while
recently the Madras High Court, following an earlier decision, has held that
express approval is not required for the awards so instituted by such Government
and the approval can be implied also and can be gathered from the facts in the
public domain or can be read into a reward.

 

S.N. SINGH’S CASE

The issue before the Patna High Court first arose in the case of
S.N. Singh, 192 ITR 306 followed by a case before the Delhi High Court in the case of
J.C. Malhotra, 230 ITR
361.

 

In this case, the assessee, an individual,
was working as an ITO at the material time.. In
appreciation of the meritorious work done by the Income-tax personnel for the
success of the Voluntary Disclosure Scheme, 1975 the Government of India decided
to grant a reward of an amount equal to one month’s basic pay (
vide Notification dated 16th January, 1976). In pursuance of
the Notification, the assessee received a sum by way
of a reward during the assessment year 1976-77. The assessee claimed exemption from income-tax of this amount
under the then section 10(17B). The ITO rejected that claim.

 

On appeal, the AAC upheld the contention advanced on behalf of the
assessee that the amount of reward could not be
included in computing his total income in view of the provisions of then section
10(17B). On further appeal, the Tribunal agreed with the finding of the AAC and
dismissed the appeal. Aggrieved by the order passed by the Tribunal, the Revenue
sought reference and it was at the instance of the Revenue that the following
question of law had been referred to the Patna High Court for its
opinion:

 

‘Whether, on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the
Tribunal has rightly held that the award of Rs. 1,150
received by the assessee is exempt from income-tax u/s
10(17B) of the Income-tax Act, 1961?’

 

At the time of hearing, no one appeared on behalf of the assessee. From a perusal of the provision it was clear to
the Court that a payment made as reward by the State or Central Government was
not includible in computing the total income only when the reward was for such
purposes as might be approved by the Central Government in that behalf in the
public interest. The Court found that there was no material on record for
holding that the purpose for which the reward in question had been given had
been approved by the Central Government in public interest for the applicability
of clause (17B) of section 10. The Court noted that it was no doubt true that
the payment had been made by the Central Government to the assessee as a reward and that the said payment was also in
the public interest. However, unless and until it was shown by the assessee that such reward had been approved by the Central
Government for purposes of exemption u/s 10(17B), the Court held that such
reward would not qualify for exemption under that section  and that the Tribunal, therefore, was
not right in holding that the reward received by the assessee was exempt from income-tax u/s 10(17B).

 

In the case of CIT vs. J.C. Malhotra, 230 ITR 361
(Delhi)
the assessee, who was an ITO at the
relevant time, had been given a reward by the Central Government directly in
connection with the Voluntary Disclosure Scheme. The Tribunal had upheld the
claim of exemption holding that the cash award was exempt from taxation u/s
10(17B). On further appeal by the Revenue, the Delhi High Court observed that a
separate approval of the Central Government for the purpose of exemption u/s
10(17B) was not given and that that being the position, the reward was not
eligible for exemption from Income-tax by relying upon the decision in the case
of
CIT vs. S.N. Singh, ITO (Supra).

 

THE K. VIJAYA KUMAR CASE

Recently, the issue again arose in the case of K. Vijaya Kumar, 422 ITR
304.

 

In this case, the petitioner in the Indian Police Service had been
appointed as Chief of the Special Task Force (STF) leading ‘Operation Cocoon’
against forest brigand Veerapan, leading to the
latter’s fatal encounter on 18th October, 2004. In recognition of the
special and commendable services of the STF, the Government of Tamil Nadu had
issued G.O.Ms. No. 364, Housing and Urban Development Department dated
28th October, 2004 instituting an award in national interest to
personnel of the STF for the valuable services rendered by them as part of the
team. In consequence thereof, G.O.Ms. No. 16, Housing
and Urban Development Department dated 12th January, 2006 was issued
sanctioning a sum of Rs. 54,29,88,200 towards the cost of 773 plots to be allotted to
STF personnel, including the petitioner. A specific
G.O.Ms.
368, Housing and Urban Development dated 29th October,
2004 read with G.O.Ms. No. 763 was issued for first allotting an HIG Plot
bearing No. 1A-642 at Thiruvanmiyur Scheme to the
petitioner, subsequently modified to Plot No. 1 adjacent to Andaman Guest House
at Anna Nagar West Extension. A registered deed of sale had been executed on
27th November, 2009 in consideration of Rs.
1,08,43,000 paid by the Government of Tamil Nadu on his
behalf to the Tamil Nadu Housing Board.

 

It appears that the assessee had sold the
plot of land and had offered the capital gains for taxation, computed after
deducting the cost of the land that was paid by the Government. The assessment
was completed u/s 143(3) r.w.s. 147 and the capital
gain as computed by the assessee was accepted by the
A.O.

 

The order of the A.O. was sought to be revised by the Commissioner
u/s 263. In the said order u/s 263, the exemption granted u/s 10(17A) in respect
of the reward of land was questioned by the Commissioner.

 

At paragraph 8 of the order, the Assessing Authority was directed to
allow the claim of exemption u/s 10(17A) only if the assessee was able to produce an order granting approval of
exemption by the Government of India u/s 10(17A)(
ii).

 

Admitting the writ petition challenging the order, the single judge
of the Madras High Court noted that the question that arose related to whether
the reference to ‘approval’ in section 10(17A) included an implied approval or
whether such approval had to be express.

 

The Court, referring to the legislative history of the provision,
observed that the erstwhile clause (17A) contained a
proviso that required that the ‘effective date’ from which the approval was
granted was to be specified in the order of the Central Government granting such
approval. Noting that the
proviso had been omitted in the substituted provision, effective
1st April, 1989 onwards, it appeared to the Court that while
enlarging the clauses generally, by obviating specific reference to the purposes
for which the awards could be given, the Legislature had also done away with the
specification of a written approval from the Central Government with effect from
1st April, 1989.

 

The Madras High Court, approving the decision of the Division Bench
of the Court in the case of
CIT vs. J.G. Gopinath, 231 ITR
229
held that the amount of reward received by the assessee was not taxable and was exempt from tax. The single
judge of the Court noted with approval the following part of the decision in the
case of
CIT vs. J.G. Gopinath
(Supra):

 

‘To quote the Ministry of Finance letter F. No. 1-11015/1/76 Ad. IX,
dated January 16, 1976, the first paragraph itself explains the circumstances
under which it is granted, “I am directed to state that in appreciation of the
meritorious work done by the Income-tax personnel for the success of the
voluntary disclosure schemes, the Government have decided to grant them reward
of an amount equal to one month’s basic pay.”

 

The above extract makes it clear that such reward was granted in
public interest. It would be surprising if the Government were to grant rewards
for reasons other than public interest. It is, therefore, evident that the terms
of section 10(17B) are completely satisfied in the present case as the circular
gives the circumstances under which the rewards are granted. The voluntary
disclosure scheme could only have been conceived in public interest as we do not
see any other reason for this scheme coming into existence. If any person
rendered sincere work to make this scheme a success, and if he is rewarded for
it, such grant of reward cannot but be in public interest. There is no specific
mode of approval indicated in the statute. No further approval is necessary or
called for. The section is clear in its language and does not raise any problem
of construction. Therefore, we do not find that any question of law arises out
of the Tribunal’s order. Even assuming that a question of law arises, the answer
is self-evident and, therefore, the reference shall be wholly academic and
unnecessary. The petition is accordingly dismissed.’

 

The Court also took note of the contrary view expressed by the Patna
High Court in
CIT vs. S.N. Singh (Supra) and the Delhi High Court in CIT vs. J.C. Malhotra (Supra).
The Court observed that the Division Bench of the Patna High Court
took a view directly opposed to the view expressed by the Madras High Court in
the
J.G. Gopinath case and the said order delivered prior to the decision of this
Court in the
J.G. Gopinath case had not been taken into consideration by the Madras High Court.
It was noted that the Patna High Court had proceeded on a strict interpretation
of the provision rejecting the claim of exemption on the ground that though the
reward by the Central Government to the assessee was
indisputably in public interest, approval by the Central Government was
mandatory for the purpose of exemption u/s 10(17B).

 

The single judge of the Court observed that sitting in Madras, he was
bound by the view taken by the jurisdictional High Court to the effect that
‘approval’ of the Centre might either be express or implied, and in the latter
case, gleaned from surrounding circumstances and events. Thus, that was the
perspective from which the eligibility of the petitioner u/s 10(17A) to
exemption or otherwise should be tested and decided.

 

On a reading of section 321 of the Criminal Procedure Code and the
judgment of a three-Judge Bench in the case of
Abdul Karim vs. State of Karnataka [2000] 8
SCC 710,
the issue faced by the country because of the operations carried on
by Veerapan and his associates was found to be grave
and enormous by the single judge of the Madras High Court. The categorical
assertion of the Apex Court that Veerapan was acting
in consultation with secessionist organisations with the object of splitting
India, in the Court’s view, was a vital consideration to decide the present
lis.

 

The object of section 10(17A), the Court noted, was to reward an
individual who had been recognised by the Centre or the State for rendition of
services in public interest. The Court noted that no specification or
prescription had been set out in terms of how the approval was to be styled or
even as to whether a formal written approval was required and nowhere in the
Rules / Forms was there reference to a format of approval to be issued in this
regard.

 

One should, in the Court’s view, interpret the provision and its
application in a purposive manner bearing in mind the spirit and object for
which it had been enacted. It was clear that the object of such a reward was by
way of recognition by the State of an individual’s efforts in protecting public
interest and serving society in a significant manner. Thus, in the Court’s
considered view, the reference to ‘approval’ in section 10(17A) did not only
connote a paper conveying approval and bearing the stamp and seal of the Central
Government, but any material available in public domain indicating recognition
for such services, rendered in public interest.

 

Allowing the petition of the assessee, the
Court in the concluding paragraph held as under:
‘The petitioner has been recognised by the Central Government on
several occasions for meritorious and distinguished services and from the
information available in public domain, it is seen that he was awarded the Jammu
& Kashmir Medal, Counter Insurgency Medal, Police Medal for Meritorious
Service (1993) and the President’s Police Medal for Distinguished Service
(1999). Specifically for his role in nabbing Veerapan,
he was awarded the President’s Police Medal for Gallantry on the eve of
Independence Day, 2005. What more! If this does not constitute recognition by
the Centre of service in public interest, for the same purposes for which the
State Government has rewarded him, I fail to understand what is. The reward
under section 10(17A)(ii) is specific to certain “purposes” as may be approved
by the Central Government in public interest and the “purpose” of the reward by
the State Government has been echoed and reiterated by the Centre with the
presentation of the Gallantry Award to the petitioner in 2005. This aspect of
the matter is also validated by the Supreme Court in
Abdul Karim (Supra) as can be seen from the judgment extracted earlier, where the Bench
makes observations on the notoriety of Veerapan and
the threat that he posed to the country as a whole.

 

Seen in the context of the recognition by the Centre of the
petitioners’ gallantry as well as the observations of the Supreme Court in
Abdul Karim (Supra) and the ratio of the decision in J.G. Gopinath (Supra), the approval of the Centre in this case, is rendered a
fait accompli.

 

OBSERVATIONS

At the outset, for the record it is noted that in the original scheme
of the Act of 1961, section 10(17A) [inserted by the Direct Taxes (Amendment)
Act, 1974] provided for tax exemption for an award w.r.e.f. 1st April, 1973 and a separate provision
in the form of section 10(17B) [inserted by the Direct Taxes (Amendment) Act,
1974] provided for tax exemption for a reward w.r.e.f.
1st April, 1973. The two reliefs are now conferred under a new
provision of section 10(17A) made effective from 1st April, 1989.
Clause (i) of the said new section provides for exemption for an award, while
clause (ii) provides for exemption for a reward. While both the clauses provide
for some approval by the Central Government, the issue for the present
discussion is limited to whether such approval should be specifically obtained
or such approval should be presumed to have been granted when a reward is
conferred, especially by the Central Government.

The issue under consideration moves in a very narrow compass. There
is no dispute that a reward, to qualify for exemption from tax, should be one
that is approved by the Central Government. The debate is about whether such an
approval should necessarily be in writing and express under a written order or
whether such an order of approval can be gathered by implication, and whether
implied approval can be gathered by referring to the facts of the services of
the recipient available in public domain. In other words, by the very fact that
a person has been rewarded for his services to the public, it should be
construed that it was in public interest to do so and the availability of
information of his services in public domain should be a fact good enough to
imply a tacit approval by the Central Government of such a reward, and no
insistence should be pressed for a written approval.

 

It is possible to hold that the requirement of a written order has
been done away with by the deletion of the
proviso w.e.f. 1st April, 1989 in the then prevailing 10(17A), which
removed the requirement of referring to the purpose and the assessment year in
the order, implying that the Legislature has done away with the specification of
written approval from that date.

 

The legislative intent behind the exemption, no doubt, is not to tax
a person in receipt of a reward from the Central or State Government. The
approval for the purpose is incidental to the main intention of exempting such
receipts. The need for such approval in writing is at the most a procedural or
technical requirement, the non-compliance of which should not result in total
denial of the exemption, defeating the legislative intent.

 

The very fact that the reward is conferred by the Government along
with the fact that the facts of the rewards are in the public domain, should be
sufficient to determine the grant of exemption from tax in public
interest.

 

A purposive and liberal interpretation here advances the cause
of justice and public good.

 

 

Writing is
the process by which you realize that you do not
understand what you are
talking about

  Shane Parrish

 

There is no
austerity equal to a balanced mind, and there is no happiness equal
to
contentment; there is no disease like covetousness, and no virtue like
mercy

  Chanakya

 

Proceedings under the Income-tax Act cannot be continued during the moratorium period declared under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016

21. [2020] 78 ITR(T) 214 (Del.)(Trib.) Shamken Multifab Ltd. vs. DCIT ITA (SS) Nos. 149, 150, 3549, 3550 &
3551 (Delhi) of 2007
A.Y.: 2003-04 Date of order: 22nd October,
2019

 

Proceedings
under the Income-tax Act cannot be continued during the moratorium period
declared under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016

 

FACTS

A petition
to initiate Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) in accordance with
provisions of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (IBC) against the
assessee was admitted by the National Company Law Tribunal and the CIRP had
commenced w.e.f. 29th May, 2018; accordingly, a moratorium period
was declared.

 

The
assessee contended that the appeals filed by the Income-tax Department against
the company cannot continue in view of the provisions of section 14 of the IBC.

 

Revenue
argued that the expression ‘proceeding’ envisaged in section 14 of the IBC will
not include Income-tax proceedings and hence it can be continued even during
the moratorium period. Citing Rule 26 of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal
Rules, 1963 it was contended that the proceedings before the ITAT can continue
even after the declaration of insolvency.

 

The
question before the Tribunal was whether Income-tax proceedings can be
continued during the moratorium period declared under the IBC.

 

HELD

Considering
section 14 of the IBC, the Tribunal held that the institution of suits or
continuation of pending suits or proceedings against the corporate debtor
(i.e., the assessee), including execution of any judgment or decree or order in
any court of law, tribunal, arbitration panel or other authority,is prohibited
during the moratorium period.

 

Reliance
was placed on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of
Alchemist Asset Reconstruction Co. Ltd. vs. Hotel Gaudavan (P)
Ltd. [2017]
88
taxmann.com 202
wherein it was held that even
arbitration proceedings cannot be initiated after imposition of the moratorium
period.

 

The
Tribunal held that the Apex Court in the case of
Pr.
CIT vs. Monnet Ispat & Energy Ltd. [SLP (C) No. 6487 of 2018, dated 10th
August, 2018]
had upheld the overriding nature
and supremacy of the provisions of the IBC over any other enactment in case of
conflicting provisions, by virtue of a
non-obstante
clause contained in section 238 of the IBC; and hence even proceedings under
the Income-tax Act cannot be continued during the period of moratorium.

 

Reference
was also made to a recent amendment in the IBC according to which any
resolution plan or liquidation order as decided by the competent authority will
be binding on all stakeholders, including the Government. This amendment
prevents even the Direct & Indirect Tax Departments from questioning the
Resolution Plan or liquidation order as well as the jurisdiction of Tribunals
with regard to IBC. Accordingly, all the appeals filed by the Revenue were
dismissed by the Tribunal.

 

It was
also held that even appeals filed by the assessee cannot be sustained as the
assessee did not furnish any permission from the National Company Law Tribunal
in this regard. [Reliance was placed on the decision of the Madras High Court
in the case of
Mrs. Jai Rajkumar vs. Standic Bank Ghana
Ltd. [2019]
101
taxmann.com 329 (Mad.).
].

 

Accordingly,
all the appeals of the Revenue as well as of the assessee were dismissed.

Non-furnishing of Form 15G/15H before CIT by the deductor is merely procedural defect and cannot lead to disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia)

20. [2020] 79 ITR(T) 207 (Bang.)(Trib.) JCIT
vs. Karnataka Vikas Grameena Bank ITA Nos.: 1391 & 1392 (Bang.) of 2016
A.Ys.: 2012-13 and 2013-14
Date of order: 23rd January, 2020

 

Non-furnishing
of Form 15G/15H before CIT by the deductor is merely procedural defect and
cannot lead to disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia)

 

FACTS


The assessee
was engaged in the business of banking. As per the provisions of section 194A,
the assesse was liable to deduct tax at source on interest paid in excess of
Rs. 10,000 to its depositors. However, some depositors had provided Form
15G/15H to the assesse and hence tax was not deducted from interest paid to
such depositors. The A.O. contended that the assessee ought to have furnished
those Forms 15G/15H to the Commissioner of Income-tax within the prescribed
time which the assessee failed to do and hence the interest paid to such
depositors was subject to disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia) on account of failure to
deduct tax at source.

 

The CIT(A)
deleted the disallowance made by the A.O. by holding that there was no breach
committed by the assessee by not filing Form No. 15G/H before the Commissioner
of Income-tax.

 

HELD

The issue was covered by the decision of the Tribunal in the assessee’s
own case for A.Y. 2010-11 in ITA Nos.: 673 & 674/Bang/2014.
In this case, the Tribunal had relied upon the decision of the Karnataka High
Court in CIT vs. Sri Marikamba Transport Co. [ITA No. 553/2015; order
dated 13th April, 2015]
wherein, in the context of section
194C, it was held that once the conditions of section 194C(3) were satisfied,
the liability of the deductor to deduct tax at source would cease and,
accordingly, disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia) would also not arise; filing of Form
No. 15-I/J was held as directory and not mandatory.

 

Accordingly,the Tribunal held that no disallowance can be made u/s
40(a)(ia) merely because the assessee did not furnish Form 15G/15H to the
Commissioner. The requirement of filing of such forms before the prescribed
authority is only procedural and that cannot result in a disallowance u/s
40(a)(ia). Accordingly, disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia) was held unsustainable.

 

Section 56(2)(viia) – Where share in profits of a firm during its subsistence and share in assets after its dissolution were consideration for capital contribution, such ‘consideration’ was ‘indeterminate’ – The provisions of section 56(2)(viia) could not be applicable to determine inadequacy or otherwise of such consideration and also to capital contribution of a partner made in the firm

19. [2020] 121 taxmann.com 150 (Hyd.)(Trib.) ITO vs. Shrilekha Business Consultancy
(P) Ltd. A.Ys.: 2014-15 and 2015-16
Date of order: 4th November, 2020

 

Section
56(2)(viia) – Where share in profits of a firm during its subsistence and share
in assets after its dissolution were consideration for capital contribution,
such ‘consideration’ was ‘indeterminate’ – The provisions of section
56(2)(viia) could not be applicable to determine inadequacy or otherwise of
such consideration and also to capital contribution of a partner made in the
firm

 

FACTS

The
assessee, a partnership firm later converted into a private company, was
engaged in financing and holding investments. Certain capital contribution was
made by Piramal Enterprise Ltd. (PEL) during A.Y. 2015-16. PEL had decided to
acquire 20% stake in Shriram Capital Ltd. (SCL) through investment in the
assessee (Rs. 6.22 crores recorded as partner’s capital and Rs. 2,111.23 crores
as capital reserve representing 75% share). This capital contribution was then
utilised to make investment in the shares of Novus (a group company of SCL)
which in turn invested in SCL through private placement and got ultimately
merged with SCL in 2014.

 

The A.O.
observed that the assessee’s Group as a whole was supposed to pay tax on the
aggregate consideration received of Rs. 2,100 crores from PEL and that in order
to avoid tax liability on the same, SCL and the assessee firm had devised a new
method to avoid tax liability. The A.O. made an addition of amounts credited in
capital reserve, treating the same as income u/s 56.

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who deleted the said addition.

 

HELD

The
Tribunal held that even though the assessee firm had acted as an intermediate
entity, it could not be construed as a conduit between PEL and SCL and the
entire transactions are to be understood in a holistic manner and cannot be
construed as a colourable device or a sham transaction as admittedly there is
no element of any income within the meaning of section 2(24) in the entire
gamut of the transaction.

 

As far as the applicability of section 56(2)(viia) was concerned, it was
observed that when a partner retires from the firm, he does not walk away with
the credit balance in his capital account alone, instead, he would be entitled
to the share of the profits / losses, besides the assets of the firm. The
provisions of the section 56(2)(viia) deal with transaction / contract between
the existing ‘firm’ and ‘any person’ which are not in the nature of capital
contribution. The term ‘person’ mentioned in section 56(2)(viia) does not cover
‘partner’ in respect of capital contribution and, accordingly, section
56(2)(viia) cannot be made applicable in the case of capital contribution made
by a partner to the firm. The provisions of section 56(2)(viia) could not be
made applicable at all in the case of capital contribution made by a partner in
kind.

 

The appeal
of the Revenue was dismissed.

Section 56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) – The provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) will apply if they were on the statute as on the date of entering into the agreement

18. [2020] 118 taxmann.com 463
(Visak.)(Trib.)
ACIT vs. Anala Anjibabu A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 17th August, 2020

 

Section
56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) – The provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) will apply if
they were on the statute as on the date of entering into the agreement

 

FACTS

In the course of assessment
proceedings, the A.O. found that the assessee has purchased an immovable
property at Srivalli Nagar from Smt. Simhadri Sunitha for a consideration of
Rs. 5 crores and the transaction was registered on 28th October,
2013. The value of the said property for registration purpose was fixed at Rs.
12,67,82,500. The A.O. invoked the provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b) and
taxed the difference between the consideration paid and the SRO value as on the
date of agreement and completed the assessment.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee
preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who allowed the appeal following the
ratio of the decision of the
Visakhapatnam Bench of the Tribunal in the case of
M. Siva Parvathi vs. ITO [2010] 129 TTJ 463 (Visakhapatnam),
rendered in the context of section 50C. He held that since the agreement for
sale was entered into by the assessee for the purpose of purchase of the
property in August, 2012 related to the F.Y. 2012-13, relevant to the A.Y.
2013-14, which is prior to insertion of section 56(2)(vii)(b), section
56(2)(vii)(b) has no application in the assessee’s case.

 

Aggrieved, the Revenue
preferred an appeal to the Tribunal contending that section 50C and section
56(2)(vii)(b) are independent provisions related to different situations and
the case law decided for the application of section 50C cannot be applied for
deciding the issue relating to the provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b).

 

HELD

The Tribunal observed –

(i) that the question to be decided is whether or
not, in the facts and circumstances of the case, the provisions of section
56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) are applicable;

(ii)         that the provisions of section
56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) came into the statute by the Finance Act, 2013 w.e.f. 1st
April, 2014, i.e., A.Y. 2014-15. In the instant case, the assessee had
entered into the agreement for the purchase of the property on 13th
August, 2012 for a consideration of Rs. 5 crores and paid part of the sale
consideration by cheque. In the assessment order, the A.O. acknowledged the
fact that the assessee had entered into an agreement for purchase of the
property and paid the advance of Rs. 5 crores on 13th August, 2012.
There is no dispute with regard to the existence of the agreement;

(iii) from
the order of the CIT(A) it became clear that the property was in dispute due to
a bank loan and the original title deeds were not available for complying with
the sale formalities. Therefore, there was a delay in obtaining the title deeds
for completing the registration. Thus, there is a genuine cause for delay in
getting the property registered;

(iv) As
per the provisions of the Act, from the A.Y. 2014-15, sub clause (ii) has been
introduced so as to enable the A.O. to tax the difference in consideration if
the consideration paid is less than the stamp duty value. The A.O. is not
permitted to invoke the provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) in the absence
of sub-clause (
ii) in the
Act as on the date of agreement.

 

The
Tribunal held that in this case the agreement was entered into on 13th
August, 2012 for purchase of the property and part consideration was paid.
Hence, the provisions existing as on the date of entering into the agreement
required to be applied for deciding the taxable income. The Tribunal in the
case of
D.S.N. Malleswara Rao has held
that the law as applicable as on the date of agreement required to be applied
for taxing the income. The Department has not made out any case for application
of 56(2)(vii)(b) and since the provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) were not
available in the statute as on the date of entering into the agreement,
following the reasoning given in the case of
M.
Siva Parvathi (Supra)
, the same cannot be made
applicable to the assessee. The Department has not brought any evidence to show
that there was extra consideration paid by the assessee over and above the sale
agreement or sale deed.

 

It held that the CIT(A) has rightly applied the
decision of this Tribunal in the assessee’s case and deleted the addition

Section 56(2)(viia), Rule 11UA – Valuation report prepared under DCF method should be scrutinised by the A.O. and if necessary he can carry out a fresh valuation either by himself or by calling for a determination from an independent valuer to confront the assessee – However, he cannot change the method of valuation but has to follow the DCF method only

17. [2020] 120 taxmann.com 238
(Bang.)(Trib.)
Valencia Nutrition Ltd. vs. DCIT A.Y.: 2015-16 Date of order: 9th October, 2020

 

Section
56(2)(viia), Rule 11UA – Valuation report prepared under DCF method should be
scrutinised by the A.O. and if necessary he can carry out a fresh valuation
either by himself or by calling for a determination from an independent valuer
to confront the assessee – However, he cannot change the method of valuation
but has to follow the DCF method only

 

FACTS

During the financial year
relevant to A.Y. 2015-16, the assessee company, engaged in the business of
manufacturing of energy drinks with the brand name ‘Bounce & Vita-Me’,
collected share capital along with share premium to the tune of Rs. 1.55 crores
by issue of 24,538 shares having a face value of Rs. 10 each at a share premium
of Rs. 622 per share.

 

The A.O. noticed that the
assessee has followed the ‘Discounted Cash Flow’ method (DCF method) for
determining the share price. As per the valuation report prepared under the DCF
method, the value of one share was determined at Rs. 634. Accordingly, the
assessee had issued shares @ Rs. 632 per share, which included share premium of
Rs. 622. The A.O. held that the value of the share @ Rs. 632 was an inflated
value since the share valuation under the DCF method has been carried out on
the basis of projections and estimations given by the management. He held that
the value of the share should be based on ‘Net Asset Method’ mentioned in Rule
11UA of the Income-tax Rules. Accordingly, the A.O. worked out the value of the
shares at Rs. 75 per share under the Net Asset Method. Since the par value of
the share is
Rs. 10, the A.O. took the view that the assessee should have collected a
maximum share premium of Rs. 65 per share. He held that the share premium
collected in excess of Rs. 65, i.e., Rs. 557 per share, is excess share premium
and he assessed Rs. 1,36,67,666 being the total amount of excess share premium
u/s 56(2)(viib).

 

Aggrieved, the assessee
preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the addition made by the A.O.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee
preferred an appeal to the Tribunal and prayed that this issue may be restored
to the file of the A.O. with a direction to examine the valuation report furnished
by the assessee under the DCF method.

 

HELD

The Tribunal noticed that
the coordinate bench has examined the issue of valuation of shares under the
DCF method in the case of
Innoviti Payment Solutions
(P) Ltd. [ITA No. 1278/Bang/2018 dated 9th January, 2019]

and has followed the decision rendered by the Bombay High Court in the case of
Vodafone M Pesa Ltd. vs. PCIT 164 DTR 257
and has held that the A.O. should scrutinise the valuation report prepared
under the DCF method and, if necessary, he can carry out fresh valuation either
by himself or by calling for a final determination from an independent valuer
to confront the assessee. The A.O. cannot change the method of valuation and he
has follow only the DCF method.

 

The decision rendered in
the case of
Innoviti Payment Solutions (P) Ltd.
(Supra)
was followed by another coordinate bench in the case of Futura Business Solutions (P) Ltd. [ITA No. 3404 (Bang.) 2018].

 

The Tribunal noted that in
the case of this assessee,too, the A.O. has proceeded to determine the value of
shares in both the years by adopting different methods without scrutinising the
valuation report furnished by the assessee under the DCF method. Accordingly,
following the decisions rendered by the coordinate benches, the Tribunal set
aside the order passed by the CIT(A) and restored the impugned issue to the
file of the A.O. with the direction to examine it afresh as per the directions
given by the coordinate bench in the case of
Innoviti
Payment Solutions (P) Ltd. (Supra).

Section 56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) – Even if there is no separate agreement between the parties in writing, but the agreement which is registered itself shows that the terms and conditions as contained in the said agreement were agreed between the parties at the time of booking of the flat

16. [2020] 120 taxmann.com 216 (Jai.)(Trib.) Radha Kishan Kungwani vs. ITO A.Y.: 2015-16 Date of order: 19th August, 2020

 

Section
56(2)(vii)(b)(ii) – Even if there is no separate agreement between the parties
in writing, but the agreement which is registered itself shows that the terms
and conditions as contained in the said agreement were agreed between the
parties at the time of booking of the flat

 

FACTS

The assessee, vide sale agreement dated 16th
September, 2014 purchased a flat from HDIL for a consideration of Rs.
1,38,03,550. The stamp duty value of the flat at the time of the registration
of the sale agreement was Rs. 1,53,43,036. The A.O. invoked the provisions of
section 56(2)(vii) for making an addition of the differential amount between
the stamp duty valuation and purchase consideration paid by the assessee.

 

The
assessee claimed that he booked the flat on 6th September, 2010 and
made advance payments of Rs. 2,51,000 on 10th October, 2010 and Rs.
9,87,090 on 14th October, 2010, the total amounting to Rs. 12,38,090,
and contended that the stamp duty value as on the date of agreement be
considered instead of the stamp duty value as on the date of registration. The
A.O. rejected this contention and made an addition of Rs. 15,39,486, being the
difference between the stamp duty value on the date of registration of the agreement and the amount of
consideration paid by the assessee u/s 56(2)(vii).

Aggrieved, the assessee
preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the A.O.’s action.

 

The assessee then preferred
an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The
Tribunal noted that
vide letter dated 16th October, 2017, the builder
has specifically confirmed that the cost of the flat is Rs. 1,38,03,550 and the
booking was done by payment of Rs. 2,51,000 by cheque dated 10th
October, 2010 drawn on Andhra Bank. This fact was not disputed by the A.O. This
payment is even reflected in the final sale agreement which is registered. The
terms and conditions which are reduced in writing in the agreement registered
on 16th September, 2014 relate to the performance of both the
parties right from the beginning, i.e., the date of booking of the flat. All
these facts are duly acknowledged by the parties in the registered agreement,
that earlier there was a booking of the flat and the assessee made part payment
of the consideration.

 

The Tribunal held that all
these facts clearly established that at the time of booking there was an
agreement between the parties regarding the sale and purchase of the flat and
payment of the purchase consideration as per the agreed schedule. Thus, even if
there is no separate agreement between the parties in writing but the agreement
which is registered itself shows that the terms and conditions as contained in
the said agreement were agreed between the parties at the time of the booking.
On this basis, part payment was made by the assessee on 10th
October, 2010 and subsequently on 14th October, both through cheque.

 

In view of the above, the
Tribunal held that the first and second
provisos
to section 56(2)(vii) would be applicable in this case and the stamp duty
valuation or the fair market value of the property shall be considered as on
the date of booking and payment made by the assessee towards the booking.

 

The Tribunal set aside the
order passed by the CIT(A) and remanded the matter to the record of the A.O. to
apply the stamp duty valuation as on 10th October, 2010 when the
assessee booked the flat and made the part payment. Consequently, if there is
any difference on account of the stamp duty valuation being higher than the
purchase consideration paid by the assessee, the same would be added to the
income of the assessee under the provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b).

Section 56(2)(vii)(c) – The provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(c) get attracted only when a higher than proportionate allotment of fresh shares issued by a company is received by a shareholder

15. [2020] 119 taxmann.com 362 (Jai.)(Trib.)
DCIT vs. Smt. Veena Goyal A.Y.: 2013-14
Date of order: 15th September,
2020

 

Section 56(2)(vii)(c) – The provisions of section
56(2)(vii)(c) get attracted only when a higher than proportionate allotment of
fresh shares issued by a company is received by a shareholder

 

FACTS

The assessee was allotted 11,20,000 shares @ Rs. 10
per share, whereas the A.O. determined the fair market value of each share to
be Rs. 20.37. He made an addition of Rs. 1,16,14,400 being the difference
calculated between fair market value and face value u/s 56(2)(vii)(c).

 

The aggrieved assessee preferred an appeal to the
CIT(A) who, observing that the shareholding percentage of the appellant in the
company was the same both before and after the allotment, allowed the appeal.

 

Aggrieved, Revenue preferred an appeal to the
Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the issue was the
subject matter of dispute before the ITAT, Mumbai bench in the case of Sudhir
Menon HUF vs. ACIT [2014] 148 ITD 260
wherein the Tribunal held that as
long as there is no disproportional allotment of shares, there was no scope for
any property being received by the taxpayer as there was only an apportionment
of the value of the existing shareholder over a larger number of shares,
consequently no addition u/s 56(2)(vii)(c) would arise.

 

The Tribunal also noted
that in the case of ACIT vs. Subhodh Menon [2019] 175 ITD 449
(Mum.-Trib.)
it has held that only when a higher than proportionate
allotment of fresh shares issued by a company is received by a shareholder do
the provisions of section 56(2)(vii) get attracted.

 

In the present case, since
the percentage of shareholding before and after the allotment of new shares
thereof remained the same, the Tribunal upheld the order passed by the CIT(A)
and dismissed the appeal filed by the Revenue.

 

IF TOMORROW COMES…

(This
article appeared in the BCAJ edition of February, 2002.
It is as delightful to read today as it was 19 years ago. As we read about the
tomorrow written 19 years ago, we can see that today was visualised, with
uncanny precision)


Stanley
Kubrick was a maverick film director. In his movie
2001: A space Odyssey, he had
predicted that man would finally encounter extra-terrestrial intelligence in
the year 2001. Nothing like that happened. It did, however, inspire Steven
Spielberg to make the critically acclaimed movie
AI.

 

What are
the technologies that will drive our tomorrow? Will we live in twilight
‘sci-fi’ zone where everything is virtual? How will technologies affect our
daily lives? As a chartered accountant, should you really bother? So here they
are. A wild walk into the future – Technologies that will reshape you and your
future.

 

1. Wireless world:

Bet your
last paisa on wireless technology. There is no doubt that wireless will change
our lives dramatically. The only question being asked is – ‘when will it
happen?’

 

Today, the
biggest impact of wireless is in mobile phones. Can you imagine your daily life
without your Nokia or Samsung mobile phone? Mobile phones will proliferate with
‘amoeba-like’ growth. And this is just the beginning.

 

The next
big application of wire-less technology will be wireless Internet.
Third-generation (3G) wireless Internet will roll out soon, with capability of
high bandwidth Internet and streaming audio, video and multi-media. Do-Co-Mo in
Japan has already started giving these services and has met with an exciting
response.

 

Wireless
Internet will become ubiquitous. Your laptop, your mobile phone and your
personal digital assistant (PDA) will have wireless Internet. What will be the
impact on business? Any employee located anywhere in the world will be able to
access the latest corporate information, the latest news and will communicate
with the office and colleagues. Imagine a scenario where you communicate with
all your articled clerks and employees spread all over the globe on a real-time
basis. Imagine being able to update them with the latest notifications and
amendments, whilst they are at a client site rendering advice. Imagine the
endless potential for large companies with a huge sales force. Truly, geography
will become history – unlike Iridium, which coined the tagline ‘Geography is
history’, only to find itself in the history books.

 

2. Byte a chip!

Today, to
access the Internet you need a carrier – typically, a computer. Tomorrow, you
won’t!

 

Everything
you can truly conceive of will have the capability to connect to the Internet –
your
lassi-maker, your refrigerator, your
toaster and your car – all your devices. But, what the hell! How does this
impact business?

 

A chip has
the embedded ability to receive, crunch and send data. Imagine a small chip on
all inventory parts in the factory, communicating constantly with wireless
Internet. You will know all details about the entire supply chain, without
having to do any physical check. With embedded intelligence, such chips will be
able to send alerts if certain parameters are breached. It could be an e-mail
alert or an SMS.

 

3. Distribute your computing:

When you
press the switch to start your fan, you expect the electricity to come on
instantly. You do not own a power generation unit either at home or in your
building. Then why do you need to have a huge PC or invest in a server to have
access to computing power? Much like the electricity grid, can’t you have a
computing grid?

 

Distributed
computing gives you the power of a super computer, without having to invest in
one. The processing power of thousands of PCs is aggregated. A central server
sub-divides a large task into bits and assigns it to thousands of computers.
These computers do their processing job and return the results to the server,
which aggregates the results. This kind of computing is ideal for large
processing tasks and is already used in research. Large tasks involving
financial transactions are amenable to distributed computing.

 

4. Move over B2B, it’s time for P2P:

Imagine a
large network with thousands and millions of persons with a commonality of
interest, sharing data and information, creating databases and communicating
instantly. All this without the need to invest in expensive servers. Through
the medium of the Internet, you can communicate and share your files without a
centralised server. Numerous workgroups can create their own space and work
efficiently.

 

The most
famous commercial application of P2P technology is Napster, which allows anyone
to share music files on their computers.

 

Stanley
Kubrick’s futuristic prediction that man will encounter extra-terrestrial
intelligence went awry. But that will not halt the progress of some
technologies which will aptly respond to Sydney Sheldon’s famous best seller
If tomorrow comes. The
question you need to ask yourself is –
Are
you ready?

 

 

EFFECTIVE USE OF QUORA FOR A PROFESSIONAL

Quora is a place (a website, actually) to gain and share knowledge. It is
a platform to ask questions and connect with people who contribute unique
insights and quality answers. Though it is a social media platform, it works
quite differently. Users do not visit Quora to check
Notifications or ‘Likes’. Quora is a platform where a
user can ask a question and it is answered by various industry experts. In
comparison, on Instagram a celebrity or an
‘Influencer’ (the buzzword in today’s time) posts a photo and / or video and
users interact and give responses based on such videos or photos. In the same
way, Quora is a platform where the basic content is a
question. So, a user can ask questions and industry leaders and experts answer
them.

 

INTRODUCTION

Quora was founded in 2009 by Adam D’Angelo,
former CTO of Facebook, and Charlie Cheever, a former Facebook employee. Based
in Mountain View, California, it is published by Quora
Inc. Although launched in 2009, the website was made public only in June, 2010.
In short, Quora is a question-answer platform that
allows people to ask questions and seek answers from real people. It has nearly
70 crore active monthly users and there are nearly
four lakh open ‘topics’ on it.

 

Now, the new generation has started using Quora to search for answers. For example, when someone wants
to start a new company, they will ask questions on Quora; when they are looking for an income tax idea, they
will seek advice on Quora. It is not a paid
consultancy programme or a platform on which an individual can sell anything
like Just Dial, but the user traffic it generates can help in getting the right
connection.

 

A survey shows that about 1,000 Chartered Accountants have their
profiles on Quora and we can assume that 500 may be
practising.
Imagine the competitive edge they have by using this platform. Quora can indeed be an avenue to get new clients. Let us
deep-dive and ask some questions of our own!

 

What is Quora and how can it help
professionals like CAs?

 

Quora provides a platform to share your experience and expertise. People
can follow you and share your ideas within their social network, thus building a
brand for you or your business.
The content built on Quora can be shared
on various digital platforms which in a way is ‘Search
Engine Optimisation’ (SEO) fodder; whatever you write is indexed by Google,
relates back to you, which again relates to your business and brand.

 

For example, if you are a ‘GST on healthcare services expert’ and you
provide a good answer to a question on input tax credit, Google brings the users
to your answer and there are high chances that the user may take the next step
of going to your website or social media page and calling your firm for an
estimate. It is through participation on sites like Quora that you add more value to that relationship and help
build count and trust with your audience. Quora is one
tool that can help you do this.

 

Why does using Quora make
sense?

 

What makes Quora unique is the purpose of
the user visiting it. It is neither a search nor a social medium but somewhere
in between, with over 30 crore people visiting it
every month asking for tips and answers and learning about the world around
them. Quora has an edge over other platforms because
the content posted here is easy to find even months and years later, unlike
other social media platforms where it gets buried or disappears.

 

Now that we have explored why Quora is a
powerful channel for your brand awareness and distributing content, let us look
at some steps to get started on Quora.

 

Step 1: Contribute to the conversation

Quora is used by people who are actively looking for answers and are
genuinely interested in what you have to say. Your answers can, of course,
enrich the SEO since many of these answers show up in Google searches. Quora uses an algorithm to pick up your answer and match it
with people interested in the topic. It sends out answers to users following the
topic and there are chances it may reach hundreds or thousands of people.

 

Step 2: Building appropriate content on Quora

To get started, answer questions relevant to your expertise. You may
start providing additional information to the already answered questions by
looking at the missing information. The content on Quora is different from other social media because here the
primary goal is not about the number of views but providing the best answers to
your audience’s questions. Below are quick tips that can help you make useful
content on Quora:

 

? Include facts and personal stories (could be of success or even
failure) to make it relatable;

? Credibility plays a vital role, so make sure that what you write is
factually correct;

? The quickest one to answer has more chances to get up-voted by
users.

 

Step 3: Have a rocking Quora
profile

When you start writing answers, it is important to convey your
expertise and build trust by filling out your Quora
credentials and bio. Unlike other user-generated Q&A sites, users on Quora create profiles based on their real identities. Quora has active moderation policies in place to ensure that
discourse is civil, content quality is high and people feel safe sharing their
knowledge.

 

By adding your title, company, bio, interests and website links, you
signal who you are and why readers should trust your answers. It also helps
people find you when searching for experts and / or the best person to answer
their questions. And be sure to include important links (your website, your
LinkedIn URL, your blogs, or YouTube channels).

 

Step 4: Gain authority and establish your trust with
followers

You are doing amazing well till now on Quora. Your flywheel is picking up speed as you consistently
answer questions and engage with the community. It is now time to gain authority
on the platform. Provide answers that are out of the box and establish trust
with followers.

 

So if someone asks, ‘What is the revised due
date for filing XYZ return?’ you can answer with the due date and add something
else – ‘Companies may face challenges with this’. When you do this, not only
will your audience be interested in reading an answer that could help them, but
you will also earn their trust and gain credibility.

 

There have been professionals who have built such an amazing presence
on Quora that their posts have been viewed lakhs of
times.

 

Step 5: Content distribution

If you are looking to increase awareness about your Quora content, you can cross-distribute your answers.
Consider the following two ideas:

 

Amplify distribution with other social media networks:
If you have answered a good question, why not brag about it on social
media? Consider posting your answers on social media strategically. You can do
this simply by writing – ‘Check out my views on this question’.

 

Send it to the broadcast list: You can consider sending out an update to your broadcast list (email
list) asking them to check your views and provide feedback.

 

To summarise, while Quora is a platform to
build your brand, remember, do not sell anything on Quora or any social media. But that does not stop you from
sharing your experience in the right way and helping the needy. Remember, your
sharing can help even more people.

FRAUD RISK MANAGEMENT IN INTERNAL AUDIT

BACKGROUND

The incidence of fraud is increasing every day. With more frauds and their consequences befalling the stakeholders (shareholders, employees and the government, among others), the regulators are increasing the level of regulation, including disclosures to either prevent or get red flags at an early stage, or to highlight cases to set examples to deter others. The current environment is increasing the pressure on the internal auditor.

In this article we shall discuss the current regulations in India and the steps to be taken by the internal auditor to manage the ‘fraud risk’ and add value to the internal audit function.

In our opinion, frauds may be classified into two types – first, a fraud perpetrated by owners / top management and, second, all cases other than the first one. In case the internal auditor encounters a fraud perpetrated by management, he or she has few options – either become a whistle-blower and report the fraud, or walk away. Each action of the internal auditor will have consequences which he / she may have to decide based on choice and circumstances. Failure to act with integrity and to be just a bystander, or become knowingly or unknowingly a part of the management fraud, has its own set of risks and consequences.

We have a number of cases which have been discussed in the public domain to understand the above, some of the major cases being the ‘Satyam case’, ‘Cox & Kings’ and so on. One major high-profile case cited for an internal auditor to be a whistle-blower is that of ‘Enron’.

FRAUD DEFINITION

As per Webster’s Dictionary, a fraud is (a) deceit, trickery, specifically: intentional perversion of truth in order to induce another to part with something of value or to surrender a legal right; (b) an act of deceiving or misrepresenting.

Fraud is defined by Black’s Law Dictionary as A knowing misrepresentation of the truth or concealment of a material fact to induce another to act to his or her detriment.

Consequently, fraud includes any intentional or deliberate act to deprive another of property or money by guile, deception or other unfair means.


Types of fraud

The Association of Certified Fraud Examiners (ACFE) has given the following classification for ‘types of fraud’ which summarises the various types as follows –

Fraud against a company can be committed either internally by employees, managers, officers or owners of the company, or externally by customers, vendors and other parties. Other schemes defraud individuals rather than organisations.

Internal fraud

Internal fraud, also called occupational fraud, can be defined as ‘the use of one’s occupation for personal enrichment through the deliberate misuse or misapplication of the organisation’s resources or assets.’ Simply stated, this type of fraud occurs when an employee, manager or executive commits fraud against his or her employer.

Although perpetrators are increasingly embracing technology and new approaches in the commitment and concealment of occupational fraud schemes, the methodologies used in such frauds generally fall into clear, time-tested categories.

External fraud

External fraud against a company covers a broad range of schemes. Dishonest vendors might engage in bid-rigging schemes, bill the company for goods or services not provided, or demand bribes from employees. Likewise, dishonest customers might submit bad cheques, falsified account information for payment, or might attempt to return stolen or knock-off products for a refund. In addition, organisations also face threats of security breaches and theft of intellectual property perpetrated by unknown third parties. Other examples of fraud committed by external third parties include hacking, theft of proprietary information, tax fraud, bankruptcy fraud, insurance fraud, healthcare fraud and loan fraud.

Fraud against individuals

Numerous fraudsters have also devised schemes to defraud individuals. Identity theft, Ponzi schemes, phishing schemes and advance fee frauds are just a few of the ways criminals have found to steal money from unsuspecting victims.

Regulatory drivers in India necessitating action by internal auditors

Irrespective of the regulations given below, the internal auditor has to work along with management towards building a structure for prevention and / or detection of fraud in an organisation and build fraud prevention and / or detection objectives in the internal audit programmes.

The Companies Act, 2013 has introduced a requirement under sub-section 12 of section 143 which requires the statutory auditors to report to the Central Government about the fraud / suspected fraud committed against the company by the officers or employees of the company. It states, ‘Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, if an auditor of a company, in the course of the performance of his duties as auditor, has reason to believe that an offence involving fraud is being or has been committed against the company by officers or employees of the company, he shall immediately report the matter to the Central Government within such time and in such manner as may be prescribed.’

The procedures for reporting to the Board or the Audit Committee, reporting to the Central Government, replies and observations of the Board or the Audit Committee and reporting to the Central Government with the external auditor’s comments and other procedures are laid out in the law.

Primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the entity and the management. In the context of the 2013 Act, this position is reiterated in section 134(5) which states that the Board report shall include a responsibility statement, inter alia, that the directors had taken proper and sufficient care for safeguarding the assets of the company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities.

Requirement of CARO 2020 With Respect to Fraud – According to a clause in CARO 2020 with regard to fraud and whistle-blower complaints, an auditor needs to report whether any fraud on or by the company has been noticed or reported during the year; if yes, the nature and amount involved is to be indicated; in case of receipt of whistle-blower complaints, whether the complaints have been considered by the auditor.

The Securities and Exchange Board of India has issued the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2020 w.e.f. 8th October, 2020 whereby, inter alia, in case of initiation of forensic audit (by whatever name called) a listed company is required to make the following disclosures to the stock exchange:

Initiation of a forensic audit along with the name of the entity initiating the audit and reasons for the same, if available; and

Final forensic audit report (other than for forensic audit initiated by regulatory / enforcement agencies) on receipt by the listed entity along with the comments of the management, if any.

This has been included under events which shall be disclosed without any application of the guidelines for materiality. Enhancing disclosure requirements is one more step by the regulator, done with a view to disclose potential financial mismanagement to the stock market and the public at large.

Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) to come out with Forensic Accounting and Investigation Standards

The Digital Accounting and Assurance Board of the ICAI has issued Exposure Drafts on Standard on Forensic Accounting and Investigation (FAIS) such as FAIS-110 – Understanding the Nature of Engagement; FAIS-120 – Understanding Fraud Risk, and a number of others. These would naturally be the standard in times to come.

As we can see, the regulators are increasing the regulations with the increase in the incidence of fraud. Since the statutory / external auditors are required to report on fraud they necessarily look to internal auditors and expect them to have fraud prevention and / or detection built into their internal audit programmes.

FRAUD RISK MANAGEMENT BY INTERNAL AUDITOR

We have discussed the regulatory drivers but at the same time the Audit Committee and top management does not like any surprise on this count. It is not unheard of now to look to the internal auditor if any untoward incident is uncovered. It is seen that the questions immediately raised are…

When was this area last internal audited?

What was the sample size or why was the entire universe not covered?

Why a particular test could not be built into the internal audit programme to prevent the same?

Why a particular control was not suggested to be designed to prevent such an incident?

What is the size of the incident and for how long is this continuing?

(And many such questions.)

 

We are sure that the internal auditor also would not like any surprises. Frauds cannot be totally prevented but adequate care can be taken to ensure that unless the fraud is a complex one which would have been difficult to be detected under reasonable circumstances, an internal audit exercise should be able to take care of raising the red flag.

 

We would classify the action to be taken by the internal auditor in two parts. First, where the internal auditor is independent but part of the top management team and has a consulting role to play. He or she has negotiated the role of internal auditor as a business adviser to the enterprise. The internal auditor would then be part of designing or testing the design of policies / controls on anti-fraud, etc., which we shall discuss below. The second part is where the internal auditor may not be sufficiently high up but would still have to use / build fraud analytics and other tests into the audit programmes.

 

Where the internal auditor is part of the top management team, he or she would take an active part in designing or testing the design and reviewing the mechanism for anti-fraud controls which would work like a bulwark and deter incidence of fraud or help in raising early warning signals / red flags. Some policies / controls and the mechanisms in place would be –

 

Code of conduct;

Continuous data monitoring / analysis;

Surprise audits;

Regular system of management review;

Anti-fraud policy;

Fraud training for employees;

Job rotation / compulsory vacation;

Whistle-blower policy and rewards for whistle-blowers;

Proper design and review of key controls in ‘Internal Controls over Financial Reporting’.

For internal controls and risk management, the COSO Internal Control and Risk Management guidelines (both are separate guidelines) would be a good source to start looking at understanding and building internal controls, including building anti-fraud controls. The five components of an internal control framework are: control environment, risk assessment, control activities, information and communication, and monitoring.

Each business would have specific controls but to repeat the generic COSO internal control guidelines would be a healthy starting point to understand, build and review internal controls for an internal auditor.

Let us now move to the second part on operational internal auditing where fraud analytic tests based on data analytics are built into each and every individual programme for the internal auditor.

WHAT IS FRAUD ANALYTICS?

Fraud analytics combines analytic technology and techniques with human interaction to help detect potential improper transactions, such as those based on fraud and / or bribery, either before the transactions are completed or after they occur. The process of fraud analytics involves gathering and storing relevant data and mining it for patterns, discrepancies and anomalies. The findings are then translated into insights that can allow a company to manage potential threats before they occur as well as develop a proactive fraud and bribery detection environment.

Case study of a payroll internal audit using Fraud Analytics

The main objective of Fraud Analytics in Payroll is to test the validity and existence of employees and the correctness of pay elements.

 

An illustrative listing of Fraud Analytics in Payroll is –

  •      Map the payroll transaction file to payroll master file to determine if there are ‘ghost’ employees on record and being paid;

  •      Sort employees by name, address, location and other master fields to identify conflict-of-interest scenarios where managers (supervisors) have relatives working for them;

  •     Check for duplicate employees in the master list of employees by name, date of birth, address, bank account number, permanent account number (PAN No.) as a combination of fields or even independent field level duplicate checks;

  •      Perform a pattern-based fuzzy duplicate match in the master list of employees by name and address to identify potential pattern matches on employee name and address;

  •      Compute plant-wise, machine centre-wise, location-wise, correlation score between wage (pay element outgoes) and overtime payments to identify centres with negative correlation scores like falling wage outgoes and rising overtime payouts;

  •      Extract all payroll payments where the gross amount exceeds the set grade threshold limits as per masters;

  •      Compare time-card (attendance) entries to payroll and check for variances like unaccounted ‘leave without pay’;

  •      De-dup checks to identify employees getting the same net pay at multiple locations of the company in the same month;

  •      Profile employees who have not availed any leave in the last one year;

  •      Isolate individuals continuing to get payroll benefits after retirement;

  •      Detect employees getting signing-on bonus payments and leaving before the minimum service period, where signing-on bonus is not recovered;

  •      Filter out payroll payments to employees where nil deductions (including statutory deductions) have been made;

  •      Employees who have re-joined after leaving and continue to get retirement benefits with standard payroll payments;

  •      Inconsistent payroll master allowances within the same groups like grade, designation, location, etc.;

  •      Inconsistent payroll master deductions within the same groups such as grade, designation, location, etc.;

  •      Capture payments to active employees where leave availed is more than the leave balance on hand;

  •     Outliers in payroll payments where the ratio of the highest to the next highest net payroll payment to employees is irregular and excessive;

  •     Locate employees getting multiple increments and bonus payments within the same payroll period;

  •      Compare vendor addresses / phone numbers and employee addresses / phone numbers to identify conflict-of-interest situations.

 

It is important to note that though fraud analytics plays an important role today in any tests to be performed for an internal audit area like payroll, procure to pay cycle, etc., the other activities like interviews, meetings with vendors and employees, physical verification, etc., play an equally important role. Soft issues like body language of the auditee and dealing with auditees and others to understand the issues at hand for the area under audit, are quite important for an internal auditor.

CONCLUSION

It is clear that the responsibility with regard to fraud prevention and detection is increasing for the internal auditor. The regulators are increasing disclosure requirements and the Audit Committee and top management expect that the internal auditor be on guard to continuously help build and review the controls to prevent any incidence of fraud. In case any fraud incident/s does take place, the management would like to have it detected at an early stage.

A proactive internal auditor has to be on top of all this at all times and would most likely have a good fraud risk management programme to –

– increase the bottom line for the organisation (add value to corporate performance);

– ensure compliance with laid-down policies (internal), laws and regulations (external);

– send a clear anti-fraud message;

– enhance the organisation’s image and reputation; and

– get early warning signals / red flags to take pre-emptive action/s.

OFFENCE OF MONEY-LAUNDERING: FAR-REACHING IMPLICATIONS OF RECENT AMENDMENT

Section 3 of The Prevention of Money-Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA) is
the most important provision and the pivot for many other provisions of the Act.
It deals with the crucial concept of the offence of money-laundering. This
definition was recently amended w.e.f. 1st
August, 2019 by inserting Explanation to section 3.

Section 3 after such
amendment reads as follows.

3.         Offence of
money-laundering

Whosoever directly or
indirectly attempts to indulge or knowingly assists or knowingly is a party or
is actually involved in any process or activity connected with the
1[proceeds of crime including its concealment, possession,
acquisition or use and projecting or claiming] it as untainted property shall be
guilty of offence of money-laundering.

 

2[Explanation – For the removal of doubts, it is
hereby clarified that

(i)         a person shall be guilty of offence of
money-laundering if such person is found to have directly or indirectly
attempted to indulge or knowingly assisted or knowingly is a party or is
actually involved in one or more of the following processes or activities
connected with proceeds of crime, namely –

(a) concealment; or

(b) possession; or

(c) acquisition; or

(d) use; or

(e) projecting as untainted property; or

(f)  claiming as
untainted property;

(g) in any manner whatsoever.

 

(ii)        the process or
activity connected with proceeds of crime is a continuing activity and continues
till such time a person is directly or indirectly enjoying the proceeds of crime
by its concealment or possession or acquisition or use or projecting it as
untainted property or claiming it as untainted property in any manner
whatsoever.]

Explanation
retrospectively brings a sea change

The Explanation has
been inserted in section 3 by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019 w.e.f. 1st August, 2019. It begins with the words
‘for the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that’. These words
suggest that the Explanation is intended to apply retrospectively. The
Supreme Court has held3  that an Explanation may be
added in declaratory form to retrospectively clarify a doubtful point of law and
to serve as proviso to the main section.

 

There are two parts in the
Explanation. While the first part seems to refine and modify the concept
of money-laundering given in section 3, the second part adds a new angle by
making the offence of money-laundering a continuous offence.

 

Earlier, some ambiguity
was found to exist in section 3. It was contended by the Directorate of
Enforcement that such ambiguity handicapped investigation of the money trail,
the adjudication of attachment by the PMLA Adjudicating Authority and Tribunals,
as also the trial of the offence of money-laundering under PMLA.

 

The handicap was created
by the words ‘and projecting or claiming it as untainted property’ in the
main part of section 3. Due to this, unless it was established in every case
that there was a further act of ‘projecting or claiming’ the
proceeds of crime as untainted property, section 3 could not be invoked. This
was a compulsory pre-condition that was required to be fulfilled due to the word
‘and’ preceding the words ‘projecting or claiming’. In other
words, money-laundering was regarded merely as projection or claiming proceeds
of crime as untainted property. This infirmity in the language of section 3
created a handicap. A person would fall in the earlier part of section 3 but
would escape the rigours of section 3 merely because it could not be
further proved in every case that he ‘projected or claimed’
the proceeds of crime as untainted property.

 

Explanation
(i)
now seeks to remove this
lacuna by clarifying vide placement of (e) and (f) as merely one of the
processes or activities the existence of which alone no longer remains a
pre-condition to attract the charge of money-laundering.

 

Having regard to the said
handicap, the Government considered it necessary to widen the scope of ‘proceeds
of crime’. This was done by inserting the Explanation to section 3. The
Explanation clarified the extent to which a person is guilty of the
offence of money-laundering where he is found to have directly or indirectly
attempted to indulge or knowingly assisted or knowingly was a party to or was
actually involved in any manner whatsoever in one or more of the processes or
activities specified in section 3 Explanation (i). The following two
activities have been mentioned in the list of processes or activities in
Explanation (i):

  •             projecting as untainted
    property,
  •             claiming as
    untainted property.

 

The words in
Explanation (i), viz., ‘one or more of the following’ and
‘in any manner whatsoever’ signify that Explanation (i) is
intended to widen the scope of section 3.

 

1   Substituted for ‘proceeds
of crime and projecting’ by the Prevention of  Money-Laundering (Amendment) Act,
2012, w.e.f. 15th February,
2013

2   Inserted by the Finance
(No. 2) Act, 2019, w.e.f. 1st August,
2019

3   Y.P. Chawla vs. M.P. Tiwari AIR 1992 SC
1360, 1362

 

INGREDIENTS OF OFFENCE OF MONEY-LAUNDERING

A broad analysis of
section 3 as amended shows the following ingredients:

  •             The persons regarded as guilty of
    money-laundering – mens rea implied in the definition of
    money-laundering.
  •             Actions must be connected with
    specified processes or activities.
  •             Specified processes or
    activities.
  •             Nexus of the processes or activities
    with ‘proceeds of crime’.
  •             ‘Proceeds of crime’ – defined in
    section 2(1)(u).
  •             Projecting or claiming proceeds of
    crime as untainted property – no longer an essential ingredient of the offence
    of money-laundering.

 

The above six ingredients
of the concept of money-laundering are reviewed as follows:

 

The persons regarded
as guilty of money-laundering –
mens rea implied in the definition of
money-laundering

The following four types
of persons are covered in section 3:

 

The person who directly or
indirectly

 

 

 

A review of the four types
of persons mentioned above in relation to the specified processes and activities
gives rise to the question whether mens
rea
or a guilty mind is implied in the definition
of money-laundering.

 

Mens rea is
defined in Black’s Law Dictionary (Sixth Edition) as under.

Mens rea

An
element of criminal responsibility; a guilty mind; a guilty or wrongful purpose;
a criminal intent.
Guilty knowledge and wilfulness.

 

The aspect of mens rea has been
subject of intensive debate before Courts under Income-tax law in respect of
penal provisions. The Supreme Court has held4  in a number of tax cases that a penal
provision must be strictly construed and that mens rea is a
necessary ingredient for the imposition of penalty.

 

Under the criminal law,
too, unless it is found that the accused had the guilty intention to commit
crime, he cannot be held guilty of committing the crime. Thus, mens rea is
considered an essential ingredient of criminal offence5. The nature
of mens rea
may be implied in a statute creating an offence if the object and the wordings
of the provisions of the statute so suggest.

 

The
Parliamentary debate on the Money-Laundering Bill, 1999 shows that the word
‘knowingly’ did not exist in the definition of
money-laundering.
Hence, the
Parliamentary Committee observed that without the word ‘knowingly’, the
provision creating liability for money-laundering was harsh and could result in
a situation where anyone who unintentionally commits the offence of
money-laundering will be regarded as guilty. To avoid such a situation, the
Committee recommended adding the word ‘knowingly’ to indicate that mens rea is an
essential ingredient of the definition of the offence of money-laundering. Thus,
where there is prima facie evidence of a guilty state of mind, the
accused will have the opportunity to disprove the allegation of offence by
presenting satisfactory evidence of honesty of his belief in the action that he
undertook innocently. This principle is now incorporated in section 24 (burden
of proof) that was amended w.e.f. 15th
February, 2013 to provide that in the case of a person not charged with the
offence of money-laundering, the mandatory opportunity to prove the contrary is
not available to such person. This is evident from the absence of the words
‘unless contrary is proved’ before the word ‘presume’ in section
24(b).

 

Accordingly, all four
types of persons who directly or indirectly

 

 

would be guilty
of money-laundering on the premise of their attempt, knowledge and actual
involvement. Section 24 gives such person an
opportunity to prove that he did not commit the offence of money-laundering as
defined in section 3.

 

‘Attempt – connotation
of’

The expression ‘attempt
to indulge
in’ in the main part of section 3 and the newly-inserted
Explanation is suggestive of the intention to widen the scope of the
definition of ‘offence of money-laundering’ in section 3.

 

The wording of section 3,
particularly the expression ‘directly or indirectly’ and the expression ‘attempt
to indulge in’, leaves no doubt that even where the attempt does not reach the
stage of completion of the action for which the attempt was made, the charge of
offence u/s 3 would be attracted in the same way as if the criminal act was
consummated.

 

What constitutes an
attempt is indeed a mixed question of law and fact and it depends on the
circumstances of each case to ascertain whether an attempt was made. When the
word ‘attempt’ is juxtaposed with the word ‘prepare’, it is clear that attempt
begins after the preparation is complete.

 

Actions must be
connected with specified processes or activities

To attract the guilt of
offence of money-laundering in section 3, it must be established that the
above-mentioned actions of the person were linked to the specified processes or
activities.

Specified
processes or activities

 

The following processes or
activities connected with proceeds of crime are covered by section 3

           concealment

           possession

           acquisition

           use

           projecting as untainted
property

           claiming as untainted
property.

 

The concepts underlying
the above processes and activities may be reviewed as follows:

The first process
or activity connected with the proceeds of crime is concealment.
Black’s Law Dictionary (Sixth Edition) defines ‘concealment’ as
follows:

To
conceal
.
A withholding of something which one knows and
which one, in duty, is bound to reveal. Concealment implies intention to
withhold or secrete information so that one entitled to be informed will remain
in ignorance.

 

The second process
or activity connected with proceeds of crime is possession. The
word ‘possession’ is defined in Black’s Law Dictionary (Sixth
Edition) as follows:

Possession. Having control
over a thing with the intent to have and to exercise control.

 

The term ‘possession’ has
been examined by Courts in a number of decisions. A reference may be made, in
particular, to the following decisions:

  •             Union of India vs. Hassan Ali
    Khan (2011) 14 taxmann.com 127 (SC);
  •             Radha Mohan Lakhotia vs. Dy. Director (2010) (5) Bom. Cr 625;
  •             Hari Narayan Rai vs. State of Jharkhand (2011) (6) R Cr
    1415;
  •             Vikash Kumar Sinha vs. State of Jharkhand (2011) (2) J Cr 395 (Jhr).

 

The third process
or activity connected with proceeds of crime is
acquisition.

The word ‘acquisition’ is
derived from the word ‘acquire’ which is defined in Black’s Law
Dictionary
(Sixth Edition) as under:

To
gain by any means, usually by one’s own exertions; to get as one’s own; to
obtain by search, endeavour, investment; practice or purchase; receive or gain
in whatever manner; come to have, to become owner of property; to make property
one’s own; to gain ownership of.

 

The term ‘acquisition’ has
also been examined by Courts in various decisions. A reference may be made, in
particular, to the following:

  •  State of
    Maharashtra vs. Mahesh P. Mehta 1985 CrLj 453 (Bom.);
  •  Devilal Ganeshlal vs. Director
    1982 CrLj 588 (Bom.).

 

The fourth process
or activity connected with the proceeds of crime is use. The term
‘use’ is defined in Black’s Law Dictionary (Sixth Edition)
as under:

To make use of; to convert
to one’s service; to employ; to avail oneself of; to utilise; to carry out a
purpose or action by means of; to put into action or service, especially to
attain an end.

 

The fifth process
or activity connected with proceeds of crime is projecting as untainted
property.
It is self-explanatory.

 

The sixth process
or activity connected with proceeds of crime is claiming as untainted
property
. This, too, is self-explanatory.

 

It may be noted that the
fifth and sixth activities connected with proceeds of crime have been placed in
Part (i) of the Explanation inserted in section 3 w.e.f. 1st August, 2019 to plug a loophole in the
language of section 3. Earlier, ‘projecting or claiming as untainted
property’
of proceeds of crime was a pre-condition to attract section
3.

 

It
was difficult to prove the existence of this fact of projecting or claiming.
This loophole has been plugged by bifurcating the projecting or claiming of
proceeds of crime as untainted property into two separate activities. The
existence of none of these two bifurcated activities is now a pre-condition to
attract the guilt of money-laundering u/s 3.

 

Nexus of the
processes or activities with ‘proceeds of crime’

To attract section 3 it is
necessary to establish that the specified processes or activities are connected
with the proceeds of crime. Without such a nexus of the processes or activities
with the proceeds of crime, section 3 cannot be invoked.

 

“Proceeds of
crime” – defined in section 2(1)(u)

The definition of
‘proceeds of crime’ in section 2(1)(u) needs to be dealt with in detail
to understand significant aspects of the definition on the basis of the legal
position considered by Courts in respect of significant aspects.

 

Projecting or
claiming proceeds of crime as untainted property – no longer an essential
ingredient of offence of money-laundering

All the above-mentioned
constituents of ‘proceeds of crime’ are interlinked and the presence of
any constituent in a given case will attract section 3. According to the law
prior to insertion of the Explanation to section 3
w.e.f.
1st August, 2019, even if a
single one of the above constituents was not found to exist in a given case, the
liability u/s 3 was not attracted to that case. Thus, despite the presence of
all other constituents of ‘proceeds of crime’, if there was no projection
or claiming the proceeds of crime as untainted property, the charge u/s 3 was
considered unsustainable. This position has undergone a sea change after the
insertion of the Explanation to section 3 w.e.f. 1st August, 2019 as explained in
the first paragraph.

 

Apart from the above six
ingredients, the following important aspects of the offence of money-laundering
may also be noted.

 

The offence of
money-laundering – now a ‘continuing’ offence

Explanation (ii)
adds a new dimension to the
rigours of section 3. Now, the offence of money-laundering is not to be
interpreted as a one-time offence that ceases with the processes or activities
specified in Explanation (i). The effect of Explanation (ii) is
that a person shall be considered guilty of the offence of money-laundering so
long as he continues to enjoy the proceeds of crime, thereby making the offence
of money-laundering a continuing offence.

 

The scope of the
Explanation is better understood when read with various amendments made
to the definition of ‘proceeds of crime’.

 

Definition of
“offence of money-laundering” strengthened by Explanation
– observes the
Bombay High Court

In a recent decision, the
Bombay High Court6 
has
dealt with the implications of the newly-inserted
Explanation w.e.f. 1st August, 2019.
In this connection, the High Court made the following significant
observations:

 

The offence of money laundering as defined in
section 3 of the PMLA is wide enough to cover an act of a person who directly or
indirectly attempts to indulge or knowingly assists or knowingly is a party or
is actually involved in any process or activity connected with the proceeds of
crime including its concealment, possession, acquisition or use and projecting
or claiming it as untainted property. The Explanation appended to the said
section clarifies that a person shall be held guilty of the offence of money
laundering if such person is found to have directly or indirectly attempted to
indulge or knowingly assisted or knowingly is a part or is actually involved in
one or more of the following processes or activities connected with proceeds of
crime, i.e., concealment or possession or acquisition or use or projecting or
claiming as untainted property, in any manner whatsoever. The process or
activity connected with proceeds of crime is a continuing activity and continues
till such time a person directly or indirectly enjoys the proceeds of crime by
various acts referred to in the sub-clause (i)’.

 

 

4              Dilip N. Shroff vs. CIT 291 ITR 519
(SC): (2007) 6 SCC 329; Ram Commercial Enterprise Ltd. vs. CIT 246 ITR 568; CIT
vs. Reliance Petroproducts Pvt. Ltd. 322 ITR 158 (SC):

5   Nathulal vs. State of MP AIR 1966 SC
43

6   Dheeraj Wadhawan vs. Directorate
of Enforcement (Anticipation Bail Appl. No. 39 & 41 decided by Bombay High
Court on 12th May, 2020).

CONCLUSION

While making due diligence to report compliance with various
statutory laws, as a part of forensic audit or internal audit function as
regards compliance with the provisions of the Prevention of Money-Laundering
Act, 2002, the new definition of the offence of money-laundering in section 3 as
amended w.e.f. 1st August, 2019 will have
to be kept in mind. The compliance checklist will have to be modified
appropriately to cover all the limbs of section 3 and, in particular, the
newly-inserted Explanation.

 

If there is a lapse made
by a Chartered Accountant entrusted with reporting the compliance of all
statutory laws, including the Prevention of Money-Laundering Act, 2002, he may
be held liable for negligence in his professional duties.

THE CONUNDRUM OF ‘MAY BE TAXED’ IN A DTAA

INTRODUCTION

The liability to pay tax on global income of a resident assessee u/s 4 r/w/s 5 of the Income -tax Act, 1961 (the
Act) is subject to Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAA) entered into by
the Government with foreign countries u/s 90 of the Act.

 

As per section 90(1), the Government may enter into agreements with
foreign countries for (a) granting of relief in respect of income on which have
been paid both income-tax under the Act and income-tax in that country, (b) for
avoidance of double taxation of income, (c) for exchange of information for the
prevention of evasion or avoidance of income tax, and (d) for recovery of
income-tax under the Act and under the corresponding law in force in that
country.

 

In order to achieve the object of avoidance of double taxation, two
rules are generally adopted under a DTAA:

  •  Allocating taxing rights between contracting States with respect to
    various kinds of income, called distributive rule, and
  •  Obligating the State of residence to give either credit of taxes
    paid in the source State or to exempt the income taxed in the source
    State.

 

In this regard, DTAAs are found to use one or more of the following
phrases:

shall be taxable only’

may be taxed’

may also be taxed’.

 

The expression ‘shall be taxable only’ indicates that exclusive right
to tax is given to one contracting State. The expression ‘may also be taxed’
indicates that the right to tax is given to both contracting States.

 

As regards the expression ‘may be taxed’, it has been the subject
matter of interpretation as to whether it would mean the right to tax is given
only to the source State or to both contracting States.

 

In CIT vs. R.M. Muthaiah [1993] 292 ITR 508
(Kar.)
, the Honourable Karnataka High Court interpreting Article 6(1) of
the Indo-Malaysia DTAA which provides that
‘Income from immovable property may
be taxed
in the contracting State in which such property
is situated’ held that ‘when a power is specifically recognised as vesting in one,
exercise of such a power by others, is to be read as not available; such a
recognition of power with the Malaysian Government would take away the said
power from the Indian Government’
. Thus, the Court held that as the immovable property is situated in
Malaysia, the power to tax income vested with the Malaysian Government and not
with the Indian Government.

 

The aforesaid decision is approved by the Supreme Court in UOI vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan [2003] 263 ITR 706
(SC)
(see page 724).

 

In CIT vs. P.V.A.L. Kulandagan Chettiar [2004] 267 ITR 654 (SC), on the basis of the decision in Muthaiah (Supra), it was argued that the expression ‘may be taxed’ should be read as
‘shall only be taxed in the source State’. The Supreme Court held that when a
person resident in India is deemed to be a resident of Malaysia by virtue of his
personal and economic relations, his residence in India will become irrelevant
under the DTAA. The Court held that the assessee is
liable to tax only in Malaysia and not in India as his income from estate is not
attributable to a permanent establishment in India. Thus, the decision was
rendered on an altogether different ground. In fact, the residence of the assessee therein was never put to question before any
appellate authority / court including the Supreme Court. Although the Supreme
Court did not deliberate upon the phrase ‘may be taxed’, it did not upset the
decision in
Muthaiah (Supra).

 

The decision of Kulandagan Chettiar (Supra) was understood [albeit incorrectly, if we may say so with utmost respect] by various Courts
as holding that the term ‘may be taxed’ has to be read as ‘shall be taxed only
in source State’. The following is the illustrative list of such
cases:

 

Dy. CIT vs. Turquoise Investment & Finance Ltd. [2006] 154 Taxman
80 (Madhya Pradesh)
affirmed in Dy. CIT vs. Turquoise Investment & Finance Ltd. [2008] 168
Taxman 107 (SC);

Bank of India vs. Dy. CIT [2012] 27 taxmann.com 335 (Mum.)
upheld in CIT vs. Bank of India [2015] 64 taxmann.com 215 (Bom.);

Emirates Fertilizer Trading Co. WLL, In re [2005] 142 Taxman 127 (AAR);

Apollo Hospital Enterprises Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2012] 23 taxmann.com
168 (Chennai);

Daler Singh Mehndi vs. DCIT [2018] 91
taxmann.com 178 (Delhi-Trib.);

Ms Pooja Bhatt vs. CIT
2008-TIOL-558-ITAT-Mum.;

N.V. Srinivas vs. ITO [2014] 45 taxmann.com
421 (Hyderabad-Trib.).

 

The Legislature introduced sub-section (3) to section 90 by the
Finance Act, 2003 w.e.f. 1st April, 2004.
As per section 90(3), any term used but not defined in the Act or in the DTAA
shall, unless the context otherwise requires, and is not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Act or the DTAA, have the same meaning as assigned to it in
the Notification issued by the Central Government in the Official Gazette in
this behalf.

 

In exercise of powers under the aforesaid section, CBDT issued
Notification No. 91 of 2008 dated 28th August, 2008 wherein it
clarified that where the DTAA provides that any income of a resident of India
‘may be taxed’ in the other country, such income shall be included in his total
income chargeable to tax in India in accordance with the provisions of the Act
and relief shall be granted in accordance with the method for elimination or
avoidance of double taxation provided in such agreement.

 

In this article, an attempt is made to address the question whether
the decision in
Muthaiah (Supra) is upset by the aforesaid Notification.

 

ANALYSIS

Analysis of Notification 91 of 2008

It may be noted that the scope of section 90(3) is to enable the
Central Government to only ‘define’ any term used but not defined in the Act or
in the DTAA. The memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2003 also clarifies that the
aforesaid provision is inserted to empower the Central Government to define such
terms by way of a Notification.

 

However, Notification No. 91 of 2008 does not define ‘may be taxed’.
It rather seeks to clarify the stand of the Government when such a phrase is
used. The said Notification in seeking to clarify the stand of the Government
has traversed beyond the scope of section 90(3). The words ‘may be taxed’ are at
best a phrase and not a term so that the definition of a phrase is not even in
the contemplation of section 90. Therefore, the validity of the aforesaid
Notification is open to challenge. Even if its validity is not put to challenge,
its enforceability may be doubted by the Courts.

Certain benches of the Tribunal have held that the legal position
understood as adumbrated in
Kulandagan Chettiar (Supra) has undergone a sea change after the issue of the aforesaid
Notification and the words ‘may be taxed’ will not preclude the right of the
State of residence to tax such income. The following is the illustrative list of
such cases:

 

Essar Oil Limited vs. ACIT [2011] 13 taxmann.com 151
(Mumbai);

Essar Oil Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT [2014] 42 taxmann.com 21
(Mumbai);

Technimont (P) Ltd. vs. Asst. CIT [2020] 116 taxmann.com 996
(Mumbai-Trib.);

N.V. Srinivas vs. ITO [2014] 45 taxmann.com
421 (Hyderabad-Trib.)

 

As stated earlier, Kulandagan Chettiar did not lay down such principle. In fact, such principle was laid
down in
Muthaiah which was approved in Azadi Bachao Andolan
(Supra)
. Further, as stated earlier, the principle of Muthaiah could not have been upset by the Notification No. 91 of 2008.
Therefore, it is trite to say that the principle of
Muthaiah as approved in Azadi Bachao
Andolan
holds the field as of date.

 

IMPACT OF MLI

India has signed Multi-Lateral Convention to Implement Tax
Treaty-Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting
(‘Multi-Lateral Instrument’ or ‘MLI’).

 

MLI enables the contracting jurisdictions to modify their bilateral
tax treaties, i.e., DTAAs, to implement measures designed to address tax
avoidance. Therefore, the DTAAs have to be read along with the MLI.

 

MLI 11 deals with ‘Application of Tax Agreements to Restrict a
Party’s Right to Tax its Own Residents’. India has not reserved MLI
11.

 

The countries which have chosen MLI 11(1) with India (as on
29th September, 2020) are as under [source:
https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/mli-matching-database.htm]:

Sl. No.

Name of countries

1

Armenia

2

Australia

3

Belgium

4

Colombia

5

Denmark

6

Fiji

7

Indonesia

8

Kenya

9

Mexico

10

New Zealand

11

Norway

12

Poland

13

Portugal

14

Romania

15

Russia

16

Slovak Republic

17

United Kingdom

 

As per MLI 11(1) a Covered Tax Agreement shall not affect the
taxation by a Contracting Jurisdiction of its residents, except with respect to
the benefits granted under provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement which are
listed in clauses (a) to (j).

 

Clause (j) deals with the provisions of DTAA which otherwise
expressly limit a Contracting Jurisdiction’s right to tax its own residents or
provide expressly that the Contracting Jurisdiction in which an item of income
arises has the exclusive right to tax that item of income.

 

For example, Article 7(1) of the Indo-Bangladesh DTAA provides that
‘The profits of an enterprise of a Contracting State shall be taxable
only in that State unless the enterprise carries on business in the other
Contracting State through a permanent establishment situated therein. If the
enterprise carries on business as aforesaid, then so much of the profits of the
enterprise as is attributable to that permanent establishment shall be taxable
only in that other Contracting State.’

 

The aforesaid article expressly takes away the right of the resident
country to levy tax on profits attributable to its PE.

 

Thus, in the absence of an express provision, the right of the
resident country to tax its residents cannot be taken away under the DTAA.
Therefore, the expression ‘may be taxed’ cannot be construed to mean ‘shall be
taxable only in the source state’, unless it is expressly stated. It may be
noted that the aforesaid proposition would apply only with respect to countries
which have opted for MLI 11 with India. It cannot be applied to countries which
have not chosen MLI 11 and which have not signed the MLI.

 

Now, the question that arises is whether the decision in Muthaiah would apply with respect to countries which have not chosen MLI 11
or countries which have not signed the MLI.

 

It may be noted that in certain DTAAs a clarification has been given
to the expression ‘may be taxed’ through protocols by stating that the said
expression should not be construed as preventing the resident country from
taxing the income. For example:

 

Indo-Malaysia DTAA: In paragraph 3 of the protocol signed on 9th May, 2012 it
has been stated that the term
‘may be taxed in the other State’ should not be construed as preventing the country of residence from
taxing the income.

 

Indo-South Africa DTAA: In paragraph 1 of the protocol signed on 26th July, 2013
it has been stated that wherever there is reference to
‘may be taxed in the other Contracting State’, it should be understood that income may, subject to the provisions
of Article 22 (Elimination of Double Taxation), also be taxed in the
first-mentioned Contracting State.

 

Indo-Slovenia DTAA: Under paragraph 2 of the protocol signed on 13th January,
2013 it has been stated that with reference to Article 6(1) and Article 13(1) it
is understood that in case of India income from immovable property and capital
gains on alienation of immovable property, respectively, may be taxed in both
Contracting States subject to the provisions of Article 23.

 

Thus, with respect to DTAAs like those above, the decision in
Muthaiah would not apply. With respect to the rest of the DTAAs, the decision
in
Muthaiah would continue to apply.

 

CONCLUSION

With respect to countries which have adopted MLI 11, the right of
India to tax its residents cannot be taken away unless such right is expressly
taken away under a DTAA. This would mean that with respect to such cases the
decision in
Muthaiah would not apply.

With respect to countries which have not adopted MLI 11 and which
have not signed MLI:

(a) India cannot tax its residents with respect to income derived
from source State, unless such right is expressly provided under the DTAA as in
the Indo-Malaysia DTAA, the Indo-South Africa DTAA, the Indo-Slovenia DTAA, etc.
This would mean that with respect to such cases the decision in
Muthaiah would apply.

(b) Notification No. 91 of 2008 does not
apply as the said Notification has been issued beyond the scope of section
90(3).

 

TAXING THE DIGITAL ECONOMY – THE WAY FORWARD

The economy today is truly digital; from
business and entertainment, to food and travel, everything is accessible online.
To veterans in business, everything digital is a revolution and is often termed
Industry 4.0; to a school kid, it’s the way of life that they were born into.
Commerce and business is no longer limited by territorial
boundaries.

 

The digital economy is growing at an exponential rate while countries
are still debating mechanisms for taxation of the digital economy. On the
entertainment front, films moved from reels to disks and have now become content
that is streamed. Music moved from records to tapes to disks to downloads and is now streamed live. It is important to note
that while the modus of conducting business has changed, it is still the
same products and services that are supplied, albeit in a different
form.

 

Digital means of communication and social interaction are giving rise
to new businesses that did not exist very long ago. Many of these businesses
that have developed only in the last two decades have taken over a considerable
share of market segments and form a significant part of the economy and tax
base. Their growth in India has also reached proportions that make them
significant actors in the Indian economy1
.

 

Laws that are currently in place are at the behest of metrics that
were designed to tackle the then available modes of conducting business.
Developments in businesses with the aid of technology only means that they
function in a niche area where there is little or no governance and
countries have started expressing the view that they are not getting their fair
share of revenue and there is a demand for taxing rights across the
world.

 

Debates and deliberations on taxing the digital economy have been
taking place throughout the world; international organisations like the OECD and
the UN and even others that are meant for regional co-operation have involved
stakeholders and other key parties in the debates; they even adopted a
Multi-Lateral Instrument (MLI) – and yet, any consensus on arriving at a
suitable legal framework remains elusive.

Important and interesting questions are inevitable on who gets such
rights; or whether a number of nations who participate in the transactions
should pool such taxing rights; what would be the profits that would be
available for taxation, etc.– all these are questions in search of
answers.

 

When these questions are attempted to be answered, one realises that
the existing laws are woefully inadequate and the elusive consensus in the OECD,
the non-participation of the USA in the entire discussion and the new initiative
from the UN only amplify the cacophony of confusion. Unilateral initiatives such
as digital taxes, equalisation levies and cross-border wars have only made
things more difficult.

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1   CBDT, Proposal for
Equalization Levy on Specified Transactions
, Report of the Committee on
Taxation of E-Commerce (2016)

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS

In this article, an attempt has been made to think out of the box and
explore new solutions based on some past tested practices, apart from ensuring
that taxing rights are adequately conferred without compromising the tax credit
through the DTAA.

 

Solution
No.
I: Theory of
Presumptive Taxation – Payment for Digital Business

Presumptive taxation exists for certain businesses through provisions
in the domestic statutes. In India, section 44BB of the Income-tax Act, 1961
provides that where a non-resident provides services or facilities in connection
with or supplying plant and machinery used or to be used in prospecting,
extraction, or production of mineral oils, the profit and gains from such
business chargeable to tax shall be calculated at a sum equal to 10% of the
aggregate amounts paid or payable to such non-residents.
This presumptive
taxation has been extended to the business of operating aircraft (section 44BBA)
and to civil construction and erection of plants under certain turnkey projects
(section 44BBB). An interesting feature of these presumptive taxation provisions
is that an assessee can claim lower profits than the
profits specified in the presumptive mechanism provided he maintains books of
accounts and other records and furnishes a tax audit report u/s
44AB.

 

This presumptive taxation can have the following
features:

(i)         It can be a
provision in the domestic statute and apply to non-residents who are engaged in
identified digital businesses which involve B2C transactions;

(ii)        The MLI route
should be adopted to ensure that the source State gets a right to tax digital
business in addition to the resident State without diluting the eligibility to
claim set-off of taxes in the said State;

(iii)       ‘Digital business’
can be defined to mean the activity of supply of goods or services over the
internet or electronic network either directly or through an online platform,
and includes supply of digital goods or digital services, digital data storage,
providing data or information retrievable or otherwise in electronic form. This
category should be a separate category apart from Fees for Technical Services
and Royalty;

(iv)       ‘Digital goods’ can
be defined to mean any software or other goods that are delivered or transferred
or accessed electronically, including via sound, images, data, information, or
combinations thereof, maintained in digital format where such software or other
goods are the principal object of the transaction as against the activity or
service performed or rendered to create such software or other
goods;

(v)        ‘Digital service’
can be defined to mean any service that is provided electronically, including
the provision of remote access to or use of digital goods, and includes
electronic provision of the digital service to the customer;

(vi)       The tax would be on
the deemed income which in turn would be a specified percentage of the payments.
A percentage of the amounts paid or payable by the customer to the overseas
supplier of digital goods or services can be identified as income deemed to
accrue or arise in a market jurisdiction;

(vii)      A clear definition
of the businesses covered in this segment would be required to ensure
transparency, compliance, ease of business, simplicity in tax administration,
etc.;

(viii)     While the tax would
remain a tax on income, there can be two models for collection:

  •             The first model
    would require the non-resident to obtain a special and simple registration in
    the source jurisdiction and pay tax at the presumptive rates;
  •             The second model
    would require that the tax be paid by the bank or financial institution or
    payment gateway or financial intermediary. This identified party shall pay the
    tax at the time of remittance of the payment itself. Assuming that USD 100 is
    payable for digital goods or services, that the presumed income is 10% and the
    tax rate 20%, the identified intermediary would be
    bound to release only USD 98 and remit USD 2 as taxes on behalf of the
    non-resident. This amount should be available as credit to the non-resident
    under the DTAA;

(ix)       It has to be ensured
that the payment by the identified intermediary is not in the nature of
withholding taxes but payment of taxes on behalf of the non-resident. This will
ensure that issues with reference to grossing up of payments are
avoided.

 

Solution No. II: Theory of Apportionment based on FARE

One of the methods that can be debated and examined in order to
arrive at a solution for taxing digital transactions would be based on the
theory of apportionment. Apportionment as a concept exists in many indirect tax
laws across the world. Typically, in GST input tax credit is apportioned in the
context of taxable and exempt supplies. While FAR is an established
principle which covers Functions, Assets and Risk, FARE would cover
Functions, Assets, Risk and Economic Presence.

 

In the context of property taxes, the Oregon Supreme Court in the
case of Alaska Airlines Inc. vs. Department of
Revenue
2 upheld the position adopted by the Revenue
where the assessment was based on the presence, as reflected in air and ground
time, of aircraft property in that State. The taxes were proportionate to the
extent of the activities of the airlines’ units of aircraft properties within
the State. While engaging in these activities, the airlines enjoyed benefits,
opportunities and protection conferred or afforded by the State’s search and
rescue services, opportunities for further commerce and the protection of Oregon
criminal laws, and so could be made to bear a ‘just share of State tax burden’.
The taxes were fairly related to services provided by the State.

 

In the USA, questions arose as to the right of States in the context
of taxes and a four-pronged test was laid down by the US Supreme Court in the
case of Complete Auto Transit Co. vs. Brady3
wherein it was observed that this Court in a number of decisions has sustained a
tax against Commerce Clause challenge when

(i)         The tax is applied
to an activity with a substantial nexus with the taxing State,

(ii)        The tax is fairly
apportioned,

(iii)       The tax does not
discriminate against interstate commerce, and

(iv)       The tax is fairly
related to the services provided by the State.

 

This four-pronged test is an interesting test which can be the
starting point for working out provisions for taxing the digital economy.
The traditional concept of exclusive taxation by one State or double
taxation with credits which is established through DTAA may have to give way to
a new system wherein there will be a fair apportionment of tax between the
source State as well as the residence
State.

 

The challenges would be to identify a fair apportionment between the
countries. There could be complications where multiple countries are involved.
Insofar as the US is concerned, there are statutory apportionment formulae which
are based on property, payroll and sales.

 

The Functions, Asset, Risk (FAR) Test can be expanded to a Functions,
Asset, Risk, Economic Presence (FARE) Test. The Economic Presence could, of
course, mean Significant Economic Presence and would be a combination of revenue
thresholds and number of transactions. Accordingly, FARE would represent the
following.

 

  •  Functions can cover the access and penetration
    in the market;
  •  Assets deployed could cover the website, the
    artificial intelligence solutions, the technology platforms which are used in
    the transaction delivery mechanism to the market instead of focusing on their
    physical location;
  •  Risks inherent to digital businesses such as
    privacy, security, vulnerability of data, etc., can be given adequate
    weightage;
  •  Economic Presence could be based on threshold
    in terms of sales or volume of transactions.

 

In this model, countries will have to debate and arrive at a
consensus on what would constitute Significant Economic Presence. The solutions
so arrived at should be implemented through a Multi-Lateral Instrument
(MLI).

 

It may be possible to apply Solution No. II for B2B
transactions and Solution No.
I for B2C
transactions.
Further, B2C should not be confined merely to customers but
should be comprehensive enough to cover businesses that are
end-users.

 

Solution
No.
III: Theory of
Access – ePE (Digital PE)

A building site or construction, installation or assembly project or
supervisory activities in connection therewith constitutes a PE under Article 5
based on breaching a period threshold. Similarly, an installation or structure
used for exploration or exploitation of natural resources constitutes a PE when
it breaches a particular period threshold. The period differs between the UN
Model and the OECD Model.

 

Where the number of days or months can be the basis for determination
of PE, it should be possible to arrive at a new concept of ePE (Digital PE) based on the number of users who have
accessed the goods or services provided by a non-resident through digital
means.
In effect, this would seek to identify nexus to a market jurisdiction
based on access exercised by the customers in that jurisdiction through
electronic means for procurement of goods and services. A new definition or an
additional category to the existing Permanent Establishment definition will have
to be agreed upon and developed.

 

Care must be taken to ensure that a digital PE is clearly linked with
the breach of the number of users threshold. There must
not be any reporting requirements or compliance requirements from a user’s
perspective but a non-resident business which transacts in a market jurisdiction
digitally will have to report the number of users of its website linked with
transactions consummated. A customer-driven reporting may not work given the
fact that the customer can access the website through multiple devices and from
anywhere in the world. Once a PE is established the normal principles for
attribution of profits will come into play.

 

This is based on the premise that any supply of goods or services by
way of electronic commerce would necessarily involve intermediaries such as
banks, payment gateways, internet service providers, etc. The number of
transactions consummated in a particular jurisdiction can be easily identified
based on data provided by the various institutions. One of the key elements in a
transaction of procurement of goods or services through the internet is the
payment. This payment is also made online.

 

For example, if this logic is extended, one possible solution for
taxing digital entertainment in the country where it is downloaded or
viewed is to identify that the income arises or accrues or deems to arise or
accrue in the country in which the said digital content is downloaded or
streamed. Insofar as download or streaming of entertainment content is
concerned, there would be data points such as a customer having a registration;
having a user ID and password; network login details; payment for the content
and downloading / streaming data.

There are two challenges in this solution, namely,

(i)         Identification of
profits attributable to the country in which the content is downloaded or
streamed; this could be addressed by a deemed agreed percentage, and

(ii)        Illegal download or
streaming of content, payment through non-banking channels, payment through
unregulated virtual currencies, free services.

 

Solution
No.
IV: OIDAR – The
Direct Tax Twin

Drawing an analogy from India’s GST provisions which identify OIDAR
(online information database access and retrieval) services that are supplied to
a non-taxable online recipient, or even the same model, can be emulated from a
direct tax perspective. Insofar as OIDAR services which are automated and
provided by a supplier who is a resident of another nation are concerned, the
said supplier can be required to pay income tax in the nation where the
recipient resides. Care should be taken to ensure that the levy retains the
character of direct tax and does not convert itself into a consumption tax. The
identification of taxability can be linked with the GST provisions but the tax
should be only on the profits. Nations can agree upon a certain percentage of
the receipts / payments on account of such supplies to be deemed as the income
accruing or arising in the recipient country. This would also meet the
requirement of nexus to the market jurisdiction. Tax credit has to be
ensured.

 

Solution
No.
V: Tax
Collection at Source (TCS)

Section 206C provides that a seller at the time of debiting the
amount payable by the buyer to the account of the buyer, or at the time of
receipt of amounts from the buyer, whichever is earlier, has to collect as
income tax a specified percentage of the amount in respect of specified goods.
For example, a seller of scrap will have to collect 1% as TCS from the buyer.
The amount collected represents the income tax payable by the buyer. The buyer
will get the credit of tax so collected against his income-tax liability. This
model can be examined and modified in the following manner:

 

(i)         Any person who
facilitates payment for supply of digital goods or services shall be liable to
collect tax at source at a specified percentage. This tax shall be collected as
income-tax and should be available as credit to the non-resident supplier of
goods and services;

(ii)        Person facilitating
payment would mean the bank or financial institution or financial intermediary
or e-wallet service provider;

(iii)       To illustrate, if a
non-resident supplies digital content and the resident uses his credit card for
making payment of USD 100, the bank becomes responsible for making the payment
by way of TCS. Assuming that TCS is notified at the rate of 1%, the bank, at the
time of transfer of funds to the non-resident supplier, will deduct 1% being the
tax, apart from any other applicable transaction charges;

(iv)       The supplier will have
to obtain a simplified registration in the market jurisdiction and will have a
tax account which will reflect the payments by way of TCS;

(v)        The system should
automatically generate a certificate for payment by way of tax in the market
jurisdiction which would be available for claiming credit of taxes in the
country of residence under the treaty.

 

The
solutions referred to above are ideas which can be debated and developed into
effective and sustainable solutions. A solution to be effective has to be
certain and simple with uniform application.
The aspirations of the market
jurisdiction in seeking taxing rights and the concerns of nations which are
worried about losing revenue will have to be balanced to ensure that the new
system that is created benefits one and all. At the end of the day, the levy of
taxes should not end up in scuttling new ideas and growth in the digital
environment.

PFUTP REGULATIONS – BACKGROUND, SCOPE AND IMPLICATIONS OF 2020 AMENDMENT

Fraud shakes investor
confidence and damages both the capital markets and capital-raising because
people develop long memories when they lose a large part of their hard-earned
savings because of fraud. The disillusionment with the markets, a consequence
of the Harshad Mehta scam in the early 1990s, lingers even today. Though the
Harshad Mehta scam was really a massive banking scandal, it was the securities
markets which took the blame for it as the tainted and stolen money was put
into the securities markets on a huge scale leading to market manipulations and
disruptions. Another scam with Ketan Parekh at its helm towards the beginning
of this century, and later India’s most (in)famous corporate scam in recent
years, at Satyam Computers Limited, have shaken investor confidence in the
capital markets and corporate India. Fraud has a system-wide impact on the
economy and society, and not just on those defrauded. Where fraud exists,
honest companies’ cost of raising capital becomes higher, whether it’s issuing
debt or equity securities.

 

1.     BACKGROUND
TO REGULATION OF FRAUD AND MANIPULATION BY SEBI

Almost invariably,
successful economic times hide many problems including fraud to take root even
more easily in times of economic bubbles. The
beta
of the market hides the negative
alpha
of frauds. As the economic waters recede, many frauds are uncovered as it is no
longer possible to skim off returns without being noticed when the markets
can’t hide your fraud. Such phases are invariably followed by reports,
committees, investigations and, finally, new regulations.

 

After periods of fraud like
the ones led by Charles Ponzi, Harshad Mehta, Enron and WorldCom, and Ramalinga
Raju of Satyam Computers Limited, a host of new regulations were brought in.
The Harshad Mehta scam helped mould the outlook of the modern regulator of
India, SEBI, on the need for a robust regulatory environment.

 

SEBI recognised that in
order to ensure confidence, trust and integrity in the securities market, there
was a need to ensure fair market conduct. Fair market conduct can be ensured by
prohibiting, preventing, detecting and punishing such market conduct that leads
to market abuse. Market abuse is generally understood to include market
manipulation and insider trading and such activity is regarded as an
unwarranted interference in the operation of ordinary market forces of supply and
demand and thus undermines the integrity and efficiency of the market1
which, in turn, erodes investor confidence and impairs economic growth2.

 

It was for this purpose,
i.e., to ensure fair market conduct, to deal with fraudulent and unfair trade
practices related to the securities market, and to provide for the means of
detection, prohibition and prevention thereof3 that SEBI framed the
Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relating to Securities
Markets, Regulations, 1995. These were thereafter reviewed and replaced with
the SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relating to
Securities Market) Regulations, 2003 (
PFUTP
Regulations
) which were notified on 17th July, 2003 and thereafter
amended in 2012, 2013, 2018 and 2020, respectively4.

 

The Supreme Court has
highlighted5  that the object
and purpose of the PFUTP Regulations is to safeguard the investing public and
honest businessmen. It is established6 that the aim of the
Regulations is to prevent exploitation of the public by fraudulent schemes and
worthless securities through misrepresentations, to place adequate and true
information before the investor, to protect honest enterprises seeking capital
by accurate disclosures, to prevent exploitation against the competition
afforded by dishonest securities offered to the public and to restore the
confidence of the prospective investor in his ability to select sound
securities.

The underlying aim behind
enacting the PFUTP Regulations is thus to preserve market integrity and to
prevent market abuse. The Supreme Court also asserted that in order to
effectively ensure security and protection of investors from fraud and market
abuse, SEBI, as regulator of the securities market must sternly deal with
companies and their directors indulging in manipulative and deceptive devices,
insider trading, etc., or else the regulator will be failing in its duty to
promote orderly and healthy growth of the securities market7.

 

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1   Palmer’s Company Law, 25th Edition
(2010), Volume 2 at page 11097; Gower & Davies-Principles of Modern Company
Law, 9th Edition (2012) at page 1160

2   T.K. Vishwanathan Committee, Report of
Committee on Fair Market Conduct (8th August, 2018)

3   Munmi Phukon, ‘SEBI’s expanded power to
protect investors’ interest’ < http://vinodkothari.com/2019/01/sebis-expanded-power-to-protect-investors-interest/>

4   Id

5   SEBI vs. Kanhaiyalal Baldevbhai Patel,
2017 (8) SCJ 650

vinodkothari.com/2019/01/sebis-expanded-power-to-protect-investors-interest/>

6   Id

7   Id

 

2.     WHAT
CONSTITUTES FRAUD AND UNFAIR TRADE PRACTICES?

When one speaks of fraud in
general, it could include all forms of unfair behaviour starting from the
morally improper to the legally prohibited. However, fraud when legally defined
is a term of art used to describe a wide variety of conduct which is
fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative. At the same time, all conduct which may
be unfair may not be fraudulent.

 

Fraud

A subject like fraud which
attracts a lot of careful attention because of the stigma attached to it must
be read and interpreted carefully so that non-fraudulent conduct does not get
caught in its net. The definition of fraud under the PFUTP Regulations thus
requires a closer scrutiny and better understanding. It says that
‘“fraud” includes any act, expression, omission or
concealment committed whether in a deceitful manner or not by a person or by
any other person with his connivance or by his agent while dealing in
securities in order to induce another person or his agent to deal in
securities, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or avoidance of any loss…

 

However,
this definition of fraud under Regulation 2(1) of the PFUTP Regulations does
not clearly delineate the scope of fraud. What is stated therein is only part
of the expanse of the definition. If anything, the definition is not exhaustive
but only indicative by example. And the examples outlined by SEBI include,
inter alia, a knowing misrepresentation of truth, active concealment of material
facts, suggesting as a fact something known to be untrue by the person making
it, a promise made without any intention of performing it and other deceptive
behaviour with a view to induce another person to act to his detriment or to
deprive him of informed consent and full participation.
Further,
the definition includes within its ambit representations made in a reckless or
careless manner (irrespective of whether or not the same are true), acts or
omissions specifically declared to be fraudulent, false statements made without
reasonable ground for believing them to be true. Further, acts of an issuer of
securities involving misinformation affecting the market price of the
securities in a misleading manner also falls within the scope of the definition
as explicitly laid down thereunder.

 

However, general comments
made in good faith in regard to the economic policy of the government, the
economic circumstances of the country, trends in the securities market or any
other matter of like nature, whether such comments are made in public or in
private, are excluded from the definition of fraud.

 

Thus, the scope of
definition of fraud provided by SEBI is not exhaustive. Regulations 3 and 4
enlist ingredients of fraudulent and unfair trade practices. The term fraud has
been interpreted by the Supreme Court in
SEBI
vs. Kanhaiyalal Baldevbhai Patel
8
to be wider than ‘fraud’ as used and understood under the Indian Contract Act.
The term ‘unfairness’ has been interpreted to be even broader than and
inclusive of the concepts of deception and fraud. Unfair trade practices, the
Supreme Court has noted, are not subject to a single definition but require
adjudication on a case-to-case basis. Conduct undermining good faith dealings
may make a trade practice unfair. The Supreme Court has defined unfair trade
practices as follows:

 

‘having
regard to the fact that the dealings in the stock exchange are governed by the
principles of fairplay and transparency, one does not have to labour much on
the meaning of unfair trade practices in securities. Contextually, and in
simple words, it means a practice which does not conform to the fair and
transparent principles of trades in the stock market.’

 

Prohibited
dealings

By
virtue of Regulation 3 of the PFUTP Regulations, certain dealings in securities
including buying, selling or otherwise dealing in securities in a fraudulent
manner are prohibited. These dealings include using or employing any
manipulative or deceptive devices or contrivances in contravention of the
provisions of the SEBI Act or the rules of the regulations made thereunder in
connection with the issue, purchase or sale of listed or to-be-listed
securities. Further, it includes employing any device, scheme or artifice to
defraud as well as engaging in any act, practice, course of business which
operates or would operate as fraud or deceit upon any person in connection with
any dealing in or issue of securities which are listed or proposed to be listed
on a recognised stock exchange in contravention of the provisions of the SEBI
Act or rules or regulations made thereunder are prohibited dealings.

 

Regulation
4

Regulation 4 prohibits
manipulative, fraudulent and unfair trade practices. It provides indicative
examples of what constitutes fraud under the scope of the PFUTP Regulations.
The following are examples of instances of fraud governed under the
aforementioned provisions of the PFUTP Regulations:

 

Market
manipulation

The
regulations describe two classic forms of volume manipulation, one of which is
creation of an appearance of trading volume in the market. Regulation 4(2)(a)
deems dealings which
knowingly create a false or misleading appearance of trading to be
fraudulent. The false appearance of trading is intended to create an impression
amongst gullible investors that the securities are traded frequently and are
therefore highly liquid. The illusion of liquidity fools investors to purchase
the securities, only to be left holding illiquid securities when the artificial
trading ceases.

 

The second form of
classical volume manipulation pertains to another type of volume manipulation
where the same person is on both sides of the transaction. This is dealt with
under Regulation 4(2)(b) which provides that dealing in a security where parties
do not intend to effect transfer of beneficial ownership but intend to operate
only as a device to inflate, depress or cause fluctuations in the price of such
security for wrongful gain or avoidance of loss, is fraudulent.

 

In simple terms, the manipulator
(person), wearing the buyer’s hat, puts in successive bids of higher and higher
prices. Wearing the seller’s hat, the same person or his nominee sells at the
higher price. The false trade would give the appearance of a price higher than
is in fact the true value of the security. Similarly, a buyer can put
successively lower bids to reduce the price artificially.

 

Under-cutting
minimum subscription norms

The SEBI Act provides for
minimum subscription of shares on issue. There are people who try to undercut
these requirements by advancing money to potential subscribers so as to induce
them to subscribe to the shares for fulfilment of the minimum subscription on
issue requirement. Regulation 4(2)(c) classifies these kinds of transactions as
fraudulent and unfair trade practices. Such frauds are committed when a company
or its promoters seek to fill subscription of shares in a public offer through
fictitious trades to satisfy the minimum subscription requirements.

 

Price
manipulation

There are several forms of
fraudulent conduct leading to price manipulation of shares, some of which are
dealt with specifically in the regulations as provided below.

 

Regulation 4(2)(d) deals
with inducing someone to deal in securities with the objective of artificially
inflating, depressing, maintaining or causing fluctuation in the price of a
security by any means, including by paying, offering or agreeing to pay or
offer any money or money’s worth, directly or indirectly, to any person. This
form of fraud is a variation of classical manipulation described in Regulation
4(2)(b), with the difference being that it includes price manipulation using
another person.

 

Secondly, Regulation
4(2)(e) provides that any act, omission amounting to manipulation of the price
of a security, including influencing or manipulating the reference price or
benchmark price of any securities is fraudulent. This is also a variation of
volume manipulation described in Regulation 4(2)(b) with the significant
difference being that it does not require the person to be on both sides of the
transaction.

 

For example, a person can
inflate or depress the price of securities without being on both the buy and
the sell sides. This can be done by simply purchasing a large number of
securities for a nefarious purpose. In other words, there is a possibility of a
buyer (or a seller) putting in successively higher (or lower) prices in the
market driving up (or down) the prices artificially without the other side
knowing that such person is manipulating the market. Such actions amount to
manipulation.

 

Spreading
false information

PFUTP Regulations prohibit
spreading rumours or false information about a company and then profiting from
such information. This prohibition is dealt with by Regulation 4(2)(f) which
covers the knowing publication of false information relating to securities,
including financial results, financial statements, mergers and acquisitions,
regulatory approvals, which is not true or which the publisher does not believe
to be true, prior to or in the course of dealing in securities.

The
classic example is when a promoter talks up the prospectus of a company’s
performance and sells the shares of the company while it is in an inflated
state of informational being. However, it has more complex forms.

 

Another form of propagation
of false information has been prohibited in Regulation 4(2)(k) that pertains to
disseminating information or advice through the media, knowing such information
to be false and / or misleading and which is designed or likely to influence
the decision of investors dealing in securities.

 

Moreover, Regulation
4(2)(r) pertains to knowingly planting false or misleading news which may
induce sale or purchase of securities. This can range from false rumours about
a company to placing a wrong advertisement about an event of a company to
modify the price of its security.

 

Instances
of unauthorised trading

The following set of
regulations deal with different circumstances of unauthorised trading in the
market.

 

Regulation 4(2)(g) deems
any act of entering into a transaction in securities without the intention of
performing it or without the intention of change of ownership of such security;
this is a variation of regulation 4(2)(a) and is often described as ‘painting
the tape’. It is a form of market manipulation whereby market players attempt
to influence the price of a security by buying and / or selling it among
themselves so as to create the appearance of substantial trading activity in
it.

 

While Regulation 4(2)(h)
deals with stolen, fraudulently issued or counterfeit securities, persons
selling, dealing in such securities who are holders in due course, or
situations where such securities were previously traded on the market through a
bona fide transaction are, however,
excluded from this provision.

 

Regulation 4(2)(m) pertains
to churning. Churning means entering into repeated buy and sell transactions
merely to generate more commission income. It involves unauthorised trades that
may be made by a portfolio manager and suppressed from the client.

 

Regulation 4(2)(o) pertains
to market participants fraudulently inducing any person to deal in securities
with the objective of enhancing their brokerage or commission or income. And
Regulation 4(2)(t) pertains to illegal mobilisation of funds by carrying on or
facilitating the carrying on of any collective investment scheme by any person.

 

Circular
transaction

Circular trading is a
fraudulent scheme where sell orders are entered by a broker who knows that
offsetting buy orders for the exact same number of shares at the same time, and
at the same price, have either been or will be entered.

 

The
Regulation 4(2)(n) pertains to circular transactions in respect of a security
entered into between persons including intermediaries to artificially provide a
false appearance of trading in such security or to inflate, depress or cause
fluctuations in the price of such security.

 

Intermediary
predating

This
pertains to a broker or any other intermediary providing bogus records to
inflate the price a purchaser of security pays to such broker. Similarly, a
mutual fund may change the date of investment to give a favoured investor a
superior price (say of the previous date); these would be clearly fraudulent.
Regulation 4(2)(p) pertains to intermediary predating or otherwise falsifying
records, including contract notes, client instructions, balance of securities
statement, client account statements and so on.

 

Front-running

Front-running pertains to
any order in securities placed by a person on the basis of unpublished
price-sensitive information. It is a serious and common malpractice involving a
broker or other intermediary who knows about the client’s order and placing an
order ahead of the client.

 

Thus, a broker who knows
that his client wants to place an order of one million shares of Infosys
punches in his own order ahead of the client’s order. This front-running order
would increase the price available to his client and thus hurt his client.
Regulation 4(2)(q) prohibits front-running.

 

Misselling
of securities

Regulation 4(2)(s) pertains
to misselling of securities or services related to the securities market, which
means sale of securities or services related to the securities market by any
person directly or indirectly, by knowingly making a false or misleading
statement, or concealing or omitting material facts, or concealing the risk
associated with the securities, or by not taking reasonable care to ensure the
suitability of the securities or service, as the case may be, to the purchaser.

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8   SEBI vs. Kanhaiyalal Baldevbhai Patel,
2017 (8) SCJ 650

 

3.     POWERS
FOR ENFORCEMENT OF PFUTP REGULATIONS

In order to effectively
enforce the provisions of the PFUTP Regulations, SEBI is empowered to
inter alia restrain persons from accessing
the securities market and prohibit any person associated with the market to
buy, sell or deal in securities, and to impound and retain the proceeds or
securities in respect of any transactions which are in violation or
prima facie in violation of these
regulations. Further, SEBI is also empowered to prohibit the person concerned
from disposing of any of the securities acquired in contravention of these
regulations and to direct such person to dispose of the securities acquired in
contravention of these regulations in such manner as the Board may deem fit,
for restoring the
status quo ante.

 

Disgorgement

It is well established that
the power to disgorge is an equitable remedy and is not a penal or even
quasi-penal action. It differs from
actions like forfeiture and impounding of assets or money. Unlike damages, it
is a method of compelling a defendant to give up the amount by which he was
unjustly enriched. Disgorgement is intended not to impose on defendants any
demand not already imposed by law, but only to deprive them of the fruit of
their illegal behaviour. It is designed to undo what could have been prevented
had the defendants not outdistanced the investors in their unlawful project. In
other words, disgorgement merely discontinues an illegal arrangement and
restores the
status quo ante.
Disgorgement is a useful equitable remedy because it strips the perpetrator of
the fruits of his unlawful activity and returns him to the position he was at
before he broke the law. But merely requiring a defendant to return the ‘stolen
goods’ does not penalise him for his illegal conduct.

 

In its order dated 4th
October, 2012 in the matter of
Shailesh
S. Jhaveri vs. SEBI
, the Securities Appellate
Tribunal (‘SAT’) ruled that disgorgement proceedings do not amount to
punishment and are merely an equitable monetary remedy. In this case, SEBI had
issued orders barring the persons concerned for a period of two years from
accessing the securities market and also issued a disgorgement order for
violation of Regulations 4(2) and 4(d) of the erstwhile PFUTP Regulations9.

 

By
virtue of Regulation 11(1)(d) of the PFTUP, SEBI is now expressly empowered to
impound, retain and order disgorgement of the proceeds or securities in respect
of transactions which are in violation or
prima facie in
violation of the PFUTP Regulations. In the
Morgan Industries price rigging case10, SEBI had charged
Alka Synthetics and some other entities with having rigged the prices of the
Magan Industries scrip. SEBI had directed the stock exchange concerned to impound the
proceeds totalling Rs. 10 crores (Rs. 100 million). Alka Synthetics challenged
this decision in the Gujarat High Court. The Bench held that SEBI
was within its rights to issue directions to impound the auction proceeds and
that this did not amount to deprivation of property and hence did not violate
Article 300(A) of the Constitution. The Supreme Court remanded the ruling back
to the High Court, though the setting aside was not on the merits.

 

Debarring
from accessing capital markets

In case of manipulation of
a public issue, debarring a person from accessing and associating with the
capital markets was upheld as a preventive measure while distinguishing cases
where similar orders were passed even though manipulation was not connected to
raising of capital from the public11.

 

Further, in the matter of Polytex India Limited12,
SEBI observed violation of the provisions of Regulations 3 and 4 of the PFUTP
Regulations as a consequence of manipulation of the price of the Polytex scrip.
It barred various noticees thereunder for periods ranging from five to seven
years from accessing the securities market and from buying, selling or
otherwise dealing in securities, directly or indirectly, or being associated
with the securities market in any manner whatsoever. It also passed directions
with regard to disgorgement of an amount of Rs. 3,05,99,174 with interest
accrued at 12% per annum from 17th December, 2012 till the date of
payment. Notably, this order was issued by SEBI on 31st January,
2019.

 

In the matter of Chetan Dogra & Ors13,
SEBI passed an order barring noticees therein from accessing the securities
market for six months to one year, as well as imposing disgorgement of unlawful
gains made to the tune of Rs. 2,14,85,115 for violation of Regulations 3(a),
(b), (c), (d), 4(1), (2a), (b) and (g) of the PFUTP Regulations.

The Supreme Court in SEBI vs. Pan Asia Advisors Ltd.14 affirmed SEBI’s power to pass
orders debarring respondents for a period of ten years in dealing with
securities while considering the role played by the respondents as lead
managers relating to the GDRs issued by six companies which had issued them.

 

Moreover, section 11(2)(e)
of the SEBI Act, 1992 expressly enables SEBI to take measures to prohibit
fraudulent and unfair trade practices. Regulations 3(a), (b) and (c) mirror the
provisions u/s 12A of the SEBI Act, 1992. Section 12A prohibits the use of
‘manipulative and deceptive devices’ and section 15HA provides for a penalty
for fraudulent and unfair trade practices u/s 12A.

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9   Shailesh S. Jhaveri vs. SEBI [2012] SAT
180

10  SEBI vs. Alka
Synthetics, [1999] 19 SCL 460

11  Manu Finlease vs.
SEBI, [2003] 48 SCL 507 (SAT)

12  SEBI Whole-Time member
order dated 31st January, 2019 in the matter of Polytex India
Limited, Gemstone Investments Limited and KGN Enterprises Limited and Ors.

13  SEBI Whole-Time member order dated 31st
August, 2020 in the matter of  Chetan
Dogra & Ors.

 

4.     SEBI
PFUTP (SECOND AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS, 2020

By way
of the SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices) (Second
Amendment) Regulations, 2003, an explanation has been inserted under Regulation
4(1) which clarifies that
any act
of diversion, misutilisation or siphoning off of assets or earnings of a
company whose securities are listed or any concealment of such act or any
device, scheme or artifice to manipulate the books of accounts or financial
statement of such a company that would directly or indirectly manipulate the
price of securities of that company, shall be and shall always be deemed to
have been considered as manipulative, fraudulent and an unfair trade practice
in the securities market.

 

This explanation clarifies
that SEBI has always held inherent powers to take appropriate action under the
PFUTP Regulations for violations involving fudging of books of accounts and
financial statements of listed companies where such fudging,
directly or indirectly, results
in manipulation in the price of the company’s securities. The explanation has
far-reaching effects and addresses questions pertaining to SEBI’s
jurisdictional prowess that remained unanswered for years.

 

Jurisdictional
conundrum – PwC

After
the unfolding of the large-scale accounting fraud in Satyam Computers Limited (
‘Satyam Computers’), SEBI had initiated proceedings against PriceWaterhouse Cooper (‘PwC’) since the accounting firm had conducted the audit in Satyam Computers
and their alleged failure to detect financial misdoings within the company of
momentous scale in turn resulted in severe losses to Satyam’s shareholders. The
financial wrongdoing by PwC included,
inter alia,
overstatement of cash and bank balances and misstatements in the books of
accounts.

 

When SEBI attempted to
charge the auditors involved in this massive accounting fraud by initiating
show cause proceedings against PwC under sections 11, 11B and 11(4) of the SEBI
Act and Regulation 11 of the PFUTP Regulations, it was faced with critical
uncertainty about its jurisdiction over such matters and the entities involved
therein.

 

In PricewaterhouseCoopers and Co. and Ors. vs. SEBI15, PwC challenged SEBI’s
initiation of proceedings against it and argued that SEBI did not have the
jurisdiction to initiate action against auditors who are discharging their
duties as professionals. It was also argued that the scope of SEBI’s power is
limited to entities forming part of the securities markets and that auditors
cannot be considered to be associated directly with the securities markets.

 

The Bombay High Court,
however, affirmed that SEBI has jurisdiction under provisions of the SEBI Act
and Regulations framed therein to inquire into and investigate matters in
connection with manipulation and fabrication of books of accounts and the
balance sheets of listed companies. It was further held that SEBI is empowered
to take regulatory measures under the SEBI Act for safeguarding the interest of
investors and the securities market. The Court held that in order to achieve
the same SEBI can take appropriate remedial steps which may include debarring a
Chartered Accountant from auditing the books of a listed company.

 

This resulted in the
implication that, even if indirectly, auditors owed a duty to shareholders and
investors. The High Court stated that ‘The auditors in the company are
functioning as statutory auditors. They have been appointed by the shareholders
by majority.
They owe a duty to the shareholders
and are required to give a correct picture of the financial affairs of the
company.’

 

This decision of the Bombay
High Court was appealed against and is pending before the Supreme Court of
India.

 

SEBI’s
deliberations

In its report16,
the Committee on Fair Market Conduct under the chairmanship of Dr. T.K.
Viswanathan (ex-Secretary-General Lok Sabha and ex-Law Secretary) had
inter alia noted that financial statement
frauds in a listed company has resulted in the loss of confidence by domestic
and international investors not only in the listed company in question but also
the entire industry to which that listed company belonged.

 

The committee had also
noted that there is a need for SEBI to take direct action against the
perpetrators of such financial fraud since it not only has an adverse impact on
the shareholders of the company but also impacts investor confidence in the
securities markets.

 

SEBI
felt17 that artificially inflating a company’s revenue, profits and
receivables, or hiding diversion of funds, will impact the price of its shares
and would influence the investment / disinvestment decisions of the investors.
In cases relating to diversion of funds or misstatements in disclosures of a
listed company and its management, the intention of the perpetrators has a
direct bearing on the interest of the investors as they remain invested or deal
in securities without having any information of such diversion. Therefore, such
diversion of funds or misstatements in disclosures are unfair trade practices
and the element of dealing in securities or the element of inducing others to
deal in securities need not be specifically proved in such cases.

 

SEBI felt that it was
important that gullible investors were not duped by such manipulative diversion
or misstatements and that the trust reposed in the securities markets was not
eroded by such fraudulent and manipulative activity18.

 

For the purpose of removal
of doubts, SEBI has now clarified that the existing provisions of the FUTP
Regulations always provided for effectively dealing with such fraudulent
activities of manipulating the prices of listed securities or diverting,
misutilising or siphoning off or hiding the diversion, misutilisation or
siphoning off of public issue proceeds or assets or earnings.

 

IMPLICATION

It is pertinent to note
that SEBI has acted upon the Report of the Committee on Fair Market Conduct for
issuing the clarification under the SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair
Trade Practices) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2020. Notably, the Committee
had observed that SEBI had powers u/s 11B of the SEBI Act, 1992 to issue
various directions, including directions to bar persons involved in financial
statement frauds, from associating with listed companies as promoter / director
/ auditor of any listed company, impounding and disgorgement of any illegal
gain made by such person, etc.19

 

Thus, SEBI has clarified that it was and is empowered to take action against
listed companies, their promoters, directors and auditors or any person
responsible for fudging and fraudulent actions pertaining to books of accounts
and financial statements of listed companies, where such actions result in or
have potential to mislead investors.

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

14  SEBI vs. Pan Asia Advisors Ltd., AIR 2015
SC 2782

15  PricewaterhouseCoopers and Co. and Ors.
vs. SEBI, 2011 (2) Bom CR 173

16  Report of the Committee on Fair Market Conduct
under the Chairmanship of Dr. T.K. Viswanathan (8th August, 2018)

17  SEBI Board Meeting dated 29th
September, 2020

18  Id

19 Report of the Committee on Fair Market Conduct
under the Chairmanship of Dr. T.K. Viswanathan (8th August, 2018)

 

TOP-NOTCH HABIT

I read one to two hours a day. That puts me in the top
0.00001%. I think that alone accounts for any material success that I’ve had in
my life and any intelligence that I might have
– Naval Ravikant

Why do the wise
attribute such importance to this singular habit? A well known figure of the
our times has this to say:

‘In
my whole life, I have known no wise people (over a broad subject matter area)
who didn’t read all the time –  none,
zero’
– Charlie Munger

Yet, we see an
alarming situation today where Chartered Accountants are drifting further and
further away from being voracious readers. With mounting pressures of
timelines, exponential client expectations, the complexity void of clear reason
and excessive, meaningless ‘compliances’, many Chartered Accountants in
practice are fast becoming sarkari chaprasis. It’s a zero-sum game –
where knowledge out of the knowledge worker dilutes and then diminishes. And
then there are some Chartered Accountants who generally read more of
existential stuff like ‘decisions’ and ‘amendments’ and less of ‘discoveries’
and ‘developments’, where ‘curiosity’ gets traded to buy ‘certainty’. And there
is yet another class of new entrants who choose to read what is of ‘immediate’
use because they want to ‘succeed’ fast, just as companies that build P&L
to the detriment of Balance Sheet.

What exercise does to
the body and meditation for the Atman, so does reading to the mind. And Humans
are minds
minds are thoughts, and
thoughts are words.
To read is to strengthen,
refresh, redeem, challenge, validate and free our thoughts from becoming stale
in a fast-changing world. Reading is as underemphasised a discipline as it is
vital.

All human progress
that we know, or are yet to know, is nothing but discovery, articulation and
expression. So we can perhaps judge this discipline by its benefits. And the
benefits are such that they cannot be plundered or degenerate. Here is a
summary of thoughts about this singular atomic habit and what reading
can do to us.

Opens
our eyes
– Nuances, facts, perspectives, makes us see more of what is
visible. It means that we can look at what is before us but cannot see till our
brains are refined, baked and moulded. The eyes cannot see what the mind
does not know.
A child can see a murderer walking towards it with a knife
and think of the instrument of pain to be a toy. The mind is only as good as
its capabilities to recognise. It’s the difference between hearing and
listening, between looking at something and seeing it.

Enter the best minds – We cannot meet the legends and icons as most are out of
reach or have existed in the past. However, when we read their writings we get
to enter their minds. Imagine, Buffet or Chanakya or Abhinavgupta – we can’t
meet them, but their writings tell us about how they formed their world view,
dealt with it and put their potential to use. One can experience what another
person felt through their writings and therefore it becomes part of one’s
internal architecture and often makes one empathetic and socially aware.

Perception
and prescription
– Reading also overcomes its own
side-effects. We are often blinded by what we know. Our knowledge is limited
and what we know is always less than what we don’t know. Our perception is
coloured by our prescription. Thus, we have to constantly change the
prescription of our perception to be able to see new reality. The moment we
perceive things differently, our reality changes. It’s like having a zoom and a
wide angle lens – reading makes you do both. One can expand an idea and stretch
it in infinite directions or zoom into each of its dimensions.

Decipher, analyse and decide – Reading changes our ability to decode and decide. The
moment of choice before action is vital. The sharper our intellect, built with
new situations and examples of those who have faced similar challenges before
us, the greater is our decision-making.

Brain
health
– New thoughts and ideas develop neural pathways. It’s like
vitamins for the brain, and strengthens the intrinsic makeup of the brain so as
to keep it fresh and young. Like muscle-building, reading changes the cognitive
structure and serves like ammunition for peak performance.

Cut
the clutter
– Reading overemphasises the long-term
and underemphasises the short-term. It cuts out the noise of things like news,
gossip, mobile chatter and focuses on what’s important in a distracting and
distracted world.

Data – As someone said, for everything else other than trusting God,
we need data. As we read we can look through patterns. Long streaks of data
allow us to see what others can’t!

Relaxes – Studies have shown that readers sleep better – certainly better
than those who stare at phones before sleep. It’s a therapy to unwind, expand
and slide into a calm state of being.

Everyone
can do it
– The best part is that everyone can do it. Today, most books are
online. Many are even read by someone else for you. You can buy books, listen
to them, often for free. And once you have read them, pass them on.

Communicate – Profession is all about expression. Essentially, we have to get
a handle on things, understand what is happening, what it means in a given
context and communicating. I have often won work due to two reasons: a trust
that people feel when you talk to them, and the way you articulate their pain
point and give a purposeful, empathetic way out to them. Competence, of course,
is basic, but so many have it these days. Someone has said that readers are
writers, communicators, persuaders and therefore makers of better societies.
And generally the best writers are regular readers.

Overcome
stupidity, perhaps
– Politely put, humans can
be stupid in spite of not wanting to be so. Each day we choose pleasurable over
beneficial to our own detriment. We choose short term over long term. Reading
real life stories makes us less stupid, literally, for we don’t have to go
through things ourselves to learn but we can learn from the experiences of
others. Reading drills better habits and smarter approaches.

Priceless It cannot be stolen by thieves, nor can it be taken away by
the kings. It cannot be divided among brothers, it is not heavy to carry. If
spent regularly, it keeps growing. The wealth of knowledge is superior wealth
amongst all forms of wealth!
And if one is blessed, one will be able to
share it and therefore multiply it exponentially.

A great tool that we
have today is the e-book reader. I seriously recommend it
even to those like me who love to flip pages and have books around them. Yes,
there is nothing like printed, bound books, but equally there is nothing like
e-book readers. It’s like the ITR volumes that we used to have and now ITR is
online! E-book readers can carry nearly your entire library in your pocket, you
can mark what you like, change the size of fonts, share parts that you want and
search within text.

While reading is a
necessary condition, it is not sufficient. Perhaps one book a week would be
great for 2021. But remember, till knowledge is digested it doesn’t become
wisdom. How these new thoughts take shape and what effort do we make to
actualise them is the crux.

I leave you with a
list of books on personal growth, business and
investment that I think are worth your time. Take a break from busy-ness and
decide to spend an hour a day with books like we do with our family. That’s my
personal wish for 2021 (like I had planned a few years back to read two books a
month and actually did it!). Wishing you a great calendar year 2021!

Some good books on Personal Growth and Financial
Growth

 

(Not in any particular order, and not recently published but still
relevant)

 

1.   The
Joys of Compounding
by Gautam Baid

2.   To
Pixar and Beyond
by Lawrence Levy

3.   Bulls
bears and Other Beasts
by Santosh Nair

4.   Alchemy:
The Dark Art and Curious Science of Creating Magic in Brands, Business and Life

by Roy Sutherland

5.   CEO
Factory: Management Lessons from Hindustan Unilever
by Sudhir Sitapati

6.   Capital
Returns Investing through capital cycle: A Money Manager’s Reports 2002-15

by Edward Chancellor 

7.   HDFC
Bank 2.0
by Tamal Bandhopadhyay

8.   Intelligent
Fanatics: Standing on the Shoulders of Giants
by Sean Iddings and Ian
Cassel

9.   Titan:
Inside India’s most successful consumer brand
by Vinay Kamath

10. Intelligent
Fanatics Project: How Great Leaders build sustainable businesses
by Sean
Iddings

11. The
Pschology of Money
by Morgan Housel

12. The
Sixth Extinction: An unnatural history
by Elizabeth Kolbert

13. Zero
to One
by Peter Thiel

14. The
Ride of a Lifetime
by Robert Iger

15. Daily
Rituals: How Artists Work
by Mason Currey

 


 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

 

PROCRASTINATION – THE IMMEDIATE GRATIFICATION MONKEY

There is a saying in Hindi derived from the well-known Kabir doha (poem),‘Kal kare so aaj kar,
aaj kare so ab, pal mey pralay hoyegi bahuri karego kab
’. Words to that effect in English would be ‘tomorrow
never comes’. In fact, the word ‘procrastinate’ comes from the Latin word
meaning ‘belonging to tomorrow.’

 

Procrastination is an exercising
of choice
, i.e., not to do
something now and pushing it to the backburner. Studies have found that even
the procrastinators who feel bad about their habit, procrastinate more and more
in the future. Since we all try to avoid negative feelings in life, i.e.,
fear of falling short, boredom, anxiety, frustration and guilt, we’re more
likely to put off work that makes us feel negative emotions.
Thus, it can
be said that procrastination has less to do with time management and more about
our emotions.

 

The impact of procrastination: A study has shown that the habit of delaying on a regular
basis can have devastating effects as listed below:

 

  •    A long-lasting impact on our brain such that
    we permanently lose the ability to work on complex tasks which require deep
    focus, creativity, an analytical mindset, problem-solving ability, etc.
  •    Quality work is not accomplished because it
    is done at the last minute and in a hurry.
  •    Erodes our self-confidence and we also lose
    the confidence and respect of others.
  •    Loss of a wonderful opportunity to reiterate
    / exhibit our capability, discipline, sincerity, professionalism, etc.
  •    Adds stress to the self which impacts our
    mental health.
  •    Adds to frustration, anxiety, which impacts
    our relationships at work as well as at home.
  •    Most important, the long-term impact over
    years is disliking ourselves, disliking the practice / life itself, getting
    frustrated, disillusioned, demotivated and depressed.

 

Types of procrastinators: Now, we shall look at various types of procrastinators and attempt to
understand different types of people (although this is not an exhaustive list):

  •    Type
    1- Pressure worker:
    Believes
    that he / she works best under pressure. The attitude is that ‘I can manage
    pressure’ and therefore they would not start off till the deadline is near.
  •    Type
    2 – Blames oneself:
    Keeps
    believing himself wrong and berating himself. May be working very hard. May
    assume that he is a good multi-tasker and considers that he is among the 2% of
    human beings who are effective, which may not be true.
  •    Type
    3 – Busy bee:
    Always busy and restless
    type, whose calendar is always full and overflowing. May be full of
    almost-done, half done and at times routine works mixed with important works.
    His life is quite cluttered.
  •    Type
    4 – Entrepreneur outlook:
    Always
    looking for challenges. If anything new comes along, he parks the present and
    launches into the new project till something else interesting comes on.

 

How to avoid Procrastination: The key question is, how can we break this terrible habit? Once we accept
that we do have it, we should understand why we delay; possibly, there are some
ways to overcome this challenge and live a full, confident and effective
professional life. Some actions to resolve it could be as under:

  •    Use
    technology to your advantage
    and let it
    not control your life. Have a dedicated time for its usage and keep the device
    away from you when not needed. Marrying into mindless serials and entertainment
    with no time limits would be at the cost of education.
  •    A
    5-minute rule
    can be applied, i.e., if
    you don’t want to do something, make a deal with yourself to do at least five
    minutes of it. After that, it’s more probable that you will end up doing the
    whole thing.
  •    Break
    goals and tasks down into smaller chunks.
    Whenever you notice a task leading to negative emotions or anxiety, take
    a minute and ask yourself,‘What is the smallest step I can take to move forward
    with this?’
  •    Build
    the habit
    to stop procrastinating, i.e., once a habit
    loop is developed, then tasks would no more be emotionally taxing. For us, one
    hour of deep reading.
  •    Use
    the power of accountability
    – Commit to
    your client, friend, boss, colleague, employee about the clear time at which
    you would accomplish a particular task.
  •    Time-blocking
    technique
    – This is one of the most powerful techniques
    used by achievers. In the blocked time do not do any other task.
  •    Do
    the hard and important tasks first:
    Our daily biological clocks, known as our Circadian Rhythm, ensure that
    we are often at our most alert state in the morning.
  •    Developing
    hobbies:
    Add some exercise / game to your life to give
    a chance to reorient and get the right chemicals released to improve.
  •    Declutter
    and organise workspace / area
    and mind. A
    desk full of books, files, papers does not inspire much confidence.

 

My wish:

  •    Don’t postpone your greatness – strive to be
    your best self,
  •    Don’t postpone speaking the truth [without
    hurting others unnecessarily],
  •    Don’t postpone being the biggest optimist in
    office and at home,
  •    Don’t postpone loving and being
    compassionate, and
  •    Don’t postpone being authentic, even if
    nervous.

 

DEPRECIATION ON GOODWILL ARISING DUE TO AMALGAMATION

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
Depreciation is allowable u/s 32(1) on buildings, machinery, plant or furniture, being tangible assets, and also on knowhow, patents, copyrights, trademarks, licences, franchises or any other business or commercial rights of similar nature, being intangible assets, acquired on or after 1st April, 1998. The Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Smifs Securities Ltd. 348 ITR 302 has held for assessment year 2003-04 that the goodwill acquired on amalgamation (being excess of consideration paid over the value of net assets acquired) by the amalgamated company would fall under the expression ‘any other business or commercial right of a similar nature’ and qualify to be treated as an intangible asset eligible for depreciation while computing business income. This was decided by the Supreme Court on the basis of the undisputed factual finding as recorded by the lower authorities that such a difference constituted goodwill and that the assessee in the process of amalgamation had acquired a capital right in the form of goodwill because of which the market worth of the assessee had increased.
The sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii) provides that the aggregate depreciation allowable to the transferor and transferee, in any previous year, in the case of succession or amalgamation or demerger shall not exceed the deduction allowable at prescribed rates, as if such succession or amalgamation or demerger has not taken place and the deduction on account of depreciation shall be apportioned between the transferor and the transferee in the ratio of number of days for which the assets were used by them.
While the Supreme Court has held that the goodwill arising on account of amalgamation falls within the scope of the ‘intangible assets’ and it is entitled for depreciation u/s 32(1), an issue has arisen subsequently as to whether the depreciation on such goodwill can be denied to the amalgamated company by applying the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii) on the ground that no such goodwill was held by the amalgamating company. While the Bangalore bench of the Tribunal has held that the amalgamated company was not eligible for depreciation on goodwill due to the restriction placed in the said sixth proviso, the Hyderabad bench of the Tribunal has taken a contrary view, holding that the depreciation was available on such goodwill to an amalgamated company in spite of the restriction of the sixth proviso.

THE UNITED BREWERIES LTD. CASE
The issue first came up for consideration before the Bangalore bench of the Tribunal in the case of United Breweries Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT, TS-553-ITAT-2016 (Bang.). In this case, during the previous year relevant to A.Y. 2007-08, the assessee’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Karnataka Breweries & Distillery Ltd. (KBDL), got amalgamated with the assessee as per the order of the High Court. The shares of the said company were acquired by the assessee in the preceding year for a consideration of Rs. 180.52 crores. The goodwill amounting to Rs. 62.30 crores was shown as arising on account of the amalgamation, being the excess of purchase consideration over fair value of tangible assets and other net current assets received from the amalgamating company. Accordingly, depreciation of Rs. 15.57 crores was claimed by the assessee.
The AO, in the first place, disputed the method of valuing the assets and disallowed the depreciation on the goodwill on the ground that there was no goodwill if proper valuation was assigned to the tangible asset and land. Apart from that, the AO relied upon the sixth proviso (then fifth proviso) to section 32(1) (ii). He noted that the goodwill on which depreciation was being claimed by the assessee arose only on amalgamation and the amalgamating company had no goodwill on which depreciation was allowed to it. Under such circumstances, there would not be any deduction of depreciation on goodwill in the hands of the amalgamated company. Prior to the amalgamation, KBDL could not have claimed any depreciation on such goodwill that came into existence only on amalgamation as it did not own any such goodwill nor was it eligible for depreciation on such goodwill.
The CIT(A), while concurring with the decision of the AO, observed that the value of the goodwill recorded in the books of KBDL was only Rs. 7.45 crores while it had been shown by the assessee at Rs. 62.30 crores. The CIT(A) also questioned the valuation of goodwill in view of the fact that KBDL had not earned sufficient profits in the past to justify the goodwill on the basis of average of profits. The CIT(A) also concurred with the view of the AO that the assessee was not entitled to depreciation in view of the sixth (then fifth) proviso to section 32(1)(ii).
Before the Tribunal, the assessee submitted that the issue of depreciation on goodwill was covered by the judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of Smifs Securities Ltd. (Supra). Insofar as the valuation was concerned, it was contended that when the assessee had produced the valuation report valuing the tangible asset, then without giving the correct value by the AO, the rejection of the valuation report was not justified. Without giving any counter valuation, the claim of depreciation could not have been rejected only by doubting the valuation of the assessee. Insofar as the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii) was concerned, it was submitted that it did not apply when the assets were introduced in the books of the assessee at the balancing figure, being the excess consideration over the value of the tangible assets. It was further contended that in none of the cases decided by the Supreme Court as well as the High Courts the Revenue had ever raised the objection of rejecting the claim of depreciation by applying the fifth (now sixth) proviso to section 32(1) of the Act. Therefore, the Revenue could not have raised the objection in the assessee’s case only when it was not raised in the other cases before the courts in the past.
The Revenue, apart from resting its case on the valuation as well as the said proviso to section 32(1)(ii), also relied upon Explanation 3 to section 43(1) and submitted that the AO had the power to examine the valuation of the assets acquired by the assessee if these assets were already in use for business purpose. If the AO was satisfied that the main purpose of transfer of such assets was the reduction of the liability to income tax, then the actual cost of the asset to the assessee was to be such an amount as the AO determined. Therefore, it was claimed that the AO had rightly determined the valuation of the goodwill at NIL. The Tribunal rejected the contention of the assessee that the AO could not have disturbed the valuation of the goodwill in cases where it represented a differential amount between the consideration paid for acquisition of shares and the FMV of the tangible assets. It held that if such claim of goodwill and depreciation was allowed, then it would render the provisions of Explanation 3 to section 43(1) redundant; in every case of transfer, succession or amalgamation, the party would claim excessive depreciation by assigning arbitrary value to the goodwill. However, the Tribunal held that the AO was at fault in choosing to examine the valuation of goodwill alone; the AO ought to have examined the valuation of all the assets taken over by the assessee under the amalgamation and thereby should have determined the actual cost of all the assets to the assessee for the purpose of claim of depreciation.
The Tribunal further held that by virtue of the said proviso to section 32(1)(ii), the depreciation in the hands of the assessee was allowable only to the extent that was otherwise allowable if such succession or amalgamation had not taken place. Therefore, the assessee, being amalgamated company, could not claim or be allowed depreciation on the assets acquired in the scheme of amalgamation of an amount more than the depreciation which was allowable to the amalgamating company. Insofar as the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Smifs Securities Ltd. (Supra) was concerned, the Tribunal observed that the said ruling of the Supreme Court was only on the point whether the goodwill fell in the category of intangible assets and the said judgment would not override the provisions of the said proviso to section 32(1)(ii), which restricted the claim of depreciation in the cases specified thereunder. Accordingly, the issue of allowability of depreciation on goodwill was decided against the assessee.
THE MYLAN LABORATORIES LTD. CASE
The issue again arose recently, in the case of Mylan Laboratories Ltd. vs. DCIT TS-691-ITAT-2019 (Hyd.). In this case, during the previous year relevant to A.Y. 2014-15, the assessee had acquired Agila Specialities Ltd. (ASPL) along with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Onco Therapies Ltd. (OTL), vide a share purchase agreement on 5th December, 2013 immediately followed by the merger of both the companies with the assessee under the scheme effective from 6th December, 2013. The assessee, by applying the principles of ‘purchase method of accounting’, considered the difference between the amount of investment (Rs. 4,386 crores) and the fair value / tax WDV value of net assets which was negative (being Rs. -106 crores) as goodwill arising on amalgamation. This goodwill of Rs. 4,492 crores was grouped under the Intangible Assets block as goodwill, and depreciation at half of the eligible rate of 25% was claimed by the assessee, since the assets were put to use for less than 180 days.
The AO disallowed the depreciation on goodwill by relying upon the decision of the Bangalore bench of the Tribunal in the case of United Breweries Ltd. (Supra). The CIT(A) confirmed the order of the AO.
Before the Tribunal, apart from relying upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Smifs Securities Ltd. (Supra) and several other decisions of the High Court holding the goodwill as eligible for depreciation, the assessee also submitted that the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii) was only a mechanism of allocation of depreciation otherwise allowable on the WDV of assets owned by the amalgamating company, whereby such depreciation got allocated between the amalgamating and the amalgamated company in the year of amalgamation, and had no applicability for any new asset arising on account of the amalgamation in the hands of the amalgamated company. It was contended on behalf of the assessee that the sixth proviso was introduced to curb the practice of claiming depreciation on the same assets by both the predecessor company and the successor company in the case of a merger or succession, as was evident from the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 1996. Therefore, the said proviso should not be made applicable to the goodwill arising by virtue of the amalgamation.
The assessee also submitted that a similar issue was raised before the Hon’ble Kolkata High Court in the appeal by the Revenue in the case of Smifs Securities Ltd. ITA No. 116 of 2010 for the year, i.e., A.Y. 2001-02, and the said question was not pressed by the Department, by conceding that it was covered by the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Smifs Securities Ltd. (Supra). It was submitted that the Revenue had not filed any appeal before the Supreme Court against the decision in the said case and once the Revenue had chosen not to challenge a particular decision, it was bound by the said decision. In this regard, reliance was placed on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Narendra Doshi, 254 ITR 606 [SC].
The Revenue, on the other hand, supported the orders of the lower authorities and submitted that the net assets acquired were valued at Rs. -106.8 crores after reducing the liabilities. Thus, when the net asset value was negative, there could not have been any goodwill. It was also pleaded that the amalgamation of whollyowned subsidiary would not lead to transfer of assets u/s 2(47) and therefore, claiming of goodwill as arising out of a transaction not regarded as transfer would be a case of making profit out of oneself. Additionally, it was also claimed that the valuation of the enterprise for purchase of shares could not be equated to the valuation for amalgamation.
On the basis of the arguments raised by both the sides, the Hyderabad bench of the Tribunal ruled in favour of the assessee, holding that the deduction of depreciation on goodwill could not be denied. The reliance placed by the Revenue on the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii) did not find favour with the Tribunal. The Tribunal referred to the accounting principles as laid down in AS-14 and observed that, in case of amalgamation in the nature of purchase, the consideration paid in excess of the net value of assets and liabilities of the amalgamating company was to be treated as goodwill. Such goodwill was held to be eligible for depreciation u/s 32(1) by relying upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Smifs Securities Ltd. (Supra).
OBSERVATIONS
 
The issue under consideration moves in a narrow compass. Depreciation is allowable in computing the total income by virtue of section 32 on compliance with the conditions of the said provision. One of the conditions is that the asset in question should be acquired and owned by the assessee claiming the depreciation. On satisfaction of the conditions prescribed, the depreciation can be denied only with an express provision for denial of the claim. The provisos to section 32 have the effect of restricting the amount of depreciation, or of sharing it, or denying it in the stated circumstances. We do not find that any of the provisos, including the sixth proviso, denies the claim of depreciation in cases of an amalgamation. In the circumstances for a valid claim of depreciation, the amalgamated company should satisfy the compliance of the main conditions, namely, acquisition and ownership, besides use. Once they are satisfied, the claim could be denied only by an express provision and not by a roundabout or convoluted reading of the sixth proviso that has been inserted much later in the day to ensure that in the year of transfer both the transferor and the transferee do not claim the ‘full’ depreciation; it is introduced to ensure the sharing of the amount of depreciation in the year of transfer, nothing less, nothing more.
In the absence of the sixth proviso, it was not possible to deny the claim of depreciation in full by both the transferor  and the transferee, a position that had been confirmed by the courts. Reference can be made to CIT vs. Fluid Controls Mfg. Co. 286 ITR 86 (Guj.), Sita Ram Saluja vs. ITO 1 ITD 754 (Chd.).
The sixth proviso does not deal with the case of an asset that comes into existence and / or is acquired for the first time in the course of amalgamation. It also does not deal with an asset on which one of the parties could not have claimed the deduction for depreciation. Goodwill of the kind being discussed here is one such asset on which it was never possible for the amalgamating company to have claimed depreciation, and therefore it is fruitless to apply the sixth proviso to such a situation or claim.
The enabling provision therefore is the main provision of section 32(1), and once the terms therein stand satisfied, the claim cannot be denied or even be reduced without an express provision to do so. In our considered opinion, there is nothing in the sixth proviso to facilitate the denial of the claim altogether. In the absence of the disabling provision, it is not fair on the part of the Revenue to frustrate the claim otherwise held to be lawful by the Apex Court.
The sixth proviso can have an application, in cases of amalgamation, only where some asset which was owned by the amalgamating company is acquired by the amalgamated company in the course of the amalgamation and the acquiring company is seeking to claim depreciation thereon.
There is no dispute as to whether the goodwill arising on the amalgamation falls within the ambit of business or commercial rights, being intangible assets eligible for depreciation. The only dispute is about the applicability of the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(iia) and invocation thereof by the Revenue so as to deny the benefit of depreciation on such goodwill to the amalgamated company. The sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii) reads as under:
‘Provided also that the aggregate deduction, in respect of depreciation of buildings, machinery, plant or furniture, being tangible assets or knowhow, patents, copyrights, trademarks, licences, franchises or any other business or commercial rights of similar nature, being intangible assets allowable to the predecessor and the successor in the case of succession referred to in clause (xiii), clause (xiiib) and clause (xiv) of section 47 or section 170, or to the amalgamating company and the amalgamated company in the case of amalgamation, or to the demerged company and the resulting company in the case of demerger, as the case may be, shall not exceed in any previous year the deduction calculated at the prescribed rates as if the succession or the amalgamation or the demerger, as the case may be, had not taken place and such deduction shall be apportioned between the predecessor and the successor, or the amalgamating company and the amalgamated company, or the demerged company and the resulting company, as the case may be, in the ratio of the number of days for which the assets were used by them.’
The aforesaid proviso was originally inserted as the fourth proviso by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 1996. The rationale behind insertion of this proviso can be gathered from the Circular No. 762 dated 18th February, 1998, the relevant extract from which is reproduced below:
‘The third proviso to sub-section (1) of section 32 provides that the depreciation allowance will be restricted to fifty per cent of the amount calculated at the prescribed rates in cases where assets acquired by an assessee during the previous year are put to use for the purpose of business or profession for a period of less than one hundred and eighty days in that previous year. Thus, in cases of succession in business and amalgamation of companies, the predecessor in business and the successor or amalgamating company and amalgamated company, as the case may be, are entitled to depreciation allowance on the same assets, which in the aggregate may exceed the depreciation allowance admissible for a previous year at the rates prescribed in Appendix-I of the Income-tax Rules, 1962. An amendment has, therefore, been made to restrict the aggregate deduction for this allowance in a year in such cases to the amount computed at the prescribed rates. It has also been provided that the allowance shall be apportioned in the ratio of the number of days for which the asset is put to use in such cases.’
From the Circular as well as the language of the proviso it becomes clear that the restriction placed is applicable only when it is otherwise possible to claim depreciation on the same asset by both the companies, i.e., the amalgamating company as well as the amalgamated company. In order to trigger the sixth proviso, there has to be an asset, tangible or intangible, on which both the companies could have claimed the depreciation u/s 32(1) in the year of amalgamation. This proviso should not be made applicable to any such asset on which only one of the two companies could have claimed the depreciation otherwise. The goodwill being an offshoot of the amalgamation, the question of claiming depreciation thereon by the amalgamating company does not arise at all.
There can be a case where the amalgamated company is disentitled to claim depreciation on the assets acquired through the amalgamation, even without applying the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii). For instance, where the assets acquired through the amalgamation are recognised as inventories of the amalgamated company, though they were depreciable assets of the amalgamating company or where the corresponding income generated from such assets falls outside the scope of business income of the amalgamated company and, therefore, depreciation on such assets cannot be allowed to it on such assets u/s 32(1). In such cases, the question is whether the aggregate depreciation can be determined ignoring the amalgamation and the portion of it can be claimed in the hands of the amalgamated company on the basis of number of days for which the assets were used by it merely by relying upon the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii)? The answer obviously is no. This leads us to the conclusion that the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii) applies only in a situation where both the companies are eligible to claim the depreciation on the same assets for the year of amalgamation and not otherwise.
Further, this proviso has a limited applicability only to the year in which the succession or amalgamation takes place and it does not apply to the subsequent years. There is no probability of claiming depreciation by two entities in the subsequent years on the same assets exceeding the depreciation otherwise allowable, for the obvious reason that the predecessor or the amalgamating company will cease to own the asset or exist by virtue of the succession or the amalgamation as the case may be. Therefore, if a view is taken that the depreciation on goodwill arising on account of the amalgamation cannot be allowed only because of the sixth proviso to section 32(1)(ii), then it will result into denial of depreciation only for the year of amalgamation and not for subsequent years. It would be quite illogical to consider the amalgamated company as ineligible for depreciation on such goodwill only for the first year and, then, allow it to claim the depreciation from the second year onward.
The better view therefore is the one propounded by the Hyderabad bench of the Tribunal in the case of Mylan Laboratories Ltd. (Supra) that the depreciation should be granted to the amalgamated company on the goodwill recognised by it, being the excess of consideration over the appropriate values of net assets acquired, starting from the year of amalgamation itself.

Sections 200A, 234E – Prior to amendment of section 200A, with effect from 1st June, 2015, late fee leviable u/s 234E for default in furnishing TDS statement could not be effected in course of intimation while processing TDS statement u/s 200A

12 [2019] 111 taxmann.com 493 (Trib.)(Del.) D.D. Motors vs. DCIT (CPC – TDS) ITA No. 956/Del/2017 A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of order: 18th October, 2019

 

Sections 200A, 234E – Prior to amendment of
section 200A, with effect from 1st June, 2015, late fee leviable u/s
234E for default in furnishing TDS statement could not be effected in course of
intimation while processing TDS statement u/s 200A

 

FACTS

The assessee firm, formed in July, 2012, for
the first time deducted tax at source amounting to Rs. 34,486 in the fourth
quarter of the financial year 2012-13. The amount of tax so deducted was paid
before the due date. However, TDS return was filed on 12th
September, 2013 instead of before the due date of 15th May, 2013.
Vide intimation dated 11th February, 2014, u/s 200A of the Act, a
fee of Rs. 24,000 u/s 234E @ Rs. 200 for the delay of 120 days was charged.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal
to the CIT(A) against the levy of the late fee but the appeal was dismissed. It was contended that prior to 1st June, 2015, late
fee u/s 234E could not be levied while processing u/s 200A.

The assessee filed an appeal to the
Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted that section 200A has
been inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2010 and section 234E w.e.f. 1st
July, 2012. It also noted that it is only w.e.f. 1st June, 2015 that
there is an amendment to section 200A permitting making of an adjustment of
fee, if any, u/s 234E. It observed that at the relevant time when the impugned
intimation u/s 200A was made there was no enabling provision therein for
raising a demand in respect of levy of fees u/s 234E.

 

The Tribunal held that while examining the
correctness of the intimation u/s 200A, it has to be guided by the limited
mandate of section 200A. Except for what has been stated in section 200A, no
other adjustments in the amount refundable to, or recoverable from, the tax
deductor were permissible in accordance with the law as it existed at that
point of time. The adjustment in respect of levy of fees u/s 234E was indeed
beyond the scope of permissible adjustments contemplated u/s 200A.

 

Further, the Tribunal observed that this
intimation is an appealable order u/s 246A (a) and, therefore, the learned
CIT(A) ought to have examined the legality of the adjustment made under this
intimation in the light of the scope of section 200A. The CIT(A) has not done
so. He has justified the levy of fees on the basis of the provisions of section
234E. But that is not the issue here. The issue is whether such a levy could be
effected in the course of intimation u/s 200A. The answer is clearly in the
negative. No other provision enabling a demand in respect of this levy has been
pointed out to us and it is, thus, an admitted position that in the absence of
the enabling provision u/s 200A, no such levy could be effected.

 

The Tribunal observed that a similar view
has been taken by the Coordinate Benches of Chennai, Ahmedabad and Amritsar.

 

The appeal filed by the assessee was
allowed. The Tribunal deleted the fee levied u/s 234E.

Refund – Sections 237 and 143 of ITA, 1961 – Disability pension of retired army personnel – Exempt by CBDT Circular – Tax paid by mistake – Claim for refund – Non-adherence to technical procedures – Cannot be ground to deny entitlement to legitimate relief of armed forces – Department has to refund tax recovered with interest

27. Col.
Madan Gopal Singh Negi (Retd.) vs. CIT; [2019]
419 ITR 143 (MP)
Date
of order: 28th February, 2019 A.Ys.:
2008-09 to 2015-16

 

Refund
– Sections 237 and 143 of ITA, 1961 – Disability pension of retired army
personnel – Exempt by CBDT Circular – Tax paid by mistake – Claim for refund –
Non-adherence to technical procedures – Cannot be ground to deny entitlement to
legitimate relief of armed forces – Department has to refund tax recovered with
interest

 

The
assessee, a retired army personnel, was medically boarded out of the army and was receiving 30% as disability pension for
life on account of disability suffered by him according to a pension payment
order which was issued on 1st December, 2007. The CBDT, by way of a
memorandum dated 2nd July, 2001, had notified that the disability
pension received by officers of the Indian Armed Forces was completely exempted
from tax. The assessee, under a bona fide mistake had paid the tax on
his entire income for the years 2008 to 2016, including the disability pension.
The assessee then came to know about the exemption of pension from tax. He then
made applications to the AO in 2017, requesting him to refund the tax so paid
by mistake which totalled Rs. 11,16,643. In spite of repeated requests, the
Department did not refund the amount. The assessee filed a writ petition before
the Madhya Pradesh High Court requesting for appropriate directions to the
Income Tax Department for granting refund of the tax so paid by mistake.

 

The Madhya Pradesh High Court allowed the writ petition
and held as under:

 

‘i)   As the income
of the assessee was exempted, the Department had to refund the amount of the
tax deducted. The assessee could not be made to run from pillar to post on
account of various technicalities in such matters by those who are invested
with administrative powers to deal and decide the affairs of the personnel of
the Indian Armed Forces.

 

ii)   The Department
was directed to refund the entire amount of tax recovered, which was an
exempted amount and which the assessee had paid in respect of his disability
pension. The assessee was entitled to interest at the rate of 12% per annum
from the date the amount was deposited with the Department till the amount was
refunded to the assessee. If this order was not complied within 30 days as
directed, the rate of interest would be 18% per annum from the date of
entitlement till the actual payment of the amount to the assessee.’

 

Penalty – Concealment of income – section 271(1)(c) of ITA, 1961 – Income-tax survey showing undisclosed income – Amount offered in survey and included in return – Return accepted – No concealment of income – Penalty cannot be imposed u/s 271(1)(c)

26. Pr. CIT vs. Shree Sai Developers; [2019] 418 ITR 306 (Guj.) Date of order: 23rd July, 2019 A.Y.: 2012-13

 

Penalty – Concealment of income – section 271(1)(c) of ITA, 1961 –
Income-tax survey showing undisclosed income – Amount offered in survey and
included in return – Return accepted – No concealment of income – Penalty
cannot be imposed u/s 271(1)(c)

 

On 17th July, 2012, a survey was carried
out u/s 133A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 in
the premises of the assessee. In the course of the survey proceedings, the
assessee declared unaccounted income of Rs. 1,78,50,000 received
during
the A.Y. 2012-13. Later, the assessee filed its return of income for the A.Y.
2012-13 on 28th September, 2012 declaring total income of Rs.
2,59,11,800, including the unaccounted income of Rs. 1,78,50,000 disclosed
during the course of survey proceedings. The assessment was completed by an
order u/s 143(3) of the Act accepting the returned income. Penalty was also
levied u/s 271(1)(c) of the Act on the premise
that the assessee had furnished inaccurate particulars of its income which led
to concealment of income.

 

The Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the penalty and
this was confirmed by the Tribunal.

 

On appeal by the Revenue, the Gujarat High Court
upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

 

‘i)   Section
271(1)(c) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, is a penal provision and such a
provision has to be strictly construed. Unless the case falls within the four
corners of the provision, penalty cannot be imposed.

 

ii)   The
words “in the course of any proceedings under this Act” in section 271(1)(c)
are prefaced by the satisfaction of the Assessing Officer or the Commissioner
(Appeals). When a survey is conducted by a survey team, the question of
satisfaction of the Assessing Officer or the Commissioner (Appeals) or the
Commissioner does not arise. Concealment of particulars of income or furnishing
of inaccurate particulars of income by the assessee has to be in the income tax
return filed by it. The deletion of penalty was justified.’

 

 

Export – Deduction u/s 80HHC of ITA, 1961 – Computation of profits for purposes of section 80HHC – Interest on fixed deposit in bank – Bank had unilaterally converted part of export earnings to fixed deposit for added security on loan – Interest includible in business profits

25.  JVS Exports vs. ACIT; [2019] 419 ITR 123
(Mad.) Date of order: 23rd July, 2019 A.Y.: 2004-05

 

Export – Deduction u/s 80HHC of ITA, 1961 –
Computation of profits for purposes of section 80HHC – Interest on fixed
deposit in bank – Bank had unilaterally converted part of export earnings to
fixed deposit for added security on loan – Interest includible in business
profits

 

The assessee is a
partnership firm engaged in the business of manufacture, sale and export of
handloom towels and other items. For the A.Y. 2004-05, the assessee had
included interest on fixed deposit in bank in the business profits for the
purpose of computation of deduction u/s 80HHC of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The
bank had unilaterally converted part of the export earnings to fixed deposit for
added security on loan. The AO excluded the interest on fixed deposits from
business profits for the purpose of computation of deduction u/s 80HHC.

 

The Tribunal upheld the order.

 

But the Madras High Court allowed the appeal filed
by the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i)   The
material on record showed that the bank from which the assessee had availed of
loan for its export business, in no uncertain terms had mentioned that from and
out of the export sale proceeds, the bank would divert a part upon realisation
of the sale proceeds towards fixed deposits in the name of the assessee as
additional security for loans. Thus, the conversion of a portion of the export
sale proceeds on realisation, as fixed deposits, was not on the volition of the
assessee, but by a unilateral act of the bank over which the assessee had no
control. Furthermore, the bank had made it explicitly clear that the fixed deposits
were created for being treated as additional security for the loans availed by
the assessee.

 

ii)   The
Department did not dispute the fact that the loans availed by the assessee were
for its export business. The interest income had to be included in computing
the profits and gains of business u/s 80HHC.’

 

 

Business expenditure – Section 37 of ITA, 1961 – General principles – Assessee carrying on iron ore business – Agreement with State Government to construct houses for poor people affected by floods – Amount spent on construction of house for purposes of commercial expediency – Amount deductible u/s 37

24. Kanhaiyalal Dudheria
vs. JCIT; [2019] 418 ITR 410 (Karn.) Date of order: 31st July, 2019
A.Ys.: 2011-12 and 2012-13

 

Business expenditure –
Section 37 of ITA, 1961 – General principles – Assessee carrying on iron ore
business – Agreement with State Government to construct houses for poor people
affected by floods – Amount spent on construction of house for purposes of
commercial expediency – Amount deductible u/s 37

 

The assessee was carrying
on the business of extraction and trading of iron ore. On account of
unprecedented floods and abnormal rain which severely ravaged the North
Interior Karnataka during the last week of September and the first week of
October, 2009, it entered into a memorandum of understanding (MOU) on 1st
December, 2009 with the Government of Karnataka, under which the assessee
agreed to construct houses to rehabilitate the flood victims at the earliest
possible time, and for undertaking the task the appropriate Government provided
the assessee the land free from encumbrances, upon which the construction of
houses came to be commenced, executed and handed over within the time limit
agreed to under the MOU. The assessee spent an amount of Rs. 1,61,30,480 on
such construction during the A.Y. 2011-12 and Rs. 55,90,080 during the A.Y.
2012-13. The assessee claimed deduction of said amounts as business expenditure
u/s 37 of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The claim was rejected by the AO and this
was upheld by the Tribunal.

 

The Karnataka High Court
allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i)   The expression “wholly and exclusively” found in section 37 of the
Act cannot be understood in a narrow manner. In other words, it has to be given
interpretation so as to achieve the object of the Act. Thus, where the amount
is expended and claimed as an expenditure allowable u/s 37(1) of the Act, it
need not be that such disbursement is made in the course of, or arises out of,
or is connected with the trade, or is made out of the profits of the trade. It
must be made for the purpose of earning the profits. The purpose and intent
must be the sole purpose of expending the amount as a business expenditure. If
the activity be undertaken with the object both of promoting business and also
with some other purpose, such expenditure so incurred would not be disqualified
from being claimed as a business expenditure, solely on the ground that the
activity involved for such expenditure is not directly connected to the
business activity. In other words, the issue of commercial expediency would also
arise. The circumstances in which the expenditure incurred and claimed as
allowable u/s 37 of the Act would have to be examined on the facts obtained in
each case. There cannot be a straitjacket formula in this regard. What might be
commercial expediency to one business enterprise may not be so for another
undertaking.

 

ii)   The assessee was carrying on the business of iron ore and also
trading in iron ore. Thus, day in and day out the assessee would be approaching
the appropriate Government and its authorities for grant of permits, licences
and as such the assessee in its wisdom and as a prudent business decision had
entered into a memorandum of understanding with the Government of Karnataka and
incurred the expenditure towards construction of houses for the needy persons,
not only as a social responsibility but also keeping in mind the goodwill and
benefit it would yield in the long run in earning profit which was the ultimate
object of conducting business and as such, expenditure incurred by the assessee
would be in the realm of “business expenditure”. The amounts were deductible.’

 

 

TAX CHALLENGES OF THE DIGITALISATION OF ECONOMY

With the advent of computers and internet,
the modes of business transactions have undergone significant changes. The
distinction between doing business ‘with’ a country and ‘in’ a country is
increasingly becoming blurred. Virtual presence has overtaken physical
presence. Naturally, under the changed circumstances, traditional concepts of
PE and taxing rules are just not sufficient to tax cross-border transactions.
OECD identified these challenges arising out of the digitalisation of the
economy as one of the main areas of focus in its 2015 BEPS Action Plan 1.

 

However, taxing transactions in the
digitised economy is fraught with many challenges, as traditional source vs.
residence principles and globally accepted and settled transfer pricing
regulations (especially, the principle of ‘arm’s length price’) are being
challenged and need to be tweaked or revisited. At the same time, not
addressing these issues is leaving gaps in taxation to the advantage of
Multi-National Enterprises (MNEs), who are able to save / avoid considerable
tax through Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS). Not merely that, many
countries have introduced unilateral measures (for example, India introduced
Equalisation Levy to tax online advertisements) which are resulting in double
taxation and hampering global trade and economy. Therefore, OECD has set the
deadline of end-2020 to come out with a consensus-based solution to taxation of
cross-border transactions driven by digitalisation.

 

OECD has published two public consultation
documents, namely, (i) a ‘Unified Approach under Pillar One’ dealing with reallocation
of profit and revised nexus rules
, and (ii) ‘Global Anti-Base Erosion
Proposal (GloBE) – Pillar Two’. It is important to understand these documents,
because once accepted, they will change the global landscape of international
taxation.

 

This article discusses the first document
dealing with ‘Unified Approach under Pillar One’.

1.0    Background

Tax challenges of the digitalisation of
economy was identified as one of the main areas of focus in the BEPS Action
Plan 1 in 2015; however, no consensus could be reached on a methodology for
taxation. The Action Plan 1 suggested the development of a consensus-based
solution to the taxation of digitalised economy by the end of 2020 after due
consultation with all stakeholders and undertaking further work on this dynamic
subject. In the meanwhile, however, based on the options analysed by the Task
Force on the Digital Economy (TFDE), the BEPS Action Plan 1 recommended three
options for countries to incorporate in their domestic tax laws to address the
challenges of BEPS. However, countries were well advised to ensure that any of
the measures adopted did not in any way vitiate their obligation under a tax
treaty or any bilateral treaty obligation. It also provided that these options
may be calibrated or adapted in such a way as to ensure existing international
legal commitments.

 

Three options to
tax digitised transactions, as mentioned in BEPS Action Plan 1, are as follows:

(i)     New nexus in the form of Significant
Economic Presence;

(ii)    A withholding tax on certain types of digital
transactions; and

(iii)    Equalisation Levy.

 

Pending implementation of the BEPS Action
Plan till the end of 2020, India chose to introduce unilateral measures as recommended
above. Accordingly, section 9 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was amended to expand
the scope of deemed income to include income based on Significant Presence of a
non-resident in India.

 

The new Explanation 2A was added to
section 9(1) vide the Finance Act, 2018 and provides as follows:

Significant Economic Presence shall
mean

(a) Any transaction in respect of any
goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident in India including
provision of download of data or software in India if the aggregate of payments
arising from such transaction or transactions during the previous year exceeds
the amount as may be prescribed; or

(b)
Systematic and continuous soliciting of its business activities or engaging in
interaction with such number of users as may be prescribed, in India through
digital means.

 

Provided that the transactions or activities shall constitute Significant
Economic Presence in India, whether or not

(i)    the agreement for such transactions or
activities is entered in India; or

(ii)   the non-resident has a residence or place of
business in India; or

(iii) the non-resident renders services in India.

 

Provided, further, that only so much of income as is attributable to the
transactions or activities referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) shall be
deemed to accrue or arise in India.

 

However, it may be noted that in the absence
of rules and prescription of transaction threshold, the provision has remained
infructuous.

 

Equalisation Levy (EL) was introduced in
India vide the Finance Act, 2016 whereby certain specified transactions
or payments in respect of online advertisements are subject to a levy of 6% on
a gross basis. However, EL was introduced as a separate levy and not as part of
the Income-tax Act, and hence there are issues in claiming its credit in
overseas jurisdictions.

 

OECD continued further work on this aspect
and that led to an interim report in March, 2018 analysing the impact of
digitalisation of various business models and the relevance of the same to the
international income tax system. In January, 2019, the Inclusive Framework (it
refers to the expanded group of 137 countries involved in the BEPS project
which was originally started by G20 nations) issued a short Policy Note which
grouped the proposals for addressing the challenges of digitised economy into
two pillars as mentioned below.

 

Pillar 1 Reallocation of profit and revised nexus rules

It was felt that the traditional nexus of
physical presence is not sufficient to tax the profits arising in market
jurisdiction (source state) and therefore new nexus rules are essential. This
pillar will explore potential solutions for determining new nexus-based profits
taxation and attribution based on clients or user base or both. In other words,
this Pillar deals with two significant aspects of the taxation of the
digitalised transactions, namely, nexus rules and profit allocation. Thus,
Pillar One comprises ‘User Participation’, ‘Marketing Intangibles’ and
‘Significant Economic Presence’ proposals.

 

Pillar 2 Global Anti-base Erosion Mechanism

Proposals under this Pillar go beyond
digitised economy, as it proposes to tax MNEs at a minimum level of tax. Thus,
it in its true sense addresses the BEPS challenge. It has proposed four broad
rules to ensure minimum level of taxation by MNEs. These are discussed at
length subsequently.

 

Let us look at proposals under Pillar One in
more detail.

 

2.0    Pillar One – Unified Approach towards
reallocation of profit and revised nexus rules

The public consultation document has
recognised the need to evolve new nexus rules to allocate profits arising in
digitalised economy. According to the document ‘the need to revise the rules
on profit allocation (arises) as the traditional income allocation rules would
today allocate zero profit to any nexus not based on physical presence, thus
rendering changes to nexus pointless and invalidating the policy intent. That
in turn requires a change to the nexus and profit allocation rules not just for
situations where there is no physical presence, but also for those where there
is’.

 

Thus, we can see that the new nexus approach
would recognise the contribution of the market jurisdiction or a consumer base
without a physical presence. Broadly, the Unified Approach aims to have a
solution based on the following key features:

 

(a)  Wider Scope: It not only aims to cover highly digitalised
businesses, but also to cover other businesses that are more consumer focussed.
Consumer-facing businesses are broadly defined as businesses that generate
revenue from supplying consumer products or providing digital services that
have a consumer facing element.

 

The following carve-outs are expected from
the scope of new nexus:

(i)     Extractive industries

(ii)    Commodities

(iii)   Financial services

(iv)   Sales below specified revenue threshold [e.g.,
Euro 750 million threshold for Country by Country Reporting (CbCR)].

(b) New Nexus: The new nexus of taxation would be largely based on sales, rather
than physical presence. The thresholds of sales may even be country-specific
such that even the smaller economies benefit (for example, it could be a lower
sales threshold for small and developing countries, a higher threshold for
developed countries).

 

(c) New Profit Allocation Rules: For the first time, profit allocation rules contemplate attribution
of profits even in a scenario of sales via unrelated distributors. To this
extent these rules will go beyond the arm’s length principle (ALP). ALP will
continue to apply for in-country marketing or distribution presence (through a
Permanent Establishment or a separate subsidiary), but for attribution of
profits in another scenario, a formula-based solution may be developed.

 

(d) Tax certainty via a three-tier
mechanism for profit allocation

The Unified Approach aims at tax certainty
for both taxpayers and tax administrations and proposes a three-tier profit
allocation mechanism as follows:

 

Amount A:
Profit allocated to market jurisdiction in absence of physical presence.

Amount B:
Fixed returns varying by industry or region for certain ‘baseline’ or ‘routine’
marketing and distributing activities taking place (by a PE or a subsidiary) in
a market jurisdiction.

Amount C:   Profit in excess of fixed return
contemplated under Amount B, which is attributable to marketing and
distribution activities taking place in marketing jurisdiction or any other
activities. Example: Expenses on brand building or advertising, marketing and
promotions (beyond routine in nature).

           

It is suggested to divide the total profit
of an MNE group into the above mentioned three amounts A, B, and C.

 

2.1    Amount
A:

New taxing right – Under this method, a share of deemed residual profit will be
allocated to market jurisdictions using a formula-based approach. The ‘Deemed
Residual Profit’ for an MNE group would be the profit that remains after
allocating what would be regarded as ‘Deemed Routine Profit’ for activities, to
the countries where activities are performed. Deemed residual profit thus
calculated will be allocated to the market jurisdiction under the new nexus
rules based on sales.

 

The document on Unified Approach provides
that ‘the simplest way of operating the new rule would be to define a
revenue threshold in the market (the amount of which could be adapted to the
size of the market) as the primary indicator of a sustained and significant
involvement in that jurisdiction. The revenue threshold would also take into
account certain activities, such as online advertising services, which are
directed at non-paying users in locations that are different from those in
which the relevant revenues are booked. This new nexus would be introduced
through a standalone rule – on top of the permanent establishment rule – to
limit any unintended spill-over effect on other existing rules. The intention
is that a revenue threshold would not only create nexus for business models
involving remote selling to consumers, but would also apply to groups that sell
in a market through a distributor (whether a related or non-related local
entity). This would be important to ensure neutrality between different
business models and capture all forms of remote involvement in the economy of a
market jurisdiction’.

 

The steps involved in computing profits
allocation to market jurisdictions under the New Nexus Approach are as follows:

Step 1: Determine
the MNE group’s profits from the consolidated financials from CbCR prepared as
per Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) or International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Step 2: Approximate
the profits attributable to routine activities based on an agreed level of
profitability. The level of profitability deemed to represent such ‘routine’
profits could be determined by way of a predetermined fixed percentage(s) which
may vary by industry. Thus, as the name suggests, routine profits are computed
based on some deeming percentage.

Step 3:
Arrive at the deemed non-routine profits (reducing deemed routine profits from
total profits of the MNE group).

Split these deemed non-routine profits into
two parts: (a) Profits attributable to the market jurisdiction, and (b) Profits
attributable to other factors such as trade intangibles, capital and risk, etc.

The rationale of attributing deemed
non-routine profits to other factors is that many activities that may be
conducted in non-market jurisdiction may give rise to non-routine profits. For
example, a social media business may generate excess profits (non-routine) not
only from the database of its customers, but also from powerful algorithms and
software.

Step 4: Allocate
the deemed non-routine profits to the eligible market jurisdictions based on
the internationally-agreed allocation key using variables such as sales (a
fixed percentage of allocation key may vary as per industry or a business
line).

 

Let us consider an example:

 

Net Profit to Revenue               10%

Deemed Routine Profit               8%

                                            ————   

Non-Routine Profit                    2%

                                            =======

 

 

 

2.2    Amount
B:

This type of profit would seek to allocate
profits for certain baseline or routine marketing and distribution functions in
a market jurisdiction, usually undertaken by a PE or a subsidiary of the MNE
group / parent. Traditional methods of transfer pricing rules may not be
sufficient or may result in disputes, therefore in order to simplify the
allocation, a fixed return varying by industry or region is proposed.

 

2.3    Amount
C:

Under this part profit is attributed to
activities in the market jurisdiction which are beyond baseline function. There
could also be some activities which are unrelated to market and distribution.
However, the Unified Approach does not prescribe any formulae or fixed
percentage-based allocation here but leaves the allocation based on the
traditional arm’s length principle. It only suggests a robust dispute
prevention and resolution mechanism to ensure avoidance of litigation and
double taxation.

 

Summary
of Amount C

  •     Allocation of additional
    profits to market jurisdiction for activities beyond baseline level marketing
    and distribution activities (e.g., brand-building).
  •     Other business activities
    unrelated to marketing and distribution.
  •     Amount to be determined by
    applying existing arm’s length principles.

 

Let us understand
this with the help of an illustration given in the document on Unified
Approach.

 

Illustration

The facts are as follows:

  •     Group X is an MNE group
    that provides streaming services. It has no other business lines. The group is
    highly profitable, earning non-routine profits, significantly above both the
    market average and those of its competitors.
  •     P Co (resident in Country
    1) is the parent company of Group X. P Co owns all the intangible assets
    exploited in the group’s streaming services business. Hence, P Co is entitled
    to all the non-routine profit earned by Group X.
  •     Q Co, a subsidiary of P Co,
    resident in Country 2, is responsible for marketing and distributing Group X’s
    streaming services.
  •     Q Co sells streaming
    services directly to customers in Country 2. Q Co has also recently started
    selling streaming services remotely to customers in Country 3, where it does
    not have any form of taxable presence under current rules.

 

 

Proposed Taxability

Taxability
in Country 2

  •    Group X already has taxable
    presence in Country 2 in the form of Q Co. This subsidiary is already
    contracting with and making sales to local customers.
  •    Assuming that Q Co makes
    sufficient sale in Country 2 to trigger the application of new nexus, this
    would give Country 2 the right to tax on a portion of deemed non-routine
    profits of Group X (Amount A).

 

  •    The deemed non-routine profits
    of Group X in Country 2 will be attributable to P Co as it is owning the
    intangibles. P Co would be taxed on a portion of deemed non-routine profits,
    along with Q Co (as its PE to facilitate administration – similar to
    representative assessee under the Income-tax Act, 1961). P Co can claim relief
    under a tax treaty by claiming exemption or foreign tax credit of taxes
    withheld / paid in Country 2.

 

  •    Q Co would be taxed on the
    fixed return for baseline marketing and distribution (Amount B) which may be
    arrived at by applying transfer pricing adjustments to the transactions between
    P Co and Q Co to eliminate double taxation.

 

  •    Q Co may also be taxed on Amount C if Country
    2 considers that its activities go beyond the baseline activities. However, for
    this Country 2 must place a robust measure to resolve disputes and prevent double
    taxation.

 

Taxability in Country 3

  •    In Country 3, Group X does
    not have any direct presence under the existing rules. However, Q Co is making
    remote sales in Country 3.

 

  •    Assuming that Group X makes
    sufficient sales in Country 3 to meet the revenue threshold to trigger new
    nexus, Country 3 will get the right to tax a portion of the deemed non-routine
    profits of Group X of Amount A. Country 3 may tax that income directly from the
    entity that is treated as owning the non-routine profit (i.e. P Co), with P Co
    being held to have a taxable presence in Country 3 under the new nexus rules.

 

  •    Since Group X does not have
    an in-country presence in Country 3 by way of a branch or subsidiary, under
    current rules, Amount B will not be allocated.

 

3.0    Open
issues

There are several open issues in the
proposed document, some of which are listed below:

3.1
Determination of routine profit

The first step in
Amount A is to determine routine profit based on a fixed percentage. As
different industries have different profitability, business cycles, regional
disparities and so on, it is going to be a huge challenge in arriving at a
globally-accepted fixed percentage.

3.2  Determination of residual (non-routine) profit

What percentages
will be attributed to which market jurisdiction and what allocation keys are to
be used for this purpose? These will be difficult to arrive at and make the
entire exercise very complex.

3.3 Other pending issues

The document on
Unified Approach has identified several areas in which further work would be
required, such as regional segmentation, issues and options in connection with
the treatment of losses and challenges associated with the determination of the
location of sales, compliance and administrative burden, enforcement and
collection of taxes where the tax liability is fastened on the non-resident of
a jurisdiction and so on.

 

CONCLUSION

While OECD had
asked for public comments on its document on Unified Approach for New Nexus,
there are several grey areas; reaching a consensus within the stipulated time
of December, 2020 appears to be quite optimistic. However, it is also a fact
that more and more countries are resorting to unilateral measures to tax MNEs
operating in their jurisdictions through digitised means. In fact, introduction
of SEP in Indian tax laws is also perceived as a measure to convey to the world
the urgency of consensus on new nexus favouring marketing jurisdiction or a
source state taxation.

 

Bifurcation of MNEs’ profits in three parts and within three parts,
routine and non-routine profits would create huge complications. Again, both
routine and non-routine parts are determined on an approximation basis.
Consensus on a fixed percentage or allocation keys could be a huge challenge.
India has already expressed its dissent on bifurcation of routine and
non-routine profits. Such a bifurcation has the potential of shifting more
revenue in favour of developed countries. It remains to be seen how the world
reacts to the proposed new nexus rules. 


 

PRACTICAL GUIDANCE – DETERMINATION OF LEASE TERM FOR LESSEE

Determining the lease term under Ind AS 116 Leases can be a very
complex and judgemental exercise. For purposes of evaluating the lease term,
one needs to understand the interaction between the non-cancellable period in a
lease, the enforceable period of the lease and the lease term. Lease term is
determined at the inception of the contract. An entity shall revise the lease
term if there is a change in the non-cancellable period of a lease.

 

Note: The determination of lease term under Ind AS 116 is very crucial
because it impacts the determination of (1) whether a lease is a short-term
lease – if it is a short-term lease, practical expediency is available not to
apply the detailed recognition requirements of the standard applicable to a
non-short-term lease, (2) the lease term also determines the amount of the
right of use asset (ROU) and the lease liability on the balance sheet.
Subsequent depreciation and finance charges are also impacted by the amount
capitalised on account of the ROU asset and the lease liability.

 

The concepts are described in detail below under three broad steps.

 

STEP
1 – DETERMINE THE ENFORCEABLE PERIOD

A contract is defined as ‘An agreement between two or more parties that
creates enforceable rights and obligations.’

 

(Para B34) In determining the lease term and assessing the length of the
non-cancellable period of a lease, an entity shall apply the definition of a
contract and determine the period for which the contract is enforceable. A
lease is no longer enforceable when both the lessee and the lessor have the right to terminate the lease without permission from the other
party with no more than an insignificant penalty.

IFRIC observed (see IFRIC update June, 2019, Agenda Paper 3, Lease
term and useful life of leasehold improvements IFRS 16 Leases and IAS 16
Property, Plant and Equipment)
that, in applying paragraph B34 (above) of
IFRS 16 and determining the enforceable period of the lease, an entity
considers:

(a) the economics of the contract. For example, if either party has an
economic incentive not to terminate the lease and thus would incur a
penalty on termination that is more than insignificant, the contract is
enforceable beyond the date on which the contract can be terminated; and

(b) whether each of the parties has the right to terminate the
lease without permission from the other party with no more than an
insignificant penalty. If only one party has such a right, the contract is
enforceable beyond the date on which the contract can be terminated by that
party.

 

Therefore, when either party has the right to terminate the contract
with no more than insignificant penalty, there is no longer an enforceable
contract. However, when one or both parties would incur a more than
insignificant penalty by exercising its right to terminate, the contract
continues to be enforceable. The penalties should be interpreted broadly to
include more than simply cash payments in the contract. The wider
interpretation considers economic disincentives. If an entity concludes that
the contract is enforceable beyond the notice period of a cancellable lease (or
the initial period of a renewable lease), it then applies paragraphs 19 and
B37-B40 of IFRS 16 to assess whether the lessee is reasonably certain not to
exercise the option to terminate the lease.

 

Author’s note: These
clarifications should equally apply to Ind AS, as IFRIC deliberations and
conclusions are global and robust.

 

Example – Enforceable
period

A lease contract of a retail outlet in a shopping mall allows for the
lease to continue until either party gives notice to terminate the contract.
The contract will continue indefinitely (but not beyond ten years) until the
lessee or the lessor elects to terminate it and includes stated consideration
required during any renewed periods (referred to as ‘cancellable leases’).  Neither the lessor nor the lessee will incur
any contractual cash payment or penalty upon exercising the termination right.
The lessee constructs leasehold improvements, which cannot be moved to another
premise. Upon termination of the lease, these leasehold improvements will need
to be abandoned, or dismantled. Can the lease term go beyond the date at which
both parties can terminate the lease (inclusive of any notice period)?

 

In the fact pattern above, while the lease can be terminated early by
either party after serving the notice period, the enforceable rights in the
contract (including the pricing and terms and conditions) contemplate the
contract can continue beyond the stated termination date (but not beyond ten
years), inclusive of the notice period. There is an agreement which meets the
definition of a contract (i.e., an agreement between two or more parties that
creates enforceable rights and obligations). However, the mere existence of
mutual termination options does not mean that the contract is automatically
unenforceable at a point in time when a potential termination could take
effect. Ind AS 116.B34 provides explicit guidance on when a contract is no
longer enforceable – ‘a lease is no longer enforceable when the lessee and
the lessor each has the right to terminate the lease without permission from
the other party with no more than an insignificant penalty.’
The penalties
should be interpreted broadly to include more than simply cash payments in the
contract. The wider interpretation considers economic disincentives.

 

In the above example, the enforceable period is ten years, i.e., if
either party has an economic incentive not to terminate the lease and
thus would incur a penalty on termination that is more than insignificant, the
contract is enforceable beyond the date on which the contract can be
terminated.

 

The fact pattern includes an automatic renewal up to a period of ten
years. The agreement could have been drafted as a one-year contract with a
fixed nine-year renewal period (setting out detailed terms and conditions of
renewal), which either party could have terminated. In either of these fact
patterns, if there is more than an insignificant penalty for either of the
parties for the period of ten years, the enforceable period will be ten years.
This assessment should be carried out at the inception of the contract.

 

STEP
2 – DETERMINE THE LEASE TERM

Extract of Ind AS 116:

18 An entity shall determine
the lease term as the non-cancellable period of a lease, together with both:

(a) periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the lessee is
reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

(b) periods covered by an option to terminate the lease if the lessee is
reasonably certain
not to
exercise that option.

19 In assessing whether a
lessee is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend a lease, or not to
exercise an option to terminate a lease, an entity shall consider all relevant
facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive for the lessee to
exercise the option to extend the lease, or not to exercise the option to
terminate the lease, as described in paragraphs B37–B40.

B34 In determining
the lease term and assessing the length of the non-cancellable period of a
lease, an entity shall apply the definition of a contract and determine the
period for which the contract is enforceable. A lease is no longer enforceable
when the lessee and the lessor each has the right to terminate the lease
without permission from the other party with no more than an insignificant
penalty.

B35 If only a
lessee has the right to terminate a lease, that right is considered to be an
option to terminate the lease available to the lessee that an entity considers
when determining the lease term. If only a lessor has the right to terminate a
lease, the non-cancellable period of the lease includes the period covered by
the option to terminate the lease.

B37… entity
considers all relevant facts and circumstances that create an economic
incentive for the lessee to exercise, or not to exercise, the option (Ind AS
116.19, Ind AS 116.B37-B40):

* contractual terms and conditions for the optional periods compared
with market rates

* significant leasehold improvements

* costs relating to the termination of the lease

* the importance of that underlying asset to the lessee’s operations

* conditionality associated with exercising the option

 

To determine the lease term, the parties would apply Ind AS 116.18-19
and B37-40 (i.e., the reasonably certain threshold). ‘Reasonably certain’ is a
high threshold and the assessment requires judgement. It also acknowledges the
guidance in Ind AS 116.B35 which indicates that the lessor termination options
are generally disregarded. If only a lessor has the right to terminate a lease,
that is disregarded to determine the lease term, because the lessee does not
have an unconditional right to avoid its obligation to continue with the lease.

 

Example – Lease term

Incremental facts to the previous example are that the mandatory
non-cancellable period is one year and notice period is two months. In this
example, it is possible that the lease term may exceed the one year and two
months period. The lease term is one year and two months plus the period
covered by the termination option that it is reasonably certain the lessee will
not exercise such termination option. However, the lease term cannot be no
longer than the period the contract is enforceable, i.e. ten years. The lease
term therefore, will fall between one year two months and ten years.

 

STEP
3 – CONSIDER INTERACTION BETWEEN ENFORCEABLE PERIOD AND LEASE TERM

Consider the following lease contract:

# Lock-in period is one year

# Contract is for ten years and will be auto renewed for a year for next
nine years after lock-in period of one year

# The terms and conditions of the auto renewal are clearly spelt out in
the contract

# Either party can cancel the contract by giving two months’ notice
after lock-in period without paying any monetary penalty.

 

In the above example, the non-cancellable period is
one year. The enforceable period is dependent upon whether either party is
incurring more than an insignificant penalty. If neither party is incurring
more than an insignificant penalty, the enforceable period is one year
(non-cancellable period) and two months (notice period). However, if either
party is incurring more than an insignificant penalty, the enforceable period
is ten years (total contract period). The enforceable period could have been
greater than ten years if the contract had a further renewal clause and the
terms and conditions of the auto renewal are clearly spelt out in the contract.
The lease term will fall between the non-cancellable period and the enforceable
period. It cannot be greater than the enforceable period. For example, if the
lessee has made significant investment by way of leasehold improvement, and the
life of the improvement is eight years, the lease term may be eight years,
subject to other facts. If, however, the life of leasehold improvements is ten
years, then there may be significant disincentive for the lessee to walk away
from the lease earlier than ten years, and the lease term may be ten years,
subject to evaluation of other facts.

 

The above thought process is captured in the table below.

 

ILLUSTRATIVE
EXAMPLES

Query

3Z Co (lessee) enters into arrangements for lease of warehouses for a
period of one year. The lease agreement does not provide any purchase option in
respect of the leased asset, but 3Z has a right to renew for one additional
year. Consider two scenarios: (a) right of renewal does not require permission
of the lessor; (b) right of renewal requires permission of the lessor. Whether
the recognition exemption for short-term leases is available to 3Z?

 

Response

Whether the short-term lease exemption applies depends on what the lease
term is and if that term is one year or less. First, one should determine the
enforceable period. If either party has an economic incentive not to terminate
the lease and thus would incur a penalty on termination that is more than
insignificant, the contract is enforceable beyond the date on which the
contract can be terminated. Assuming that there is economic disincentive for
one of the parties (either lessee or lessor), the enforceable period is two
years in both the scenarios.

 

The next step is to determine the lease term. In assessing whether a
lessee is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend a lease, or not to
exercise an option to terminate a lease, an entity shall consider all relevant
facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive for the lessee to exercise
the option to extend the lease, or not to exercise the option to terminate the
lease. If only the lessor has the right to terminate a lease, that is
disregarded to determine the lease term, because the lessee does not have an
unconditional right to avoid its obligation to continue with the lease.
Consequently, in both the scenarios the lease term could range between one and
two years. If the lease term is greater than one year, the lease would not
qualify for short-term exemption.

 

Query

Scenario 1

Lessee entered into a lease arrangement with lessor for an overhead line
facility with Indian Railways across their railway track for a period of ten
years. Lessee paid in advance the rentals for the entire period of ten years.
The arrangement does not grant lessee with tenancy or right or interest in the
land. Based on past experience, the lessor will renew the contract for another
ten years at the end of the contract period. The following are some of the
principal terms of agreement:

 

(i)    Either
party can terminate the contract by giving one month’s notice and no monetary
penalty will apply.

(ii)   Lessor
reserves full rights on the land below the overhead line facility.

(iii) If
lessor gives termination notice, lessee at its own cost shall remove the overhead
line and shall restore the railway land to its original condition. Lessor has
given notice to lessees to shift transmission lines from railway land only in a
few rare and unusual cases.

(iv) Lessee
is reasonably certain to continue the lease till the validity of transmission
licence, i.e. 30 years since shifting of transmission lines will affect its
business adversely.

(v)   There
are no renewal options beyond ten years and a new agreement will need to be
entered into between the lessor and the lessee, and the terms and conditions
with respect to the new agreement will have to be agreed upon by both parties
at that point in time.

 

Will the lease qualify as a short-term lease?

 

Scenario 2

Consider the same fact pattern as above, with some
changes. Beyond the ten-year period, the contract includes an automatic renewal
option whereby the contract will automatically continue for an additional term
of 20 years, unless either party terminates the contract. What will be the
lease term in this fact pattern?

 

Response

Scenario 1

If one or both parties would incur a more than
insignificant penalty by exercising its right to terminate – the contract
continues to be enforceable over the ten-year period. The penalties should be
interpreted broadly to include more than simply cash payments in the contract.
The wider interpretation considers economic disincentives. The following
factors prima facie suggest that at the commencement date, the lessee is
not likely to have an economic incentive to exercise the termination option:

(a)   Lessee
expects to operate the transmission line beyond ten years.

(b)   It is
unlikely that the lessee will be able to locate an alternative location that
fulfils its requirements. Such open spaces will generally be available only
with Indian Railways. If at all an alternative location is available, it may
involve a considerable increase in the length of the transmission line and may
therefore involve considerable additional cost.

(c)   If at
all relocation is possible, the relocation may entail significant additional
costs and the benefit of obtaining alternative location at lower lease rentals
may not be worth it.

(d) In case
premature termination by the lessee results in the lessor forfeiting a significant
part of the advance lease rental payment, this would be an additional factor
providing economic incentive to the lessee to not terminate the lease
prematurely.

 

The enforceable period will therefore be ten years,
irrespective of whether the lessor will incur more than an insignificant
penalty or not by terminating the contract. The next step is to determine the
lease term. An entity shall determine the lease term as the non-cancellable
period of a lease, together with the periods covered by an option to extend the
lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option.
Interestingly, under Ind AS 116, the legal enforceability of the option from
the perspective of the lessor is not relevant. In other words, the lessor may
refuse to extend the lease and may cancel the lease during the ten-year period,
or at least has the ability to cancel the lease at any time during the ten-year
period. However, in determining the lease term, the lessor’s rights are not
relevant. Consequently, based on the facts in the given case, the lease term
will be ten years and will not qualify for short-term exemption.

 

Scenario 2

In the second scenario, the same assessment as in
Scenario 1 is relevant. However, in this scenario the contract will be
automatically renewed for another 20 years unless either of the party walks
away from the contract. As mentioned above, in determining the lease term, the
lessor’s rights are not relevant. An entity will consider the factors described
in B37. From the available information it appears that the lessee will continue
for 30 years, beyond which there are no additional renewal or automatic renewal
clauses. The lease term could therefore be 30 years, subject to further
analysis of detailed facts.

 

Query

A part of the transmission line of El Co passes through private land
(not owned by Indian Railways). El enters into a lease agreement with the
private land owner for a period of 12 months for overhead facility. The
following are some of the principal terms of agreement:

(i)    There
are no renewal or automatic renewal clauses and the lease can be renewed or
cancelled with the mutual consent of both the parties.

(ii)   Either
party shall be at liberty to put an end to the arrangement by giving one-month
previous notice in writing to that effect and in the event of such a notice
neither of the party shall have any claim for any compensation whatsoever.

 

It is likely that the contract will be renewed for another one year at
the expiry of its current term. The lease agreement does not provide any
purchase option in respect of the leased asset to the lessee. The lessee is
reasonably certain to continue the lease till the validity of transmission
licence, i.e. 30 years, since shifting of transmission lines will affect its
business adversely. Whether the short-term lease exemption will apply?

 

Response

The lease agreement to allow overhead transmission lines is for a period
of 12 months. The agreement does not grant a renewal, auto-renewal or extension
or purchase option to the lessee. Accordingly, the lease qualifies as a
‘short-term lease’, notwithstanding the fact that upon expiry of each 12-month
period there is high degree of certainty that the lease will be renewed for a
further period of 12 months by mutual consent between the lessor and the lessee
at that point in time. The lessee can, therefore, avail the exemption of not
applying the lessee accounting model of the standard to the lease and instead
account for the lease as per paragraph 6 of Ind AS 116. As per paragraph 6, the
lessee recognises the lease payments as an expense on a straight-line basis
over the lease term or another systematic basis.
 

 

           

 

 

OVERHAUL OF REGULATIONS GOVERNING FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT IN INDIA

(A) Background

Section 6 of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (‘FEMA’) deals with regulating capital account transactions. The Finance Act, 2015 amended section 6 of FEMA to provide that the Central Government will have the power to regulate non-debt instruments, whereas RBI will have the power to regulate debt instruments. However, this provision of FEMA was to be given effect from a date to be notified by the Central Government.

On 15th October, 2019, the Ministry of Finance notified the above provisions of the Finance Act, 2015 (the ‘Notified Sections’) which amended section 6 of FEMA. Accordingly, the Central Government assumed the power to regulate non-debt capital account transactions and RBI assumed the power to regulate debt capital account transactions from 15th October, 2019.

Subsequently, on 16th October 2019, the Central Government notified the following list of instruments which would qualify as debt instruments and non-debt instruments.

(1) List of instruments notified as Debt Instruments

(i)   Government bonds;

(ii)   Corporate bonds;

(iii) All tranches of securitisation structure which are not equity tranches;

(iv) Borrowings by Indian firms through loans;

(v) Depository securities where underlying securities are debt securities.

(2) List of instruments notified as Non-Debt Instruments

(a) all investments in equity instruments in incorporated entities: public, private, listed and unlisted;

(b) capital participation in LLP;

(c) all instruments of investment recognised in the FDI policy notified from time to time;

(d) investment in units of Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvIts);

(e) investment in units of mutual funds or Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) which invest more than fifty per cent in equity;

(f)   junior-most layer (i.e., equity tranche) of securitisation structure;

(g) acquisition, sale or dealing directly in immovable property;

(h) contribution to trusts; and

(i)   depository receipts issued against equity instruments.

Further, it has also been specified that all other instruments which have not been included in the above lists of Debt or Non-Debt Instruments will be deemed to be Debt Instruments.

Thereafter, on 17th October, 2019 the Central Government issued the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (‘Non-Debt Rules’) for governing Non-Debt transactions and RBI notified the Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instrument) Regulations, 2019 (‘Debt Regulations’) for governing Debt Instruments. Additionally, on the above date RBI also notified the Foreign Exchange Management (Mode of Payment and Reporting of Non-Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 (‘Payment Regulations’).

Issuance of the above Non-Debt Rules and Debt Regulations superseded FEMA regulations governing Foreign Direct Investment into India (‘FDI’), i.e., FEM 20(R), Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer of Issue of Security by a Person Resident outside India) Regulations, 2017 (‘TISPRO’) and FEM 21(R), Foreign Exchange Management (Acquisition and Transfer of Immovable Property in India) Regulations, 2018 (‘Immovable Property Regulations’).

Accordingly, after 17th October, 2019 the erstwhile FDI provisions governed by TISPRO regulations have now been divided into Non-Debt Rules and Debt Regulations. Subsequently, on 5th December, 2019 the Central Government has further amended the Non-Debt Rules. A snapshot of the revised FDI regime is as under:

(B) Overview of Non-Debt Instrument Rules, 2019

These can be further divided as under:

(C) Key changes in revised FDI regulations governing Non-Debt Instruments are summarised below:

(1) New definition of hybrid securities

Hybrid securities have been defined as under:

‘Hybrid securities’ means hybrid instruments such as optionally or partially convertible preference shares or debentures and other such instruments as specified by the Central Government from time to time, which can be issued by an Indian company or trust to a person resident outside India;

The expression ‘hybrid instruments’ has not been used in the Non-Debt Instruments Rules. Therefore, the intention of introducing these definitions is not clear and one would have to wait for some clarification from the Government on the same.

(2) Power to Central Government

The erstwhile FDI regime governed by TISPRO provided powers to RBI for regulating investment in India by persons resident outside India. Under the new regime of Non-Debt Rules, RBI in consultation with the Central Government will regulate Non-Debt investments in India by a person resident outside India.

(3) Mode of payment, remittance and reporting requirements

The mode of payment for Non-Debt Instruments along with remittance of sales proceeds will now be governed by the Payment Regulations, 2019. These regulations are broadly similar to those contained in TISPRO. The Payment Regulations, 2019 now specifically provide that transfer of capital contribution or profit share in an LLP between a resident and a non-resident shall be reported by resident transferor / transferee in Form LLP (II).

(4) Liberalisation for Foreign Portfolio Investors

Investment by FPIs into unlisted Indian companies

◆     Schedule 2 of the erstwhile TISPRO provided that Foreign Portfolio Investors (FPI) could purchase or sell capital instruments of an Indian company listed on a recognised stock exchange in India.

◆     Chapter IV of the Non-Debt Rules now provide that FPI can purchase or sell equity instruments of an Indian company which is listed or to be listed on a recognised stock exchange in India.

◆     Thus, earlier where FPIs were eligible to invest in capital instruments of only listed Indian companies, under the new framework FPIs are also allowed to invest in equity instruments which are to be listed on any recognised stock exchange in India.

Investment limit of FPIs

◆     Schedule 2 of the erstwhile TISPRO provided that the individual limit of a single FPI holding in an Indian company shall be less than 10% of the total paid-up equity capital on fully-diluted basis. Additionally, on an aggregate basis, total shareholding of all FPIs in an Indian company should not exceed 24%. However, this aggregate limit of 24% could be increased by the Indian company up to the sectoral cap with specific approval of the board of directors and a special resolution being passed at the general meeting.

◆     The Non-Debt Rules now provide that with effect from 1st April, 2020, the default aggregate FPI limits in an Indian company is the applicable sectoral cap, as laid out in Schedule I of the Non-Debt Instruments Rules and is not capped at 24% as applicable in the erstwhile TISPRO. Additionally, it has also been provided that before 31st March, 2020, the above aggregate limit of sectoral caps can be reduced to 24%, 49% or 74% as deemed fit by the company with the approval of its Board and passing of a special resolution. Further, once the Indian company has decreased its aggregate limit from sectoral cap to a lower threshold of 24%, 49% or 74%, as the case may be, the same can also be increased by the company in future. However, if an Indian company increases FPIs’ aggregate investment limit to higher limit, the same cannot be decreased in future. Thus, if any Indian company wants to reduce the aggregate FPI limits from sectoral cap to lower threshold of 24%, 49% or 74%, the same should be undertaken before 31st March, 2020.

◆     Additionally, it is also specifically clarified that in sectors where FDI is prohibited, aggregate FPI limit is capped at 24%.

◆     Further, in case the applicable FPI ceiling limit is breached, FPI would need to divest its holdings within a period of five trading days. Failure to do so would result in the entire FPI limits being classified as FDI and the relevant FPI investor will no longer be allowed to make further investments under the FPI route.

◆     Additionally, FPIs have now been specifically allowed to purchase units of domestic mutual funds or Category III alternative investment fund or offshore fund for which no-objection is issued in accordance with the SEBI (Mutual Fund) Regulations, 1996 and which, in turn, invests more than 50% in equity instruments on repatriation basis subject to the terms and conditions specified by SEBI and RBI.

Investment by FPIs into interest rate derivatives

◆     FPIs were earlier permitted to invest in interest rate derivatives under the erstwhile TISPRO. However, under the new Non-Debt Rules, FPIs are not permitted to invest in interest rate derivatives.

(5) Liberalisation for Non-Resident Indians (‘NRIs’) and Overseas Citizen of India (‘OCI’)

◆     OCIs can now enrol for the National Pension Scheme governed and administered by the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority of India.

◆     Further, NRIs and OCIs can now also invest in units of domestic mutual funds which invest more than 50% in equity on non-repatriation basis.

(6) Investments by other non-resident investors

◆     Eligible Foreign Entities as defined in SEBI Circular dated 9th October, 2018 and having actual exposure to the Indian physical commodity market have now been allowed to participate in the domestic commodity derivative market as per the framework specified by SEBI. Eligible Foreign Entities have been defined to mean persons resident outside India as per provisions of FEMA and who are having actual exposure to Indian physical commodity markets.

(7) General provisions

◆     A clarification has been introduced to provide that in case of transfer of equity instruments held on a non-repatriation basis to someone who wants to hold it on a repatriation basis, the transferee will have to comply with the other requirements of pricing and sectoral caps, among others, similar to any other non-resident investor holding shares on a non-repatriation basis. Further, under TISPRO, for transfers which were not under the general permission, permission was to be sought only from RBI. However, the Rules now require the permission to be sought from RBI in consultation with the Central Government.

◆     In the case of issuance of shares to non-residents pursuant to a scheme of merger or amalgamation of two or more Indian companies, or a reconstruction by way of demerger or otherwise of an Indian company, where any of the companies involved is listed on a recognised stock exchange in India, then the scheme of arrangement shall need to be in compliance with the SEBI (Listing Obligation and Disclosure Requirement) Regulations, 2015.

◆     In case of Downstream Investments, the meaning of ‘Ownership of an Indian Company’ has been changed; it now states:

‘ownership of an Indian company’ shall mean beneficial holding of more than fifty percent of the equity instruments of such company; and ‘ownership of an LLP’ shall mean contribution of more than fifty percent in its capital and having majority profit share;

The TISPRO regulations provided 50% of capital instruments for determining ownership of an Indian company and not equity instruments as defined above.

(8) Sectoral limits

◆     The sectoral limits for investment in different sectors under the Non-Debt Rules are similar to the erstwhile TISPRO as amended by Press Note 4 (2019 series) dated 18th September, 2019.

(9) Remaining provisions relating to investment, transfer of securities, eligibility etc.

◆     All remaining provisions of Non-Debt Rules relating to investment, transfer, eligibility are broadly similar to those under the erstwhile TISPRO.

Key changes in revised FDI regulations governing debt instruments are summarised below:

◆     Earlier, TISPRO allowed only FPIs, NRIs and OCIs to trade in exchange-traded derivatives. However, the revised Debt Regulations now permit all persons resident outside India to trade in exchange-traded derivatives subject to limits prescribed by SEBI and other conditions specified in Schedule 1.

◆     Additionally, FPIs are now allowed to invest in non-convertible debentures / bonds issued by an unlisted Indian company. Earlier TISPRO allowed FPIs to invest in non-convertible debentures / bonds of following companies:

(a) listed Indian companies; or

(b) companies engaged in infrastructure sector; or

(c) NBFCs categorised as infrastructure finance companies; or

(d) Primary issue of non-convertible debentures / bonds provided they are listed within 15 days of issuance.

◆     Further, any person resident outside India can enter into any derivative transaction subject to conditions laid down by RBI.

◆     Additionally, it is now clarified that AD Bank can allow inward as well as outward remittances for permitted derivatives transaction.

(10) Remaining provisions relating to investment, transfer of securities, eligibility, etc.

All remaining provisions of Debt Regulations relating to investment, transfer, eligibility, taxes, repatriation are broadly similar to the erstwhile TISPRO.

Applicability of ECB provisions

◆     Earlier TISPRO only governed investment by FPIs, NRIs, OCIs, foreign central banks and multilateral development banks in government securities, debt, non-convertible debentures and security receipts. The same are now covered under Debt Regulations.

◆     In respect of debt instruments, other than the above, the same will be governed by ECB Regulations. Hence, non-convertible or optionally convertible debentures or preference shares would continue to be governed by ECB Regulations.

◆     Debt Regulations only allow FPIs to invest in non-convertible debentures / bonds of an Indian company. Hence, NRIs, OCIs or any other person resident outside India if he / she wants to invest in non-convertible or optionally convertible instruments which are qualified as debt, the same would need to be in compliance with ECB Regulations.

CONCLUSION

With the onset of the above amendments, the FDI regime has now been divided into two categories, viz., Non-Debt and Debt. Further, Non-Debt would henceforth be governed by the Central Government in association with the RBI and Debt would be governed by RBI.

Going forward, it needs to be seen how this arrangement of the RBI and the Central Government works in tandem to ensure that relevant approvals under FEMA are received at the earliest.

THE MOTTO OF THE SUPREME COURT

We are leaping
into 2020 with trepidation, excitement and anticipation. The year gone by,
2019, was eventful. Our $2 trillion economy five years ago, touched $3 trillion
in 2019. Globally, Bitcoin made a gain of 9 million per cent this decade. Every
single day about 325,000 people got their first access to electricity, 200,000
people got piped water and 650,000 people went online for the first time. In
the 1950s, 27% children died by age 15, that figure is now a mere 4%.
Population in extreme poverty as defined by the UN was 42% in 1981; today it is
less than 10%.


Yet, we still
see media spit venom and fake news constantly and consistently when the
newspapers could very well have carried the headline ‘Another 170,000 people
moved out of extreme poverty yesterday’1. The Disease of Deep
Pessimism
is ‘paralysing rather than empowering’ and leaves people
‘hopeless and even helpless’2 
said a recent article in NY Times.


Through the
year, a visibly distressing sign was the depletion of reason in many
areas. This editorial is dedicated to reason.


The Supreme
Court
emblem carries the words
Yato
DharmasTato JayaH.
It
is the Dhyeya Vaakya or the motto and means Where there is Dharma there
is victory.


Courts are
about establishing facts. Facts are established through Vaad, through Tarka
(reason) and Pramaana (evidence). Vaad stands for logical
reasoning and conclusion derived from it. It stands for open-mindedness to
determine true purport and ascertainment of truth. But then why would the
emblem of the highest judicial body speak of Dharma as the cause of victory?


Courts
establish facts by evidence, not just by documents alone, but also by
arguments. In the Bhagvad Geeta, Krishna says, ‘amongst the debaters, I am Vaadah3
(Vaadah Pravadatah Aham).


Vaad has a fascinating etymology. Vid
stands for knowing and seeing. Vidya is knowledge. And from the same
root comes Vaad. Vaad also stands for not wanting to defeat
another through reasoning. In Vaad both opponents take the debate to a
higher level so that the finest logic can prevail in the end.


We see great Vaad
in judgments and arguments – where the ‘clear stream of reason4  flows. It is distinguished from Vivaad
where one is trying to crush another rather than trying to reach the truth
through reason. In Vivaad, like we see at 9 pm on news channels, people
are tied down by their binary biases. There is an extension of Vaad in SamVaad
(dialogue) which is based on discovery and not on bias.


Vaad is rooted in Dharma and so its
tenor is pure. The noblest of minds are often the staunchest of disputants. But
they exhibit amity, balance, fairness, honesty, respect, and fearlessness.
Today, we see ignorance, prejudice, deceit and bigotry which are all enemies of
Vaad.


Dharma comes from the root Dru, which
means to hold together. Dharma is that order which holds and sustains
the universe together in a fine balance and order. Dharma is a
non-translatable Sanskrit word and means so much at once that it can only be
read contextually unlike most English words.


When Vidhi (Laws)
and Nyaay (Justice) emerge from Dharma, then there is victory.
Justice is also the first word in the Preamble of the Indian Constitution.


One of the key features
of Dharma is duty. Today, we have rights placed before and above duties.
This is perhaps the root of much of our travails. In the Indian traditions,
duty is extended up to sacrifice – Jataayu sacrifices his life for Sita. Bharat
sacrifices being the King and lives as a Trustee of the kingdom which he could
have simply taken over.


May we see clearer reason, order, virtue, duty and
values prevail in 2020 – and that should bring victory to all that is good.

 


Raman Jokhakar

Editor

RULE 36(4) – MATCHING UNDER ITC

INTRODUCTION

When GST was introduced in July, 2017, heavy
emphasis was placed on the matching process under GST which required a transaction-level
matching of B2B transactions and claim of credit being dependent on the
matching activity in the form of GSTR2. However, due to systems constraints,
GSTR2 as well as GSTR3 were kept in abeyance and the truncated process of
return filing was introduced requiring the taxable persons to file only GSTR1
and a new statement in Form GSTR3B in place of GSTR3 was introduced.

 

Due to the suspension of GSTR2 and GSTR3
returns, the process of matching of transactions and credits and filing of
returns based on the same could not be implemented. Due to fall in revenue
collections, the Government suspects that the lack of matching could result in
large-scale evasion and false input tax credit (ITC) claims filed by assessees
facing liquidity crunch.

 

Based on the limited information available,
various Department authorities did issue letters or notices to the assessees
highlighting an aggregate-level mismatch in the input tax credit claims and the
credits reflecting in GSTR2A. However, the authorities could not enforce the
matching process since they lack legislative mandate in view of the suspension
of the process of filing of GSTR2 and GSTR3 returns. It may be noted that the
provisions of sections 42 and 43 requiring payment of tax on account of provisional
mismatch not being rectified in two months is dependent upon sections 37 and 38
for claim of credit through the process of matching, reversal, reclaim and
reduction.

 

In pursuance of various recommendations, the
Government proposed to introduce new returns where the flow of information is
unidirectional from the supplier to the recipient. The new returns process also
requires a matching of credit and permits self claim of provisional unmatched
credit for a period of two months to the extent of 20% of eligible matched
credit. To enable the new return-filing process, the CGST Amendment Act, 2018
inserted section 43A. Section 43A(4) thereof deals with prescription of
procedure for availing input tax credit in respect of outward supplies not
furnished and specifically provides for prescription of maximum ITC which can
be availed, not exceeding 20% of the ITC available on the basis of details
furnished by the suppliers and appearing in GSTR2A. However, since the
implementation of the new returns has been postponed, the provisions of section
43A have not been made effective till date.

 

The procedure as referred to in section
43A(4) has now been prescribed vide an amendment to the CGST Rules, 2017 by
Notification 49/2019–CT dated 9th October, 2019. Vide the said amendment,
Rule 36(4) has been inserted which provides as under:

 

(4) Input tax credit to be availed by a
registered person in respect of invoices or debit notes, the details of which
have not been uploaded by the suppliers under sub-section (1) of section 37,
shall not exceed 20 per cent of the eligible credit available in respect of
invoices or debit notes the details of which have been uploaded by the
suppliers under sub-section (1) of section 37

           

On a first reading of the above provisions,
the issues that crop up could be listed as under:

  •    Legality of the above
    amendment;
  • Applicability on credit
    availed in earlier period returns (3B);
  •     Applicability on credits of
    earlier period invoices availed before and after 9th October, 2019;
  •     Whether Rule 36(4) would be
    applicable at the time of filing GSTR3B for September, 2019 (the due date of
    which was 20th October, 2019)?
  •     Whether the matching has to
    be done at invoice level or consolidated level?
  •     Which GSTR2A to be
    considered for doing the matching process?
  •     Implications when the
    supplier is required to furnish the details on quarterly basis;
  •     Accounting and disclosure
    implications;
  •     Flood of mismatch notices
    expected after the amendment.

 

Considering the above, the CBIC has also
issued clarifications on various points vide Circular 123/42/2019 dated 11th
November, 2019. However, there are certain open-ended issues which would need
further clarification. We have attempted to analyse the same in this article.

 

Issue
1: Scope of applicability of the provisions

This can be examined from two different
perspectives, one being the date of invoice and the second being the date of
filing of return. It is relevant to note that under GST, availment of credit
takes place only upon filing of returns under GSTR3B. The various aspects which
would need consideration are:

(a)        If the return for period on or before
September, 2019 is not filed and filed after 9th October, 2019, will
the RTP be required to comply with the provisions?

(b)        Will the provisions apply to invoices
dated prior to 9th October, 2019 but credit availed after 9th
October, 2019?

 

With respect to (a) above, the CBIC has
clarified that Rule 36(4) would apply only on invoices / DNs on which credit
note is availed after 9th October, 2019. Therefore, in cases where
the returns were filed before 9th October, 2019, the amended
provisions should not apply. This is because filing of returns would mark the
availment of returns. Therefore, since at the time of filing the return the
provision was not in place and, more importantly, it has not been given
retrospective effect, Rule 36(4) cannot apply to such cases.

 

However, there can be instances where the
returns for earlier period, say, August, 2019 and prior are filed after 9th
October, 2019 or credit relating to invoices dated prior to 9th
October, 2019 is availed after that date. For such cases, as per the
clarification issued by CBIC, and even otherwise, on a plain reading of Rule
36(4) it would be apparent that the provisions of Rule 36(4) would apply to
such cases. This view also finds support in the decision of the Supreme Court
in the case of Osram Surya (P) Limited vs. CCE, Indore [2002 (142) ELT
0005 SC].
In the said case, Rule 57G of the Central Excise Rules, 1944
was amended to prescribe a time limit for availing credit within six months
from the date of issue of the document. In this case, the Supreme Court held
that credit could not be claimed. However, it is imperative to note that in the
said case the validity of the said Rule was not looked into since the same was
not challenged before the Court.

This aspect was
also noted by the Gujarat High Court in Baroda Rayon Corporation Limited
vs. Union of India [2014 (306) ELT 551 (Guj)]
wherein the Court held
that the condition resulted in lapsing of credit which had already accrued in
favour of manufacturer and therefore the rule was violative of Article 226 of
the Constitution. However, it is imperative to note that even the Gujarat High
Court has allowed the credit only on the premise that the Rule was ultra
vires
of the Act since the Act did not empower the Government to make rules
to impose conditions for lapsing of credit.

 

It is imperative
to note that in the current case, section 43A does empower the Central
Government to prescribe rules for imposing restrictions on availing of input
tax credit. For this instance, reliance on the decision of Baroda Rayon
Corporation (Supra)
may not be of assistance.

 

It is, however,
important to take note of the decision of CESTAT in the case of Voss
Exotech Automotive Private Limited vs. CCE, Pune I [2018 (363) ELT 1141
(Mumbai)].
In the said case, the issue was in the context of proviso
to rule 4(7) which introduced time limit for availing credit w.e.f. 1st
October, 2014. In the said case, the Tribunal held that the amendment did not
apply to invoices issued prior to 11th July, 2014 (the date of
notification by which the amendment was introduced) for the reason that the
notification was not applicable to invoices issued prior to the date of
notification and, therefore, restriction could not be applied to invoices
issued prior to the said date. However, it is imperative to note that the said
decision referred to the ruling of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of
Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited vs. CCE, Bhopal [2016 (332) ELT 411
(MP)]
which also relied on the decision of the Gujarat High Court in
the case of Baroda Rayon Corporation.

 

In view of the
above, it would be difficult to argue that the provisions of Rule 36(4) do not
apply to invoices dated prior to 9th October, 2019 on which credit
is availed after that date. However, it can be said with certainty that the
same would not apply to cases where credits were availed before 9th
October, 2019.

 

It may also be
important to note that the validity of Rule 36(4) has been challenged before
the Hon’ble Gujarat High Court in SCA 19529 of 2019 and the
matter is currently pending. The challenge is on the ground that since the
provision of section 43A has not been notified till date, insertion of Rule
36(4) is not maintainable. It therefore remains to be seen whether the Court
accepts
the argument
and strikes down the provision or it treats Rule 36(4) as being prescribed
under the general powers granted u/s 16(1) of CGST Act, 2017 which empowers the
Government to frame conditions for availment of credit.

 

Issue 2: Which GSTR2A to be considered for the
matching process?

Assuming that
Rule 36(4) does survive the test of validity, the next question that remains is
with respect to its implementation. This is important because while the
availment of credit takes place at the time of filing of return, it is possible
that credits of invoices issued by suppliers for multiple periods would be
claimed in a tax period. For instance, while filing the GSTR3B for September,
2019, it is possible that the invoices issued by suppliers between April, 2019
and August, 2019 as well as invoices of the previous financial year would be
claimed. In such a case, it is likely that the credit that would be claimed in
GSTR3B would be higher as compared to credits appearing in GSTR2A for
September, 2019. This will open a barrage of notices of GSTR2A vs. GSTR3B
mismatch for different tax periods, though on a cumulative basis there may not
be a mismatch.

 

To deal with
this particular situation, for credit availed in each month, the data will have
to be analysed vis-à-vis the month to which the invoice pertains and
corresponding comparison with GSTR2A of the respective tax period will be
required. For this reason, the Board has also clarified that the matching will
be done on consolidated basis (after reducing ineligible credits appearing in
2A) and not supplier basis. However, in case credits of the previous financial
year are claimed, it will always be an open issue and care will have to be
taken to ensure that the figures match with the figures reported at Table 8C of
GSTR9.

 

Another aspect
to be noted is that GSTR2A is a volatile figure, i.e., even after the due date
of filing GSTR1 of a particular month, there is no restriction on filing of
GSTR1 and therefore GSTR2A downloaded on 11th October, 2019 and 20th
October, 2019 would represent completely different pictures. While the Board
Circular clarifies that the GSTR2A as on due date of filing of form GSTR1 u/s
37 (1) is to be considered, the 2A downloaded from the portal does not provide
the date on which the supplier has filed the GSTR1. It would therefore mean
that the clarification provided by the Board is not possible to comply with in
the first place itself. More importantly, Rule 36(4) also does not include any
such restriction.

 

A specific issue arises in cases where the
supplier has opted to furnish GSTR1 on quarterly basis, in which case there
will also be a time gap between the claims of credit by the recipient (which is
on monthly basis) vs. furnishing of information on quarterly basis by the
supplier. For such instances also, the circular clarifies that the credit
should be claimed only after the transaction appears in 2A. This, however,
appears to be harsh considering the fact that even under the earlier mechanism
of GSTR1 -2 -3, the law provided for the concept of self claim of credits up to
two months to enable the suppliers to file their GSTR1 and match the
transaction. Non-extension of the said benefit would appear to be contradictory
to the principles of matching laid down under the Act itself.

 

Another important aspect is that the
Circular clarifies that maximum ITC to be claimed shall be 20% of the eligible
ITC appearing in 2A. Even this clarification may present practical challenges
to the RTP since it may not be possible to identify the eligibility of credits
appearing in 2A merely based on the name of the vendor. While there may be
specific vendors who are identified as making supplies not eligible for ITC, in
other cases it may not be possible to easily comply with the said requirement.

 

Issue 3: Accounting and disclosure
implications

The next issue
that needs consideration is the manner in which the disclosure of credit needs
to be done in view of Rule 36(4). There are two different methods which can be
considered for disclosure in 3B, one being to avail and reverse credit in the
same month in 3B, and the other being to avail credit only when the credit
appears in the 2A.

 

The first method is preferable. Let us
understand this with the help of an example. ARTP receives an invoice from his
vendor dated 1st September, 2019. However, the said invoice is not
appearing in his 2A. Therefore, in the month of filing GSTR3B, he claims the
credit and reverses the same in view of the provisions of Rule 36(4). This
credit does not appear in his 2A till the time of GSTR3B for September, 2020.
However, on downloading fresh GSTR2A of 2019-20 on 21st October,
2020, the invoice appears in GSTR2A. In this case a view can be taken that
since the RTP had availed and reversed the credit in compliance with Rule
36(4), once the invoice appears in his GSTR2A in future, he can reclaim the
same and the time limit imposed u/s 16(4) for
availing the credit would not apply since this would be in the nature of
re-claim.

 

However, this
can also be subject to dispute by the authorities on the ground that the
restriction u/r 36(4) is r.w.s. 16(1). Therefore credit was not available at
the first point and therefore, the action and availment of reversal of credit
is futile and the credit appearing in GSTR2A after the expiry of statutory time
limit would not be eligible by treating the same as re-credits.

 

Issue 4: Applicability of Rule 36(4) to Input
Service Distributor (ISD)

The next issue
that needs consideration is whether or not Rule 36(4) will be applicable to
ISD? This is because ISD itself per se does not avail credit, the
availment of credit takes place at the receiving unit. This is also evident on
perusal of the definition of ISD u/s 2 which provides that ISD shall mean an
office of the supplier of goods
or services, or both, which receives the tax invoice issued u/s 31 towards the
receipt of input services and issues a prescribed document for the purpose of distributing the credit.

 

In other words,
ISD does not avail the credit and therefore a view is possible that rule 36(4)
may not be applicable to ISD.

 

Issue 5: Maintaining details for reconciliation
purposes and responding to mismatch notices

Even before the
insertion of Rule 36(4), assessees have been receiving notices from the
Department for mismatch in credits appearing in GSTR3B vs. GSTR2A. Attempting
to respond to this notice is turning out to be extremely difficult for the
assessees primarily because figures of credit availed in GSTR3B / GSTR2A do not
match with GSTR3B actually filed or GSTR2A downloaded from the portal. This in
itself makes it difficult for an assessee to prepare the necessary
reconciliations. Also to be considered is the time factor playing a part in the
mismatch as discussed earlier.

 

Therefore, it
would be advisable that for credits claimed in each month, as stated in the
earlier paragraph also, the details should be segregated vis-à-vis the month of
invoice and cumulative data for invoice month-wise credit claimed in a
financial year should be prepared which should be compared with invoice date-wise
credit appearing in GSTR2A. One should also take note of the fact that GSTR2A
of the entire financial year should be downloaded each month since there is no
concept of locking of GSTR1 and therefore the GSTR2A of earlier periods can
keep on fluctuating.

 

CONCLUSION

The amendment by
way of insertion of Rule 36(4) is going to have its set of ramifications, with
impact on small suppliers opting for furnishing of GSTR1 on quarterly basis to
all taxpayers having to delay their claim of credit on account of non-compliance
by errant suppliers. This will also launch a flood of notices to taxpayers for
mismatch in figures reported in GSTR3B and GSTR2A.

 

Taxpayers will
have to be very careful in responding to the notices electronically, wherever
they appear on the portal, and manually if notices are not sent through the
GSTN portal. Failure to do so may also have its own set of ramifications,
ranging from ex parte orders to ad hoc confirmation of demands.
Perhaps, this will be a testing time for all, taxpayers as well as their
consultants to step up to the changing scenarios.

 

LEADERSHIP LESSONS FROM A FILM

We are pleased
to announce a bi-monthly series by Mr. V. Shankar, former Managing
Director & CEO of Rallis India Limited. Reflecting the author’s personal
learning and experience over four decades’ association with companies in the
Unilever and Tata Groups, the topics will range across diverse aspects of
business. These will include Strategy and Leadership, touching dimensions of
Assurance, Governance and Excellence as well

 

On a lazy Sunday
afternoon, my better half suggested, ‘Let’s watch FORD vs. FERRARI’.
Usually spot-on with her researched recommendations, I wasn’t surprised; she is
a sports enthusiast, too – I said, ‘Yes, family time!’ Despite being the latest
release, fortunately we got tickets in a multiplex.

 

I was blown away by
the film. It transcends the terrific racing sequences. What probably fascinated
me as well were the leadership lessons that I gleaned from it.

 

CAUTION: Spoilers
Ahead!

 

The key characters
include Henry Ford II, the CEO of Ford Motor Company; Enzo Ferrari,
the founder of Ferrari; Lee Iacocca, Vice-President at Ford; Leo
Beebe
, Director, Ford; Carroll Shelby, an automotive designer,
racing driver and founder of Shelby American Inc.; Ken Miles, engineer
and ace racing driver; and Mollie Miles, Ken’s strength and a car
enthusiast.

 

The film is based
on the remarkable true story of the visionary American car designer Carroll
Shelby and the fearless British-born driver Ken Miles who together battled
corporate interference, the laws of physics and their own personal demons to
build a revolutionary race car for Ford Motor Company and take on the
dominating race cars of Enzo Ferrari at the 1966 Le Mans in France.
While watching the film I could connect with many leadership and management
practices I learnt over the years leading businesses as their CEO.

 

Changing
mindsets

Ford car sales were
slowing down and the company wanted to be in the exciting segment targeting the
younger generation. Henry Ford II realises that he should drive his team to
face up to the market reality and challenge the status quo. He addresses
the workmen and communicates the message in a direct, powerful manner.

 

(1) Ford II walks
up to the factory floor and does not call everyone to a town hall or conference
space. This sudden intervention spurs urgency. Setting is important;

(2) The running
factory is brought to a grinding halt and the consequent silence is deafening.
People get the message what happens if sales do not pick up. Non-verbal
communication;

(3) Ford II invites
every employee to come up with ideas. In fact, he says, don’t come back to work
if you haven’t any. Instilling ownership in every person to tackle an
enterprise-wide issue is important. Engage the people.

 

Ear to the ground and align strategy to customer expectations

Iacocca presents a
searching market analysis on what the auto industry wanted and customer
expectations building up to that. He highlights the need to build a different
category of cars, which was not the core competence of Ford. Tracking and
recognising environment trends on changing customer tastes and market behaviour
is crucial to building company strategy and competence.

 

Collaborations,
a way of life

Iacocca calls out
the humbling fact that Ford Motor Company is not capable of manufacturing high
speed cars in the short term. It will take a huge toll of resources and quite a
while – but time is of the essence. The company made a decision to collaborate with
or acquire Ferrari who specialised in this segment for making a jump start. ‘Not
invented here’ mind-set hinders progress.

 

Know the
opposite party

Ford II made an
offer to buy Ferrari and its fleet of race cars in 1963. Iacocca and team
negotiating with Enzo Ferrari did a good job navigating through the proposal.
All looked good, when Ferrari after perusal of the agreement asked a question,
‘Will I have control over the racing team?’ Ford said no, and that turned out to be a deal breaker. Ferrari leveraged this
opportunity and got a better deal with Fiat while retaining its right on the
racing team! For successful negotiations, it is important to study the rival
and know where to draw the line.

 

Challenge the status quo

Ford II takes head-on the challenge of Enzo Ferrari and vows to win the 24
Hours of Le Mans
sports car race considered one of the most
prestigious automobile races in the world, which Ferrari won for five
consecutive years. Time was short and so he wanted the best resource on the
job. In came Carroll Shelby. Ford not only contracted Shelby American Inc. the
task of building GT40 and winning Le Mans, but also ensured that the
bureaucracy would not come in the way of his achieving this goal. To bring
about a disruptive change, it is essential to restructure, reconfigure and
realign practices.

 

Avert personal biases

Leo Beebe is given the responsibility of the Le Mans project. He
disliked Ken Miles despite being told that Miles is an outstanding driver. He
believed that Miles was not in Ford’s league. Beebe decided to keep Miles out
and Ford lost the race in 1964. How do you diminish subjectivity in
decisions, a key question?

 

Knowing competition and rules of the
game is paramount

Halfway through the race, the brakes give way and the Ford car gets into
the pit for replacing brakes. The competitors challenge this as breach of
rules. Without a change in the brakes, Ford will buckle up. The Ford team turns
the table by throwing the rule book back quoting clauses which do not prohibit
brake change. It goes through. Be on top of it – know your onions.

 

Passion, the Brahmastra

Passion is the sine qua non to success. Enzo Ferrari had a passion
for race cars and created a world-class company envied on this score. What
propelled Ford, too, was the fury to have supremacy of the market. This drove
him to create Ford cars which could be synonymous with race cars. It became his
obsession as he proclaims, ‘Let’s bury Ferrari at Le Mans.’ Ken Miles
was mad about speed cars and he had a fierce addiction to racing cars. Passion
is a core component for unrelenting progress.

 

Trust, the touchstone to winning

Caroll Shelby had immense trust in Ken Miles as a racing driver. His
trust was so unshakeable that he staked his entire company to Ford in return
for onboarding Miles as the racing driver. In a similar vein, Iacocca reposes
trust in Shelby designing the right car for Ford to win the race. Mollie had
unstinted support for Ken given her huge respect and trust in Ken as an ace
racer. Trust, integral to winning.

 

Finally, you can’t win them all but…
keep going relentlessly

As Le Mans 1966 race nears its end, only Ford cars remained,
signalling a clear victory for the company. But rather than having one winner,
Beebe asks the cars to cross the finish line simultaneously to create a
momentous event for Ford. This essentially forces Ken Miles to lose the race he
had positively won. When the winner was announced, it was a blow to Miles, who
didn’t emerge as the winning driver due to a technicality, despite his car
being the fastest. He sacrificed personal glory for the larger collective goal.
Hiding his profound disappointment, Miles holds his head high and says to
Shelby, ‘You kept your promise. I’m happy you gave me the chance to
participate’. I was moved by Ken’s tremendous character. He really enjoyed what
he did! Be a sport.

 

Ford won Le Mans
consecutively in 1966, 1967, 1968 and 1969.  

 

TAX AND TECHNOLOGY – GETTING FUTURE-READY

We have seen a tectonic shift in the way tax administration has been
revolutionised in India adapting technology to make it easier to deliver
service to citizens. The tax department in India has been at the forefront to
rally measures which make the taxpayer service come alive through technology,
eliminating the need for physical interactions, to improve transparency,
facilitate data sharing across government arms (SEBI, MCA, RBI), to track
taxpayer behaviour and make precise audit interventions.

 

With e-invoicing now a reality and expected to go live in the calendar
year 2020, GST audits round the corner, approach to stimulate audits and
show-causes based on taxpayer profiling and approach to seamlessly analyse
information shared to it across the spectrum using specialised algorithms, we
will see the government strike its first goal and put the taxpayer on the back
foot with compelling facts it cannot ignore and counter facts with facts.

 

The key to the
future is to become proactive in terms of embracing technology rather than
being reactive.

 

REACTIVE

PROACTIVE

Data is maintained locally

Data is maintained in a centralised manner

Non-standard process

Standardised process

Work is mostly manual

Work is automated

No analytics involved

Involves usage of analytics

Increased amount of risk

Amount of risk exposure is less

 

Tax authorities
across the world are increasingly adopting technology to make it easier for the
assessees to make payment of taxes and to fulfil compliances. This requires the
tax professionals and the assessees to become even more adept with the technology,
because developments in implementation of technology in the tax function are
moving at a much faster pace.

 

To deep-dive into
this ocean, I have shared some global experiences which articulate how tax
authorities across the world are competing with one another to better their
taxpayer services and target their audits:

 

TECHNOLOGY
FOR TAXPAYERS – GLOBAL EXPERIENCES1, 2

 

ASSESSMENT PROCESS

        PARTICULARS

SINGAPORE

UK

US

INDIA

Is faceless assessment
(E-assessment) mandatory?

For the returns filed
electronically, assessments happen via the online
myTax portal

No, traditional way of
assessment

No, traditional way of
assessment

YES, except in the following
cases:

• Taxpayers not having
E-filing account / PAN

• Administrative difficulties

• Extraordinary
circumstances

Personal hearing through VC
– post draft order

Assessment process

• Tax Bills (notices of
assessment) are available in the myTax Portal of the IRAS. IRAS sends
tax bills in batches, some taxpayers receive it earlier than others

• HM Revenue and Customs
(HMRC) will write or phone to say what they want to check; if an
accountant
is used, then

• The IRS notifies the
assessee via mail and the audit is managed either by mail or
in-person interview

• The interview

• The E-assessment process
in India has been illustrated in detail in the article below

 

• If the tax bill is not
available in the myTax Portal, one can obtain a copy of the tax bill
at the Taxpayer & Business Service Centre at Revenue House

• If one disagrees with the
tax assessment when receiving the tax bill, one can file an objection within
30 days from the date of the tax bill using the ‘Object to Assessment’
e-Service
at myTax Portal; alternatively, one can also email the
same to IRAS

• For assessment purposes,
companies are divided into 2 categories based on the complexity of their
business and tax matters and risk to Revenue.

Companies with
straightforward tax affairs (90% of the companies)

• Companies with more
complex tax affairs (10% of the companies)

HMRC will contact the
accountant instead

• HMRC may ask to visit
one’s home, business or an adviser’s office, or ask one to visit them. One
can have an accountant or legal adviser along during a visit

• One can apply for
alternative dispute resolution (ADR) at any time if one doesn’t agree with
HMRC’s decision or what they’re checking.

• Post the check, HMRC will
write
to inform the results of the check

• Appeals can be made if
there is disagreement with the decision of the HMRC

 

may be at an IRS office
(office audit) or at the taxpayer’s home, place of business, or accountant’s
office (field audit)

•If the IRS conducts the
audit by mail, the letter will contain the request for additional
information; however, if there are too many books or records to mail, a
request for face-to-face audit can be made

•If the assessee disagrees
with the audit findings of the IRS, the IRS offers ADR, i.e., mediation or
appeal

 

 

 

BEST PRACTICES

 

US

JAPAN

CANADA

INDIA

Electronic Federal Tax
Payment System (EFTPS)

• Provides taxpayer with the
convenience and flexibility of making the tax payments via the Internet or
phone

• Helps to keep track of
payments by opting in for e-mail notifications when taxpayers enrol or update
their enrolment for EFTPS

• Businesses and individuals
can schedule payments up to 365 days in advance. Scheduled payments can be
changed or cancelled up to two business days in advance of the scheduled
payment date

• Provides up to 16 months
of EFTPS payment history

• Tax professionals /
providers can register through this software and send up to 1,000 enrolments
and 5,000 payments in one transaction. Users can synchronise enrolments and
payments between the software and EFTPS database in
real-time

 

E-Tax System

• Enables the taxpayers, by
way of Internet, to implement procedures for filing of return, notice of
change in place of tax payment, etc.

Digital signatures are
exempted if returns are filed through E-Tax

 

Ease of filing return and
payment of taxes

• Availability of filing
assistance
on the National Tax Agency (NTA) – allows the taxpayer to file the return by
just entering necessary information as displayed
on the screen

• NTA has set-up touchscreen
computers at tax offices for taxpayers who are unaccustomed to using PCs

• Easy payment of taxes by
utilising ATMs connected with Pay-easy

 

Other initiatives

• NTA has set up a
Professional Team for E-commerce Taxation (PROJECT); the team collects
information on
e-commerce service providers and others, conducts tax examination based

Online access to personal
information

My Account online

provides Canadians
with the convenience and flexibility of accessing their personal income tax
and benefit information on a secure website

• Drastic reduction in
taxpayers visiting office or calls to the traditional inquiries line

• Website survey measures
user satisfaction as consistently 85% (or more). While around 70% of
Canadians think it is unsafe to transact on the Internet in general, the CRA
enjoys the highest level of trust of any organisation

My Account
has upheld this trust by requiring a rigorous authentication of My
Account
users by requiring four ‘shared secrets’ to validate the
identity of the user

Ease of filing returns and
payment of taxes

• Easy E-filing of income
tax returns with pre-filled ITR-I and IV (taking data from
previously filed ITR)

• Facility of paying tax
online has been available for a long time

 

Infrastructure

Centralised Processing
Centre 2.0 Project
to bring down the processing time from the present 63
days to one day and  expedite refunds

The TDS Reconciliation
Analysis and Correction Enabling System (TRACES)
of the Income tax
Department allows online correction of already-filed TDS returns. Hassle-free
system that does away with the lengthy process of filing the revised return

 

Grievance redressal

• Department provides
state-wise IT ombudsman (an independent jurisdiction of the Income tax
Department) with whom the taxpayer can take up his grievances

 

 

US

JAPAN

CANADA

INDIA

• Option for bulk provider –
Designed for payroll processors who initiate frequent payments from and
desire automated enrolment through an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
compatible system

 

Where’s My Refund Tool

• Use the Where’s My
Refund Tool
or the IRS2Go mobile app to check your refund online. Fastest
and easiest way to track refund. The systems are updated once every 24 hours

• Refunds are generally
issued within 21 days of electronic filing of returns and 42 days of
paper-filing of returns

 

on information collected and
develops and accumulates the examination method. It provides the tax
officials and the tax office with the information collected and various
examination methods

• A call centre has been set
up to handle delinquency cases (where tax payment has been defaulted)

 

 

Assessment process

• Faceless assessment –
Scrutiny assessment with the objective to impart greater efficiency,
transparency and accountability, with dynamic jurisdiction. Personal hearing
(in limited scenarios) to be conducted through video-conferencing facilities

• VC facility – The same
shall be available on tabs, mobiles, PCs, etc.,  eliminating the requirement of assessees
visiting the Income tax Department

 

 

 

To simplify the structure
of the direct tax laws, the new direct tax code aims at benchmarking the Indian
practices with some of the best practices across the world and implementing the
same. While some countries have started electronic assessment of returns, India
has been the early adapter to fully implement E-assessment (except in certain
cases).

 

THE INDIAN STORY

The Indian tax
authorities have been early adapters of technology. The systems implemented so
far have helped direct taxpayers applying for tax registrations online,
e-payment of taxes, reconciliation and e-viewing of tax credits, e-filing of
tax returns, e-processing of returns and refunds by authorities, etc.

 

As for indirect
tax, with the implementation of the Goods and Services Tax (GST), all
compliances, payments and credits matching are proposed to be administered
online. The tax authorities have also used IT systems as a risk management tool
to pick up returns / consignments (in the case of customs) for scrutiny.

 

Some new
technologies that have been implemented have helped increase transparency and
reporting requirements; these are:

(i)    Monthly GST returns with invoice-level
information details.

(ii)    Reconciliation of GST returns with audited
financial statements and potentially in the future with filings across tax
filings, e.g., income tax.

(iii)   Increasing levels of disclosures in income tax
filing, e.g., disclosure of personal assets, comprehensive filing for
cross-border remittances and Income Computation Disclosure Standards (ICDS).

(iv)   Mandatory linking of Aadhaar and PAN and
quoting of Aadhaar on particular transactions: Annual information return (AIR)
replaced by statement of financial transactions (SFT) and expansion in the
scope to include details of high-value cash and other transactions such as
buybacks by listed companies, and purchase and sale of immovable property

(v)   Under BEPS section plan, requirement of
three-tiered TP documentation, i.e., (a) Master file; (b) local files; and (c)
CbCR.

(vi)   FATCA and CRS filings.

 

DATA
SHARING BETWEEN COUNTRIES

In recent years,
India has re-negotiated its tax treaties with countries for inclusion of an
exchange of information (EOI) clause. India has also complied with the
implementation of BEPS Action Plan 5 – Transparency Framework through timely
exchange of information, especially tax rulings, and sharing of information
concerning APA’s (except unilateral APA).

 

And in tune with the BEPS Action Plan 5 – Transparency Framework, India
has upgraded the relevant technological framework to ensure compliance with the
same. The 2018 peer review report on exchange of information on tax rulings
issued by OECD also corroborates India’s compliance with the terms of reference
(ToR) for exchange of information.

 

E-ASSESSMENT

E-assessment
enables the taxpayer to participate in tax assessment electronically without
visiting the tax office. This is an attempt to eliminate human interference and
bring in greater transparency and efficiency. The E-assessment process works as
follows:

 

SOME INITIAL CHALLENGES
LIKELY TO BE FACED UNDER E-ASSESSMENT

Given that the
Department has extended the deadline to respond to the tax notices issued under
the E-assessment scheme, it is evident that there are challenges being faced by
the assessees / tax officers. Some of the other challenges that may arise in
the future are as follows:

 

(a) Knowing whether the point of view highlighted by the taxpayer has
been fully understood by the Revenue – more so for large taxpayers with
evolving business models;

 

(b) Working around
the technology limitations, including extent of information which could be
uploaded; enable option to ‘Preview submission’ and give consent to closure of
assessment proceedings;

 

(c) Obtain clarity on a few areas including: (1) Procedure of video
conferencing – this should be mandatorily allowed prior to finalisation of
draft order by the assessment unit; (2) Allow maintenance of E-order sheet
which tracks events, movement of files and filings during the course of
assessment;

 

(d) Upload of
scanned version of documents not being in machine-readable format, resulting in
manual inspection;

(e) Difficulties
with respect to repeated uploading of voluminous scanned documents and varied
details being sought;

 

(f) Lack of
structured consumable information for the assessing officer and little to no
use of analytical technology;

 

(g) Since the
remand proceedings are left with the jurisdictional assessing officer who may
not be familiar with the issue, the system of remand may be time-consuming and
cumbersome;

 

(h) Rectification
of mistakes, levy of penalty is also the responsibility of the jurisdictional
assessing officer who may not be familiar with the issue. This may result in
delay in rectification proceedings and the process of levy of penalty becoming
cumbersome.

 

The above
challenges are quite evident but with the implementation of the scheme and the
familiarisation of both the Department and the taxpayers with the scheme, it
may eliminate these shortcomings in future and the objective of faceless
assessment for better tax administration will be definitely achieved.

 

THE ROAD AHEAD FOR
E-ASSESSMENT

(1) Taxpayer
profiling: The Income tax Department is considering whether to deploy
artificial intelligence to create a tax profile for the assessees. With the use
of machine learning along with artificial intelligence, the tax authority will
be able to get a comprehensive view of the taxpayer’s profile, transactions,
network and documents to drill down to the underlying crucial information;

 

(2) Out of the
58,322 E-assessment cases selected for F.Y. 2017-18, simple returns most likely
to be taken up and completed before the close of F.Y. 2019-20;

 

(3) Substantial
increase in the number of scrutiny notices to be issued u/s 143(2);

 

(4) Assessment
procedures likely to become more stringent with standardised positions from
technical unit, penalty, launch of prosecution; recovery of taxes expected to
be more seamlessly integrated;

 

(5) Trial period of
2016-17, 2017-18 and 2018-19 will allow the Department to create a robust mechanism
to analyse taxpayers further, test the facilities and infrastructure required
and create the required database (technical units) which will facilitate
faceless assessment;

 

(6) Office of CIT
(Appeals) most likely to be organised based on taxpayer industry with standard
technical positions to expedite disposal. Appeals to ITAT expected to be for
limited situations.

 

ROLE OF TAX
PROFESSIONALS3, 4

Tax professionals
are expected to move beyond their domain of working with legal principles
emanating from past tax rulings, accounting standards and confidently guide
their clients inter alia by understanding the challenges of implementing
taxation of digital economy, being intuitive to what tax administration will
look for in audits and synthesise these risks today, creating solutions and
compliance frameworks based on these future trends.

 

Apart from becoming
multi-disciplined, tax professionals expect the growing requirement for
business awareness to continue its upward trend. This is second on the list of
the most important areas where competency is currently lacking. Tax
professionals in business and in practice expect to move beyond their
traditional roles as technicians focusing on compliance and reporting the past.
Planning for future risk is moving beyond the possibility of an unexpectedly
large tax assessment. Consequently, tax specialists will need to look beyond
the tax silo. The increasing influence of, and interaction with, stakeholders
who are not tax specialists will require tax professionals to take a more
inclusive and risk-oriented view of business in the years to 2025.

 

They will need to
think and plan commercially and strategically. They will need to monitor
existing and expected legal, political, social and technological developments,
to assess potential outcomes and advise on the financial and reputational
challenges and opportunities of various courses of action. There have always
been grey areas in tax, but heightened media and public interest in tax
transparency will add more uncertainty. For example, pressure on governments
may intensify their focus on substance over form, leading tax authorities to
reject technically legal tax arrangements simply because they breach the spirit
of legislation.

 

Translating tax for
non-technical stakeholders, such as the board, business management, investors,
clients and the media, will become progressively more challenging. The roles
and responsibilities of tax professionals are expanding. Tax directors expect
that by 2020-25 they will be part of the business risk management structure.
They expect to collaborate in the design and running of control processes; they
expect to form partnerships with other business leaders, and not just to
provide them with information. Complex processes will follow basic tasks in
being outsourced to service providers and managing this will also require new
‘partnering’ skills.

 

The tax professional needs to start critiquing his tax reporting,
relooking at every function which is performed today:

(i)    be it in-house or externally managed;

(ii)    the type of ERP, software application being
used to deliver the reports;

(iii)   analyse audit trends, audit algorithms;

(iv)   analyse the stress arising from evolving
compliance regulations – 15 days’ response to tax notices, reduced time for
assessment completion, providing details with respect to GST as required by the
tax audit report as amended from time to time.

 

The tax professional
needs to have a conversation with the audit committee to explain the
requirements of an integrated tax function and the need to create a road map
which provides for phased implementation of technology in the tax function. An
indicative road map could cover these areas:

 

(A)   Introduction of technology in the following
areas:

 

   Document management in response to the
automated system followed by the government;

    Litigation management including ensuring
that there is a proper work flow to respond to notices received from the
government;

   Modularise tax submissions, attachments to
ensure consistency, brevity and analytical approach to data collation, review
and submissions;

   Relook at the data flows within the
organisation and identify tax control risks;

   Create one common repository system from
which all statutory compliance data is reported;

 

(B) Management of
tax content, rules and logic for companies with global presence using
technology;

 

(C)   Automation in the computation
of current tax provision, deferred tax provision and effective tax rate (ETR);

(D)   A data reconciliation engine can reconcile
data from different sources to increase the accuracy and reliability of the
data being submitted to the authorities.

 

This one-time
technology re-boot is also likely to include estimating its budget which would
vary taking into account the countries involved in the roll-out and the
reporting which are to be prioritised for the automation.

 

A precise way
forward would have to be devised for each organisation considering its
dynamics, global presence, evolution in the technology space, its tax history
and availability of talent to project-manage this transformation and power the
future of tax reporting as Indian corporates chase the US $5 trillion dream.

 

The above, while it
seemingly requires re-skilling of senior tax professionals, does provide a
platform for the chartered accountant of the future to evolve into a
technology-led service provider whose services remain even more critical in a
digitally-administered tax world.

 

(The author was
supported by Kirti Kumar Bokadia and Gokul B. in writing this article)

 

CASE STUDY: SECTION 36(1)(III) OF THE I.T. ACT, 1961 WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO PROVISO

ABC Ltd. commenced
development of a real estate project in F.Y. 2019-20. It proposes to enter into
agreements for sale of units under construction.

 

ABC Ltd. has
borrowed capital of Rs. 100.00 crores from financial institutions. The yearly
borrowing cost (interest) is Rs. 12.00 crores. The capital is borrowed for
construction of units which, as on 31st March, 2020 are in the state
of work-in-progress (WIP).

 

The company is
finalising its accounts for F.Y. 2019-20. It has capitalised interest in the
books of accounts in conformity with the Accounting Standard-16 on ‘Borrowing
Costs’ (AS-16). The accountant of the company raises an issue about the claim
for deduction in respect of the interest paid on the borrowing, for he wants to
know whether provision for taxation in the accounts of F.Y. 2019-20 should be
based on the profit as per the profit and loss account or should be based on such
profit as reduced by the amount of interest that is otherwise capitalised. The
company approaches you for guidance.

 

IDENTIFICATION
OF ISSUES

The central issue
for consideration is whether or not interest paid on borrowing used in
construction of real estate for sale is allowable, particularly in the light of
the proviso to section 36(1)(iii) as amended from A.Y. 2016-17.

 

The following
issues require consideration:

(i)    Scope of proviso to section
36(1)(iii): Whether, on the basis of the facts and circumstances, interest on
the borrowing used for construction of WIP would be an allowable expense
particularly in the light of the proviso to section 36(1)(iii) of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act)?

(ii)   Income Computation and Disclosure Standard
(ICDS): How will the provisions of ICDS-IX relating to the ‘Borrowing Cost’
impact the claim for deduction for interest in this case?

(iii) Can the treatment of interest in own books of
accounts be ignored? Whether a claim for deduction in respect of interest can
be made when the assessee has himself capitalised such interest in the books of
accounts?

Scope of proviso to section 36(1)(iii)

Section 36(1) in
its main part provides for allowance of the interest in respect of capital
borrowed for the purpose of business. However, the proviso carves out an
exception to the general provisions. The proviso reads as, ‘Provided
that any amount of the interest paid, in respect of capital borrowed for
acquisition of an asset (whether capitalised in the books of accounts or not),
for any period beginning from the date on which the capital was borrowed for
acquisition of the asset till the date on which such asset was first put to
use, shall not be allowed as deduction.’

 

The proviso
provides for disallowance of interest when the following circumstances exist
cumulatively:

(a)   interest is paid in respect of borrowing;

(b) the borrowing is used for acquisition of an
asset;

(c)   there is a time gap between the date on which
capital was borrowed and the date on which such asset was put to use.

 

If these conditions
are fulfilled, interest for the period from the date of borrowing till the time
the asset is put to use will be disallowed.

 

In this case, the
company has used borrowed capital on construction which is in the stage of WIP.
The proviso prescribes, under certain circumstances, disallowance of
interest if the borrowed capital is used for acquisition of an ‘asset’. In this
case, therefore, the question of disallowance of interest attributable to WIP
should arise provided it is shown first that ‘WIP’ is contemplated in the
meaning of the term ‘asset’. The language of the proviso does not
provide a straight answer. Therefore, the language of the proviso has to
be carefully considered to find out whether interest attributable to
‘inventory’, or ‘WIP’ is in contemplation of the proviso.

 

Two things stand
out from a reading of the proviso. It applies if there is an
‘acquisition’ of an asset, and two, that the asset is such as is capable of
being ‘put to use’. When the proviso is read in the context of interest
attributable to WIP, the ‘asset’ referred to in the proviso is WIP. In
order to find out whether WIP is contemplated as an ‘asset’ in the proviso,
we can test it by rephrasing the proviso thus: ‘…interest paid in
respect of capital borrowed for acquisition of WIP for any period beginning
from the date on which the capital was borrowed till the date on which such WIP
was first put to use…’

 

WIP in a case such
as this one is said to be ‘constructed’ and not ‘acquired’. The expression ‘WIP
is acquired’ has a completely different meaning from the meaning of the expression
‘WIP is constructed’. Random House Webster’s Unabridged Dictionary defines
‘acquisition’ as ‘act of acquiring or gaining possession, e.g., the acquisition
of real estate’. Black’s Law Dictionary defines ‘acquisition’ as ‘the gaining
of possession or control over something’. The word ‘acquire’ is defined in the
same dictionary as ‘to get possession or control of; to get; to obtain’. One
can see that the normal meaning of ‘acquisition’ carries in it a sense of a
thing that exists and the act of gaining possession of or control over that
thing is called ‘acquisition’.

 

With this
understanding of the term ‘acquisition’, let us rephrase the proviso to
see whether the language sounds natural when the proviso is sought to be
applied to the borrowing costs attributable to construction of WIP. The
rephrased proviso will read as ‘…interest paid in respect of capital
borrowed for acquisition of WIP…’. If this is the sentence, the usual sense
that is conveyed is that the person gains possession of or control over an asset
which so far existed, but its possession was not with him. When a builder
constructs units which are in the state of WIP, does the builder describe his
activities as amounting to ‘acquisition’ of WIP? Isn’t the builder more
accurate in describing his activities as amounting to ‘construction’ of WIP?
Thus, the use of the word ‘acquisition’ and the absence of the word
‘construction’ in the proviso is the first indication that WIP is not
contemplated as an ‘asset’ to which the proviso should apply.

 

There is one more
reason, and perhaps more indicative than the first reason, showing that WIP is
not contemplated in the meaning of the term ‘asset’ in the proviso. This
second reason is that the proviso prescribes the date on which the asset
was first ‘put to use’ as the terminus for capitalisation of interest. It
follows logically that if WIP is deemed to be contemplated in the meaning of
the term ‘asset’, then capitalisation of interest will cease on the date on
which the WIP is ‘put to use’. Now, one hardly ‘puts WIP to use’; what one
ordinarily does with WIP is to make it ready for sale. Thus, WIP or the units
constructed for sale do not have a date on which they are ‘put to use’. How
does one then decide the point of cessation of capitalisation of interest if
the proviso is applied to the interest attributable to the WIP?
Reference should be made here to paragraph 8(b) of the ICDS-IX which prescribes
the point of time when capitalisation of interest attributable to inventories
will cease. According to this paragraph, one arrives at this point of time
‘when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare such inventory for
its intended sale are complete’. Thus, it may be argued that even for ICDS-IX
the concept of ‘put to use’ is not relevant when it is dealing with
capitalisation of interest attributable to WIP; instead, the ICDS prescribes a
new terminus for capitalisation of interest while dealing with interest
attributable to WIP. The terminus prescribed by ICDS-IX is different from the
one that is prescribed in the proviso.

 

Two things can be
said about this inconsistency. One, this part of ICDS-IX which prescribes a new
terminus exceeds the scope laid down by the proviso; there is conflict
between the ICDS and the statutory provision. The conflict is that the law
amply indicates by its language that it is not intended to apply to interest
attributable to inventories, whereas the ICDS-IX ropes in such interest by
using a different language. Therefore, to that extent, the statutory provision
should prevail. Two, the framers of ICDSs believe that the concept of ‘put to
use’ insofar as WIP is concerned is not relevant, or else, they would not have
changed the terminus for capitalisation of interest attributable to WIP from
what is prescribed in the proviso.

 

Impact of ICDS-IX on Section 36(1)(iii)

As seen above, the proviso
uses the expression ‘acquisition of an asset’ which, as shown above, does not
serve well if the meaning that is intended to be conveyed is ‘construction of
an asset’. One may argue here that though the word ‘construction’ is not used
in the proviso, it is used in ICDS-IX. Therefore, interest on borrowing,
directly or indirectly attributable to WIP, should be disallowed if not under
the proviso then under ICDS-IX. To this argument, it may be said that
the argument would be valid if ICDS’s were allowed to exceed the statutory
provision which the ICDS’s find themselves in conflict with. Quite to the
contrary, the preamble to ICDS-IX states that in case there is a conflict
between the provisions of the Act and the ICDS, the provisions of the Act shall
prevail to that extent.

 

Therefore, when
ICDS-IX uses the words ‘construction’ and ‘production’ in addition to the term
‘acquisition’, it is in acknowledgement of the fact that ‘construction’ has a
distinct meaning different from the meaning of the term ‘acquisition’.
Therefore, when interest attributable to WIP is sought to be disallowed by
taking resort to ICDS-IX it should be recognised that ICDS-IX exceeds the scope
assigned to it by section 36(1)(iii). Therefore, to that extent, the provisions
of the Act shall prevail.

 

In the above
discourse, considerable emphasis is placed on the meaning of certain terms,
like ‘acquisition’ and ‘put to use’ and their usage in section 36(1)(iii)in
order to decipher the scope of the proviso. This approach of inferring a
meaning of a statutory provision is acceptable when the positive use of a word
or non-use of specific words can help decide an issue. A good example
deciphering meaning is provided by the Bombay High Court’s decision in the case
of CIT vs. Jet Airways (I) Ltd. (2011) 331 ITR 236 in which the
use of a pair of words ‘and also’ helped decide the issue.

 

Can the treatment of interest in
own books of accounts be ignored?

The allowability of
interest in a case like this should be decided independently and if the law is
found to allow such deduction, then it does not matter that the accounting
policy provides otherwise. As for the importance of accounts in determining
taxable income, the Supreme Court said in Taparia Tools Ltd. vs. CIT 372
ITR 605 (SC)
, ‘It has been held repeatedly by this Court that entries
in the books of accounts are not determinative or conclusive and the matter is
to be examined on the touchstone of provisions contained in the Act’.

 

As to the
relationship between the accounting policy and a provision of law, the Supreme
Court held in Tuticorin Alkali & Fertilizers Ltd. vs. CIT 227 ITR 172
(SC)
that ‘It is true that the Supreme Court has very often referred to
accounting practice for ascertainment of profit made by a company or value of
the assets of a company. But when the question is whether a receipt of money is
taxable or not, or whether certain deductions from that receipt are permissible
in law or not, the question has to be decided according to the principles of
law and not in accordance with accountancy practice. Accounting practice cannot
override section 56 or any other provision of the Act.’

 

OTHER POINTS

There is one more
reason to hold the view that the meaning of ‘asset’ in the proviso does
not contemplate ‘WIP’. This will be clear from a reading of the proviso
before it was amended by the Finance Act, 2015 effective from A.Y. 2016-17
which, when unamended, read as, ‘Provided that any amount of the interest paid,
in respect of capital borrowed for acquisition of an asset for extension of
existing business or profession (whether capitalised in the books of accounts
or not), for any period beginning from the date on which the capital was
borrowed for acquisition of the asset till the date on which such asset was
first put to use, shall not be allowed as deduction.’

 

The amendment has
not affected the meaning of the word ‘asset’; it has dropped the words, ‘for
extension of existing business or profession’. When these words formed part of
the proviso, it was hardly anybody’s case that interest on capital
borrowed for construction of WIP should be disallowed, because construction of
WIP would ordinarily not result in ‘extension of business’, and therefore,
interest was not disallowable. Now, with the removal of the words, ‘for
extension of existing business or profession’ from the proviso, the
interest attributable to an asset which interest earlier escaped disallowance
on account of the fact that the asset was acquired but not for extension of
business, will also be roped in for capitalisation. For example, a company buys
a machine which is put to use after 12 months from the time the capital for its
acquisition was borrowed. Interest paid for such period will be disallowed in
spite of the fact that the machine may not have been acquired for extension of
existing business.

 

A useful reference
may be made here to the Circular No. 19/2015 dated 27th November,
2015 explaining the amendment brought in by the Finance Act, 2015. The relevant
parts of the Circular are reproduced below:

 

‘16.1 The Income
Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS)-IX relating to borrowing costs
provides for capitalisation of borrowing costs incurred for acquisition of
assets up to the date the asset is put to use. The
proviso
to clause (iii) of sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Income-tax Act provided
for capitalisation of borrowing costs incurred for acquisition of assets for
extension of existing business up to the date the asset is put to use. However,
the provisions of ICDS-IX do not make any distinction between the asset
acquired for extension of business or otherwise.

 

16.2 Therefore, there was an inconsistency between
the provisions of
proviso
to clause (iii) of sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Income-tax Act and the
provisions of ICDS-IX. The general principles for capitalisation of borrowing
cost requires capitalisation of borrowing cost incurred for acquisition of an
asset up to the date the asset is put to use without making any distinction
whether the asset is acquired for extension of existing business or not. The
Accounting Standard Committee, which drafted the ICDS, also recommended that
there is a need to carry out suitable amendments to provisions of the
proviso
to clause (iii) of sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Income-tax Act for
aligning the same with the general capitalisation principles
.

 

16.3 In view of
the above, the provisions of
proviso to clause
(iii) of sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Income-tax Act have been amended
so as to provide that the borrowing cost incurred for acquisition of an asset
shall be capitalised up to the date the asset is put to use without making any
distinction as to whether an asset is acquired for extension of existing
business or not.’

 

It can be seen from
the contents of the Circular that the purpose of the amendment was to remove
inconsistency between the provisions of the proviso and the provisions
of ICDS-IX. However, when the proviso requires capitalisation of that
interest which is directly or indirectly attributable to the acquisition,
construction and production of a qualifying asset, ICDS-IX requires
capitalisation of interest even in cases where the qualifying asset is
constructed or produced, whereas the proviso mandates capitalisation of
interest in the cases where the qualifying asset was acquired. The Act
recognises the difference in the connotations of the terms ‘acquired’ and
‘constructed’ by using both in section 24(b). Thus, the provisions of ICDS-IX
in this regard exceed the scope of the statutory provision to which the
provisions of ICDSs have to yield.

 

A reference may be
made here to the decision of the Bombay High Court in the case of CIT vs.
Lokhandwala Construction Ind. Ltd. (2003) 260 ITR 579
. The assessee had
used borrowed capital on construction of buildings which were WIP. The
Commissioner invoked his powers u/s 263 and directed the interest to be
disallowed on the ground that it was incurred in relation to acquisition of a
capital asset and therefore the interest expenditure was capital in nature. The
High Court held otherwise and directed the interest to be allowed.

 

It is true that the
assessment year involved in this case is such that the proviso in any
shape was not on the statute book. However, the decision explains an important
principle of accountancy, which is that interest paid on capital borrowed and
used for construction, acquisition or production of inventory is expenditure of
revenue in nature. This principle should hold good even in the present times as
‘true income’ cannot be computed ignoring such principles of accountancy.

 

CONCLUSION

The accountant may
consider the interest capitalised in the books of accounts as deductible for
the purpose of computation of taxable income, and may provide for taxation
accordingly with a clear understanding that this may lead to litigation arising
mainly on account of inconsistency between the proviso to section
36(1)(iii) and ICDS-IX. The company has a good, arguable case on hand.

 

Sections 47 r.w.s. 2(47), 271(1)(c) – Entire material facts relating to computation of total income having been disclosed by the assessee before the AO – The disallowance of partial relief u/s 47(xiv) on a difference of opinion would not make it a case of furnishing inaccurate particulars of income attracting penalty u/s 271(1)(c)

11. [2019] 202 TTJ (Mum.) 517 ITO vs. Kantilal G. Kotecha ITA No. 205/Mum/2018 A.Y.: 2009-10 Date of order: 5th July, 2019

 

Sections 47 r.w.s. 2(47), 271(1)(c) –
Entire material facts relating to computation of total income having been
disclosed by the assessee before the AO – The disallowance of partial relief
u/s 47(xiv) on a difference of opinion would not make it a case of furnishing inaccurate
particulars of income attracting penalty u/s 271(1)(c)

 

FACTS

During the year, the assessee converted his
proprietary concern into a public limited company. Thus, the business of the
proprietary concern was succeeded by a public limited company. On succession of
business, the assessee transferred all the assets (including self-generated
goodwill) and liabilities of the proprietary concern, and in consideration for
the said transfer, received fully paid-up equity shares of the public limited
company. The AO denied the exemption u/s 47(xiv) in respect of part of the
goodwill transferred by taking a view that the said goodwill was never
mentioned in the books of the proprietary concern. He further opined that the
goodwill which was transferred from the assessee to the company was not covered
by the exemption u/s 47(xiv). Accordingly, the AO levied penalty u/s 271(1)(c)
for filing inaccurate particulars of income read with Explanation 1 thereon.

 

Aggrieved by the assessment order, the
assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A). The CIT(A) held that merely because
there was no balance mentioned towards ‘Goodwill’ in the balance sheet of the
proprietary concern, it could not be brushed aside that there was no goodwill
at all in the said business which was in existence for 30 years. The CIT(A)
also noted that all the information of goodwill was provided by the assessee in
the return of income and part of the goodwill was also allowed by the AO.
Hence, it was not a case of furnishing any incorrect information in the return
of income. Accordingly, he deleted the penalty levied u/s 271(1)(c) of the Act.

 

Aggrieved by the CIT(A) order, Revenue filed
an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal held that it had to be seen
whether the denial of exemption u/s 47(xiv) to the extent of goodwill which was
self-generated in the books of the proprietary concern would amount to
furnishing of inaccurate particulars of income. The assessee had given
reasonable explanation as to why there was no value reflected in the balance
sheet of the proprietary concern in respect of the self-generated goodwill. It
was not in dispute that the assessee was in business for the last 30 years
which had earned substantial goodwill for the assessee. Even the AO had
accepted this fact and had partially granted exemption in respect of the same
u/s 47(xiv) in the assessment.

 

The assessee also had a bona fide
belief that since there was no value for the self-generated goodwill in terms
of section 55(2), the allotment of shares for the same pursuant to conversion
of proprietary concern into public limited company would also not be considered
as transfer within the meaning of section 2(47), as the computation mechanism
fails in the absence of cost of the asset. In fact, the AO had accepted the
value of self-generated goodwill to be Rs. Nil. This goes to prove that there
was existence of self-generated goodwill in the hands of the proprietary
concern. Hence, apparently, the claim of exemption u/s 47(xiv) by the assessee
for the transfer of self-generated goodwill together with the other assets and
liabilities could not, per se, be considered as wrong.

 

It was found from the materials available on
record that all these facts were duly reflected in the return of income itself
by the assessee and subsequently during the course of assessment proceedings.
The entire facts of proprietary concern getting converted into public limited
company were made known to the Department. Thus, the assessee’s case falls
under Explanation 1 of section 271(1)(c) of the Act wherein he had offered bona
fide
explanation narrating the entire facts before the AO. Moreover, it was
well settled that the discharge of consideration by way of issue of shares was
a valid consideration and hence for the goodwill portion, the assessee was
allotted shares in the public limited company and would have to be treated as
valid consideration for the transfer of goodwill together with other assets and
liabilities. No explanation furnished by the assessee was found to be false by
the AO. It was only a genuine difference of opinion between the assessee and
the AO in not allowing the claim of exemption u/s 47(xiv).

 

In view of the above, the CIT(A) had rightly
deleted the penalty in respect of denial of exemption u/s 47(xiv) of the Act on
the self-generated goodwill portion partially.

 

SHORTCUTS TO SAVE TIME AND COST

For a productive professional, time is money
and saving time is equal to saving costs. This time, we take a look at a few
tools that can help us save typing time in our daily routine. They are called
text expanders, i.e., you create your own shortcuts and triggers; so that once
you type a shortcut, it triggers the complete text. The text could be a word, a
phrase, a sentence or even an entire letter! Let’s get started right away.

 

PHRASEEXPRESS

PhraseExpress is a Text Expander software
which allows you to make shortcuts for your frequently used phrases. You could
be using multiple languages and customisable categories to store your phrases.
You can even assign shortcuts to generate text as per your definitions. Phrases
can be triggered from the snippet menu, by hotkey or with autotext shortcuts.
This simple, professional software is available for Windows, iOS and Android.

 

With this software, you can

(i)    Speed up your typing in any programme,
such as text editors, email programmes, web browsers, database applications,
etc.;

(ii)   Organise text snippets in customisable
categories for instant access;

(iii) Create signatures of your choice for multiple
purposes;

(iv) PhraseExpress can save hours of typing in
technical support, customer care, help desks, call centres and accounting and
commercial statements.

 

Besides, editing
phrases is easy and does not require programming skills. You can share phrases
with your team locally or through the Internet. Each phrase can be set for
private use or made public to select users.

 

The best part is
that if you work at a job that requires a lot of repetitive typing of the same
text over and over again, PhraseExpress will start to learn from your typing
behaviour and will actually start suggesting the remaining part of a sentence
that it believes you are about to type; this is somewhat similar to what you
find in Gmail these days, but the difference is that the auto-suggest is
available in any application.

 

There is a 30-day
trial and if, after that, you choose to retain the software, you can do so on
payment of a one-time fee. The software is free for personal use and you need
to pay only for commercial use. (www.phraseexpress.com)

 

Now, let us look at
the text expander extensions in browsers. Since Chrome is one of the most
popular browsers today (70% of users use Chrome) and since Chrome allows the
use of extensions, here are a few Text Expanders which are popularly used in
Chrome:

 

(To look for and
install an extension in Chrome, just search for Extension-Name Extension
Chrome
; so if you are looking for Auto Text Expander, just search Auto
Text Expander Extension Chrome
in Google and you will find a link to the
extension. Go to the link and click on Install and you are done. For Firefox,
you can just replace Chrome with Firefox in the above text.)

 

AUTO TEXT EXPANDER

The extension comes
with a few sample templates that you can edit as per your liking. This will
also help you understand what you can do with this nifty extension. Just click
on the Add button to begin creating your own templates.

 

Try using
intelligent and easy-to-remember shortcuts, so that you can save a lot of time
and make life that much easier. The maximum number of shortcuts is capped at
510 but that’s a lot, frankly speaking. I can’t remember more than 20!

 

TEXT BLAZE

Text Blaze requires
you to create an account (or sign in using Google) before you can use its text
expander service. This eliminates the need for manual backups. Text Blaze needs
you to enter / (a slash) before each keyboard shortcut to make it work. This
makes sense, so that when you type BRB it remains that way, but when you type
/BRB, it expands to something like ‘Be Right Back’. Or when you type /sig, it
will enter your entire signature. Text Blaze works blazing fast!

 

Besides, Text Blaze can also fill forms like Chrome does, so you can
fill multiple fields at once. You can right-click inside a field to choose from
a number of options to input. This is very useful in case you have more than
one home / office address or when you don’t remember the correct shortcuts.

 

The free version
gets you up to three groups with ten snippets in each = 30 snippets. That is a
lot and you may not need to go for the pro-plan at all.

 

PROKEYS

Prokeys takes Text
Expanders to the next level. In addition to the basic expansions, you can even
do mathematical calculations irrespective of the page you are on, or the app
you are using in the Chrome browser.

 

The basic concept
remains the same. You install the extension and customise it to create all your
keyboard shortcuts for email IDs, frequently-used phrases, signatures and so
on. You can also use it to enter special characters. So, when you enter (,
ProKeys will enter the other ending bracket automatically and place your cursor
right in the middle. Try it, it’s fun. Other options include date / time macros
and omnibox (address bar where you enter website URL) support, and clipboard
macros. To perform maths calculations, enter the digits inside [[]] (double
brackets).

 

These are a few of the interesting
productivity tools to save on typing time and speed up your work. If you know
more which are not covered here, please do write in and let me know.   

SOCIETY NEWS

WORKSHOP ON TRANSFER PRICING

The International Taxation Committee organised a day-long workshop on transfer pricing on 9th November, 2019 at the BCAS Conference Hall. It received a very good response, with more than 80 participants attending the event.

After President Manish Sampat’s opening remarks, International Taxation Committee Chairman Mayur Nayak presented a brief overview of the workshop and introduced the first speaker.

Several key topics were taken up for discussion at the workshop. Mr. Bhupendra Kothari was the first speaker. He highlighted various aspects of profit attribution and transfer pricing analysis. The session was interactive. Mayur Nayak, who chaired the session, also gave his insights on several key issues.

The next to speak was Siddharth Banwat who took the participants through the bench-marking in the case of intra-group financing transactions such as loans, guarantees, preference shares, debentures, letters of comfort and so on. He also highlighted various points to be kept in mind while undertaking a bench-marking exercise. The session was chaired by T.P. Ostwal who offered some practical insights on the subject.

Akshay Kenkre was the third to speak and discussed the subject of bench-marking of contract manufacturing, R&D / Services / LRD. He threw light on some of the typical challenges faced while undertaking bench-marking of the entities taking up such activities. Sushil Lakhani (who chaired the session) came up with a few more inputs.

The fourth and last speaker was Mr. Umang Someshwar who addressed the subject of safe harbour rules and documentation, the reporting requirement u/s 92E of the Act and also CBCR. Apart from this, he also discussed the challenges faced in documentation pertaining to management fees and other types of transactions. Mayur Desai, the session Chairman, offered further insights on safe harbour and documentation.

THE ART OF NETWORKING

The Human Resource Development Committee Study Circle organised a session to discuss the subject of ‘Networking Skills – The Art of Networking’.

As the catch line goes, ‘In today’s world “It’s not WHAT you know but WHOM you know that matters”.’ The success of LinkedIn is the biggest proof of this. Networking provides one with a great source of connections and opens the door to talk to highly influential people that one wouldn’t otherwise be able to find, let alone talk to.

Robert Kiosaki once said that the richest people in the world look for and build networks, everyone else looks for jobs.

To open these and many other doors of opportunity for our members, the HRD Study Circle organised a networking event along with a training session on ‘How to Network effectively for Success’ hosted by a networking expert, Ms Rupeksha D. Jain, the founder of GroomIndia. It was conducted at the BCAS Hall on Tuesday, 12th November, 2019.

The presentation took the participants along on a practical networking session, clubbing it with tips and techniques for networking. The session helped provide answers to questions such as ‘What is Networking?’ ‘Why Network?’ and ‘How to Network?’

Ms Jain hammered home the point that being competent at work and having vast knowledge was not enough. It was more important to possess the ability to build and nurture relationships; to build an image; to have a reputation; and to be considered credible.

A good corporate network can sense the ‘temperature’ of an organisation before the evidence filters out through official channels. Co-operation and collaboration across departments and to be the conduit of information and understanding of behaviour were important markers.

Therefore, to succeed in life, one must know the ‘Art of Networking’ as it can help professionals achieve far more than they can imagine, Ms Jain concluded.

TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVES COMMITTEE

The Technology Initiatives Committee organised a half-day programme on ‘Automating Audit to Save Time and Reduce Risk’ at the BCAS Conference Hall on Thursday, 14th November, 2019.

It was inaugurated by Raman Jokhakar. He explained the various regulatory compliances involved in audit engagements and described how these could be automated through the use of various audit automation applications. He also shared information about some of the applications currently being used by various professionals to automate engagements.

Mr. Kris Agarwala and Mr. Shashank Bokade from Wolters Kluwers India then proceeded to introduce the audience to the audit automation tool of Wolters Kluwers though a live demonstration of the software. They highlighted how the application would automate and digitise the handling of audit files and dealing with paperwork, especially when practices are spread across different locations and / or have a peer review by another partner from a different office; how the application was enabling audit documentation that would stand up to quality inspection and legal challenges; and how automation would further enhance the responsibility of auditors in substantiating how they have conducted their audits.

Their presentation was followed by a panel discussion moderated by Abhay Mehta in which Raman Jokhakar, Mr. Kris Agarwala and Chirag Doshi discussed the subject and shared insights on the opportunities for Robotics Process Automation to assist audit; how RPAs would impact in driving value internal / external audit; scalability of audit automation and the challenges faced in audit automation; and also their experience of the benefits that could be derived from audit automation.

The session was highly interactive and the speakers demonstrated:
(i) Tools and functions of the audit automation software;
(ii) Varied reports and dashboards generated for engagements; quality and review;
(iii) The ease of use of audit automation software.

The participants in the workshop learned new ways of working more effectively in an evolving audit regulatory environment. All questions raised from the floor were answered diligently.

SUBURBAN STUDY CIRCLE AND TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVES STUDY CIRCLE

The Suburban Study Circle along with the Technology Initiatives Study Circle organised a joint meeting on ‘Transfer Pricing Databases and Softwares – Advantages and Features’ on 16th November, 2019.

The main speaker at the meeting was Naman Shrimal who made a detailed presentation on the parameters to be considered for transfer pricing (‘TP’) report and transfer pricing software – ProwessIQ, Ace-TP and Capitaline-TP. He explained the importance of preparing TP reports and the parameters to be included in the report, along with a brief overview of each prescribed methodology of TP.

He took the audience on a journey of searching transactions for transfer pricing through a live demonstration of ProwessIQ software and provided insights into key terms and search parameters to be considered while selecting transactions for bench-marking. He also highlighted the pros and cons of each software and shared his experience of using each of them – ProwessIQ, Ace-TP and Capitaline-TP – which are currently prescribed by the Transfer Pricing Officer.

The speaker offered many practical examples to explain various features of the software, sprinkling his presentation with humorous quips to sustain the audience’s interest. He answered all the questions put to him as his presentation progressed, rather than first completing his talk and then inviting questions.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Corporate and Allied Laws Committee organised a half-day seminar on ‘Related Party Transactions’ in the Babubhai Chinai Hall of the IMC on 16th November, 2019. It attracted a very good response, with more than 85 participants both from the profession as well as industry attending.

The ball was set rolling by President Manish Sampat who described some of the intricacies in related party transactions across different statutes and the alarming frauds taking place in the corporate sector under the façade of such related party transactions.

Anand Bathiya kicked off the proceedings with his masterly analysis of related parties and related party transactions across different statutes, including the Companies Act, Ind AS, the Income-tax Act, SEBI Regulations, Transfer Pricing Regulations and the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code.

Zubin Billimoria moderated the second session, a panel discussion in which Dolphy D’Souza, Mr. Sharad Abhyankar (advocate) and Yogesh Thar took part. The panel pondered over various issues relating to the intricacies and complications involved in entering into related party transactions. Many subjective issues such as significant influence, associated enterprises, accustomed to act and ordinary course of business were deliberated upon. The panellists also emphasised the crucial role of audit committees in approving related party transactions.

Finally, the floor was thrown open for questions and all the panellists took turns to answer the queries posed by the participants.

FEMA STUDY CIRCLE

The FEMA Study Circle meeting was held on 19th November, 2019 when Mr. Natwar Thakrar led the discussion on the topic, ‘FEMA for Individuals’. A large number of members participated in the meeting.

The Group Leader deliberated upon various nuances of determining the residential status of an individual; the definitions of NRI, PIO and OCI were also discussed at length along with some relevant case studies.

Mr. Thakrar also covered all the regulations related to individuals as covered under FEMA 20R and the purchase of immovable property. Recently, there have been some new amendments in the regulations which the Study Circle plans to cover in its upcoming meetings.

LECTURE MEETING ON TAXATION LAWS (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE, 2019

A lecture meeting on ‘Taxation Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 2019’ was held on 20th November, 2019 at
the BCAS Conference Hall. The guest speaker was Bhadresh Doshi.

President Manish Sampat introduced the speaker and in his opening remarks explained the vision and the various activities of BCAS. He also touched upon the Indian economy, GDP growth and the impact that taxation laws can have on them while describing broad features of the Taxation (Amendment) Ordinance, 2019.
Bhadresh Doshi took the discussion forward and explained some of the major announcements in the Taxation Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 2019 as under:

(i) Reduction in the rate of surcharge for individuals and foreign institutional investors;
(ii) Corporate tax rate reduction to 22% for domestic companies and a further reduction in tax rate to 15% for the companies registered on or after 1st October, 2019 and starting operations on or before 31st March, 2023;
(iii) Amendment to section 115BA and corresponding changes in section 115BAA and section 115BAB;
(iv) Changes in Minimum Alternate Tax within the meaning of section 115JB of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The rate has been reduced to 15% from 18.5%. Companies exercising their option u/s 115BAA and section 115BAB have been excluded from the applicability of section 115JB.

He touched on taxability of transactions related to buy-back of shares within the meaning of section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013 announced on 5th July, 2019. The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019 had extended the application of Income Distribution Tax (IDT) vide section 115QA of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The speaker informed the gathering that tax on buy-back of shares (being shares listed on a recognised stock exchange) was not applicable on shares for which the public announcement was made before 5th July, 2019. In his presentation he also discussed and explained various topics such as (a) rollback of surcharges, and (b) booster package for corporates and their significant changes under sections 115BAA and 115BAB.

The speaker also explained related topics such as tax computation, surcharge computation, section 115BAB – Tax on income of individual new domestic manufacturing companies – and section 15BAA and their eligibility and MAT credit, etc.

The meeting was followed by an interesting question-answer session, with the speaker responding to all the queries raised by the participants.

Joint Secretary Mihir Sheth proposed the vote of thanks.

DIRECT TAX LAWS STUDY CIRCLE

The Direct Tax Laws Study Circle organised a meeting on ‘Assessment Proceedings – Making Representation in E-Proceeding Environment’ on 21st November, 2019.

Group leader Kinjal Bhuta divided the session into two parts: (i) Phase 1 – E-Assessment, and (ii) Phase 2 – the E-Assessment Scheme, 2019.

In Phase 1 she gave the background of the e-assessment process along with a chronology of events. She also took participants through the relevant provisions of the Act, the Rule and the CBDT instructions on e-assessments. She offered practical insights on various challenges faced while undertaking e-assessment proceedings and aspects that should be kept in mind while undertaking the e-assessment.

For Phase 2, she explained the recent E-Assessment Scheme 2019 notified by the CBDT through a process flow chart.

Kinjal Bhuta took questions from the group throughout the session to ensure maximum interactivity. Before concluding, she gave some tips and points to be kept in mind when undertaking assessments electronically.

The session concluded with a vote of thanks.

FIRST INTERNAL AUDIT RESIDENTIAL REFRESHER COURSE (IARRC)

In recognition of the expanding role of Internal Audit (IA) in corporate India, the BCAS constituted a new Committee for the year 2019-20 focusing only on Internal Audit.

The President, in his Annual Plan presented at the AGM, had expressed a desire that the Internal Audit Committee of BCAS organise an Internal Audit RRC. The maiden IARRC held at Rhythm Hotel, Lonavala, on 21st and 22nd November, 2019 was the culmination of the Committee’s efforts to make this wish come true.

The theme of the first IARRC was ‘Let’s Converge’. The Committee felt that with the emergence of IA as a key organisational function and an important area of professional practice, there was a need for convergence of ideas, technology and methodology.

The participants were welcomed on the first day of the event by President Manish Sampat. He stated that his annual plan had factored in the emerging areas of practice and he was privileged to host the 1st Flagship Event in his year as President.

IA Committee Chairman Uday Sathaye also welcomed the participants and explained the concept of RRC as originally conceived by BCAS and how it added value to the professional life of BCAS members by active participation.

Co-Chair Nandita Parekh gave a brief speech highlighting the theme of the IARRC, the programme schedule, the case study, the group discussion methodology and other arrangements. She also acknowledged the contribution of the Paper-Writers, Group Leaders, speakers and participants (82 from 12 locations) in making the event possible.

The first session was anchored by Mr. V. Swaminathan, Head, Corporate Audit & Assurance, Godrej Industries Limited. He presented a case study focusing on the need for the IA function to transform itself to meet the changing needs of organisations. He gave his insights on the case study, ‘Collaborate to Accelerate’.

The key take-away for the participants from the group discussion was to ‘Focus on the problem first before giving solutions’. Group Leaders were given an opportunity to summarise the views presented in their respective groups. Mr. Swaminathan made a powerful presentation with his detailed understanding of the issues at hand along with various pointers and solutions.

In the second session a paper on ‘Demystifying Cyber Risks’ was presented jointly by Ms Shivangi Nadkarni and Mr. Sameer Anja, co-founders of ARRKA, specialists in Data Privacy and Info Security. In their presentation they explained how it was easy to understand the various dimensions of cyber risks and the challenges related to data privacy and data ethics.
The third session had Mr. Mario Nazareth, Head, Internal Audit, Mahindra Group, presenting his views on ‘Reports and Presentations – How do we write / present to communicate effectively’. He captivated the audience with quotes, stories and insights based on his long innings in IA. The cartoons and anecdotes that were part of his presentation made the session quite lively. He concluded by imbibing the spirit of the IARRC theme, ‘Let’s Converge’, by suggesting adoption of common indicators and rating / grading terminology.

The day ended with a musical programme with singers regaling the audience with both old and new songs to match the age profile of the gathering. The highlight was a brief skit in which the members of the Committee presented different situations faced by Internal Auditors – and the singers came up with a suitable number to match each situation!

On the second day the proceedings began with a group discussion on a case study ‘Internal Audit: Covering the World from India’ based on a paper by Mr. Mukundan K.V., Chief Assurance & Risk Executive at Allcargo Global Logistics Limited. He dealt with the issues raised by the Group Leaders and gave practical solutions based on his experience.

The next session was a ‘first’ of its kind – a TedTalk-styled session on ‘Value Additions / Cost Savings Through Internal Audit’ by Mr. Bhargav Vatsaraj, Ashutosh Pednekar and Himanshu Vasa. Each one of them presented his views with relevant examples on the subject, highlighting their experiences and narrating their own stories. The session provided many take-aways to the participants for immediate use in their respective IA engagements.
The final session was a presentation paper on ‘Internal Auditors: Developing Antennas to Spot and Investigate Frauds’ by Chetan Dalal. He mesmerised the gathering with real-life stories and experiences. The session concluded on a very positive note with just one request – Yeh Dil Maange More!

All the participants were requested to give their feedback; and then a vote of thanks was proposed to the speakers, the participants, the BCAS staff and the hotel management. The participants bid goodbye to one another with a commitment to ‘Collaborate, Converge and Meet’ again next year. The IARRC succeeded in creating a positive impact and proved to be a unique learning experience.

LECTURE MEETING ON INSTITUTION BUILDING AND CORPORATE AYURVEDA

A lecture meeting on ‘Institution Building and Corporate Ayurveda’ was held at the BCAS Hall on 27th November 2019. Mr. R. Gopalakrishnan was the guest speaker. The meeting was attended by more than 75 members in person and was very well received.

Welcoming him and the members present both in person and online, President Manish Sampat gave his opening remarks on the bespoke topic chosen by the speaker. He explained the definition of institutions and said that great institutions are not built overnight but require hard work, perseverance and vision. He then introduced the speaker who had corporate experience of more than 52 years with some of the most valued and respected corporates; that was more than the age of those who were keen to listen to his lecture!

He informed the speaker that in March, 2019 his book Crash was reviewed in the BCAS Journal and presented him with a copy of the Journal carrying the review. Inviting the guest speaker to address the audience, he said that people were eager to know how companies could stay young despite their age, what it took to build institutions and whether there was any corporate mantra that could identify the ‘shapers’ of business.
Mr. Gopalakrishnan introduced his subject in a reflective mode, narrating his extensive experience in the corporate world in various senior positions. He said institutions needed to be differentiated from large companies just as one would differentiate monuments from large buildings. Monuments become institutions in themselves not just by the size but by the vision, intent and scale of their magnitude and contribution to society. This was how the shapers of the institutions stood out from the leaders. While leaders build successful businesses, shapers build them to last with success, turning them into institutions. In that context, he said that one needs to reflect on what institution builders do and what we can learn from them. Elaborating on the subject, he said that society had three types of people: Those who ‘Defend’, those who ‘Advance’ and those who ‘Earn’. Giving examples of each type, he explained that a nation needs the army and bureaucrats to defend the nation and the government. There are, on the other hand, people who are teachers, scientists and artists who advance the nation culturally. However, in order to support these two important constituents it is extremely important to harness those who can earn money. Business assumes this responsibility. Companies provide employment, pay taxes and contribute in the development of the country by supporting all three sections. However, out of these, those founded on strong principles and ethical values become institutions as their founders had the vision not only to earn money but to make them long-lasting to contribute to nation-building.

He then classified businesses into categories. On the one hand were companies which were successfully run and existed for more than 50 years and that had become institutions in themselves for various reasons. It would be safe to hazard a guess that they would enjoy long life even in future. They could be classified as ‘Gen C’ companies. On the other hand, there were companies which could be classified as ‘Gen L’ (companies that prospered in liberalised regimes) that have the potential to become institutions. However, both these types shared some common traits that earned them the privilege of becoming institutions. He expanded the concept by elaborating three management activities.

These were:
(i) Managers who just manage. They are junior-level personnel who just carry out management tasks and instructions;
(ii) Intervening management. They are middle- to senior-level managerial personnel who are involved in conflict management and aligning various factions to the direction that the organisation has adopted;
(iii) Top-level management whose function is to anticipate, give vision and direction to the organisation.

Mr. Gopalakrishnan then stressed that it is the strength of the third level of the management that can transform a successful business into an institution. This can happen by successfully focussing on some key areas such as:

(a) People relations, viz., respect, talent recognition, putting the right people for the right task;
(b) Short-term as well as long-term goals;
(c) Ability to do critical yet lateral thinking. Willingness to look at a challenge in a completely detached manner from outside and offering solutions beyond visible options on the plate by critically thinking what is the problem a part of, rather than just focussing on solving the problem;
(d) Breaking barriers without sinking the boat;
(e) Identifying levers of change;
(f) Orbit-changing that will change the trajectory;
(g) Understanding efficiency vs. effectiveness; and
(h) Act and take calculated risks rather than procrastinate and be in a witness mindset.

He then went on to draw a parallel between Ayurveda and the health of a company to suggest a remedy for a long life. Ayurveda attributed a long life to certain practices and thought patterns that one adopts in one’s life. Pulsating energy while living, continuous cultural advancement and ‘Eudomania’ (a persistent feeling of being well) were the secrets of a long life for an individual. Similarly, for organisations to live long there are certain practices that global companies adopt which help them to become institutions. He revealed that he was privileged to have studied Japanese, European and American companies and had noted the following practices that had helped them:

(1) Clear values and mission statement;
(2) Strategic and long-term approach;
(3) Human focus;
(4) Socially minded in building nation;
(5) Innovative, open to new ideas, adaptive;
(6) Eager to cultivate culture;
(7) Frugal yet adventurous for right spend; and
(8) Aligned in body, mind and soul, i.e., giving 100 % to achieve the vision set.

Concluding his talk, Mr. Gopalakrishnan said that while successful companies and leaders who build them are equally important, what makes a difference in society is the ability of ‘shapers’ who have the vision, passion and tenacity to turn successful business ventures into institutions that outlive their founders.

The meeting was followed by a question-and-answer session in which the speaker responded to all the queries raised from the floor of the house.

Joint Secretary Mihir Sheth proposed the vote of thanks.

ALL INDIA FEDERATION OF TAX PRACTITIONERS

A two-day National Tax Convention was organised by the All India Federation of Tax Practitioners (Western Zone) jointly with the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS), the Chamber of Tax Consultants (CTC) and the Goods & Services Tax Practitioners’ Association of Maharashtra, Mumbai (GSTPAM) on 14th and 15th December, 2019 at Sahara Star, Mumbai.

The Convention was inaugurated by the Hon’ble Mr. Justice Ujjal Bhuyan of the Bombay High Court, along with the Hon’ble Mr. Justice P.P. Bhatt, President of the ITAT, and the Hon’ble Mr. P.H. Mali, President of the MSTT. Their words of wisdom were truly inspiring for all those present.

Welcome addresses were delivered at the inaugural session by the National President of the AIFTP, Dr. Ashok Saraf; the Deputy President of the AIFTP, Ms Nikita Badheka; the Chairman of the AIFTP-WZ, Mr. Deepak Shah; BCAS President Manish Sampat; the Vice-President of the CTC, Mr. Anish Thacker; and the President of the GSTPAM, Mr. Dinesh Tambde.

The Theme of the convention was ‘Complexities in Simplification’. It was organised with the aim of imparting education to members and to keep them abreast of important recent developments in Direct Tax and GST. There were five technical sessions and a panel discussion on various issues related to Direct and Indirect Tax. Delegates came from all over the country, with good participation from places such as Nagpur, Pune, Nashik, Sangli and Parbhani.

The speakers / paper writers for the technical papers were Mr. Mukesh Patel, advocate, Ahmedabad, Mr. Rahul Agarwal, advocate, Allahabad, Ms. Sujata Rangnekar, CA, Mumbai, Mr. Hiro Rai, advocate, Mumbai, and Mr. Umang Talati, CA, Mumbai.

Those taking part in the panel discussion were Mr. V. Shridharan, senior advocate, Mumbai, and Mr. Saurabh Soparkar, senior advocate, Ahmedabad; the moderator was Pradip Kapasi.

The speakers / paper writers had clearly put in a lot of hard work and their presentations were par excellence.

The Chairpersons for the various technical sessions, namely, Dr. K. Shivaram, senior advocate, Mumbai, Mr. Vikram Nankani, senior advocate, Mumbai, Mr. P.C. Joshi, advocate, Mumbai, Ms. Premlata Bansal, senior advocate, New Delhi, and Mr. Vinayak Patkar, advocate, Mumbai, shared their wisdom and expertise.

The topics selected were of every-day importance and were appreciated by all the delegates. There was excellent teamwork and coordination between all the joint organisers and the core committee members of all the associations involved.

FINCON – ‘THE WAY FORWARD’

BCAS was proud to partner with the Rotary Club of Coimbatore Spectrum on this innovative initiative. It was held at the Residency Towers Hotel, Coimbatore.

The BCAS contributed as a knowledge partner to the financial conclave for entrepreneurs, business leaders and finance professionals styled ‘FINCON – The Way Forward’, organised by the Rotary Club of Coimbatore Spectrum at Coimbatore on 21st December, 2019.

The conclave was conducted with the dual purpose of raising funds for the Rotary Club and enhancing the knowledge of the participants. The funds raised are proposed to be utilised for the various community service projects of the Rotary Club.

The deliberations at the conclave laid special emphasis on the small and medium enterprises (SMEs) sector and all the participants came from the local SME sector. SMEs play a vital role in the country’s economic activity and development. Thus, incubating and developing SMEs helps in achieving equitable and sustainable growth of the overall GDP of the country.

While SMEs have their own unique set of issues and challenges, however, there is an opportunity behind every challenge, especially during the current slowdown. Additionally, there have been numerous changes in the law, particularly relating to direct tax and GST. Further, various procedural and technological changes have impacted the operations of businesses. Laws have been becoming more stringent and the cost of non-compliance is rising. The conclave aimed at addressing the above-mentioned challenges faced by the SME sector.

BCAS was represented at the FINCON by President Manish Sampat and four speakers from the Core Group, namely, Past President Gautam Nayak, Hon. Secretary Samir Kapadia, Managing Committee member Chirag Doshi and the Convener of the International Economics Study Group of BCAS Harshad Shah.

ICAI Past President G. Ramaswamy was the chief guest.
President Manish Sampat gave a detailed presentation on the Society’s contributions and spoke about its educational activities, training initiatives and publications. He also spoke about the various representations made by BCAS from time to time for enacting better laws, implementation and procedural aspects to ensure efficient and transparent governance.

Gautam Nayak spoke about recent issues and key developments related to the direct tax laws impacting the SME sector. He spoke about the new tax rate regime for companies, concessional rate of taxes u/s 80 JJAA of the Income-tax Act, 1961, deemed dividend [section 2(22)(e)], tax issues related to conversion of companies to LLPs, tax issues on the issue of shares at a premium by closely-held companies, start-up angel tax, and the recently announced faceless assessment procedures.

Samir Kapadia spoke about the recent updates relating to the GST Act and dealt with issues relating to new e-return filing procedures, the proposed e-invoicing process, amendment to Rule 36(4) and the recommendations made by the GST Council in its 38th Council meeting relating to the further restrictions proposed on input tax credit, blocking of e-way bill generation facility in case of default in filing GSTR1 and the notification regarding the last date for filing appeals under GSTAT.

On his part, Chirag Doshi spoke about recent developments in the Companies Act and compliance issues relating to private and small companies. He covered some key definitions and concepts and relief available to private and small companies.

Harshad Shah spoke about the present economic scenario and the way forward for businesses. He gave a glimpse of the global economic scenario, including some global headwinds as observed in countries like Germany, the UK, Japan, China, among others. He also covered the state of the US economy. Another aspect of his talk was a sector-wise analysis of the Indian industry, particularly auto, real estate, construction, exports and agriculture.
There was notable interaction after every session.

Arranging such events in association with other organisations and moving to other cities is part of the BCAS’s Annual Plan for 2019-20 ‘to enhance and increase its reach beyond professionals and the city of Mumbai’. By partnering in this event, the Society also contributed to a social cause to raise funds for laudable community service projects such as upliftment of the rural girl child with a single parent, providing solar electrification for tribal houses, construction of low-cost housing and many other similar causes.